Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive
in 2009 witii funding from
Lyrasis IVIembers and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1980indi
\OP
ot^o
eB'
GB^^
oA'^i
.^t^v
qG
80
-8^
0.3O./I
THIS BULLETIN CONTAINS ANNOUNCEMENTS OF COURSES FOR THE AC-
ADEMIC YEARS 1980-82. lUP RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REPEAL, CHANGE,
OR AMEND THE RULES, REGULATIONS AND COURSES CONTAINED IN THIS
BULLETIN AT ANY TIME. TUITION AND FEES ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO
CHANGE
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA IS ACCREDITED BY THE NATION-
AL COUNCIL FOR ACCREDITATION OF TEACHER EDUCATION, THE MIDDLE
STATES ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS, AMER-
ICAN HOME ECONOMICS ASSOCIATION, THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCI-
ETY, THE NATIONAL LEAGUE OF NURSING AND THE NATIONAL ASSO-
CIATION OF SCHOOLS OF MUSIC.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA IS COMMITTED TO PROVIDING
LEADERSHIP IN TAKING AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO ATTAIN EQUAL EDUCA-
TIONAL AND EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS FOR ALL PERSONS, WITHOUT REGARD
TO SEX, HANDICAP, OR OTHER LEGALLY PROTECTED CLASSIFICATION.
THIS POLICY IS PLACED IN THIS DOCUMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE
AND FEDERAL LAWS INCLUDING TITLE IX OF THE EDUCATIONAL AMEND-
MENTS OF 1972 AND SECTION 503 AND SECTION 504 OF THE REHABILITA-
TION ACT OF 1973. THIS POLICY EXTENDS TO DISABLED VETERANS AND
VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA. PLEASE DIRECT EQUAL OPPORTUNITY
INQUIRIES TO: AFFIRMATIVE ACTION OFFICE, 349 JOHN SUTTON HALL,
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, INDIANA, PA 15705.
Indiana University
of Pennsylvania Bulletin
1980-82
Undergraduate Catalog
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
INDIANA, PENNSYLVANIA 15705
COVER BY: LIZETTE WIELAND . TELEPHONE: (412) 357-2100
2 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Table of Contents
UNIVERSITY CALENDAR
3
THE UNIVERSITY
5
THE BRANCH CAMPUSES
9
ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION
17
FINANCES
25
ACADEMIC POLICIES
41
STUDENT LIFE AND SERVICES
53
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
69
THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
75
THE SCHOOL OF CONTINUING EDUCATION
101
THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
105
THE SCHOOL OF FINE ARTS
135
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
155
THE SCHOOL OF HEALTH SERVICES
157
THE SCHOOL OF HOME ECONOMICS
181
MILITARY SCIENCE
199
THE SCHOOL OF NATURAL SCIENCES
AND MATHEMATICS
203
THE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
AND HUMANITIES
251
DIRECTORY
313
University Calendar — 3
E 40.30/
University Calendar
FALL SEMESTER — 1980
Registration Sept. 2-4
Classes begin Sept. 5
Thanksgiving recess begins
at close of classes Nov. 25
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. Dec. 1
Final Examinations Dec. 13-19
SPRING SEMESTER — 1981
Registration Jan. 21-23
Classes begin Jan. 24
Spring vacation begins at
close of classes Apr. 1 1
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. Apr. 27
Final Examinations May 16-22
Graduation May 23
SUMMER SESSION — 1981
1st June 8-July 10
2nd July 13-August 14
FALL SEMESTER — 1981
Registration Aug. 31-Sept. 2
Classes Begin Sept. 3
Thanksgiving recess begins
at close of classes Nov. 25
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. Nov. 30
Final Exams Dec. 14-19
SPRING SEMESTER — 1982
Winter Interim Jan. 4-16
Registration Jan. 18-20
Classes begin Jan. 21
Spring Vacation begins at
close of classes Mar. 13
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. Mar. 22
Spring Weekend begins at
close of classes Apr. 8
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. Apr. 13
Final Exams May 10-14
Commencement May 15
SUMMER SESSION — 1982
1st June 7-July 9
2nd July 12-August 13
FALL SEMESTER — 1982
Registration Aug. 30-Sept. 1
Classes Begin Sept. 2
Thanksgiving recess begins
at close of classes Nov. 24
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. Nov. 29
Final Exams Dec. 13-18
SPRING SEMESTER — 1983
Winter Interim Jan. 3-15
Registration Jan. 17-19
Classes Begin Jan. 20
Spring Vacation begins at
close of classes Mar. 12
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. Mar. 21
Spring Weekend begins at
close of classes Mar. 31
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. Apr. 5
Final Exams May 9-13
Commencement May 14
*JfW
ill,
\
z' >:
.\
.V
\.
The University — 5
The University
A University Education
As an institution of higher learning, Indiana University of Pennsylvania is a com-
munity of scholars of both faculty and students, committed to discover, preserve
and impart truth in all its forms. Our primary concern is with the intellectual, moral,
cultural, physical, social and aesthetic development and maturation of its stu-
dents. To this end we are charged with providing a liberal education of both gen-
eral and specialized studies which will allow our students to liberate themselves
from narrow interests and prejudices, to broaden their intellectual horizons by in-
creased cultural perspective, to develop the ability to think logically critically crea-
tively and to communicate their judgments clearly and forcefully The curriculum
involves a body of knowledge about the universe, about people, their nature, be-
havior and values. It also provides an opportunity to gain specialized knowledge
as a preparation for graduate study and entry into professional life. Beyond this
breadth and depth of knowledge, the university recognizes that such an education
is only a beginning, and hopes to stimulate its students to pursue continuous de-
velopment in the areas of human knowledge, to seek wisdom, to challenge the
mysteries of life and examine its ultimate meaning, and to become useful mem-
bers of society by embracing careers which will touch the whole community
Approved by the University Senate in May 1979.
6 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY
Throughout the history of lUR great emphasis has been placed on maintaining high
academic standards and providing facilities conducive to individual and group
growth. The present record and reputation enjoyed by the University have evolved
during a century's history Having observed the need for a teacher training institu-
tion in Western Pennsylvania, the General Assembly passed an act in the legisla-
tive session of 1871 granting aid for the establishment of a Normal School in the
Ninth District, at Indiana.
The first building, named John Sutton Hall in honor of the first president of the Board
of Trustees, was opened for students on May 17, 1875.
In April, 1 920, control and ownership of the school passed to the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania. In May 1927, by authority of the General Assembly, the State Normal
School became a college, with the right to grant degrees. The name was then
changed to the State Teachers College at Indiana, Pennsylvania. With the develop-
ment of a Liberal Arts program in 1960, the institution was renamed Indiana State
College
In December 1965, Indiana was redesignated Indiana University of Pennsylvania
and given the authority to expand its curriculum and to grant degrees at the mas-
ter's level. At this time the first doctoral program was initiated.
Since the founding of the University in 1875, I UP has graduated over 40,000
students, and since the University became a degree-conferring institution in 1927,
over 30,000 degrees have been granted. Many of the graduates are organized into a
strong Alumni Association, with units active in many sections of Pennsylvania, as
well as in New York, Michigan, and the District of Columbia. The Alumni Association
cooperates with the University in many projects relating to the improvement of the
institution and the welfare of the students.
ACCREDITATION
I UP is a state-owned and state-controlled institution for higher education. It is an
approved and fully accredited member of the Middle States Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education, the American Home Economics Association, the American Chemical
Society, the National League of Nursing. Membership in these organizations is of
immediate personal importance to the student in two ways: first, the student may
transfer college credits from one approved institution to another without loss of credit,
but, more importantly, it insures the student of a quality education.
LOCATION
lUP Is located in Indiana Borough, Indiana County seat, in the foothills of the
Alleghenies at an elevation of about 1 ,300 feet. It is easily accessible by automobile
over state highway routes coming from all sections of the state. These leading routes
are Route 422 east and west. Route 286 northeast and southwest, and Route 119
north and south. Bus passenger services operate on frequent schedules to and from
Indiana and all nearby cities and towns, including Pittsburgh, Altoona, Johnstown,
Butler, Punxsutawney, Kittanning, DuBois, Ridgway and New Castle.
The University — 7
BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS
The campus at Indiana is frequently described as one of the most beautiful in the
state. The main campus, originally consisting of 12 acres and one building, is now
composed of a total of 1 06 acres on which are located 79 major buildings, and seven
athletic fields. In the center of the campus is the historic Oak Grove, about which are
grouped many of the main buildings, forming three sides of a quadrangle. The
University Lodge, located a few miles from Indiana and surrounded by 280 acres of
wooded hillside offers opportunity for nature study and such recreational activities as
hiking and skiing.
COMPUTER CENTER
The Computer Center, established in July, 1963, is located on the ground floor of
Stright Hall. The Center provides computational support for undergraduate and
graduate courses, faculty and student research, and the administrative require-
ments of the University. The computing capacity of the Center is provided by a
large-scale disk oriented central processor which supports both time-sharing and
batch processing services for the university community. Typewriter terminals, locat-
ed both in the Computer Center and in various departments on campus, permit the
use of the computer on a time-sharing basis. Terminal facilities and a full comple-
ment of tabulating equipment are available in the Computer Center for student use.
Additional terminal facilities, along with remote job entry stations, are also available
in many departments on campus. Aid in the use of the computer and facilities may be
obtained from user assistants on duty at the Computer Center and from the Cen-
ter's professional staff.
Indiana's Computer Center plays an active part in the daily functioning of the
University. It is the principal laboratory facility for computer-oriented courses and is
used as a teaching aid in many classes involving statistical and numerical analyses
and computer simulations. The staff at the Center is actively involved in continuing
work aimed at making computers a more effective and readily accessible tool for the
academic, administrative, and research segments at lUR
LIBRARY AND MEDIA SERVICES
The University Library and Media Services are presently housed in three campus
buildings, with a new facility, the Patrick J. Stapleton, Jr. Library, now scheduled for
completion in 1981.
The Rhodes R. Stabley Library was completed in the spring of 1 961 . The three-story,
air-conditioned building provides study room for approximately 500 students. To-
gether with annex stacks in other campus buildings, it houses 465,000 volumes. The
well-organized general holdings are enhanced by the reference collection and
1,100,000 units of microform as well as a media resources collection consisting of
slides, filmstrips, recordings, filmloops, textbooks, courses of study and films. All of
these media resources are housed in Stabley Library with the exception of the films,
which are located in Davis Hall.
The Periodicals Reading Room, seating 150 persons, is located on the second floor
of John Sutton Hall. Sutton Hall also houses the periodicals collection and the serials
8 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
offices and preparation areas on tfie ground floor The library owns extensive files of
bound periodicals and receives 3,500 current titles.
An instructional program in the use of library tools and reference books is presented
by the staff to develop skills in library use.
Media services, operated from Davis Hall, consist of dial access, photographic
services, sound recording and reproduction, design and production of conventional
instructional materials and the procurement, inventory, maintenance and circulation
of University multi-media equipment.
■PENNSYLVANIA
Punxsutawney Campus
The Branch Campuses — 9
The Branch Campuses
Robert H. Doerr, Director Armstrong Branch
Norman T. Storm, Director Punxsutawney Branch
lUP operates two branch campuses, one in Punxsutawney, 28 miles north of Indiana
Campus, and one in Kittanning, 28 miles west of the Indiana Campus. The first
branch campus was established in September, 1962, in Punxsutawney The follow-
ing year the Armstrong County Campus in Kittanning was opened. Over 200 stu-
dents are enrolled at the Punxsutawney Campus and 550 students at Armstrong
County Campus.
Both campuses have University faculty members who teach full time at the branch
campuses. To meet additional curriculum needs, other faculty from the main campus
travel to the branch campuses. The branches provide one to two full years of college
work which, if satisfactory, is transferable to the main campus of lUP or to other
accredited colleges.
Control of the branch campuses is directly vested with the I UP Administration and
Board of Trustees. Advisory Boards from the respective areas identify local needs.
Both branch campuses carry full accreditation as integral parts of the undergraduate
programs of lUP This means that courses offered at the branch campuses are of the
same quality as those offered at the main campus.
Programs of Study
The branch campuses of I UP offer basic general education courses in most majors
in the various undergraduate schools of the University Thus students may sched-
ule a full program for the freshman and sophomore years by pursuing work that will
fulfill these general education requirements. In addition to these required courses a
number of electives are offered in many fields.
10 —Indiana University of Pennsylvania
In some majors, the student will be able to complete only one year's work at a
branch campus instead of the two years which would qualify him/her for junior sta-
tus; hence it will be necessary to continue studies at the main campus after the first
year This is true of students majoring in highly specialized fields. In any event, no
student accepted at either of the branch campuses is eligible for transfer to the
main campus at Indiana until he/she has completed two semesters and has
achieved the necessary grade point average.
Students find many advantages in remaining at the branch campuses for two years
providing they can obtain a full program of University credit. A smaller student body
and a closer relationship among faculty members, administration, and students at
the branch campuses are very beneficial to students.
Faculty advisers and administrators at the branch campuses are available to advise
students on their instructional program and the proper time for continuing at the
Indiana Campus whether it be after two, three or four semesters.
Business Associate Degree Program
The two-year Associate of Arts Degree in Business is based upon a broad liberal arts
program as well as professional competencies needed in the field of business. The
program is offered only at the Punxsutawney campus of lUR A student accepted for
this program may concentrate in the accounting, retailing, administrative secretary,
or correspondence secretary areas. Under the program the student will complete 30
credits in the field of business, including business electives, and 30 credits in general
education courses. It is understood that students in the two-year program may not
transfer into any other major offered by the University until completion of the pro-
gram. At that time the student may apply for admission into a four-year baccalaure-
ate degree program according to the availability of openings on the main campus of
lUR The credits earned in the two-year program will apply toward the four-year
degree programs in Business.
Criminology Associate Degree Program
This special two-year program in Criminology is offered only at the branch campuses
and is not offered on the main campus of lUR When a student is accepted for
admission into this two-year program, it is understood that he/she will remain in the
particular program at the branch campus until it is completed. It is further understood
that the student in this special two-year program may not transfer into any other
major offered by the University until completion of this program. At that time, the
student may apply for admission into a four-year baccalaureate degree program
according to the availability of openings on the main campus of lUR Admission is not
guaranteed. If accepted, however, the credits earned in the two-year program will
apply toward the four-year degree program in Criminology
Admission
Any prospective student who wishes to attend either of the branch campuses
instead of the Indiana Campus may apply for admission by requesting an application
from the Admissions Office, or from tfie Director of either branch campus. The same
standards and requirements used for admission at the main campus are applied at
both University branch campuses. The mailing addresses for the respective branch
campuses follow:
The Branch Campuses — 1 1
Armstrong County Branch Campus Punxsutawney Branch Campus
Indiana University of Pennsylvania Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Kittanning, Pa. 16201 Punxsutawney, Pa. 15767
Housing
Both the branch campuses have privately-owned residence halls for students living
beyond commuting distance. Students are free to choose their housing from all
available sources which include the privately owned residence halls and private
homes or apartments in the community. At the Punxsutawney Campus, the Punx-
sutawney Area College Trust maintains two residence halls: Pact Hall (women) and
Trust Hall (men). There are two privately-owned residence halls at the Armstrong
County Campus as well as rooms and apartments in private homes in the community
adjacent to the branch campus. A list of rooms and apartments is available in each
campus director's office.
Both branch campuses have residence halls with integral laundry facilities.
Food Service
Each branch campus has its own dining hall within the residence hall. Meals are
served seven days a week during the time when the University is in session.
Residence hall students as well as students living in private homes and apartments
may make arrangements to take meals in the dining halls. The dining service is
operated by the same food service contractor as on the main campus.
Libraries
The Armstrong County Campus Library, an integral part of Academic Hall, has more
than 22,000 volumes. In addition, the library provides microfilm, 1 50 periodicals, and
language and shorthand tapes and records. All books and magazines are displayed
on open stacks. The library, which seats about 1 00 students, is open 70 hours per
week.
The Punxsutawney library contains more than 13,500 volumes as well as 100
periodicals, recordings of music, poetry and dramas. There are 59 titles available on
microfilm in addition to The New York Times, 1965-1970. The Punxsutawney library
is open 56 hours a week.
The University employs professional librarians for both branch campuses. The
libraries at the branch campuses are especially practical since the volumes are
geared for the specific curricula. If volumes and other materials are not immediately
available, the general holdings of the Rhodes R. Stabley Library on the Indiana
campus are available to the students through inter-library loan.
Extra-Curricular Activities - Armstrong County Campus
A large part of the extra-curricular activities at the Armstrong County Campus takes
place in the Student Union which adjoins the two dormitories and the academic
building. The Union is a two story building, the first floor of which is equipped for such
activities as pool, ping pong, and dancing. The second floor is furnished as a lounge
with television and a piano. Movies are scheduled bi-weekly and dances are sched-
uled on alternate Fridays.
12 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Each Wednesday from 7:00 to 10:00 RM. the students may participate at the local
YMCA in a Gym-Swim sponsored by the branch campus and supervised by college
faculty. The Gym-Swim physical activity includes swimming, gymnastics, volleyball,
and basketball.
Each year two semi-formal dances for students and faculty are held, one during the
Christmas season and the other in the Spring. A fall outing at the University Lodge on
the outskirts of Indiana is supervised by faculty members. All three functions are
organized and sponsored by student government.
The students of the Armstrong County Campus are encouraged to attend the
University Artists- Lecture Series on the Indiana campus. Bus transportation is
provided for those students who wish to attend these monthly activities.
r^any of the students are active in Women's Judicial Board, Student PSEA, Big
Brother and Big Sister, Newman Club, and other branch campus activities.
The churches, social and civic organizations of the area invite and encourage the
students to take an active part in their projects and activities.
Extra Curricular Activities - Punxsutawney Campus
The newly completed Student Union building is the scene of a major portion of
extra-curricular activities at the Punxsutawney Campus. The new Union provides
facilities for dances, pool, ping-pong, movies and also has a lounge area equipped
with color television and piano.
Outstanding functions of the school year are the Christmas and Spring semi-formal
dinner dances and an informal party at the University Lodge held in conjunction with
the Kittanning Campus.
A campus van facilitates the transporting of small groups of students for such events
as intramural athletic activities to both Main Campus and the Kittanning Campus.
Bus transportation is provided for larger groups of students wishing to attend artist
series performances, athletic events and other Main Campus activities.
Various clubs are active on the Punxsutawney Campus, especially the Circle K
which is the college division of Kiwanis International. Circle K participates in many
worthwhile community service projects. The elected Student Government super-
vises and arranges for all extra-curricular activities on the campus.
The churches and the social and civic organizations of the area invite and encourage
students to take an active part in their functions.
Rules and Regulations Concerning Student Behavior
Students at the Branch Campuses are subject to the same rules and regulations as
students on the main campus.
Fees
Branch Campus students pay the same basic fees as main campus students.
CONTINUING EDUCATION
The School of Continuing Education plays a significant role in programming'
The Branch Campuses — 13
community-university studies classes (non-credit), and academic workshops and
institutes in the Punxsutawney and Kittanning Areas. While meeting the needs of the
traditional students in the Criminology Extension Program, the School is also re-
sponsive to the needs of the local community through credit and non-credit activities.
A representative of the School maintains office hours at both branch campuses.
COURSE OFFERINGS AT THE BRANCH CAMPUSES
Anthropology-Sociology Department
AN 110 Inro to Anthropology
SO 151 Principles of Sociology
Art Department
Ar 101 Introduction to Art
AR 1 1 6 Western Art: Renaissance to Baroque
Biology Department
Bl 103 General Biology I
Bl 104 General Biology II
Business Department
BU 101 Business Organization and Management
BE 1 1 1 Foundations of Business Mathematics
BU 131 Principles of Typing
BU 132 Intermediate Typing
BU 221 Principles of Accounting I
BU 233 Marketing
BU 235 Introduction to Business Law
BU 251 Principles of Accounting II
BU 261 Shorthand Theory
BU 262 Shorthand Dictation
BU 271 Advanced Typing
BU 272 Introduction to Word Processing
BE 275 Filing and Records Administration
BU 321 Business Communications
DE 330 Merchandise Information
DE 331 Modern Merchandising
BU 332 Retail Management
BU 333 Principles of Selling
BU 335 Machines Mathematics
BU 336 Law of Business Organization
BU 339 Business Data Processing
BU 352 Intermediate Accounting I
BU 353 Cost Accounting
BA 354 Intermediate Accounting II
BU 363 Shorthand Transcription
BU 364 Office Procedures
BU 365 Advanced Transcription
BE 433 Work Experience and Seminar in Office Occupations
DE 434 Work Experience and Seminar in Retailing
BU 439 Management Information Systems
14 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Chemistry and Physics Department
SC 105 Physical Science I
SC 106 Physical Science II
Criminology Department
CR 101 General Administration of Justice
CR 102 Criminology
CR 301 Criminal Law I
CR 302 Criminal Law II
CR 201 Police Administration I
CR 202 Police Administration II
CR 310 Criminal Investigation
CR 340 Crime Prevention
CR 350 Techniques of Interviewing
CR 370 Community Relations
CR 431 Etiology of Delinquent Behavior
CR 432 Treatment and Control of Delinquency
CR 440 Institutional Treatment of the Offender
CR 445 Non-Institutional Treatment of the Offender
CR 490 Crime in Modern Society
Economics Department
EC 101 Basic Economics
EC 121 Principles of Economics
English Department
EN 101 English I
EN 102 English II
EN 201 English III
EN 358 Modern American Fiction
Foreign Language Department
SP 151 Spanish I
SP 152 Spanish II
SP 251 Spanish III
SP 252 Spanish IV
FR 151 French I
FR 152 French II
FR 251 French III
FR 252 French IV
GM 151 German
Geography Department
GE 101 World Geography
GE 251 Geog of United States and Canada
Health and Physical Education Department
HE 101 Health
History Department
HI 101 Hist of Civilization I
HI 102 History of Civilization II
HI 104 Hist of U. S. and Pa. II
The Branch Campuses — 15
Home Economics Department
CS 113 Management and Equipment
CS 315 Familly Finance and Consumer Economics
Mathematics Department
MA 110 Elementary Functions
MA 121 Calculus 1 (Non-Math and Non-Physics Majors)
MA 101 Foundations of Math
MA 127 Calculus I (Math Majors)
MA 151 Math for Elementary Teaching I
MA 152 Math for Elementary Teaching II
MA 217 Probability and Statistics
Military Science Department
MS 101 World Military History (Fresh)
MS 102 American Military History (Fresh)
MS 203 Fundamentals of Tactical Operations With Applied
Terrain
Analysis & Military Topography (Soph)
MS 204 National Security and Concept of Force (Soph)
Music Department
MU 101 Introduction to Music
Philosophy Department
PH 110 World Religions
PH 120 Intro to Philosophy
PH 221 Logic I - General Logic
PH 222 Ethics
Political Science Department
PS 1 1 1 American Politics
PS 101 World Politics
Psychology Department
PC 101 General Psychology
EP 302 Educational Psychology
PC 354 Developmental Psychology
Theater Department
TH 101 Intro to Theater
&^i^V
Admission and Registration — 17
Admission and Registration
ADMISSIONS POLICY
Any graduate of an accredited four-year high school or holder of GED equivalency
diploma is qualified to apply for admission to lUR Prospective students who have
completed the third year of high school may file an application beginning the
following July 1. Applications filed before completion of the junior year will be
returned to the sender
Requests for application papers and catalogs should be addressed to:
The Admissions Office
Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Indiana, Pennsylvania 15705
Admission will be based on school quotas at I UP taking into consideration restric-
tions in some curriculums. The Admissions Committee, in reviewing the applica-
tions, will take the following into consideration: Academic excellence, giving equal
opportunity to all students, needs and welfare of the students, high school grades,
SAT/ACT scores, achievement tests, guidance counselors' recommendations,
faculty recommendations, extra-curricular activities and other pertinent informa-
tion that would help the Admissions Committee.
Although the University does not require a specific number of high school credits in
certain subject matter fields, it does strongly urge all applicants to take the usual
college preparatory program in high school. Applicants should also take all available
work offered in the field in which they plan to major
18 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Applicants are expected to name their major field upon application, but a change in
major can be made during the freshman year without loss of credit. A change of
major after the freshman year (restricted areas are excluded) usually entails a loss of
credit and results in a program of more than four years to satisfy graduation require-
ments.
Applicants to the departments of Art and Music will be admitted to the University by
the Admissions Office, subject to the acceptance by the Department of Art after the
portfolio review and by the Department of Music after the audition. It is the responsi-
bility of the student to contact the department chairperson and make the necessary
arrangements.
APPLICATION FEE
A CHECK or MONEY ORDER (cash will not be accepted) for $10.00, payable to
Indiana University of Pennsylvania must accompany each application. This fee is
non-refundable and will be used to meet the cost of filing and processing applica-
tions.
The application form, the $10 application fee and the high school transcript must be
mailed to: The Accounts Receivable Office, Indiana University of Pennsylvania,
Indiana, Pennsylvania 15705.
FRESHMAN APPLICANTS
The Scholastic Aptitude Test
All persons expecting to apply for admission as freshmen should plan to take the
Scholastic Aptitude Test (College Boards) on or before the November test date of the
senior year of high school. The Admissions Committee recommends that the appli-
cant first take the test in the spring of the junior year because the application, if
complete, may receive early consideration in the fall of the senior year. If applicant
has an excellent high school record and high College Board Scores, the application
for admission may be approved by November 30 of the senior year.
Whether or not the applicant takes the College Boards in the junior year, it is
recommended that the College Boards also be taken no later than the November
testing date of the senior year The Admissions Committee gives the applicant the
benefit of the highest total Board scores from all test dates. It is, therefore, in many
instances, to the applicant's advantage to take the Boards in the senior year How-
ever, the Committee will use the Boards completed in the junior year if the senior
Boards are not available at the time admissions decisions are being made.
The applicant should arrange to take the College Boards through the high school
principal or guidance counselor or, by writing to the College Entrance Examination
Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540 for an information pamphlet and test
application. I UP will accept the test battery of the American College Testing Program
(ACT) in lieu of College Boards (SAT).
When the applicant receives the information and test application, he/she should fill
out the test application and designate Indiana University of Pennsylvania as one of
the schools he/she desires to receive a copy of the test scores. The test application is
to be returned to the Princeton, New Jersey address.
Admission and Registration — 19
The Admission Application
Applications for admission will be available after June 1 following the students junior
year of high school.
The applicant may fill out and submit the application and accompanying forms to the
guidance counselor after July 1 of the summer following completion of the junior
year The deadline for applications for early consideration is October 1.
The application deadline depends on the number of available vacancies in the
freshman class and the number of applications received. Students are encouraged
to submit an application and the required supportive information by December 31.
Students who have an outstanding high school record and apply to the mam campus
after December 31 , therefore, may run the risk of not being awarded admission to the
Indiana Campus Fall Program. Deadlines for the branch campuses vary from year to
year depending on the number of applications received and the academic quality of
the students who apply The University reserves the right to close admissions when it
feels that it has offered a sufficient number of acceptances to academically qualified
students.
The applicant should give the completed application form and the SIO application
fee to his her high school principal or guidance counselor for completion of the high
school record portion of the application. The principal or counselor must then mail
the complete packet of admissions materials to the Accounts Receivable Office,
Indiana University of Pennsylvania. Indiana. Pennsylvania 15705.
The student's application is complete when the Admissions Committee receives
the Junior College Board and or Senior College Board or ACT test results, the high
school record, the completed application form, and the application fee. In some
cases the Committee may request additional information, such as a list of senior
year subjects or a senior grade report.
This university uses the Social Security Account Number (SSN) as the basis for all
student recordkeeping. Although disclosure of the SSN is not mandatory, its use will
facilitate the coordination of your national test results, your financial aid awards, and
the maintenance of accurate records. The SSN will be used solely for identification
andor record-keeping purposes.
Processing the Application
(1) The Admissions committee reviews, with care and understanding, each of the
several thousand applications that are submitted each year
(2) Those persons who. in the Committees judgment, satisfy the standards for
early admission will receive notification by November 30 of their senior year De-
cisions on most applications are deferred until later in the year Final action on a
completed application takes from eight to sixteen weeks, depending on the
number of applications that must be processed. This delay is necessary if each
application is to be examined carefully Applicants who are not given early
admission can expect a decision by January 31 of their senior year
(3) The applicant who is admitted to an entering class is required to visit the
campus on an appointed date to discuss his her academic and career plans
with the School Dean and other advisers. Choosing a major and possible
20 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
career is an important problem for young men and women. It is hoped that
early consultation with knowledgeable advisers will help the applicant make
these crucial decisions. The date of this appointment for the orientation
interview accompanies the notice of acceptance.
(4) A medical examination is required of every applicant after the student is ad-
mitted.
(5) Attendance at the orientation interview and payment of the $15 orientation fee
signifies the applicants interest, but NOT commitment, to attend Indiana Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania.
(6) Around April 1 a. $100 advance is required of all incoming freshmen. This ad-
vance payment will be credited to the applicant's housing charges and basic
fees. Fifty percent of the $100 is refundable if applicant cancels admission be-
fore July 1. Exceptions to refund policy may be made by application to Admis-
sions Committee in cases of unusual circumstances.
EARLY ADMISSIONS PROGRAM
The Early Admissions Program permits students to enroll as college freshmen after
completing the junior year in high school. Student applications for acceptance must
originate with the students high school guidance counselor and principal. Admission
consideration will be given to those applications which contain a statement indicat-
ing explicit approval by the high school principal. The applicant must rank in approx-
imately the top tenth of his/her class and have a SAT score of approximately 1 150.
The University Admissions Committee will exercise the final judgment as to
University acceptance after a personal interview with the applicant. The University
strongly recommends prior summer school attendance by all students admitted
through the Early Admissions Program.
TRANSFER STUDENTS
A student who has been attending another institution of higher education and wishes
to transfer to I UP must submit an application, offical transcripts of all post-secondary
educational work and a statement from his/her dean certifying that he/she is in good
academic standing and entitled to honorable separation from that institution. Trans-
fer students are not required to submit their high school transcript or SAT/ACT
scores.
Applications will be accepted for consideration for the fall and spring semesters after
July 1 of the preceding year The application deadline depends on the number of
available vacancies in the transfer program and the number of applications received.
Students are encouraged to submit an application, $10 application fee and the
required supportive information by February 1 5 for the fall semester and September
15 for the spring semester Students who have an outstanding college academic
record but who apply after the above designated dates risk not being awarded
admission to the University because of space limitations.
The evaluation of credits from other institutions of higher education is the re-
sponsibility of the Director of Testing Services and the undergraduate school dean
who has jurisdiction over the student's desired major Normally, courses considered
Admission and Registration — 2 1
for transfer are only those taken from institutions which are accredited by the six
regional accrediting agencies. Each course is usually evaluated separately The
evaluation normally includes a review of the description, semester hours, and grade
of each course along with the applicability of the course to the student's major at
lUP However only credits transfer, not grade point average. It has been the policy
of the University that only courses with a C or higher grade will be accepted for two-
year associate degree graduates of state-supported community colleges in Penn-
sylvania. No matter how many credits are transferable, the student must satisfy all
of the degree requirements falling into the categories of (1) University require-
ments, (2) school requirements and (3) department requirements.
University requirements. Since all students are obliged to fulfill a basic program in
General Education consisting of 52 semester credit hours and there is a reasonable
degree of flexibility in the General Education requirements, the Director of Testing
Service and the school deans will look to this area first for applicable credits for
transfer. Most introductory courses are generally equivalent.
Residency requirements. The University requires that the last 30 credits in a stu-
dent's curriculum must be earned by enrollment in courses at lUP It should also be
noted that for community college graduates, a maximum of 60 credit hours are
transferable to this institution for the purpose of fulfilling a specific program of study.
Excess credits, if any, may be transferred but cannot be used for fulfilling the
minimum requirements for the degree.
The articulation policy as adopted by the Board of State College and University
Directors on September 20, 1973, and transmitted by memorandum by Commis-
sioner Ziegler on December 7, 1 973, to the State College and University Presidents,
and whereby the D grade obtained by two-year Associate Degree graduates of
state-owned community colleges should be treated by the senior institution in the
same manner as the senior institution treats the D of its indigenous students is
applicable.
PART-TIME STUDY
Any high school graduate is eligible for part-time study.
Students who plan to participate in the part-time study must obtain an application
from the Admissions Office.
Applications and official transcripts from high school and other institutions attended
must be submitted to the Admissions Office by August 1 5 for the Fall Semester and
December 15 for the Spring Semester.
At the end of 15 credit hours of course work taken at lUR a part-time student must
have a 1 .8 cumulative quality point average to continue. At the end of 30 credit hours
taken at lUR a part-time student must have a cumulative quality point average of 2.0
to continue.
A part-time student MAY apply for degree candidacy after the completion of 1 5 credit
hours of Cwork or better in academic subjects and maintenance of a cumulative
quality point average of 2.0 or better A part-time student MUST apply and be
approved for degree candidacy by the time he/she has earned 30 credit hours.
STUDENTS WHO HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED FOR DEGREE CANDIDACY
22 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
AFTER THE COMPLETION OF 30 CREDIT HOURS OF PART-TIME STUDY WILL
NOT BE PERMITTED TO CONTINUE AT THE UNIVERSITY.
Degree candidates who wish to continue as part-time students, must file a part-time
application with their undergraduate School Dean each semester prior to the appli-
cation deadline.
PROGRAM FOR HIGH SCHOOL JUNIORS
Honor students who have completed the junior year of high school with at least a B
average in all college entrance subjects taken in the sophomore and junior years may
preview University life and earn regular college credit by enrolling in two or three
lower division courses. Students seeking admission to this program should write to
the Registrar for further details.
CERTIFICATION STUDENTS
(Students who graduated with other than B.S. in Education degree)
A student who wishes to be admitted to complete requirements for an Instructional I
certificate must submit an application and official transcript of college work showing
degree attained. One semester on campus is a prerequisite to Student Teaching.
READMISSION POLICY
FOR STUDENTS WHO WITHDRAW
FROM THE UNIVERSITY VOLUNTARILY
A student who withdrew from the University on a voluntary basis for reasons of
health, financial difficulty etc., and who wishes to re-enter, must notify, in writing, the
Dean of the School in which the student was enrolled at the time of his/her withdraw-
al before April 1, if requesting readmission for that year's summer sessions or for
the Fall semester (starting in September). Written requests must be made to the
above-mentioned offices before November 1, if requesting readmission for the
Spring semester starting in January.
PRE-SCHEDULING AND PRE-REGISTRATION
Students who are in full-time enrollment status are given the opportunity to pre-
schedule for the next semester of attendance. Regularly enrolled students will pre-
schedule and pre-register during the middle of the first semester for the second
semester, and during the middle of the second semester for the following first se-
mester, and in May for the Summer Sessions.
Prospective freshmen will prepare a program of studies with departmental advisers
during interview dates preceding the semester of entrance.
All students will be billed and pay fees by mail for the first and second semesters
of each year.
Admission and Registration — 23
THE SUMMER SESSIONS
The Summer School is an integral part of the year's work. Students from other
colleges, new students, teachers in-service, and students in regular attendance can
secure, in the summer sessions, credits toward any certificate offered or toward
graduation in curriculum. The courses are planned for a wide range of student
needs. There are courses for those who wish to begin their higher education
courses, for those who wish to accelerate their program of studies, for students from
other colleges or universities who wish to transfer I UP credits, and for those who find
it necessary to use the summer program to make up deficiencies in courses in which
they previously earned unsatisfactory grades.
All courses given in the summer session require the same amount of time and are
granted the same credit as if taken during a regular semester The Summer Bulletin
will be mailed to anyone desiring more complete information regarding the courses
to be offered.
Three sessions, two of three weeks and one of six weeks, are generally offered
during the summer The pre-session opens the first week of June. Main session
begins the last of June and continues into the first of August. The post-session
opens in early August and usually closes a week prior to the end of the month. It is
thus possible for a student to secure three to 1 2 credits by attending summer school.
Address the Registrar to obtain the Summer Sessions Bulletin which indicates
courses and activities of the Summer Session. Normally, Summer Sessions Bulle-
tins are available after March 1 .
'.*/
IBBT
i
Finances —25
Finances
'BASIC FEES (as of March, 1980)
The fees set forth in this section were those in effect in March 1980. Since this is a
two-year catalog and the fee schedule is subject to change, these figures are to be
considered simply as an estimate. You may request a current fee schedule by writing
to the Admissions Office, lUP, or by phoning (412) 357-2230.
The basic fee for all full-time in-state students is $550.00 per semester. This fee
covers registration and the keeping of student records, use of the library, student
welfare, and laboratory facilities. An additional $46.00 per credit will be charged
for credits scheduled in excess of 18.
Out-of-state full-time students pay a basic fee of $965.00 per semester. An additional
$81.00 per credit will be charged for credits in excess of 18.
The basic fee for part-time in-state students is $46.00 per semester hour. A part-time
student is one taking 1 1 or fewer semester hours. See the section on Admission and
Registration and on University Policies for further information concerning part-time
students.
The basic fee for part-time out-of-state students is $81.00 per semester hour.
An in-state student is defined as one who is a bona fide resident of and domiciled
within the State of Pennsylvania for a reasonable period, not less than one year.
Immediately preceding his or her registration for a term or semester in any State-
•The University reserves the right to change its fees without notice.
26 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
supported college or university in the State of Pennsylvania. A minor will generally be
presumed to be a resident of the place of his/her parents' or guardian's domicile.
The establishment of domicile is primarily a matter of continued residence and
intention. Generally, Pennsylvania domicile is considered to be established upon the
completion of at least 12 months of continuous residence v^ithin the State at the time
of registration for courses. For special cases, the University has a committee to
review individual circumstances.
*OTHER FEES
ADVANCE REGISTRATION FEE- A non-refundable confirmation fee of $15 must be
paid by each student accepted for enrollment. This confirmation fee will be used to
cover the cost incurred by the University on the students' behalf during Freshman
Orientation Day on campus and Fall Freshman Orientation.
AUDIT FEE - Full standard fees will be assessed for each course audited. Those on
social security or equivalent retirement benefits will be given remission of basic fees
for audited courses where space in such classes is available.
HEALTH FEE - The student health fee of $25.00 per semester is assessed for each
full-time undergraduate or graduate student at the University. All students enrolled in
Summer Sessions will be assessed a student health fee of $8.00 per session. This fee
covers most services provided by the lUP Health Center. Students will be assessed an
additional amount, upon use, for certain medications and laboratory tests. In-patient
cost in the Health Center will be $6.00 per night if the student does not have a valid
meal-card. No charge for in-patient care at the lUP Health Center will be assessed for
students with valid meal-cards. Part-time undergraduates and graduate students
have the option of paying the $25.00 per semester health fee or they may choose the
Fee-for-Service schedule available at the I UP Health Center.
HOUSING FEE - The housing fee for students living in commonwealth residence
halls is $370.00 per semester and the meal fee is $310.00 per semester; thus
students who reside in a commonwealth residence hall and have their meals in one
of the University dining halls pay a total of $680.00 per semester. This includes room
and meals in one of the University dining halls. This applies only to full-time students,
as part-time students are not permitted to live in University dormitories or resi-
dences, except during summer sessions.
See the section on Housing for details concerning housing policies at the University.
STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE - An activity fee is collected from all students and
administered through the Student Cooperative Association under regulations ap-
proved by the Board of Trustees. This fee is $42.00 per semester, covers the cost of
student activities in athletics, lectures, entertainment, student publications, etc., and
is payable in one sum for the semester at the time of registration. The Student
Activity Fee is $16.00 for part-time students. Included in the Student Activity Fee is a
$1.00 Commonwealth Association of Students (CAS) membership fee.
'The University reserves the right to change its fee without notice.
Finances — 27
LATE REGISTRATION FEE - Each student registering after the date officially set for
registration is required to pay $1.00 for each day thereafter to a maximum of $10.00
(except when permission for late registration has been secured in advance from the
President because of illness or other unavoidable causes). The same regulation
shall apply to approved intersemester payments.
BAD CHECK CHARGE - Students making checks payable to Indiana University of
Pennsylvania which are not acceptable to the bank because of insufficient funds will
be charged $5.00 for each bad check in the amount of $.01 to $9.99 and $10.00 for
bad checks written for $10.00 or more.
MILITARY SCIENCE FEE - An Activity Fee of $5.00 is required for ROTC Cadets to
cover the cost of Cadet Corps functions. A uniform deposit fee of $10.00, which is
refundable, is required of all cadets. These fees are payable directly to the Military
Science Department.
STUDENT STUDYING ABROAD - Students enrolled in the studies abroad program
will pay a $50.00 administrative fee per semester to the University. All other fees
assessed by the foreign institution will be paid directly to the foreign institution by the
student.
MED-TECH STUDENTS - During the clinical year a fee may be levied and collected
by the participating hospital. The only other cost to these students shall be an
administrative fee of not more than $100 to be collected by the University. The to-
tal fees charged by the hospital and the University shall not exceed the basic fee
costs paid by other students for the same academic year. Room and board shall
be the responsibility of the student.
FINANCIAL DELIQUENCY POLICY - Registration is not in fact complete until a
student pays the fee for such registration and the University reserves for itself the
right to bar such a student from classes. When it has been determined during the
course of a semester that a student's account has been delinquent from accrued
charges, the Registrar's office will be notified of this delinquency and advised to
refrain from reporting the student's grades and from issuance of any transcripts for
that students work until the delinquent account has been satisfied. Faculty members
will continue to submit a grade for the financially delinquent student, however, only
after the student has cleared his account or established a payment plan satisfactory
to the Accounts Receivable Office will requests from and official reports to students
be honored by the Registrar's office.
MISCELLANEOUS COSTS - In some courses students are required to obtain
supplies and materials to complete course projects. In many courses, a student may
make a voluntary contribution to a cooperative fund established for the purpose of
obtaining these supplies and/or services at a lower cost. Examples are art courses,
field trips, and etc.
MUSIC - University-owned instruments for certain classes are usually available for a
modest rental fee. For each Applied Music course, the fee is $50.00 per half-hour of
instruction. This charge is in addition to credit hour costs.
*The University reserves the right to change fees without notice.
28 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER
In-State
Out-of-state
$ 550.00
$ 965.00
370.00
370.00
310.00
310.00
42.00
42.00
25.00
25.00
50.00
50.00
$1,347.00
$1,762.00
Basic Fee
Housing Fee
Meal Fee
Student Activity Fee
Health Fee
Books and Supplies (estimated)
Miscellaneous and travel expenses would be in addition to the above.
SUMMER SESSIONS FEES
BASIC FEE - The basic fee for students enrolled for any of the regular summer
sessions is $46.00 per semester hour.
HOUSING FEE - Summer session rates will be calculated based upon the number of
weeks within the session. Weekly summer rates are $22.00 per week for residence
hall room, double occupancy, and $34.00 per week for single occupancy, and $20.00
per week for meals in one of the University dining halls.
See the section on Housing for housing-policy details at the University.
STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE - The fee will be $15.00 per session.
STUDENT HEALTH FEE - Each undergraduate and graduate student enrolled In
lUP Summer Sessions will be assessed the following fees for Student Health
Services: $8.00 per session.
SPECIAL FEES
PART-TIME STUDENT HEALTH FEE - Part-time undergraduate and graduate stu-
dents have the option of paying the $25.00 per semester Student Health Fee.
Part-time students choosing NOT to pay the $25.00 per semester Student Health
Fee will be assessed for services obtained from the lUP Health Center according to
the current Fee-for-Service schedule. This schedule is available at the lUP Health
Center.
DEGREE FEE - A fee of $5.00 to cover the costs of a diploma and processing must
be paid by each candidate for a degree.
TRANSCRIPT FEES - Applications for official transcripts must be made ONLY IN
WRITING to the Registrar, either by U.S. Mail, or on forms available at the Transcript
Window in Clark Hall. Such requests MUST include:
(1) Your full name and social security number as of your graduation or termination of
enrollment at lUP. (Please note any name changes since graduation);
(2) Your present address;
*The University reserves the right to change fees without notice.
Finances — 29
(3) Whether you are requesting a transcript of your undergraduate and/or graduate
work;
(4) Whether you graduated, or if not, when you were enrolled;
(5) The full and clearly stated name(s) and address(es) of person(s) to whom you
wish the transcript(s) sent;
(6) The first transcript is free with a charge of $1.00 for each subsequent copy
requested. (Checks or money orders should be made out to Indiana University of
Pennsylvania).
Any requests which are not accompanied by the proper fees or information will be
returned to the senders for inclusion of them. No transcript requests will be process-
ed without the payment of transcript fees.
DAMAGE FEE - Students are responsible for damages, breakage, loss.or delayed
return of University property.
BILLING AND PAYMENTS
All bills, including basic fee and housing fee, are payable as specified on the bill for at
least the first nine weeks. Checks or money orders, in the exact amount of the
account, should be made payable to the account designated on the bill. Book Store
purchases are on a cash basis.
It is desired that payments for the entire semester be made in August for the first
semester and in December for the second semester; however, the half-payment
option may be exercised, if necessary.
Delinquent Accounts
Students will not be permitted to enroll for any semester nor to graduate, until all bills
previously incurred have been paid; nor will credit be certified to any other institution
or the Department of Education until all overdue accounts have been paid. A late
payment fee of $1.00 for each day thereafter will be assessed for delinquent
accounts up to a maximum of $10.00.
Undergraduate students desiring to leave school before the close of a sem.ester
must report to the Vice President of Student Affairs, and to the Accounts Receivable
Office to settle all unpaid accounts. Graduate students report to The Graduate
School Dean.
UNIVERSITY REFUND POLICY
The University must engage its faculty assign Residence Hall space and arrange for
meal contracts in advance of each term in accordance with the number of students
who expressed their intent to be enrolled. When students withdraw from the
University, they create vacancies which cannot be filled and financial commit-
ments for salaries and services by the University must be honored. The refund
policy at Indiana University of Pennsylvania applies to all students enrolled in cred-
it producing programs at the University either full-time or part-time.
30 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
WITHDRAWALS FROM THE UNIVERSITY
Undergraduate students withdrawing from the University must process such with-
drawal through the Dean of Student Services Office, 202 Pratt Hall. The official
withdrawal date will be established by this office.
Students totally withdrawing from courses, Residence Halls and/or meal contracts
upon receiving approval from the Dean of Student Services will forfeit a portion of the
semester charges in accordance with the following schedule:
From the first full day of semester Forfeit twenty (20) percent of the
classes to and including the student's total semester charges,
fourteenth (14th) calendar day following
the start of classes.
From the fifteenth (15th) calendar Forfeit thirty (30) percent of the
and including the twenty-first (21st) student's total semester charges,
calendar day following the start of
classes.
From the twenty-second (22nd) Forfeit forty (40) percent of the
calendar day to and including the student's total semester charges,
twenty-eigth (28th) calendar day
following the start of classes.
From the twenty-ninth (29th) calendar Forfeit fifty (50) percent of the
day to and including the thirty- student's total semester charges,
fifth (35th) calendar day following
the start of classes.
After the thirty-fifth (35th) calendar No refund will be granted and all
day following the start of classes. semester fees forfeited.
The start of days is defined as the first day of classes to begin as scheduled.
Refunds made during summer sessions will be governed by the following schedule.
Students totally withdrawing from courses, resident halls and/or meal contracts upon
receiving approval from the applicable office (Student Affairs or Graduate Office) will
forfeit a portion of the total session charges in accordance with the following
schedule:
From the first day of arena regis- Forfeit fifty (50) percent of the
tration through the fourth (4th) student's total session charges.
calendar day following arena registration
for Pre and Post Sessions. From the first
day of arena registration through the
eighth (8th) calendar day following
arena registration for Main Session
After the fourth (4th) calendar day No refunds will be granted and all
in Pre and Post Sessions and the semester fees forfeited,
eighth (8th) calendar day of fy/lain
Session
Finances — 31
REFUNDS
Refunds for students receiving financial assistance from scholarships and/or grants
will be returned to the source of aid in an appropriate portion, except in those cases
in which a full refund to the source is required.
*No refunds will be granted unless fornnal withdrawal procedure has been initiated
by the student or his family within 60 days of the date of withdrawal.
*No refund will be made for reduced credit loads.
*No refunds will be granted for students suspended or expelled by the University.
'Students who withdraw from the University Student Services (Residence Hall,
meal contracts, etc.), but do not totally withdraw from the University will not be
granted a refund.
The Dean of Student Services may make exception to these policies and grant
pro-rated refunds when circumstances justify it. (Example: death, medical reasons,
military obligation).
FINANCIAL AID
The Rnancial Aid Office, located at 308 Pratt Hall, offers financial information and
counseling to all students attending lUR The types of financial assistance offered by
the Rnancial Aid Office include student employment, loans, grants, and scholar-
ships. In most cases, a Pennsylvania State (PHEAA) Grant Application is used to
determine eligibility for these programs.
STATEMENT OF STUDENTS RIGHTS
The Rnancial Aid Office of lUP is providing the following information in compliance
with HEW guidelines for the dissemination of financial aid information.
In order to be considered for financial aid administered through the University, a
Pennsylvania State (PHEAA) Grant Application must be submitted to PHEAA,
Harrisburg, PA. Students will be awarded assistance based on demonstrated finan-
cial need. In order to be eligible for continued funding, the applicant must remain in
satisfactory academic standing at the University and show continued satisfactory
progress.
The appeal process regarding financial aid decisions is through the Vice President of
Student Affairs.
Payment of financial aid awards is done on a semester basis. All financial aid with the
exception of the private scholarships, work-study and the guaranteed student loans
are credited to the student's bill in advance.
The cost of attending I UP and the Universitys refund policy are listed in this catalog.
Please refer to the index for further information.
EMPLOYMENT provides an opportunity for students to earn money to help finance
32 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
their educational expenses. Students may be employed on campus for up to twenty
(20) hours per week. The University encourages students to participate in the
on-campus student employment program since studies have demonstrated that
part-time employment provides a positive stimulus to students in their adjustment to
campus life and the maintenance of their academic averages. All campus employ-
ment is administered by the Financial Aid Office.
ROTC - Students participating in the Advanced ROTC Program, junior and senior
years, are given a subsistence allowance of $1 00 per month for up to ten months per
academic year Additionally, the student will earn approximately $500 plus room and
board, travel expense and medical and dental care for six weel<s summmer camp
between the junior and senior years. This is approximately $2,400 for the two years.
Students enrolled in ROTC may apply for ROTC Scholarships. Recipient benefits
include all tuition. University fees, all books and expense costs, in addition to $100
per month subsistence for each ten month academic year during the period of the
scholarship. Three year, two year, and one year scholarships are applied for in the
freshman, sophomore, and senior years, respectively. For winners, upon graduation,
a four year active duty obligation is incurred as an officer in the U.S. Army
LOANS are a form of aid for which repayment must begin upon termination of the
student's University education. Interest rates normally range to 7%.
GRANTS are funds which carry no obligation for repayment. These funds are
awarded to the student on the basis of financial need.
SCHOLARSHIPS are funds which carry no obligation for repayment. They are gifts
awarded to the student on the basis of ability.
Federal aid administered through the University is available for both the regular
academic year and the summer sessions. The application deadline for upper-
classmen for these federal aid programs is normally May 1 for the following academ-
ic year Freshmen may apply for aid upon acceptance to the University. For the
summer sessions, the application deadline is also May 1 .
A Rnancial Aid Fact Sheet containing specific information about financial aid may be
obtained at the Rnancial Aid Office. In addition, the director and assistant directors of
Financial Aid are available for student consultation from 1 :00 to 4:00 p.m. Monday
through Friday The FA. Office recommends that students with questions contact the
office at (412) 357-2218.
EMPLOYMENT
Campus part-time employment for students is available in the academic offices,
residence halls, library, administrative offices, student co-op, and dining halls.
The University operates two student employment programs under which students
may be employed:
FEDERAL - To be employed under the Federal College Work-Study Program
(CWSP), a student must show financial need as determined by the Pennsylvania
State (PHEAA) Grant Application. A student employed under the Federal College
Work-Study Program may work up to a maximum of twenty (20) hours per week when
Finances — 33
classes are in session and forty (40) hours per week when classes are not in session.
STATE - The State University Employment Program (UE) employs students. Under
this program, a student may work up to twenty (20) hours per week when classes are
in session and forty (40) hours per week when classes are not in session. No
application is necessary for this program.
The Financial Aid Office offers placement assistance to students. When an employ-
ment opening is located, the potential employer indicates his intention of employing
the student by giving him an employment assignment card. The student takes this
card to the Financial Aid Office and is them placed on the appropriate student payroll.
There is no provision to have employment earnings deducted from student accounts.
Students are paid directly by check every two weeks.
LOANS
Government-Sponsored Loan Programs
NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN PROGRAf\/l - The application for the National
Direct Student Loan Program is the Pennsylvania State (PHEAA) Grant Application.
The loan is awarded to students on the basis of financial need. It is interest-free and
nonrepayable until nine months after termination of education, at which time it
becomes repayable at 3% interest with a minimum $30 payment per month and up to
ten years to repay
GUARANTY STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM - Applications for the Guaranty Student
Loan are obtainable from lending institutions. These include banks, savings and
loan associations, credit unions, etc. Through this program, undergraduate students
may borrow up to $2500 per academic year ($5000 graduate ). The loan is interest-
free until nine months after termination of education, and is then repayable directly to
the lending institution at 7% simple interest.
University-Sponsored Loan Programs
The Financial Aid Office administers various loan funds in behalf of the University.
Applications for and additional information on these programs are available to
students in the Rnancial Aid Office. These loans are generally not available to
students until after they are enrolled and taking classes at the University Listed
below are various loan programs sponsored through the Financial Aid Office at
Indiana University of Pennsylvania:
JENNIE E. ACKERMAN LOAN FUND - By action of the Executive Committee of
lUP's Alumni Association, the Jennie E. Ackerman Loan Fund was established in
1962, by contributions from alumni and friends, in memory of Jennie E. Ackerman,
who served as Supervisor of Student Teachers at lUP for many years. Loans are
available to sophomores, juniors and seniors who are maintaining satisfactory
academic records at the University. The maximum outstanding amount extended to
any one student cannot exceed $200. Interest is at the rate of 2% payable at maturity of
the loan. Notes extended beyond that time will carry a 6% interest charge.
ROBERT BELLIS LOAN FUND - This loan fund has been established at lUP by
friends and relatives of Robert G. Bellis, a graduate of Indiana State college. The
fund is used to grant loans to deserving students, preferably to junior and seniors.
34 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ELLA C. BENDIX LOAN FUND - This fund was established by students and faculty of
the School of Home Economics in memory of Ella C. Bendix, who served as dean of
the School of Home Economics. Worthy students with financial need enrolled in the
School of Home Economics are eligible to receive a $250 loan for each year of a
two-year period. Interest is 2% payable at maturity of the loan. Notes extended beyond
that time carry a 6% interest charge. Loan applications are available from the School of
Home Economics.
MARY EDNA FLEGAL LOAN FUND - A loan fund has been established at lUP by
Alpha Chapter of Delta Kappa Gamma Society International, an honorary society for
distinguished women educators, in memory of fvlary Edna Flegal who graduated
from Indiana Normal School in 1899 and served for some time as Director of Art at
lUR Loans up to $200 are available to upper class students enrolled in the School of
Education, preference being given to women. Notes are interest free for one year for
seniors and two years for juniors, and carry a 6% interest charge if repayment is
extended.
COLETTE CROMER GERSHMAN LOAN FUND - Family and friends of Colette
Cromer Gershman have established this fund in memory of Colette Cromer
Gershman, a home economics education graduate. Students enrolled in the School
of Home Economics are eligible for the loan. Interest is at the rate of 2%, payable at
maturity of the loan. Notes extended beyond that time will carry a 6% interest charge.
Apply to the Financial Aid Office.
SUZANNE MARSHALL HARTMAN LOAN FUND - A loan fund has been established
at lUP by family and friends in memory of Suzanne M. Hartman, a graduate of
Indiana in home economics. This fund is used to grant loans to deserving students in
their sophomore, junior, and senior years. Interest is at the rate of 2%, payable at the
maturity of the loan. Notes extended beyond that time will carry a 6% interest charge.
JOHN HAYS MEMORIAL FUND - In honor of Dr John Hays of the lUP Educational
Psychology Department, a memorial loan fund has been established by the Hays
family and friends. Dr Hays a faculty member of Indiana University of Pennsylvania
for 2 1 years, retired August 1 4, 1 977. This fund is primarily for students in the School
of Education at lUP Loans up to $250 will be made to worthy applicants, interest free
for one year.
OLIVER W. HELMRICH MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP LOAN FUND - This fund has
been established at lUP by the Helmrich family and friends in memory of Mr.
Helmrich, a member of the Indiana faculty at the time of his death. In an effort to
continue his desire to help young people in education, loans of up to $250 are
available, according to need, to full-time seniors and graduate students enrolled in
the School of Education. Notes are interest-free for one year, and carry a 6% interest
charge if repayment is extended.
WILLIAM HENZELMANN MEMORIAL FUND - This loan is available to junior and
senior students majoring in German or Russian in the Department of Foreign
Languages. The maximum loan is $250. Notes will be interest-free for one year, after
which they will carry a 3% interest charge. The total repayment period for the loan will
not exceed twenty-four months. This loan has been established in memory of Willian
Henzelmann, a faculty member in German of the Foreign Languages department at
I UP
Finances — 35
MARY ANNE KOLESSAR LOAN FUND - Mary Anne Kolessar Loan Fund, esta-
blished in the memory of Mary Anne Kolessar, a student at lUR by the family and
friends, is a short-term loan fund available to Consumer Services students. $200
may be borrowed for up to 60 days, interest free.
MACK LOAN AND SCHOLARSHIP FUND - A loan and scholarship fund has been
established by members of the Mack family to be used for making loan and scholar-
ship grants to worthy students with financial need. Preference is given to freshmen
and sophomores who can give evidence of academic excellence, financial need,
and promise as a future member of the teaching profession. At the present time, the
maximum loan available is $200 per year Interest is at the rate of 2%, payable at
maturity of the loan. Notesextendingbeyondthattime will carry a6% interest charge.
ETHYL V. OXLEY - HELEN C. MERRIMAN LOAN FUND -Interest from money
bequeathed to the School of Home Economics by these former faculty is available
for student loans. Worthy students with financial need enrolled in the School of
Home Economics are eligible to receive a $300 loan for each year of a two-year
period. Interest is 2% payable at maturity of the loan. Notes extended beyond that time
carry a 6% interest charge. Loan applications are available from the School of Home
Economics.
RUSTY PREISENDEFER MEMORIAL LOAN FUND - This fund was established as
a gift from Mrs. Suzanne Preisendefer Brickner in memory of her husband, who was
killed in action in South Viet Nam. Preference in granting loans from this fund shall be
given to members of the advanced ROTC and upperclassmen. Loans will be made
up to a maximum of $400 per individual, with the first note carrying a 2% interest
charge. Notes extending beyond that time will carry a 6% interest charge.
FLOSSIE WAGNER SANFORD STUDENT LOAN FUND - The Pennsylvania Feder-
ation of Women's Clubs has established a student loan fund in honor of Flossie
Wagner Sanford, an alumna and former member of the faculty of Indiana. Loans
from this fund are made by the Faculty Loan and Scholarship Committee to students
who need financial assistance. Interest is at the rate of 2%, payable at the maturity of
the loan. Notes extended beyond that time will carry a 6% interest charge.
NORAH ZINK FOREIGN STUDENT LOAN FUND - This loan fund has been esta-
blished by friends of former geography professor, Dr Norah E. Zink. Loans may be
secured by undergraduate foreign students in the amount of $250 for a period of 90
days.
GRANTS
BASIC EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS (BEOG) are available for eligible
students. Applications for and information on deadlines for this program are availa-
ble from the Financial Aid Office or high school counselors. All students are urged to
apply for this grant.
PENNSYLVANIAHIGHER EDUCATION ASSISTANCE AGENCYGRANTS(PHEAA)
are available for both regular academic year and the summer sessions. Contact the
Financial Aid Office to determine the application deadlines for the PHEAA Grant
Program.
36 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS (SEOG) are available
to eligible students who demonstrate financial need as based on the PHEAA Grant
Application.
SCHOLARSHIPS
The Financial Aid Office administers various scholarship programs in behalf of the
University. These scholarships have been established by alumni and friends of the
University to recognize outstanding students and assist them in financing their
educational expenses. Listed below are the University scholarships which are
administered through the Financial Aid Office:
AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY SCHOLARSHIP - A $100 award is presented each
semester to a Safety Management Major under this scholarship established by the
Aetna Life and Casualty Insurance Company The award is to be given for academic
excellence with strong consideration for women and minority students. Applications
should be made to the Chairperson, Safety Sciences Department.
JEMIMA S. BOYD SCHOLARSHIP - The Jemima S. Boyd Scholarship has been
established from the estate of Grace Noble Lacock. Each year, the interest from the
account is awarded to a female student who intends to teach in schools in Pennsyl-
vania and whose parents are American born. The scholarships are granted to a
student or students who will be entering their senior year at Indiana University of
Pennsylvania.
BRAMAN MUSIC SCHOLARSHIP FUND - Interest, up to an amount of $1 00, will be
granted as a single scholarship to an eligible prospective freshman music major,
whose performing area is one of the following: violin, viola, cello or double bass.
Selection of grantee is made by the string area music department faculty and
awarded for the second semester Application and information are available from the
music department.
M. VASHTI BURR MEMORIAL AWARD - The sum of $125 is awarded annually to
that student of lUP who is deemed by the faculty to be most deserving, having in
mind his or her economic need and the excellence of his or her industry and
scholarship. This award is given through the generosity of Mr William V. Whittington,
Washington, D.C.
HOWARD B. BUTERBAUGH SCHOLARSHIP FUND - This scholarship money was
a gift to the University from Dr Howard Buterbaugh's estate. The scholarship is to
be given to a student/s based on his or her academic performance at lUR
CLARK SCHOLARSHIP - The Lieutenant Alpheus Bell Clark Memorial Scholarship
was established by Mr and Mrs. Steele Clark, Cherry Tree, Indiana County in
memory of their son. The sum of $1 00 is awarded each semester to that young man
or woman, a senior in the University and a resident of Indiana County, who in the
opinion of a committee chosen by the President, best qualifies for the honor in terms
of academic ability, leadership, and service to the University, with preference going to
a veteran, or a son or a daughter of a veteran.
JACK CROSSAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND - Established in Jack Cros-
saris honor by fellow athletes, classmates and friends, this scholarship shall be
Finances —37
awarded at the discretion and good judgment of the head basketball coach to a
basketball player of good character and sound academic standing.
ROY A. DAUGHERTY SCHOLARSHIP - Scholarships in the amount of $1 00 will be
given to worthy student with preference given to sons and daughters of members of
Sigma Phi Epsilon Fraternity who attended I UP with Mr. Daugherty
CHARLES DAVIS SCHOLARSHIP - This scholarship is awarded each year to a
music major who has shown outstanding ability The amount of the award will be
determined by the funds available from Phi Mu Alpha, the professional music
fraternity at I UP
EXTENSION HOMEMAKER SCHOLARSHIP - Homemakers participating in the
Home Economics Extension Program contribute funds annually for scholarships to
be given to sophomores, juniors, or seniors who are majoring in home economics in
several colleges in the state. Indiana is allotted several each year, to be awarded on
the basis of 4-H experience, need, scholarship, and other outstanding characteris-
tics. Each award is for $250 per year
THOMAS V. FRAZIER MEf^ORIAL SCHOLARSHIP - A senior student interested in
the theater arts is the recipient of this award. The student may be a drama student or
just active in off-stage roles. Financial need will be a consideration, with the Chair-
person of the Theater Department and members of the Financial Aid Office selecting
the recipient.
GORRELL EDUCATION FUND - Established by the Gorrell family, these scholar-
ships are awarded to students with exceptional need.
MARGARET FLEGAL HARTE SCHOLARSHIP - Ten $300 Margaret Regal Harte
Scholarships are awarded to top students of each freshman class for the first year.
Eligibility is based on academic achievement and financial need. Scholastic
achievement is measured by the computation of high school rank and College
Entrance Examination Board scores. Financial need is determined through the
Pennsylvania State (PHEAA) Grant Application. No application required. All fresh-
man are automatically screened for eligibility.
PATTI HURLEY SCHOLARSHIP - A four year scholarship of $150 per year is
awarded to a female graduate of Indiana Area High School attending the University,
based upon academic achievement, participation in school activities, and economic
need. This memorial scholarship was established by the family and friends of Patti
Hurley a 1 970 graduate of Indiana Area High School who was killed in an automobile
accident two weeks after high school graduation and prior to entering college.
SALLY JOHNSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND - This scholarship will go to
a female junior student, based upon her outstanding athletic abilities. Information
and applications available through the physical education department.
ALAN P MEWHA MEMORIAL FUND - Used for annual scholarships to students in
the geography and regional planning department, the grant selection will be made by
a three-member geography and regional planning scholarship committee. The
scholarships are unrestricted as to use or purpose, and flexible in the amount
awarded and time presented. For further information, contact the Geography and
Regional Planning Department.
38 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MORRIS SCHOLARSHIP - The Helen Wood Morris Schol&rships were established
by Lieutenant-Colonel L.M. Morris of Altoona, in memory of his wife, a graduate of
the University Sums of $175 each are awarded annually to students selected by a
committee named by the University one award to a sophomore, the other to a junior
Students chosen must be in the highest quarter of their class, must be in need of
financial assistance, and must have demonstrated worthiness In terms of character,
personality, leadership, and American citizenship.
MARY MULDOWNEY SCHOLARSHIP - A scholarship In the amount of $1 00 for any
junior or senior student majoring in music with an emphasis on voice, this award Is
governed In amount and number of scholarships given, by the music department.
MUSIC FACULTY SCHOLARSHIP - One scholarship is made available by the music
faculty each year to a student enrolled in the music department. The scholarship
committee makes the selection based on scholarship, need and participation. The
scholarship is awarded for the second semester Application and Information availa-
ble through the music department.
TOM NORMAN SCHOLARSHIP - This money will be available to a soccer player In
financial need. All disbursements will be controlled by the soccer coach, in the
amount he feels necessary.
ETHYL V. OXLEY OPAL T RHODES AND HELEN C. MERRIMAN SCHOLAR-
SHIPS - Each year the Home Economics Alumni Association honors three former
faculty by awarding $200.00 scholarships. The Opal T Rhodes Scholarship Is
awarded to a home economics education major; the Ethyl "'•'. Oxiey scholarship to a
food and nutrition major; and the Helen C. Merriman scholarship to a Consumer
Services major Announcements concerning applying for these scholarships are
made in the Dally Bulletin and In the School of Home Economics during the Fall
semster
MARGARET M. PATTON FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP -This scholarship has
been established at lUP to assist students attending the University who are worthy
and in need of such assistance. Preference will be given to students attending the
Armstrong County Campus.
ALBERT PECHAN SCHOLARSHIP - This is a scholarship for a science major The
amount of the award depends on the money available In the scholarship fund.
Selection of a recipient is made by the science department faculty.
LENORA PECHAN SCHOLARSHIP - The Lenora Pechan Scholarship was esta-
blished by the late Dr Albert R. Pechan, a former member of the Senate of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and of the Board of Trustees of lUR to provide funds
for students who are members of the Reserve Officer Training Corps and who have
been outstanding students in the ROTC, and whose other academic work is satisfac-
tory. First priority will be given to students from Armstrong County selected by the
officers of the ROTC and the Faculty Scholarship and Loan Committee.
EDNA B. PIERCE MEMORIAL FUND - An Indiana High School student, accepted at
lUP, and enrolled in a teacher education curriculum, will be awarded a one-year
scholarship.
WILLIAM E. PIERCE SCHOLARSHIP - This scholarship has been established to
Finances —39
award a one-year grant to the junior ROTC cadet having the highest standing in
his/her sophomore ROTC class.
WILLIS E. PRATT AWARD - The Savings and Trust Company of Indiana has
established an athletic scholarship in the name of Dr Willis E. Pratt, Chancellor
Emeritus and President of lUP from 1948 to 1968. It will be awarded to athletes
chosen on the basis of scholastic and athletic ability and financial need.
DAVID SCHWARTZ MEMORIAL JOURNALISM SCHOLARSHIP - The David
Schwartz Memorial Scholarship is being established in memory of David Schwartz,
a graduate of lUR by his parents, the Indiana Evening Gazette, the Journalism
Department, and friends at lUR The scholarship will be available to outstanding
students majoring in Journalism. Contact the Englsih/Journalism Department for
further information.
SAM SMITH FOOTBALL SCHOLARSHIP FUND - The solicited funds are to be used
for football scholarships. All the funds are to be distributed as scholarships in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the University and its memberships.
GREGORY SPINELLI MEMORIAL FUND - This fund provides a meaningful award
and recognition for students with exceptional promise and commitment to a career in
the criminal justice system of the U.S. An award of $100 will be made annually to a
second semester senior enrolled in the lUP criminology department.
STUDENT ART SCHOLARSHIP - Students of the department of art and art educa-
tion contribute art works to be sold. Funds thus received permit awards of $50 to be
made periodically Application for these awards are received and screened and
awards made by a committee of art students. This award is confined to students of
the art department.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT FOREIGN STUDENT SCHOLARSHIP - The Student
Government Association grants four full scholarships annually to foreign students
who have not previously been In the United States and who can complete their
proposed program of study in one academic year Applications should be submitted
to the Foreign Student Adviser no later than March for the following year
CORRINE MENK WAHR SCHOUVRSHIP - Awarded to the top 25 students of each
Incoming freshman class, this is a $500 scholarship for the first year without regard to
financial need. Scholarship achievement Is established by the computation of high
school rank and College Entrance Examination scores. ALL FRESHMEN ARE
AUTOMATICALLY SCREENED FOR ELIGIBILITY
ZUCCHELLI SCHOLARSHIP FUND - This $100 scholarship will be awarded to a
female lUP student majoring in physical education. Information and applications
available through the Health and Physical Education Department.
VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION ASSISTANCE
Students who have substantial physical or mental handicaps may receive educa-
tional benefits through the Bureau of Vocational Rehabilitation Assistance. In order
to be eligible, students must satisfy the physical and financial requirements of the
Agency. For further Information regarding this assistance, the student should contact
his local bureau of Vocational Rehabilitation Assistance office or representative.
Academic Policies — 41
Academic Policies
CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
In order to be classified as FULL-TIME, undergraduate students attending any
regular academic year semester must be currently enrolled in at least 12 semester
hours of credit.
In the lUP summer sessions, a student must be currently enrolled in at least three
semester hours during the Pre or Post Session, and/or six semester hours during the
Main Session in order to be certified as a FULL-TIME enrollee for any one of those
scheduled instructional periods.
Full-time certification for students enrolled in instructional periods which do not
conform to the regularly scheduled academic sessions will be based upon the
number of semester hours enrolled in during that period of enrollment (e.g., one
semester hour in one week of instruction would equal the minimum full-time certifica-
tion standard).
For purposes of designating students by class, the following credit hour classifica-
tion ranges are used:
Freshmen 28 semester hours or less
Sophomores 29-56 semester hours
Juniors 57-90 semester hours ^
Seniors 91 semester hours or more
Class designations are based on credits EARNED, rather than credits
ATTEMPTED.
42 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Persons holding a degree and working for a second baccalaureate degree may be
classified as seniors.
GRADES AND QUALITY POINTS
GRADING SYSTEM - The following grades are used in reporting the standing of
students at the end of each semester or summer term: A, excellent; B, good; C,
average; D, passed; R failed; I, incomplete; R, deferred; P, pass/fail (option). Regard-
ing the option of pass/fail courses, if a student fails the course, he/she will be
awarded an F and the terms of failing a course will prevail. The grade of R is used to
indicate deferred status for certain types of continuing study courses. It must be
converted within one calendar year after issuance.
The grade of I is used to record work which, so far as covered, is of PASSING
GRADE, but is incomplete because of PERSONAL ILLNESS or other UNAVOIDA-
BLE REASON. It must be made up within 180 calendar days after issuance of the
grade. The grades of W, WP and WF are used to designate that the student has
voluntarily withdrawn from a course within a specified period after the beginning of
any regular semester The W, WP and WF grades carry no credits or quality points for
the courses in which they are reported, but do appear on the student's record.
QUALITY POINTS - Quality points are assigned as follows: Grade A, 4 quality points
per semester hour; B, 3 quality points per semester hour, C, 2 quality point per
semester hour; D, 1 quality point per semester; F no quality points.
Quality points are not counted on grades from other schools, and a student transfer-
ring from another school is held responsible for quality points only on work taken in
this University.
CUMULATIVE QUALITY POINT AVERAGE is determined by multiplying the credit
hours per course by the grade in quality point received for that course, repeating this
procedure for each course attempted, totaling the credit hour quality points thus
obtained, and dividing by the total number of credit hours attempted.
COURSE REPEATS - The semester hours for a course repeated after January 1 ,
1 974, shall be counted only ONCE for all attempts; and it is this number of hours that
will be used in quality point average (QPA) computation. (In the case where a course
is repeated for a different number of hours of credit than when taken initially, the
number of hours corresponding to the highest grade will be used in the QPA
computations.)
The total quality points for all attempts of the repeated course will be the number
assigned for the highest grade earned.
The QPA for the repeated course will be determined by dividing the number of quality
points by the number of semester hours earned. Only courses with a D or F grade
may be repeated and then only with the approval of the student's adviser Only six
repeat attempts may be made subsequent to the adoption of this policy during a
Baccalaureate Degree Program.
GRADE REPORTS - Shortly after each semester or summer session, a full grade
report is mailed to each student at his home address. Parents do not receive reports.
Academic Policies — 43
as it is assumed that University students are sufficiently mature and trustworthy to
report facts to their parents.
CRITERIA GOVERNING CONTINUANCE AT lUP
To be in good academic standing, an undergraduate student must maintain a 2.0
cumulative quality point average.
Freshmen entering the University any time after June 1 , 1 971 , must have attained a
1.8 cumulative quality point average upon the completion of their first full-time
academic year to remain at the University A cumulative quality point average of 2.0 is
required for an undergraduate's remaining years. To achieve the stipulated aver-
age, the Pre and Main Summer Sessions immediately following the year's Spring
semester may be used. Students who fail to be in good academic standing at the
end of any summer's Main Session will be dismissed from the University for at least
one academic year.
All courses taken at lUP become a part of the student's permanent academic record.
The record shall show hours attempted, hours earned, and quality points earned.
The academic standing of all students is computed on the basis of courses attempt-
ed at this University only Credit is granted for work completed in other institutions in
accordance with the stipulations set forth under Admission and Registration.
At lUR a student is considered to be making SATISFACTORY PROGRESS when he
or she is permitted to enroll in credit-bearing classes in a curriculum leading to a
degree or certificate. Such continued enrollment is subject to the academic policies
of the institution.
READMISSION AFTER ACADEMIC DISMISSAL - Students who have been dis-
missed from the University for academic reasons and who desire to return after the
dismissal interval must file a formal application for readmission with the Dean of the
School in which they were enrolled at the time of their dismissal.
In addition to filing the formal application, students must Improve their academic
average to meet the minimum requirements of the University which are 1 .8 and 2.0
for freshmen and upperclassmen respectively. For exceptions, refer to Criteria
Governing Continuance at the University Filing must be before April 1 , if requesting
readmission for the following summer sessions or for the Fall semester starting the
following September Filing must be before November 1, if requesting readmission
for the following Spring semester.
CANCELLED SEMESTER POLICY
This policy shall apply only to students who have attended lUP and have not been
enrolled for at least TWO CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR YEARS. Upon application
for readmission (or within one year after readmission) the student may request that
one particular semester completed before readmission be cancelled from his/her
Cumulative Quality Point Average (CO. PA.). Any semester (full or part time; with the
summer sessions altogether counting as one semester) may be cancelled from the
44 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
C.Q.PA.; however, all grades received in that semester (good or bad) must be
cancelled from the C.Q.PA. All grades remain on the record and credit toward
graduation for courses passed remains on the record. A student may never cancel
more than one semester from his/her C.Q.PA. under this policy.
ACADEMIC VIOLATIONS POLICY
Minor Violations, with maximum sanction of F in the course:
a. Cheating by those who give as well as receive aid in course or lab work.
b. Evasion of University policies or procedures.
c. Plagiarizing in any way
Major Violations, with any sanction up to and including expulsion from the University:
a. A second minor academic violation at any time in a student's career at lUP
b. Purposeful evasion of University policies or procedures.
c. Possessing an examination without the instructor's authority or prior knowledge.
d. Defacing library books or educational instruments or materials.
Minor Violation Procedure:
An instructor may recommend the failure of any student for any minor violation in
his/her course. Within ten (10) days of the violation, the instructor must inform the
student and must file a written report of the violation with the Academic Discipline
Subcommittee of the Senate Academic Procedures Committee and the Vice Presi-
dent of Academic Affairs, making the violation a matter of record. The report may be
submitted on a form available in each departmental office and must include the
following:
name of student involved; course; instructor; date and time; circumstances and
supportive data and sanction recommended.
If the student disagrees with the sanction recommended, the following appeal
procedure must be followed. If the student does not appeal within fifteen (15) days at
any appeals level, the sanction will be automatically invoked. At no stage of the
appeal may the original sanction be increased.
1. Within fifteen (15) days of the date of the instructor's written report, the student
must request a conference with the Chairperson of the Department wherein the
student and instructor involved are heard by the chairperson. The heaviest
sanction which can be imposed by the chairperson is to uphold the sanction
imposed by the instructor Within ten (10) days of the conference, the Chairperson
must forward a written report of his decision concerning the instructor's sanction
to the Academic Discipline Subcommittee and the student and instructor involved.
2. Within fifteen (15) days of the date of the Chairperson's report, the student may
appeal to the Academic Discipline Subcommittee of the University Senate's
Academic Procedures Committee.
3. In the case when the Chairperson decreases the sanction originally recommen-
ded by the instructor, the instructor may appeal the Chairperson's ruling to the
Academic Discipline Subcommittee within fifteen (15) days of the date of the
Chairperson's report.
4. The Academic Discipline Subcommittee is composed of faculty and students
elected from Senate Committee B-1. The Subcommittee is chaired by a student
Academic Policies — 45
elected by the members of the Committee B-1. After holding a hearing, the
Academic Discipline Subcommittee may:
accept the instructor's sanction; accept the Chairperson's ruling; reduce the
sanction so far recommended or send the case back to the Chairperson for re-
consideration along with recommendations (this is not DOUBLE JEOPARDY,
since the first hearing is not complete).
The Subcommittee may NOT increase the sanction originallly recommended by the
instructor Within ten (10) days of the hearing, the Academic Discipline Subcommit-
tee must send a written report of its decision to the student and the instructor
involved. The decision is deemed final and will be implemented by the direction of
the Vice President of Academic Affairs.
Major Violation Procedure:
In the case of defacing library books or educational instruments or educational ma-
terial, possessing an examination without the instructor's authority or prior knowl-
edge, and purposeful evasion of University policies or procedures, a written report
must be sent to the Academic Discipline Subcommittee of Senate Committee B-1,
the student involved, and the Vice President of Academic Affairs, within ten (10) days
of the violation, making the violation a matter of record. The report may be submitted
on a form available in each departmental office and must include the following:
name of student involved; course (if relevant); date and time; instructor/ person in
charge; circumstances and supportive data and sanction recommended (if any).
in the case of a second minor violation, the Academic Discipline Subcommittee will
send written notification to the student involved within ten (10) days of the receipt of
the written report of the second minor violation.
In either situation above which constitutes a major violation, there will be an immedi-
ate hearing called by the Academic Discipline Subcommittee. The hearing will be
governed by its own rules as to internal proceedings along lines of fundamental
fairness and will follow the standards of procedure where the accused should:
a. receive ten (10) days written notice of the charges against him/her, and the
sanctions which may be applied if the charges are proved;
b. receive written notice of the date, time, and place of the hearing (this should
accompany the charges); non-appearance of the student is tantamount to a plea
of NOLO CONTENDERE;
c. be advised of the names of the witnesses who will appear against him/her and the
substance of their testimony;
d. have the right to present a defense and witnesses in his/her own behalf, and the
right to cross-examine witnesses against him/her, (the Academic Discipline
Subcommitee naturally has the same right to cross-examine defense witnesses);
e. Have the right to be assisted by an adviser of his/her choice including the right to
legal counsel;
46 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
f. receive a transcript of the proceedings and a written report of the findings of the
Academic Discipline Subcommittee.
If the student disagrees with the sanction recommended by the Academic Discipline
Subcommittee, within fifteen (15) days of the date of the Academic Discipline
Subcommittee's written report, he/she may appeal to an Appeal Board consisting
of the Academic Vice President (who will serve as chairperson), the Dean of the
School in which the violation occurred, the Vice Chairperson of the Senate, and the
President of the Student Government Association. If the student does not appeal
within fifteen (15) days of the date of the Academic Discipline Subcommittee's writ-
ten report, the decision of the Academic Discipline Subcommittee is deemed final,
and will be implemented by direction of the President of the University.
Disciplinary Dismissal or Suspension
Suspension or dismissals for disciplinary reasons are recommended to the Presi-
dent of the University by the Academic Vice President upon the recommendation of
the University Judicial Board. The Board is composed of the Vice President of
Student Affairs, five faculty members, and five student members.
ACADEMIC HONORS
Students with appropriate academic records may be graduated with one of the
following distinctions:
Summa cum laude
3.75-4.00 cumulative quality point average
Magna cum laude
3.50-3.74 cumulative quality point average
Cum laude
3.25-3.49 cumulative quality point average
These honors are calculated using all credits and quality points earned at lUR
Honors are not granted for subsequent degrees.
DEAN'S LIST - To be eligible for the Dean's List, which is compiled after each
semester, a student must be carrying a minimum of 1 2 semester hours and have a
minimum quality point average of 3.25 (exclusive of P/F courses).
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Class attendance and class participation beyond mere physical presence are essen-
tial for maximum educational advantage and are strongly encouraged. Responsibili-
ty for all course material rests entirely with the student, whether or not he/she attends
each class. Under no circumstances shall class attendance, per se, be used as a
basis for awarding or altering a grade in a course; this applies to freshman through
senior class levels. Course grade will be based on such factors as class preparation,
class participation, skill development, effectiveness of oral presentations and/or
written reports, quiz grades, and test and final examination scores. It is the preroga-
tive of the instructor to administer unannounced quizzes as part of the student
evaluation process, and to pass judgment on the merits of all cases involving late
class submissions and class requirements missed by the students.
Academic Policies — 47
All students are required to attend class at the opening of semester in order to
stabilize enrollments and class rosters.
NORMAL SEMESTER HOUR LOADS
A normal semester hour load is 15-17 academic hours. A student who wishes to
schedule more than 17 semester hours must obtain approval from the Dean of the
School in which he/she is registered; approval will be predicated upon the students
demonstrated competencies.
AUDIT POLICY
To audit an undergraduate course, a person must be admitted to the University, and
have met course prerequisites. Students wishing to audit a course, which they
registered for at arena registration, should obtain a Course Audit Form from the
Department Chairperson of the course. To audit a course, not previously registered
for at arena registration, student must first process an add for the course before filing
a Course Audit Form. All audit processing must be completed during the regular
drop/add period. Copies of the completed form are returned to the Scheduling
Center, Department Chairperson, and the student. Audit students have the same
privileges as other students in all course work.
All audited courses will be identified as such on the student's grade report and
transcript. Work taken on an audit basis will not be graded and will not count toward
the fulfillment of requirements for a degree to be awarded by lUR Since credit hours
attempted and quality point will not be awarded for audited courses, they will not
affect the student's Quality Point Average in any way whatsoever
Auditors will pay normal tuition and such other fees as may be required for the
course.
PASS-FAIL POLICY
A student may take courses on a pass-fail basis to a total of 15 semester hours
through out his/her University career The student is limited to one pass-fail course in
any given semester during his sophomore, junior, and senior years. All courses in
THE STUDENT'S General Education program and in HIS/HER major and minor
fields are excluded from this prerogative.
The student may declare his/her intent to choose pass-fail in a specific course no
later than six weeks after the beginning of the semester or the equivalent timespan in
a summer session. Instructors will NOT be notified of the identity of pass-fail
students in their courses; identification will be handled by the Computer Center
through an appropriate coded control.
A student shall be given academic credit WITHOUT QUALITY POINTS for a course
taken pass-fail upon receiving a passing mark in the course. The semester hours
successfully completed under pass-fail (passed), within the overall 15 semester
hour limitation, shall be recorded as counting towards the total semester hours
earned for graduation, but not towards the semester hours attempted data used in
calculation of the cumulative quality point average. However, if a student fails a
pass/fail course he/she will receive the F grade, and the corresponding quality point
average.
48 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
The summer sessions, collectively or in any combination, shall be considered a unit
similar to a spring or fall semester for pass-fail purposes. Hence, a student is
permitted to take only one course during the summer on a pass-fail basis.
The purpose of pass-fail is to permit a student to take an elective course in a field of
personal interest where he/she may be competing with major students in the de-
partment in which the course is offered. When scheduled, such a course shall be
included in the student's normal course load for the semester
CHANGES OF CURRICULUM
A student must indicate his/her desire to change to a new curriculum in the office of
the Dean of the School in which the student is registered if the curriculum change
desired is from one department to another within the same School (for example,
change from a mathematics major to a biology major) or in the office of the Dean of
the School to which the student wishes to transfer, if the curriculum change is from
one School to another (for example, secondary education major to biology major). In
either case, the student will complete an application form that is available in the
Dean's office. Before seeking a curriculum change, it is advisable that the student
consult with the chairpersons of both the old and new departments.
When a student changes Schools, the Dean of the School (or Dean's agent) into
which the transfer is sought will evaluate the student's credits before approving the
transfer A copy of the evaluation will be made available to the student and his/her
new adviser if a change in curriculum is effected.
In cases involving veteran students, the Dean of the School into which transfer is
sought (or Dean's agent) shall give the veteran a statement of prospective approval
and the effective date of the proposed changes. This statement shall also indicate
the amount of extended training time the change of curriculum will entail and the
amount of credit loss, if any The veteran shall take this statement to the veteran's
counselor at least one month prior to the effective date of the change. No transfer of
curriculum shall be made by veterans until VA approval has been assured.
DISCRETE COURSE WITHDRAWAL POLICY
During the fall and spring semesters, students are permitted to withdraw from a
course with a grade of W within two-thirds of the length of the course. Faculty are
required to inform students of their standing in class prior to the midpoint of the
course.
After the close of the prescribed withdrawal period, a student may withdraw from a
course only with the approval of his/her adviser, department chairperson, and School
dean (in that order), for such reasons as illness, accident, or extreme personal
problems. Such withdrawal may occur no later than one week before the beginning
of final examinations.
For all discrete course withdrawals, the student must complete a course withdrawal
form, available in department offices. This form must be signed by both the student
and the instructor
If a student fails to complete the requirements for a course but has not formally
processed a withdrawal as described above, and if the instructor does not receive
Academic Policies — 49
notice of withdrawal from the University, the instructor shall note in his/her course
records the student's last attendence date and/or other student activity and assign
an F for the course.
WITHDRAWALS FROM THE UNIVERSITY
An undergraduate student who does not pre-register for the succeeding semester or,
having pre-registered, does not appear for registration at the beginning of the
succeeding semester, is considered to have withdrawn from the University Thereaf-
ter he/she must apply for readmission as prescribed under Admission and Registra-
tion.
Any undergraduate student withdrawing from the University during a semester or a
summer session must secure an official Withdrawal Form from the office of the Dean
of Student Services, 202 Pratt Hall. The student will clear with the appropriate offices
listed on the form, securing their signatures as evidence of clearance. The With-
drawal Form will be returned to the Office of the Dean of Student Services, which will
notify the appropriate School Dean of withdrawals approved, and official notification
of withdrawal from specific classes will be sent to each instructor by the School
Dean. No person shall be considered withdrawn from the University within a semes-
ter or summer session unless such notice is received. Based upon the date of
withdrawal, W, WP or WF grades will be assigned to those courses from which the
student is withdrawing.
ADVISORY PROGRAM
A group of selected faculty members act as freshman advisers for entering freshmen
in their departments. In some curricula the advisers continue with the same group of
advisees from year to year In other curricula the freshman advisers remain with their
advisee group only for the students first year; under this program, the student is then
assigned an academic adviser for the remaining years through to his/her degree in
his/her chosen field.
Faculty advisers counsel the students on academic achievement, dropping courses,
changing curriculum, student activities, study schedules, and personal problems.
The adviser receives a copy of the student's permanent record at the beginning of
the academic year, a copy of D's and F's at mid-term, copies of all letters pertaining
to academic achievement sent to the student's home, and a copy of the report of
the student's application for Junior standing.
SOPHOMORE SCREENING FOR JUNIOR STATUS
APPROVAL
General Policy at lUP permits each School to determine its own scheme for evaluat-
ing the development and progress of its major students. However each School is
expected to employ some effective procedure for such evaluation.
Several of the Schools use a procedure called Sophomore Screening for Junior
Status Approval, with the following required: All students (in such a School) enrolled
in their fourth semester or who will complete 57 semester hours ATTEMPTED by the
end of the current semester must apply for Junior Status approval by tilling out an
application form by the deadline date designated and announced.
50 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
All students should check with their faculty advisers to determine which Schools use
Junior Status screening procedure and the criteria for Junior Status Approval.
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
SPECIAL REGULATIONS
Credits in health and physical education are required of undergraduate students in
the General Education segment of the University curriculum or are part of an option
for students in that segment. The University requirement in physical education may
be altered after consultation with the department chairperson in health and physical
education, who will act upon the recommendation of the University physician and the
Dean, School of Health Services.
Physically incapacitated students must obtain a medical waiver from or through the
University physician. This procedure should be repeated each semester except in
cases of permanent disability The waiver form should be filed with the chairperson of
the health and physical education department involved. Such students may elect to
participate in specially arranged adaptive physical education courses or defer the
University requirement until such time as the disability dissolves. These regulations
do not refer to temporary illness of short duration; such cases are managed by the
individual instructor
RESERVE OFFICERS TRAINING CORPS
The United States Army established a unit of the Reserve Officers Training Corps at
the University in 1950. In fulfilling the Univeritys four-credit General Education
requirement for graduation, students may take four credits of Military Science and
receive full credit for the Health and Physical Education requirement. Enrollment in
the four-credit ROTC option incurs no military obligation whatsoever and allows the
student the option of competing for a Three Year ROTC Scholarship.
Upon graduation from the University and successful completion of the Advanced
Course ROTC program, the student will receive a Commission as a Second Lieuten-
ant and serve from three months to three years on active duty depending on active
Army requirements. As an alternative to active duty the individual may either be
chosen or volunteer to complete his/her service obligation with the Army Reserve or
National Guard.
Students seeking advanced degrees can be granted an educational delay by the
Army following completion of their baccalaureate degrees. Upon completion of the
advanced degree, students then enter active duty or Army Reserve/Natiorial Guard
duty.
UNIVERSITY SENATE
Purpose
The purpose of the University Senate is to provide a formal means through which the
student body faculty and administration, working as a unified group, shall share in
the governance of the University through the establishment of University policy
Nothing relating to the organization and administration of the University Senate shall
be construed so as to limit the authority of the Board of Trustees or the President of
Academic Policies — 57
the University with respect to the administration of the University as prescribed by
law.
Composition and Elective Procedures
The University Senate shall consist of a number of faculty double the number of
departments of the University an administrative segment one-third the size of the
faculty segment, and a student segment one-half the size of the faculty segment.
Faculty and administrative members must hold full-time contracts at the time of
election or appointment, and students must be full-time and in good standing.
Student refers to both the undergraduate and graduate student bodies. The student
segment shall consist of ten times as many undergraduate students as graduate
students, each delegation to be elected by its representative student body Under-
graduate students shall be elected under the auspices of the Student Government
Association, and graduate students through elections arranged by their comparable
body In both cases, the officiating body shall call for and accept such voluntary
nominations for election to the Senate as shall be made to it.
Student members of the University Senate serve on most of the Senate Commit-
tees.
STUDENTS' ACADEMIC GRIEVANCES
If a student feels that he/she has been treated unfairly by any instructor (this will refer
pricipally to grading policy but very occasionally may include genuine disagreement
in class participation), he/she must try to resolve the problem first with the chairper-
son of the department in question. If the student is not satisfied with the solution
offered by the department chairperson, he/she should confer with the Dean of the
School in which he/she is enrolled.
52 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
COURSE NUMBERS AND ABBREVIATIONS
COURSE NUMBERS - courses for freshmen are numbered in the 100s, for the
sophomores in the 200s, for juniors in the 300s, and for seniors in the 400s.
Required courses usually are numbered from 1 to 50 and elective courses are
numbered from 51 to 100, within each 100.
DEPARTMENTAL COURSE ABBREVIATIONS. The following departmental abbre-
viations are used to identify courses referred to in the Undergraduate Catalog:
AH Art History
GM German
AL Allied Health
GR
Graduate
AM Applied Music
HP
Health & PE
AN Anthropology
HI
History
AR Art
HE
Home Economics
AT Art Education
HO
Home Economics Education
AY Astronomy
IS
International Studies
Bl Biology
LA
Latin
BU Business
LI
Linguistics
BA Business Administration
Ml
Marine Sciences
BE Business Education
MA
Mathematics
CH Chemistry
MS
Military Science
CO Computer Science
MU
Music
CS Consumer Services
AM
Music - Applied
CE Counselor Education
NU
Nursing
CM Communications Media
PH
Philosophy
CR Criminology
PY
Physics
DE Distributive Education
PS
Political Science
EC Economics
PC
Psychology
ED Education
PN
Public School Nursing
EP Educational Psychology
RH
Rehabilitation
EL Elementary Education
RU
Russian
EM Elementary Math
SA
Safety Science
ES Elementary Science
SC
Science
EN English
SS
Social Science
FL Foreign Language
SO
Sociology
FN Food and Nutrition
SP
Spanish
FE Foundations of Education
SW Social Work
FR French
EX
Special Education
GE Geography
SH
Speech and Hearing
GK Greek
ST
Student Personnel Service
GL Geology
TH
Theater
GS Geoscience
Student Life and Services — 53
Student Life and Services
The Student Affairs Staff of the University provides services to students to support
the best learning climate possible and to guide the student toward optimum personal
development. Beginning with the Freshman Week Orientation Program, the student
is invited to participate in the activities and residence life of the University. An attempt
is made to provide each student with a maximum opportunity for self-regulation
during his/her years as a citizen of the University community The Student Affairs
Staff, together with student groups and other faculty members, endeavors to create a
rich environment which will extend the classroom experience and will involve stu-
dents in making meaningful decisions.
ORIENTATION
.At the beginning of each semester separate orientation programs are held for all new
students entering the University; freshmen, non-traditional, transfer students and
graduate students. The purpose behind these programs is to provide new students
with academic advisement, to help them become acquainted with each other and
become familiar with the University and to acquaint them with services available.
Under the direction of the Director of Residence Programming and Orientation, ail
orientation programs are planned by the New Student Orientation Committee, a
representative body of all major student organizations on campus and interested
student volunteers. Orientation leaders are selected on a volunteer basis from the
student body and are especially trained to help conduct all programs.
HOUSING
Housing available to students includes:
54 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
University Owned residence halls
Fraternity houses
Private apartments and houses
Privately owned residence halls
Accommodations at home or with relatives
IT IS THE POLICY OF INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA TO OFFER
FULL, EQUAL AND NON-DISCRIMINATORY ASSISTANCE TO ALL STUDENTS
WITHOUT REGARD TO THEIR RACE, COLOR, RELIGION, NATIONALITY OR
SEX, in both the placement in University housing and in the furnishing of facilities
and services in connection with that housing.
Rooms will be available to full-time, undergraduate students enrolled at lUR Each
year the University reviews its housing policies and revises them according to its
needs for the coming year The University Housing Office is responsible for all
residence hall and room assignments, food service assignments, information on
private housing facilities and collecting local address and telephone data for the
Student Directory. The Housing Office is located in Clark Hall, ext. 2696.
University Residence Halls
lUP is a residential campus. Its 13 residence halls are divided, on a geographical
basis into four quads. Each quad is supervised by a full-time student affairs profes-
sional with a background in student development or counseling. In addition, each
residence hall has a full-time Residence Director to handle the management func-
tions of the building with responsibilities for programming and staff development.
The Residence Directors are also full-time professional members of the Student
Affairs division. In addition, each building has an undergraduate Head Hall Counse-
lor who supervises a team of Hall Counselors. Hall Counselors are responsible for
counseling students, planning programs, carrying out administrative tasks, and
maintaining a community atmosphere among the approximately thirty students
living in their individual section of the residence hall.
Since college students spend about 85% of their time outside of the classroom and
residence students spend a great deal of this time in residence halls, I UP residence
halls are seen as much more than a place to sleep. They are rapidly becoming out of
classroom learning environments wherein educational, social, recreational, and
community service programs are being planned and conducted with the express
purpose of facilitating personal growth on the part of the individual residents.
Because residence hall living is seen as a positive educational experience, fresh-
men are encouraged to live in residence halls unless they are commuting from
home. In an effort to make residence hall living more responsive to individual
needs, the University offers two separate life styles; single sex and co-ed. Students
are encouraged to consider these options carefully and to select the one in which
they would feel most comfortable.
Generally the policy of the University is to encourage the development of positive
social behavior and good study habits rather than to exercise close supervision of
the individual. Residents should have a well-defined personal recognition of their
individual responsibility to protect the dignity rights, and feelings of fellow students.
In residence hall living, students are considered to be adults who are responsible for
their own behavior Within the confines of Federal, State and local laws, the faculty
and administration delegate much of the governing authority of residence halls to the
student Life and Services —55
Residence Hall Association which in turn establishes most of the governing policies
for the entire residence hall system. All students are encouraged to become actively
involved in RHA.
Student accommodations are based on double occupancy. Furnishings include a
single bed, desk, study chair, mirror, dresser, pillow, mattress, mattress cover and
telephone. Students should bring their own blankets, bedspreads, towels, study
lamps, etc.
All lUP residence halls are recently constructed, modern buildings. Each is equip-
ped with study lounges, recreational equipment, laundry facilities and locked mail-
boxes. In addition, sewing machines, duplication machines, desk calculators and
other specialized equipment are located in each Quad for student use. In order to
provide security all residence halls are locked at midnight Sunday through Thurs-
day and at 2:00 a.m. Friday and Saturday nights. Each student has a card key for
his/her building which provides entry after the closing hour
New students will be admitted to their residence halls twenty-four hours prior to their
official registration.
Other students may enter the residence halls not earlier than twenty-four hours prior
to their specific, announced registration time provided that the day is not a national
holiday Closing notices will be posted before each vacation period indicating dates
residence halls will reopen.
Food service will be available to all students who have been issued a valid meal card
during registration.
Housing and food charges must be paid to the Accounts Receivable Office, accord-
ing to the established standards, before residents will be issued a room key and/or
valid meal card.
Application for Housing
The University will not discriminate in room or hall assignment on the basis of race,
color, religion, national origin, ancestry sex, or physical handicap. Incoming fresh-
men who have been accepted by the Admissions Office as residence students will
be billed for a $100 advance deposit in March, one-half of which serves as a hous-
ing prepayment. A legally binding Residence Hall Contract for Housing and Food
Service will accompany same and must be returned to lUP with the deposit payment.
Continuing students may apply for University housing for each semester in accord-
ance with procedure published and posted by the University Housing Office.
Readmitted students and those transferring from other Universities should contact
the Housing Office directly for housing applications and/or information.
Food Services
All students residing in University residence halls must take meals in University
dining halls (Foster or Folger). Other students may contract for food service each
semester with the Housing Office. There are two meal plans offered by the Universi-
ty:
Plan A - 21 meals per week
56 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Plan B - 15 meals, Monday through Friday
The above plans are for one breakfast, one lunch and one dinner each day
Guests may eat in either of the dining halls at the current transient rate.
Students and guests may purchase meals at Hardees in the Student Union, at the
Home Economics cafeteria in Ackerman Hall, at the Coffee Shop in Foster Hall, or at
other restaurants near the campus.
Insurance for Personal Belongings
Students are encouraged to carry insurance covering the loss or theft of money or
property while residing in a residence hall. Check with your parents to determine
whether their Homeowners Policy will cover you while youre at college, if not, riders
can be attached.
Student Room Refrigerators
Student room refrigerators are rented on a one or two semester basis from the Dean
of Student Life office. These refrigerators are UL approved, 2.1 cubic foot refrigera-
tors requiring a maximum of .5 amps. Privately owned refrigerators which meet these
specifications may be used in University residence halls and are assessed a fee of
$1.00 per semester for electricity
Student Room Telephones
Each student room on campus has a telephone which is part of the University
Centrex system. With Centrex telephones, it is possible to dial all telephones on
campus, dial direct station to station local and long distance calls, receive directly
dialed incoming calls, and transfer incoming calls from one telephone on campus to
another In addition, the Centrex telephone system serves as an important educa-
tional tool. Students may dial a specific code given to them by their professor which
connects them with the Dial Access Retrieval System in Media Resources thus
enabling them to hear required listening assignments in the comfort of their own
residence hall room.
Telephone bills are mailed directly to residence hall rooms each month. Long
distance calls and telegram charges only appear on the bill. Both occupants of a
room are responsible for all charges made to their telephone. Payment is made
directly to the Bell Telephone Company.
AUTOMOBILES
Each student, faculty or staff member who parks an automobile in campus parking
areas must register their auto each year with the Campus Police. A charge of $1 per
decal per year is levied. Resident students are not permitted to park on campus
without a decal. Decals are issued only for the following reasons: 1 . student teach-
ing; 2. medical reasons; 3. work requirements. A decal for these students must be
obtained through writing to the Parking Authority Review board. A LIST OF PARK-
ING RULES AND REGULATIONS MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE CAMPUS POLICE
OFFICE, JOHN SUTTON HALL.
FACILITIES FOR COMMUTING STUDENTS
A variety of accommodations are provided for commuting students in their lounge in
Student Life and Services —57
the basement of Stewart Hall. Among the facilities found in this area are a refrigerator
(for brown-bagging purposes), typewriter, lockers, a telephone, a television, and a
calculator Library facilities provide pleasant study conditions for commuter students
and several lounges in the Student Union are always available for their use. Com-
muter students may purchase lunches in Foster Dining Hall, Folger Dining Hall,
Foster Dining Hall Coffee Shop, or the Student Union Coffee Shop. In addition,
several private eating establishments are close to the University campus. Dr Terrell
O. Martin, Adviser for the Off Campus Student League, is available to the Commut-
ing Students for assistance in 212 Pratt Hall.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Student Assistance and Information Center
The Student Services Office serves as an information center and communication
link for areas of student concern. Located in Pratt 202, the center has an open door
policy AN ATTEMPT IS MADE TO HELP STUDENTS WITH ANY PROBLEMS
THEY MAY ENCOUNTER ON AND OFF CAMPUS. The goals are to assist students
in areas of concern - sometimes by referral to appropriate offices, to combat prob-
lems of bureaucracy and to create an awareness of the individual on the part of the
University The four basic concepts that the office functions under entail investiga-
tion, recommendation, general information, and encouragement. Though not always
able to give direct answers or correct situations, the Center does have capabilities of
finding an answer and attracting the attention of appropriate segments on campus.
HEALTH SERVICES
Pechan Health Center is a completely equipped infirmary located on the corner of
Pratt Drive and Maple Street. This two-story structure is thoroughly equipped for all
routine work. Registered nurses are on duty 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
Medical service is provided by four full-time University physicians. Twenty-seven
beds are available where resident students may have hospitalization. Serious illnesses
and accidents are transferred to the local hospital or to hospitals in the students
home town.
SPECIAL CLINICS
Three clinics at the University offer diagnostic testing and remedial or improvement
service or instruction in the following areas:
COUNSELING CENTER (Pratt Hall) - diagnosis of academic and behavior prob-
lems and personal, vocational, and educational counseling.
READING CLINIC (Stouffer Hall) - diagnosis and remedial instruction for reading
and spelling disabilities and instruction for the improvement of present skills.
SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC (Davis Hall) - diagnosis of speech problems,
hearing tests and evaluations, and a regular program of therapy.
These services are made available without charge to students regularly enrolled at
the University to give the necessary assistance to alleviate deficiencies which would
interfere with successful performance and progress in the University and in future
work. Students who need help in any of the areas suggested above are encouraged
to use the facilities provided for them and may of their own initiative come to any clinic
58 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
for help; or they may be referred by any faculty member or University official.
INSURANCE
The lUP Board of Trustees instituted mandatory student accident and health insur-
ance at the University effective September, 1 963. It is realized, however that some of
the freshmen class students are covered by hospitalization policies of their parents.
Where this is the case and additional coverage under the lUP student insurance plan
is not desired, a waiver card can be submitted at the time of registration. However, the
reasonable premium required for this service makes it highly desirable for every
student to participate. Full information concerning this insurance coverage is mailed
to enrolled students with their registration material.
CAREER SERVICES
Career services are available to students who are graduating, students who are
enrolled to obtain teacher certification, students who have been accepted as candi-
dates for degrees in The Graduate School and alumni. Occupational counseling is
provided to students of all class levels as well as alumni.
In addition to career counseling the primary functions of the office are to make
credentials available to prospective employers, arrange for campus interviews,
prepare a current file of job opportunities, maintain an extensive library of occupa-
tional information, make follow-up studies of the graduates, conduct group counsel-
ing and orientation meetings and provide general assistance in the career planning
and job seeking process. Sets of credentials are prepared at the request of inter-
ested students or alumni.
A credit course is available to juniors and seniors in career planning and develop-
ment.
The Office of Career Services also receives and makes available to graduates and
undergraduates information concerning summer employment.
Positions are not guaranteed by the University but I UP's record of placement is one of
the very best in Pennsylvania.
SELECTIVE SERVICE AND MILITARY AFFAIRS
COUNSELOR
The Selective Service Counselor submits all required reports to Selective Service
boards for undergraduates when appropriate. He also serves as a liaison person for
military affairs and officer programs.
VETERANS - An individual who served with the Armed Forces for more than 180
days after January 31 , 1 955, is eligible for the G.I. Bill (PL 89-358), providing he/she
meets certain other requirements. A prospective student should contact the Veter-
ans Counselor and submit to him the Veteran's application for Program of Education.
Individuals eligible for the G.I. bill should report to the office of the Veteran's Coun-
selor prior to registration for a semester or for summer sessions, to be entered or
continued in training for Veterans Administration benefits purposes.
Student Life and Services — 59
No veteran receiving G.I. benefits shall be permitted to change curriculum without
clearance from the Veterans Counselor All veterans must maintain normal class
progression and report any change in course load to the Veterans Counselor
Any undergraduate receiving benefits from the Veterans Administration must carry at
least 12 credit hours during a regular semester in order to be considered a full-time
student by the Veterans Administration. The minimum full-time requirement for a
graduate student is nine credit hours.
VETERAN'S CHILDREN - Children of a deceased or disabled veteran whose death
or injury was due to service-related causes may be eligible for educational assis-
tance from the Federal Government under Public Law 634 (Dependents Educational
Assistance Act). Immediately upon acceptance to lUR men and women who qualify
for such assistance should contact the Veterans Counselor to determine their
eligibility They should report to the Veterans Counselor before registering at the
University if the Veterans Administration has approved their training under Public
Law 634.
GUIDELINES FOR STUDENT CONDUCT
The University has committed itself through a formal vote of the lUP Faculty Senate
to the joint statement on Student rights and Freedoms as the approved guideline for
all student rules, regulations, and procedures at lUP The purpose of these general
regulations is to spell out some of the actions that place the community in jeopardy
and may therefore result in a student's suspension or expulsion from the University. In
general, these regulations are concerned with conduct on campus but students must
recognize that the University exists within a larger community which has its own laws
and standards of behavior, and that membership in the University community confers
no exemption from those laws and standards. Whether on or off campus, the student
Is under the jurisdiction of the city state, and national governments. Off-campus
misconduct will not normally be the basis for disciplinary action by th Univeristy;
however, when such conduct imperils the integrity and values of the academic
community these actions may also result in disciplinary action on campus.
MAIL
The University Post Office is located in the basement of Folger Dining Hall, at the
corner of Pratt Drive and Maple Street. The mail is delivered to offices and residence
halls from this location. As it is a branch of the Indiana Post Office, the University Post
Office provides most postal facilities, including boxes for commuter students.
SERVICE FACILITIES
Student Union
The Student Union, built by the students through their Activity Fee, offers many fa-
cilities for the University family
Students may relax or watch television in the lounge, buy a snack or a complete meal
at the coffee shop, listen to their choice of records in the music center, or play cards,
billiards, or table tennis.
Bookstore
The Co-op Store is located near the Student Union Building. The store stocks a
60 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
complete line of all needed textbooks, supplies, paper-back books and other re-
quirements for class use. In addition, the shopper will find an extensive selection of
records, college wear, stationary, jewelry, sundries and souvenir items.
The store is operated on a competitive retail basis, with all profits from operations
reverting to the Student Cooperative Association for use in supporting student
activities.
University Lodge
The University Lodge plays an important part in the recreational and instructional life
of the University Owned by students and faculty, this 100 acres of wooded hillside,
with its rustic lodge, three picnic shelters, rope ski tow, toboggan run and nature and
hiking trails offers opportunities for classes to study nature and conservation and
also is in demand for picrrics, meetings, and winter sports. The lodge itself will
accommodate groups of 300 to 400 students.
During the winter sports season, ski equipment can be checked out for use by ID
card holders.
University Farm
University Farm is located on a tract of 1 72 acres adjacent to the University Lodge.
While the Farm is still under development, several activities are already going on,
such as gardening on individual plots by students and faculty field work by a variety
of academic classes, and occasional special events.
The purpose of the Farm will be to provide a setting where people may explore their
own relationship to the land and its products which support our life.
CO-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
As participating members of the lUP community students have a responsible role in
the governance of the campus. Since a valuable part of education lies in participation
in groups where experience in leadership, social and community responsibility
intellectual curiosity and religious interests can be met, voluntary participation in a
number of varied organizations is available and encouraged. In addition, students
are encouraged to initiate and support any new groups which may reflect their
interests. Faculty selected by the students, act as advisers.
GOVERNANCE
Student Government Association
The Student Government Association, composed of student representatives from all
areas of the University is the only organization representing all students and elected
by students. The president and vice-president of the Student Government Associa-
tion are chosen in a campus-wide election; other members are elected at large at a
ratio of one representative for each 200 students.
Student Government Association works with the Administration for the improvement
of student welfare and promotes good University/community relationships.
SGA provides an opportunity for action regarding rights and responsibilities, brings
the student body faculty and administration closer together through a frank under-
Student Life and Services —61
standing of mutual problems, and promotes the observance of policies that will lead
to improvement of University campus life.
Commonwealth Association of Students
lUP is a member of the Commonwealth Association of Students (CAS), the state-
wide student voice of the fourteen state-owned institutions. Headed by an execu-
tive director in Harrisburg, the Association is set up to serve the special interests
of the state colleges and university through the collection of student opinions and
their dissemination to the proper state or federal agencies, as well as to actively pro-
mote the passage or defeat of legislation deemed relevant to the students and pub-
lic higher education in Pennsylvania. CAS also acts as a liaison between students
and the state government, the faculty union or any organization or individual that af-
fects the state colleges and university
At lUR the CAS local chapter operates independently of the Student Government
Association. The local chapter president, student government president, and minori-
ty representative are each accorded voting privileges at the statewide meeting held
bi-monthly Any full-time or part-time undergraduate or graduate student at I UP is
welcome and encouraged to join and to actively participate in the Association's
activities, either on the state or local level.
University Senate
Students also are elected to the University Senate and have full voting rights,
together with Faculty and Administrative members. Most of the Senate Committees
include students as voting members. Any full-time student may be elected to the
Senate. This is the body which shares in the governance of the University through
the establishment of University policy
Student Cooperative Association
The Student Cooperative Association plays an extremely broad role in the extracur-
ricular life of the University. All students and faculty members belong to the Associa-
tion. Almost all campus-wide activities outside of the instructional program are
sponsored wholly or in part by the Association.
The activity fee is the chief source of income for the Association's activities. The
student's ID card will admit him/her free of charge to all University social, cultural,
and athletic activities. Other income for the Association comes from the Co-op Store
profits, athletics income and income from all other events sponsored by the Associa-
tion.
Facilities under the governance of the Student Cooperative Association are the
Student Union, the Co-op Store and the University Lodge.
Residence Hall Association
Residence Hall Association (RHA) is made up of all students living in University
residence halls. The executive body of RHA is composed of elected representatives
from each residence hall. The purpose of RHA is to provide educational, social, and
community service programs for residents; to collect information on various aspects
of residence hall life; and to assist in formulating housing policies and procedures.
62 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ACTIVITIES
Activities Board
The Activities Board is the student organization that sponsors a majority of the major
co-curricular activities on campus. It is financed by the Student Cooperative Associ-
ation. The Board is advised by the Director of Student Activities and works in close
cooperation with the staff of the Student Union. An active program of lectures,
dances, concerts, coffee houses, and films are presented throughout the year
Artist Series
The Student Cooperative Association, in cooperation with the office of the Director of
Student Activities, sponsors a series of cultural programs in the areas of dance,
music, and theater each year The programs are selected by a Student-Faculty
Committee. Attendance at these programs is free to all students.
University Concert Committee
The University Concert Committee programs major popular concerts throughout the
year The UCC is funded by the Student Cooperative Association and is chaired by
the Director of Student Activities. The Committee consists of students who submit
applications and are selected by a Student-Faculty screening committee.
STUDENT PUBLICATIONS
THE INDIANA PENN, the campus newspaper, is published three times a week,
Monday Wednesday and Friday by students who wish to gain writing experience.
Interested students are advised to attend the organizational meeting, which is held
early each semester
The positions of editors and news editors are filled by Student Government action
upon recommendation of a student-faculty committee. The co-editors select their
own staff. There are 10 paid staff positions.
Applications for editor and news editor may be obtained from the PENN adviser Only
those students with at least one semester experience on the PENN staff are eligible
to apply for the two top positions.
THE OAK is the University yearbook, a pictorial and written review of the years
activities. Subscriptions may be purchased during the Fall Semester The Daily
Bulletin will carry notices of the subscription drive.
Applications for staff positions may be obtained from the Oak adviser From these
applications, a committee, composed of students and faculty selects the staff
members. The ten paid positions on the staff are subject to the approval of the
Student Government.
SMOKE SIGNALS is an entering freshman newsletter which is sent to all incoming
freshman approximately four times prior to their arrival on campus. Contents are
geared to areas of concern to new entrants. The staff is open to anyone who is
interested. Contact the Student Affairs Office in Room 202 Pratt Hall.
The UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY is distributed early in the fall term to students and
faculty. It contains a listing of all properly registered students, staff, faculty and
University offices.
Student Life and Services — 63
THE EYE, a student handbook, is distributed annually to all students, free of charge.
It includes rules and regulations, the extra-curricular program, and general informa-
tion of interest to students.
ATHLETICS
Herman Sledzik, Director; Ruth Podbielski, Associate Director
Men's athletic teams of the University compete under the rules of the National
Collegiate Athletic Association and the National Association of Intercollegiate
Athletics and hold membership in these organizations as well as Eastern College
Athletic Conference and Pennsylvania Conference.
In each season of the academic year, the University sponsors at least three sports
simultaneously. A total of eleven varsity sports are offered during the school year.
Sports offered in the fall include cross country, football and soccer Basketball,
wrestling, swimming and rifle take the stage in the winter, and track and field, golf,
baseball, and tennis hold the spotlight in the spring.
Along with varsity squads in the respective sports, football, basketball, wrestling and
baseball teams compete on the freshman or junior varsity level.
Women's athletic teams of the University compete under the rules of the National
Division of Girls and Womens Sports and the Association of Intercollegiate Athletics
for Women. Varsity teams compete in tennis, volleyball, field hockey basketball,
swimming, gymnastics and fencing.
Intramurals - Royden R Grove, Director
A well organized and varied program of intramural sports and athletic activities Is
conducted for men, for women and on a coeducational basis.
In addition to participation in seasonal team and individual sports in organized
intramural tournaments, men and women may participate in the Contemporary
Dance Performance Group and the lUPisces, a synchronized swimming group.
Intramural handbooks are available. Contact the Intramural Director, Memorial Field
House, for this information.
RELIGIOUS LIFE
The religious life of students is cared for through the activities of some twelve
independent organizations. Three of these, the Newman Club, the United Campus
Ministry, and the Lutheran Center, maintain private meeting facilities near the cam-
pus. Others affiliate with and meet in local churches. For those groups too small to
arrange their own needs, the University undertakes to provide limited facilities and
faculty advisement.
All students are urged to attend their choice of the many community places of
worship and to participate in the area, district, and national conferences which
provide opportunity for the study of religious problems.
64 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
There are more than 180 active student organizations at lUP. Through participation
in organizations, students can extend classroom experiences into relevant programs
which will improve leadership ability, enhance academic achievement and develop
social skills.
COMMUNICATIONS AND PUBLICATIONS
Oak - Yearbook
Organization for the Publication of a Student Literary Magazine
Penn - Student Newspaper
WIUP-FM and CIUP-TV
DEPARTMENTAL CLUBS
Anthropology Club of I UP
Art Club
Associates for Student Development
Association for Management Information Systems
Biology Club of lUP
Computer Science Club of lUP
Consumer Services Advisory Council
Counselor Education Graduate Association
Criminology Club of lUP
Economics Club
El Circulo Espanol
Elementary Education Club
English Club
French Club
Geoscience Club
German Club
Hospitality Management Club
Indiana Press Club
Indiana University Collegiate Chapter of the Pennsylvania Association
of Distributive Education Clubs of America
Indiana University Chapter — Student PSEA-NEA
lUP American Society of Safety Engineers
lUP Chapter of Student Affiliates of the American Chemical Society
lUP Council for Exceptional Children
lUP History Club
lUP Home Economics Association
lUP Student Chapter of National Art Education Association
lUP Student Dietetic Association
lUP Student Nurses Association
Marketing Club of lUP
Mathematics Club
McKeldin Philosophy Society
Music Educators Club
National Student Speech and Hearing Association
Pennsylvania School Food Service Association— I UP College Chapter
Phi Beta Lambda
Physical Education Majors Club
Student Life and Services — 65
Physics Club
Political Science Advisory Board
Pre-Medical Club
Psychology Club
School of Business Deans Advisory Board
Society for the Advancement of Managennent
Sociology Club of lUP
Student Accounting Association of I UP
Student Chapter of Society of Mining Engineers
Student Music Organization of lUP
HONORARY SOCIETIES
Alpha Kappa Delta - Honorary Sociology
Alpha Psi Omega - Honorary Dramatic
Delta Omicron - Honorary Music
Delta Phi Alpha - Honorary German
Gamma Rho Tau - Honorary Business
Gamma Theta Upsilon - Honorary Geography
Kappa Mu Epsilon - Honorary Mathematics
Kappa Omicron Phi - Honorary Home Economics
Lambda Alpha Epsilon - Honorary Criminology
Omicron Delta Epsilon - Honorary Economics
Phi Epsilon Kappa - Honorary Health, Physical Education, Recreation, and Safety
Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia - Honorary Music
Pi Delta Phi - Honorary French
Pi Gamma Mu - Honorary Social Science
Psi Chi - Honorary Psychology
Sigma Gamma Epsilon - Honorary Earth Sciences
Sigma Tau Delta - Honorary English
RELIGIOUS ORGANIZATIONS
Campus Christian Fellowship
Chi Alpha
Christian Athletic Association
Coalition Christian Fellowship
lUP Maranatha Club
Jewish Student League
Koinonias Club
Lutheran Student Movement
The Navigators of lUP
Newman Student Association
Orthodox Christian Fellowship
United Ministry
SOCIAL FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES
There are 28 social sororities and fraternities affiliated with lUP Their membership
totals approximately 1 300 men and women. These Greek organizations have broad-
ened their usual base of activities to include charitable projects, and each year, they
raise many thousands of dollars for worthy causes. They continue to pursue social,
cultural and intellectual activities as well.
66 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
SORORITIES
Alpha Delta Pi Delta Zeta
Alpha Gamma Delta Kappa Delta
Alpha Omlcron Pi Phi Mu
Alpha Phi Sigma Kappa
Alpha Sigma Alpha Sigma Sigma Sigma
Alpha Sigma Tau Zeta Tau Alpha
Alpha Xi Delta
FRATERNITIES
Delta Sigma Phi Rho Gamma Sigma
Delta Tau Delta Sigma Alpha Epsilon
Kappa Delta Rho Sigma Chi
Kappa Sigma Sigma Nu
Lambda Chi Alpha Sigma Tau Gamma
Phi Kappa Psi Theta Chi
Phi Kappa Theta Theta Xi
Phi Sigma Kappa
SPECIAL INTEREST CLUBS
Activities Board
Alpha Phi Omega - Service Fraternity
Association of United States Army
Alpha Society
Black Student League
Campus Council on Consumer Affairs
Campus 4-H Club
Circle K Club of lUP
Coalition of University Parents
College Republican Club of lUP
Commonwealth Association of Students at lUP
Delta Sigma Theta, Inc.
Foreign Student Club
Gamma Sigma Sigma - Service Sorority
Graduate Student Assembly
Indiana Color Slide Society
lUP Environmental Action
lUP Gospel Choir
lUP Student Alliance of Operation Up-Lift
lUP Students for Gay Rights
lUP Veterans Club
Interfraternity Council
International Relations Club
l-Uppers
LEsprit de Bleu
Little Sisters of Minerva
Miss lUP Scholarship Pageant Committee
Off-Campus Student League
Panhellenic Council
Pershing Rifles
Student Life and Services —67
Residence Hall Association
Semper Fi Club
Senior Class
Sigma Tau Alpha
Small Planet Food Co-op
Student Government Assocation
Student Tenants Organization
Students of the Creative Arts
The Tribe
Young Democrats
SPORTS AND RECREATION CLUBS
Concert Dance Club
Equestrian Club
Equestrian Team
42nd Street Hustlers Sport Club
Hoopsters
Indiana Boxing Club
lUP Bowling Club
lUP Fellowship of Christian Athletes
lUP Handball Club
lUP Ice Hockey Club
lUP Intramurals Program
lUPisces Synchronized Team
lUP Judo Club
lUP Karate Club
lUP LaCrosse Club
lUP Orienteering Club
lUP Outing Club
lUP Racquetball Club
lUP Rugby Club
lUP Sailing Club
lUP Ski Club
lUP Ultimate Frisbee Club
lUP Volleyball Club
lUP Water Polo Club
Indiana Womens Soccer Team
Jockettes Athletic Club
The Stable
Stardusters Athletic Club
Thumbs Up Athletic Club
Toesucker Athletic and Social Club
Womens Cross Country Club
Womens Golf Club
X House Athletic Club
Requirements for Graduation — 69
Requirements For
Graduation
Undergraduate students at lUP may pursue programs of study in any one of the
seven undergraduate schools: the School of Business; the School of Education; the
School of Fine Arts; the School of Health Services; the School of Home Economics;
the School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics; or the School of Social Sciences
and Humanities. A student may earn the degree of Bachelor of Arts; Bachelor of
Science, Bachelor of Fine Arts, or the Bachelor of Science in Education. To do so,
the student must satisfy all of the degree requirements, which fall into three catego-
ries: 1) University requirements; 2) School requirements; 3) Department require-
ments. Requirements of the latter two categories may be found under the School
and the Department in which the student is pursuring a program of study
University requirements for graduation in all curriculum consist of General Education
requirements, residency requirements, and the semester hour and cumulative quali-
ty point average requirements.
GENERAL EDUCATION
All students are obligated to fulfill a basic program in General Education consisting of
52 semester hours. Different Schools and sometimes Departments within Schools
may have specific variations as to how these General Education requirements are to
be met.
The primary objective of General Education is to develop those understandings.
70 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
attitudes, values and social skills that will enable the student to enjoy a life that is
satisfying to himself/herself as an individual and that will enable him/her to play a
constructive role in his/her community and in society without respect to his/her
professional vocational interest or activity
The courses in the program will be distributed throughout the four years of University
study, but the basic or introductory courses should be concentrated in the first two
years of the student's program.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
ENGLISH Three Courses 10 sh
EN 101 - English I 4
EN 102 -English II 3
EN 201 - English III 3
(OR: EN 202 required substitute for En 201 for majors in English and Commu-
nication)
FINE ARTS One Course 3 sh
AH 101 - Introduction to Art 3
MU 101 - Introduction to Music 3
TH 101 - Introduction to Theater 3
HUMANITIES Two or Three Courses* 6-9 sh
*lf only two courses are selected from humanities, one additional course must be
selected from course listed as natural science or science/math electlves.
Foreign Language* (two courses in a language sequence) 6
AR 1 1 5 - Art of Western Man to 1 200 AD 3
AR 1 16 - Western Art; Renaissance to Baroque 3
EN 371 - The English Bible as Literature 3
EN 358 - Modern American Fiction 3
EN 359 - Black American Literature 3
EN 346 - Contemporary American and British
Poetry 3
HI 101 - History of Civilization I 3
MU 301 - Music History I 3
PH 100 - Introduction to Religion 3
PH 101 - General Logic: Methods of Critical
Thinking 3
PH 110- World Religions 3
PH 120 - Introduction to Philosophy 3
PH 221 - Symbolic Logic I 3
PH 222 - Ethics 3
PH 223 - Philosophy of Art 3
Requirements for Graduation — 71
*The intermediate level of foreign language (levels II and IV) is required by the
School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, by certain departments in the
School of Social Sciences and Humanities and by the School of Education for
English Education majors. Students in other schools may elect one year of a
foreign language, any appropriate level, or two courses from the above list.
MATHEMATICS One Course 3-4 sh
Course designated by department to meet requirement:
MA 101 - Foundations of Mathematics 3
MA 110 - Elementary Functions 3
MA 121 - Calculus I for the Natural and Social Sciences
and Business 4
MA 123 - Calculus I for Physics and Chemistry 4
MA 127- Calculus I 4
MA 151 - Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I 3
MA 217 - Probability and Statistics 3
NATURAL SCIENCES
A Two-Semester Sequence In Laboratory Science 8 sh
Sequence may be designated by department.
Bl 103-104 - General Biology I and II 8 sh total
CH 101-102 - College Chemistry I and II 8 sh total
(Specific departments only)
CH 1 1 1-1 12 - General Chemistry I and II 8 sh total
CH 1 13-1 14 - Concepts in Chemistry 8 sh total
GS 101/102-103/104 - Earth Science I and II with labs 8 sh total
GS 121/131-122/132 - General Geology I and II with labs 8 sh total
FY 111-0/111-1 and PY 112-0/112-1 - Physics I and II with labs 8 sh total
FY 131-0/131-1 and PY 132-0/132-1 - Physics I and II with labs 8 sh total
SC 105-106 - Physical Science I and II (either order) 8 sh total
SOCIAL SCIENCES
Five Courses from Twelve Alternatives 15 sh
1. AN 110 - Introduction to Anthropology 3
2. CR 101 - General Administration of Justice 3
3. EC 101 - Basic Economics 3
OR
EC 121 - Principles of Economics I 3
4. GE 101 - World Geography 3
5. GE 102 - Geography of United States and Canada 3
6. HI 102 - History of Civilization II 3
7. HI 103 -History of US and PA I 3
OR
HI 104- History of US and PA II* 3
8. PS 101 -World Politics 3
9. PS 1 1 1 - American Politics 3
10. PC 101 - General Psychology* 3
72 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
11. SO 151 - Principles of Sociology 3
12. SS 101 - Contemporary Social Science 3
*Requlred for all students in School of Education and teacher certification pro-
grams.
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION One Option 4_sh
OPTION 1 : Health and Physical Education
HP 101 — Personal and Community Health 2
AND
HP — Physical Activity courses - 2 courses, 1 credit each 2
(HP 110-138, 144-172, 260-262, 266)
OPTION 2: Military Science
MS 101 - World Military History and Lab 2
MS 102 - American Military History and Lab 2
OPTION 3: Military Science 4
Veterans are given four credits toward these requirements. Verification of service
must be established by form DD 214.
SCIENCE/MATH ELECTIVES Zero to One Course 0-3 sh
If only six credits are earned in the humanities group, an additional
course must be selected from the natural science electives or the following:
Bl 261 - Ornithology 3
Bl 262 - Etomology 3
Bl 271 - Evolution 3
Bl 272 - Conservation of Plant and Animal Resources 3
Bl 110 - Plant Biology 5
Bl 120 - Animal Biology 5
CO 200 - Intro to Computers 3
CO 1 10 - Intro to Computer Science 3
GS 1 10 - General Astronomy 3
GS 120 - Geology of Pennsylvania 3
GS 330 - Paleontology 3
GS 321 - Mineralogy 3
GS 371 - Meteorology I 3
GS 361 - Oceanography 3
MA 110 - Elementary Functions 3
MA 121 - Calculus I for the Natural and Social Sciences and
Business 4
MA 122 - Calculus II for the Natural and Social Sciences and
Business 4
MA 217 - Probability and Statistics 3
PY 222 - Mechanics I 2
PY 231 - Electronics 4
PY 242 - Optics 3
PY 342 - Thermal and Statistical Physics 3
PY 472 - Nuclear Physics 3
Requirements for Graduation — 73
SC 1 11 - Science in Modern Civilization 3
SC 401 - Growth of Science and Its Concepts I 3
SC 402 - Growth of Science and Its Concepts II 3
Students continuing in Military Science (ROTC) beyond their freshman year
should use the elective hours available to them by their department towards
Military Science classes. Upon entering the Sophomore year of Military
Science students are encouraged to discuss this with their Military Science
class adviser who will assist them in this matter.
RESIDENCY
The last 30 semester hours in a students curriculum MUST be earned by
enrollment in courses at Indiana University of Pennsylvania.
SEMESTER HOUR AND CUMULATIVE QUALITY POINT
AVERAGE
Each student must complete a minimum of 124 semester hours to graduate,
including 52 hours in General Education (all on a passing basis), and must have
a 2.0 (C grade) cumulative quality point average and a 2.0 (C) average in his/her
major field.*
'Effective for members of the 1971 freshman class onward and for students ad-
mitted from spring 1971 onward.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND EXEMPTION
EXAMINATIONS
Courses taken by students prior to admission to college under the Advanced
Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board may be recog-
nized by the award of college credit or by exemption from required subjects. Those
who earn a grade of 3, 4 or 5 in the Advanced Placement Examination will be
granted exemption from the course and /or credit toward the number of credit
hours required for graduation.
For students who have had other unusual opportunities of instruction or have ad-
vanced in a given field, an opportunity to gain exemption from a course is afforded
through exemption examinations, given at the discretion of each department. De-
partments offering such options will publicize their availability campus-wide every
year. A student who passes an exemption examination will be exempt from taking
that course in his/her academic program.
When a student receives CREDIT for a course by examiniation, the credit will
be applied to graduation requirements just as though the course had been
taken. If a student is granted EXEMPTION ONLY from a course, he/she will be
permitted to take a free elective in place of that course.
This enables the student to further specialize, to correct weaknesses outside
his/her major field, to build his/her knowledge in an ancillary area, or to introduce
himself/herself to an entirely different area.
74 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Courses for which credit and/or exemption are awarded by examination will not
be used in the determination of quality point averages.
APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION
it is the student's responsibility to complete an application for graduation form in the
office of the Dean of his/her School, early in the term prior to graduation. Students are
responsible for knowing and fulfilling the requirements for graduation in their degree
program.
Certification for graduation is not final until approved by the Dean of the School in
which the Student is enrolled.
Students who expect to graduate at the end of the summer session must complete
all requirements for graduation by the conclusion of the Main Summer Session,
UNLESS PRIOR EXCEPTION be made by the student's School Dean. Diplomas
will not be issued until all bills and obligations have been satisfied, including the de-
gree fee.
SECOND BACCALAUREATE DEGREE
A graduate either of lUP or of another accredited college or university may receive a
second or subsequent baccalaureate degree by earning at least 30 additional credits
in courses at lUP which are approved by the Department and the School in which the
subsequent degree is earned. In addition, the student must meet any other degree
requirements of the department and the School in which the degree is earned. A
student may not receive two baccalaureate degrees simultaneously
Honors are not granted for subsequent degrees.
THREE-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAM
There is no special significance to the four-year baccalaureate program; more or less
time could be used effectively in pursuit of the Bachelor's degree. For those who
wish to graduate in three years, the accelerative features outlined below indicate
how this could be accomplished:
Six semesters at 17 semester hours each 102 s.h.
Exemption and credit for English 101 4 s.h.
Advanced Placement Examination Program College Level Examination Program
Departmental Examinations for exemption and credit 18 s.h.
Summer Session Enrollment(s)
Minimum requirement for degree 124 s.h.
Any student who desires an accelerated program should consult BOTH his/her
adviser AND the Dean of his/her school concerning the opportunities for credit by
examination and the total semester hours and courses required for graduation.
The School of Business — 75
The School of Business
Cyrus A. Altimus, Dean
The establishment of a School of Business was authorized by the I UP Board of
Trustees in May, 1966.
Departments within the School of Business include: Accounting, Administrative
Services and Buiness Education, Finance and Management Information Systems,
Labor Relations (graduate degree only), and Management and Marketing.
The Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree is offered by the Ac-
counting, Finance and Management Information Systems, and Marketing and Man-
agement Departments. The Administrative Services and Business Education
Department offers the following degrees: Bachelor of Science in Education with a
Business Education major, Bachelor of Science in Education with a Distributive
Education major. Bachelor of Science in Office Administration, and a two-year
Associate of Arts in Business degree with majors in Accounting, Retailing or Secre-
tarial Administration. The Labor Relations Department offers the Master of Arts in
Labor Relations and selected undergraduate courses.
Bachelor of Science in Education
lUPs School of Business seeks to serve the needs of its students and the needs of
business, industry and education through its diverse programs. Known for 50 years
as a specialist in business education, lUPs program in Distributive Education pre-
pares teacher-coordinators for schools offering programs in marketing, distribution,
76 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
and cooperative work experience. These two degree areas (Bachelor of Science in
Education with a Business Education major and the Bachelor of Science in Educa-
tion with a Distributive Education major) are designed to prepare teachers for
comprehensive high schools, area vocational-technical schools and community
colleges.
Bachelor of Science in Office Administration
The Bachelor of Science in Office Administration degree program within the Admin-
istrative Services and Business Education Department prepares the student to
pursue careers as administrative assistants in business; administrative secretaries
with opportunities to specialize in medical, legal, and bilingual positions; office
managers and supervisors; and records managers and administrators.
Baclielor of Science in Business Administration
For those pursuing the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree, lUP's
training will provide a broad liberal background in the behavioral sciences; a keen
perception of the socioeconomic world in which we live and work; a foundation of
general professional education for personally fruitful and socially useful careers in
the varied fields of business, the opportunity to obtain the specialized knowledge
and skills essential to future occupational growth and advancement. There are five
areas of specialization for those pursuing the Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration - Accounting, Finance, Marketing, Personnel Management, or Man-
agement Information Systems.
The curriculum is generally similar for all areas of specialization during the first two
years, and the choice of a major area is necessary prior to the beginning of the
student's junior year.
Each area provides for a variety of business, economics or business-related courses
which are designed to enrich the student's understanding of the modern business
system.
Students may in consultation with their advisers, plan their program of study to
obtain a minor in an area of business specialization other than their major.
Associate of Arts Degree
Students who desire a two-year program that prepares them to enter the business
world may elect to pursue the Associate of Arts degree program. Students may elect
one or more of the following areas of specialization: Accounting, Retailing and
Secretarial Administration. This program is only offered at the branch campus center
in Punxsutawney
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
All four-year degree candidates in the School of Business must fulfill the University's
52 semester-hour General Education requirement and candidates for degrees in
Education must fulfill the 29 semester-hour requirement in professional Education
courses needed for certification (see sections on Requirements for Graduation and
the School of Education). Specific courses to fulfill the General Education require-
ment and to meet special degree requirements within the School of Business are
identified in the sections on the specific departments.
The School of Business — 77
ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT
DONALD J. ROBBINS, CHAIRPERSON: BURNER, CHURCH, COOPER,
GHESSIE, GHOBASHY, LINDH, McCLURE, PLIVELIC, TIGER.
The Accounting Department provides the training necessary for one to enter the
fields of public accounting, accounting in business or industry, or governmental
accounting.
In addition to the 52 semester-hour General Education requirement, candidates for
the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree with a specialization in
Accounting must complete 1 ) Core Program consisting of 36 semester hours, and 2)
36 semester hours in the Accounting sequence.
General Education Requirements
All students pursuing the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree
must meet the General Education Requirements of the University. The following
represent the specific departmental variations from the General Education Re-
quirements (see section on Requirements for Graduation for full listing of courses
included in the General Education Requirements):
REQUIRED COURSES (20 s.h.) to include MA 121 Calculus I for Business, Natural
and Social Sciences
HUMANITIES (6 s.h.)
NATURAL SCIENCES (8 s.h.) to include a laboratory science sequence of four s.h.
per semester
GENERAL ELECTIVES (3 s.h.
SOCIAL SCIENCES (15 s.h.) to include EC 121 Principles of Economics I
Core Program
In addition to the General Education requirements, each candidate for the Bachelor
of Science in Business Administration degree must satisfy the following 36 s.h. of
Core Program requirements:
Business Courses
BU 221 Accounting Principles I 3 s.h.
BU 233 Marketing 3 s.h.
BU 235 Introduction to Business Law 3 s.h.
BU 251 Accounting Principles II 3 s.h.
BU 321 Business Communications 3 s.h.
BU 439 Management Information Systems 3 s.h.
BA 200 Principles of Management 3 s.h.
BA 201 Personnel Management 3 s.h.
BA 215 Business Statistics 3 s.h.
* BA 240 Computers in Business 3 s.h.
78 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
OR
*C0 110 Introduction to Computer Science 3 s.h.
BA 241 Finance I 3 s.h.
Other
EC 122 Principles of Economics II 3 s.h.
*MIS majors are to select CO 1 10 Introduction to Computer Science
Accounting Sequence
In addition to the General Education and Core Program requirements, specialization
in Accounting requires:
Business
BU 336 Law of Business Organizations 3 s.h.
BU 352 Intermediate Accounting I 3 s.h.
BU 353 Cost Accounting 3 s.h.
BU 454 Federal Taxes 3 s.h.
BA 354 Intermediate Accounting II 3 s.h.
Economics
EC 325 Monetary Economics I 3 s.h.
Free Electives 9 s.h.
Accounting Electives (three courses to be selected from the following)
EC 333 Regulation of Industry 3 s.h.
EC 334 Economics of Corporate Decisions 3 s.h.
BA 451 Advanced Phnciples of Accounting 3 s.h.
BA 456 Advanced Cost Accounting 3 s.h.
BU 455 Auditing 3 s.h.
BA 457 Federal Taxations of Corporations,
Partnerships, Estates & Trusts 3 s.h.
BA 458 Accounting for Government and Non-Profit
Organizations 3 s.h.
BA 459 Seminar in Accounting Standards 3 s.h.
Any other advanced Economics course
300/400 level 3 s.h.
ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT COURSES
BA 300 Managerial Accounting 3 s.h.
BA 354 Intermediate Accounting II 3 s.h.
BA 451 Advanced Principles of Accounting 3 s.h.
BA 456 Advanced Cost Accounting 3 s.h.
BA 457 Federal Taxation of Corporations, Partnerships,
Estates & Trusts 3 s.h.
BA 458 Accounting for Government and Non-Profit
Organizations 3 s.h.
BA 459 Seminar in Accounting Standards 3 s.h.
BA 497 Internship in Accounting (Public) 3-6 s.h.
The School of Business — 79
BA 498 Internship in Accounting
(Industrial & Govt) 3-6 s.h.
BU 221 Accounting Principles I 3 s.h.
BU 251 Accounting II 3 s.h.
BU 352 Intermediate Accounting I 3 s.h.
BU 353 Cost Accounting 3 s.h.
BU 454 Federal Taxes 3 s.h.
BU 455 Auditing 3 s.h.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
BA 300 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: BU 221, BU 251
Emphasis is placed upon development and use of accounting information in performing
managerial functions, including planning, controls, decision- making, cost analysis and per-
formance evaluation.
BA 354 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BU 352
Continued study of financial principles and practices of accounting with emphasis on the
characteristics, records, and financial reports of business organizations.
BA 451 ADVANCED PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: BA 354
Study of accounting problems of a specialized nature, including the application of funds
statement, consignments, installment sales, receivership accounts, agency and branch ac-
counting and corporate combinations.
BA 456 ADVANCED COST ACCOUNTING 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: BU 353
Study of the theory, preparation and use of budgets, the analysis of cost variance, direct costing
and extensive analysis of various cost-control and profit-planning programs.
BA 457 FEDERAL TAXATION OF CORPORATIONS, PARTNERSHIPS, 3 S.h.
ESTATES AND TRUSTS
Prerequisites: BU 454 and BA 354
An advanced course in Federal income taxation as it applies to taxpayers other than individu-
als; covers the tax treatment of those property transfer subject to Federal and state gift and
death taxes; tax planning and research methodology are also discussed.
BA 458 ACCOUNTING FOR GOVERNMENT AND NON-PROFIT 3 s.h.
ORGANIZATIONS
Prerequisite: BA 354
Presents the views of authoritative professional organizations as to desirable standards of
accounting and reporting for governmental and non-profit entities. Topics include: Budgeting
and budgetary accounts, accounting for various funds, the general fixed assets group of
accounts, the financial reporting process and application of the principles of fund accounting in
specific areas.
BA 459 SEMINAR IN ACCOUNTING STANDARDS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BA 354
Deals with the study of professional standards having authoritative support in the field of
Accounting. APB opinions, FASB interpretations, and SEC Accounting Series Releases are
discussed.
BA 497 ACCOUNTING INTERNSHIP > 2-12 s.h.
Practical experience with a public accounting firm.
80 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
BA 498 INDUSTRIAL & GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTING INTERNSHIP 3-6 s.h.
Practical experiences in an industrial or governmental accounting setting.
» BU 221 ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES I 3 s.h.
Introduces student to the keeping of records for service and professional establishments, as
well as mercantile enterprises involving the single proprietor
BU 251 ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: at least a 2.0 OPA in BU 221
Special consideration given to accrued and deferred items: the significance and handling of
valuation accounts and interpretation of the effect of all types of transactions on the operation of
a business.
BU 352 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BU 251
Continued study of financial principles and practices of accounting with emphasis on character-
istics, records, and financial reports of corporations.
BU 353 COST ACCOUNTING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: 2.0 QPA in BU 221 and BU 251
Basic theory and procedures for determining unit cost of production and cost control involving
material, labor, and manufacturing expenses in job-order and process cost systems. The
costing of joint and by-products.
BU 454 FEDERAL TAXES 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BU 352
Acquaints students with Federal Income Tax Laws as they affect individuals, single proprietorship,
and partnership.
BU 455 AUDITING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BU 353
Study of auditing theory and practical application of auditing standards and procedures to the
verification of accounts and ifinancial statements: working papers: and audit reports.
NOTE: Internships BA 497 and BA 498 can be taken, if the student qualifies, as a general
elective. They do not fulfill the major-area elective requirements. Admission only by permission
of the Department Chairperson.
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
AND BUSINESS EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
ROBERT STROCK, CHAIRPERSON: BIANCO, MAHAN, McCLELLAND,
MOREAU, MORRIS, POLESKY, ROBERTS, ROWELL, TROXELL, VARNER,
WOOMER
This department offers two four-year programs and a two-year associate degree
program.
Degrees offered by the Administrative Services and Business Education Depart-
ment are the Bachelor of Science in Education with a Business Education major,
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Distributive Education major. Bachelor of
Science in Office Administration with a major in Office Administration, and a two-year
Associate of Arts in Business degree with majors in Accounting, Retailing, or
Secretarial Administration.
Those students interested in teaching business and distributive education in high
The School of Business — 81
schools and vocational-technical schpols have a choice of the following areas of
concentration: Accounting, Data Processing, Secretarial (all include certification in
Typewriting), and Distributive Education. Students are encouraged to select more
than one area of concentration, as additional certification beyond the minimum
requirements enrich the students preparation for teaching.
Students interested in a non-teaching degree that prepares them for careers in
business, industry, and government as administrative assistants, administrative
secretaries, office managers and supervisors, and records administrators may se-
lect the office administration major Students selecting this major have a choice of
one or more of the following related areas: Accounting, Finance, Human Relations,
Marketing, and Secretarial Administration.
Students who want a two-year program that prepares them for entering careers in
business and government may select one or more of the following areas of special-
ization: Accounting, Retailing, and Secretarial Administration. This program is offer-
ed only at the off-campus centers.
FOUR-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMS
In addition to the 52 semester hours in General Education courses required for all
baccalaureate candidates (see section on Requirements for Graduation), a core
program of 28 semester hours is required of all majors pursuing one of the four-year
degree programs in the Administrative Services and Business Education Program.
CORE PROGRAM
Business
BU 101 Business Organization & Management 3 s.h.
BU 131 Principles of Typewriting 2 s.h.
BU 132 Intermediate Typewriting 2 s.h.
BU 221 Accounting Principles I 3 s.h.
BU 235 Introduction to Business Law 3 s.h.
BU 251 Accounting Phnciples II 3 s.h.
*BU 335 Machine Mathematics 3 s.h.
BU 321 Business Communications 3 s.h.
BU 336 Law of Business Organizations 3 s.h.
BU 339 Business Data Processing 3 s.h.
Business Education
*BE 1 1 1 Foundations of Business Mathematics 3 s.h.
*May be part of University's General requirement.
All students pursuing the Bachelor of Science in Education degree must meet the
professional education requirements for that degree. Please see the section on the
School of Education.
B.S. IN EDUCATION (BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR)
The curriculum in Business Education prepares students for a professional career in
teaching office occupations. The Business Education curriculum is designed with
three areas of concentration or fields of specialization. The three fields of concentra-
tion are Accounting, Data Processing, and Secretarial. Students may pursue the
82 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
work of the entire curriculum or they may elect to pursue work according to their
aptitudes as follows:
1 . The Complete Program leads to certification in all of the high school business
subjects. Those who possess aptitudes that indicate success in Accounting, Data
Processing, and Secretarial work may pursue this complete program if they wish.
School administrators believe that the complete program is desirable for breadth
of certification when teaching in the public schools of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania.
2. The Accounting Field includes all courses in the curriculum listed under that
heading and meets the requirements for certification in Accounting and Typewrit-
ing.
3. The Secretarial Fields includes all courses in the curriculum listed under that
heading and meets the requirements for certification in Secretarial subjects and
Typewriting.
4. The Data Processing Field includes all courses in the curriculum listed under that
heading and meets the requirements for certification in Accounting, Data Proces-
sing, and Typewriting.
All Business Education majors are required to complete the requirements for certifi-
cation in at least two of the following areas of certification: 1. Accounting, 2. Data
Processing, 3. Marketing, 4. Secretarial, and 5. Typewriting.
Students pursuing the Accounting Field or Secretarial Field may elect courses which
will afford certification in a third area of certification since the courses listed under
these headings in the curriculum only provide certification in two areas.
Practical Business Experience
Before graduation, each student is encouraged to complete the equivalent of 12
months of secretarial practice, accounting practice, data processing, clerical prac-
tice, or a combination of these. This experience should be in the field or fields in
which the student is contemplating certification and can be acquired during summer
vacations and in offices on the campus during the regular school term.
Business Education
in addition to the General Education, Core Program and Professional Education
requirements, all majors in Business Education must complete the following:
BU 271 Advanced Typewriting 2 s.h.
BE 31 1 Methods and Evaluation in Business
Education I 3 s.h.
BE 312 Methods and Evaluation in Business
Education II 1-3 s.h.
BU 333 Principles of Selling 3 s.h.
*EC 121 Principles of Economics I 3 s.h.
*May be part of the Universitys General Education requirements
Areas of Specialization
Specialization in the several areas available to the Business Education student is
accomplished by taking courses listed as follows:
Secretarial Sequence
BU 261 Shorthand Theory 3 s.h.
BU 262 Shorthand Dictation 3 s.h.
BU 363 Transchption 3 s.h.
BU 364 Office Procedures 3 s.h.
The School of Business — 83
Accounting Sequence
BU 352 Intermediate Accounting 3 s.h.
BU 353 Cost Accounting
or
BU 454 Federal Taxes 3 s.h.
Data Processing Sequence
BU 340 Business Systems Technology 3 s.h.
BU 439 Management Information Systems 3 s.h.
BU 443 Business Systems Analysis I 3 s.h.
BU 352 Intermediate Accounting 3 s.h.
BU 454 Federal Taxes 3 s.h.
Electives
BU 353 Cost Accounting 3 s.h.
BU 455 Auditing 3 s.h.
B.S. IN EDUCATION
(DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION MAJOR)
The curriculum in Distributive Education is designed to prepare students for a
professional career teaching the distributive occupations. Students following this
program will be graduated as Teachers-Coordinators of Distributive Education and
will be also certified to teach certain courses in Business Education.
Teaching in the field of Distributive Education combines the personal satisfaction of
teaching with the enjoyment of public relations work in the distributive area of
business-retailing, wholesaling, and service enterprises. The student who likes the
prestige of teaching, along with the plus values of working with business leaders and
young people, will find this a challenging and rewarding career Distributive Educa-
tion presents a promising future for persons in the teaching profession. With the
recognition of the importance of distribution to our national economy, this vocational
field of teaching is expanding rapidly
Distributive Education
in addition to the General Education, Core Program and Professional Education
requirements outlined for the Administrative Services and Business Education
Department, all Distributive Education majors must complete the following:
BU 233 Marketing 3 s.h.
BU 332 Retail Management 3 s.h.
BU 333 Principles of Selling 3 s.h.
DE 310 Principles of Distributive Education 3 s.h.
DE 313 Methods of Evaluation and Distributive
DE 331 Modern Merchandising 3 s.h.
DE 434 Supervised Work Experience and Seminar in
Distributive Education 6 s.h.
*EC 121 Principles of Economics I 3 s.h.
'May be part of the University's General Education requirements.
B.S. IN OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
(OFFICE ADMINISTRATION MAJOR)
Office Administration is one of the most challenging careers in business, industry,
84 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
and government. The Office Administration program is built on a broad general
education which provides students with a fundamental understanding of the society
in which they live and work. The Program strives to develop the student's know-
ledge of the functional areas of business (accounting, finance, and marketing), the
behavioral sciences, the management sciences, and the systems approach to
problem solving. An integral part of each student's program is an intensive study of
office administration emphasizing the decision-making aspect of office activities and
giving in-depth experiences required for an understanding of the total office system
and its relationship to the total business and economic system.
Upon completion of the Office Administration program, the graduate will be able to
pursue careers as administrative assistants in business, industry, and government;
administrative secretaries with opportunities to specialize in medical, legal, and
bilingual positions; office managers and supervisors; and records managers and
administrators.
Students pursuing the Bachelor of Science in Office Administration complete a 37
semester hour major and are required to pursue their interest in any of five cognitive
areas: Accounting, Marketing, Finance, Human Relations, or Secretarial Administra-
tion.
Office Administration Sequence
In addition to the University General Education and Administrative Services and
Business Education Department Core Program requirements previously outlined,
the Office Administration major requires:
Business
BU 233 Marketing 3 s.h.
BU 412 Administrative Office Services 3 s.h.
BU 415 Records Administration 3 s.h.
BU 439 Management Information Systems 3 s.h.
BA 201 Personnel Management 3 s.h.
Social Science Elective 3 s.h.
This elective does not apply to the Human Relations Cognitive
Area.
PC 356 Personality 3 s.h.
PC 358 Social Psychology 3 s.h.
PC 399 Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 s.h.
SO 340 Sociology of Industry 3 s.h.
COGNITIVE AREA OPTIONS— Students must select one of the follow-
ing areas of specialization.
Finance
EC 1 12 Principles of Economics II 3 s.h.
EC 325 Monetary Economics I 3 s.h.
BA 241 Finance I 3 s.h.
BA 380 Principles of Investments 3 s.h.
BA 381 Life Insurance 3 s.h.
Human Relations
PC 354 Developmental Psychology 3 s.h.
The School of Business — 85
PC 356 Personality 3 s.h.
PC 358 Social Psychology 3 s.h.
PC 399 Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 s.h.
SO 340 Sociology of Industry 3 s.h.
One of the following courses: 3 s.h.
BA 384 Case Studies in Personnel Management
PC 361 Motivation
PC 375 Applied Social Psychology
SO 345 Interpersonal Dyamics
Marketing
EC 122 Principles of Economics II 3 s.h.
BU 332 Retail Management 3 s.h.
BA 331 Consumer Behavior 3 s.h.
BA 332 Marketing Management 3 s.h.
BU 337 Consumer Law 3 s.h.
Secretarial Administration
*BU 261 Shorthand Theory 3 s.h.
*BU 262 Shorthand Dictation 3 s.h.
*BU 271 Advanced Typewriting 2 s.h.
*BU 363 Shorthand Transcription 3 s.h.
BU 364 Office Procedures 3 s.h.
Electives 17-18 s.h.
(BE 498, internship in Office Administration, 6 s.h., is recommended.)
•Exemption examination is available for these courses.
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE (Major in Business)
(Offered only at the branch campuses)
The Associate of Arts Degree In Business is designed to be a two-year curriculum
with these objectives:
1 . To provide business occupational education with the opportunity for specializa-
tion in the accounting, retailing, and secretarial areas.
2. To enable the student to enter accounting, retailing, secretarial, and word proces-
sing positions in business and government.
3. To enable the student to upgrade his/her skills and knowledge to qualify for higher
positions in business and government.
All students enrolled in this program must complete the requirements listed below
under general education, business core, and areas of specialization.
General Education
EN 100 Basic English
OR
EN 101 English I 3-4 s.h.
EN 102 English II 3 s.h.
PC 101 General Psychology 3 s.h.
EC 101 Basic Economics I
OR
EC 121 Principles of Economics I 3 s.h.
Social Science
OR
Humanities Elective 3 s.h.
86 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Business Core
BE 1 1 1 Foundations of Business Mathematics 3 s.h.
BU 101 Business Organization & Management 3 s.h.
*BU 131 Principles of Typewriting 2 s.h.
BU 221 Accounting Principles I 3 s.h.
BU 235 Introduction to Business Law 3 s.h.
BU 321 Business Communications 3 s.h.
BU 335 Machine Mathematics 3 s.h.
Area of Specialization
In addition to the general education and business core requirements listed alx)ve,
students must select one of the following areas of specialization.
ACCOUNTING
BU 251 Accounting Principles II 3 s.h.
BU 336 Law of Business Organization 3 s.h.
BU 339 Business Data Processing 3 s.h.
BU 352 Intermediate Accounting I 3 s.h.
BU 353 Cost Accounting 3 s.h.
BA 354 Intermediate Accounting II 3 s.h.
BU 364 Office Procedures 3 s.h.
BU 439 Management Information Systems 3 s.h.
BE 433 Supervised Work Experience
OR
Business Elective 3 s.h.
RETAILING
BU 233 Marketing 3 s.h.
BU 251 Accounting Principles II 3 s.h.
BU 332 Retail Management 3 s.h.
BU 333 Principles of Selling 3 s.h.
BU 339 Business Data Processing 3 s.h.
DE 330 Merchandiese Information 3 s.h.
DE 331 Modern Merchandising 3 s.h.
BE 433 Supervised Work Experience
OR
Business Electives 6 s.h.
SECRETARIAL ADMINISTRATION
*BU 132 Intermediate Typewriting 2 s.h.
*BU 261 Shorthand Theory 3 s.h.
*BU 262 Shorthand Dictation 3 s.h.
BU 271 Advanced Typewriting 2 s.h.
BU 272 Introduction to Word Processing 3 s.h.
BE 275 Filing and Records Management 3 s.h.
*BU 363 Shorthand Transchption 3 s.h.
BU 364 Office Procedures 3 s.h.
"BU 365 Advanced Transcription 3 s.h.
BE 433 Work Experience
OR
BU 339 Business Data Processing 3 s.h.
'Student with prior preparation may be exempt from these courses upon the sat-
isfactory completion of a competency examination.
'•Specialization in the following areas will be available through individualized in-
struction modules: (1) medical-dental; (2) legal; and (3) court reporting.
The School of Business —87
CORRESPONDENCE SECRETARY
The Correspondence Secretary (Word Processing) option is available to students
who decide not to continue with shorthand after completing Shorthand Theory.
Students selecting this option will substitute BE 280, Machine Transcription and
Word Processing, BU 339 Business Data Processing, and BU 251 Accounting
Principles II, for Shorthand Dictation, Shorthand Transcription, and Advanced
Shorthand Transcription.
All other courses listed in the Administrative Secretary option are required in the
Corresponding Secretary option.
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AND BUSINESS EDUCATION COURSES
BA 382 Principles of Real Estate 3 s.h.
BE 1 1 1 Foundations of Business Math 3 s.h.
BE 275 Filing and Records Management 3 s.h.
BE 280 Machine Transcription and Word
Processing 3 s.h.
BE 31 1 Methods & Evaluation in Business
Education I 3 s.h.
BE 312 Methods & Evaluation in Business
Education II
BE 371 Personal Typewriting and Duplicating
BE 433 Supervised Work Experience and Seminar
in Office Occupations
BE 498 Internship in Office Administration
BU 101 Business Organization & Management
BU 131 Principles of Typewriting
BU 1 32 Intermediate Typewriting
BU 235 Introduction to Business Law
BU 261 Shorthand Theory
BU 262 Shorthand Dictation
BU 271 Introduction to Word Processing
BU 272 Advanced Typewriting
BU 321 Business Communications
BU 332 Retail Management
BU 333 Principles of Selling
BU 335 Machine Mathematics
BU 336 Law of Business Organization
BU 337 Consumer Law
BU 363 Transcription
BU 364 Office Procedures
BU 365 Advanced Transcription
BU 412 Administrative Office Services
BU 415 Records Administration
DE 310 Principles of Distributive Education
DE 313 Methods of Evaluation in Distributive
Education
DE 330 Merchandise Information
DE 331 Modern Merchandising
DE 434 Supervised Work Experience and Seminar
in Distributive Education 6 s.h.
1-3
s.h.
1
s.h.
6
s.h.
6
s.h.
3
s.h.
2
s.h.
2
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
2
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
1-3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
88 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
BA 382 PRINCIPLES OF REAL ESTATE 3 s.h.
Study of the regulations, legal aspects and professional ethics of the real estate business,
including the area of financing, advertising, property valuation and appraisal and selling.
BE 1 1 1 FOUNDATIONS OF BUSINESS MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.
Develops an understanding of numbers and a knowledge of fundamental concepts in arithmet-
ic and algebra in the solution of common and advanced problems encountered in business by
the businessman and consumer Topics illustrating and emphasizing the application of busi-
ness mathematics include methods used to compute interest, discount, partial payments,
discounting of notes and drafts, depreciation, amortization, sinking fund redemptions, effective
rate of interest, and preparation of statistical data.
BE 275 FILING AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Sophomore Status
A study of the basic principles and procedures of records storage and control. Included is an
in-depth study of various methods and systems of records storage and management of the
records system.
BE 280 MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION
AND WORD PROCESSING 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: BU 271 and BU 272
Develop a high degree of proficiency in the use of dictating and transcribing machines,
magnetic and memory typewriters, duplicating machines, and basic business English skills
required for successful employment as correspondence and administrative secretaries; further
the students understanding of the word processing concept.
BE 31 1 METHODS AND EVALUATION IN BUSINESS EDUCATION I 3 S.h.
(Prerequisites: General Psychology Educational Psychology and completion of the freshman
and sophomore courses in the student's major areas.)
Includes general methods of teaching and evaluation plus special methods and evaluation in
basic business courses. Courses of study unit plans, lesson plans, and unit tests are empha-
sized. Aims, techniques, and procedures of teaching, grade placement of courses, and
classroom management are studied.
BE 312 METHODS AND EVALUATION IN BUSINESS EDUCATION II 1-3 s.h.
(Prerequisites: BE 311 or DE 310)
Covers three sections of special methods and evaluation in typewriting, stenography and
accounting/data processing. Objectives, planning, evaluating, and skill building are studied.
Media and facilities for instruction are examined. Students elect sections needed for certifica-
tion.
BE 371 PERSONAL TYPEWRITING AND DUPLICATING 1 s.h.
In this beginning course in typewriting, students learn how to touch type and use the spirit
duplicator and mimeograph machines. (Open to all students EXCEPT BE and DE majors).
BE 433 SUPERVISED WORK EXPERIENCE AND SEMINAR IN OFFICE 6 s.h.
OCCUPATIONS
Students gain experience in selected office occupations. This cooperative business experi-
ence is conducted by competent business and University personnel. There is a weekly evening
seminar
BE 498 INTERNSHIP IN OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 6 s.h.
Prerequisites: Senior status, approval of Internship Coordinator, and 2.75 overall GPA and 3.0
GPA in business.
A supervised office experience program with an approved agency (business, industry, and
government) includes three, two-hour, on campus seminars.
The School of Business — 89
0 BU 101 BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
This introductory course is an overview of the principles, practices, and methods common to
most business firms in a private enterprise system.
BU 131 PRINCIPLES OF TYPEWRITING 2 s.h.
Emphasis on development of correct techniques in typewriting, introduction to basic styles of
business letters, simple tabulations and simple manuscripts; specific standards of speed and
accuracy are required. Credit may be given by examination.
BU 132 INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: 2.0 QPA in BU 131 or credit by examination.
Emphasis on further development of speed, accuracy and production ability; includes busi-
ness letters with special features, business reports, business forms, rough drafts, manuscripts,
liquid and stencil duplication.
BU 235 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS LAW 3 s.h.
An introduction to business law dealing mainly with introduction to legal systems, torts,
contracts, and sales law.
BU 261 SHORTHAND THEORY 3 s.h.
An introductory course in the basic principles of Gregg Shorthand, Diamond Jubilee.
BU 262 SHORTHAND DICTATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BU 261
Major objectives are to review and strengthen student's knowledge of principles of Gregg
Shorthand, Diamond Jubilee, to build shorthand-writing speed, and to build transcription skill.
BU 271 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: At least a 2.0 QPA in BU 131 and 132.
Continuation of speed and accuracy development and production ability, advanced work in
letter forms, legal documents, statistical reports, tables, and manuscripts. Instruction on
VariTyper included.
BU 272 INTROPUCTION TO WORD PROCESSING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Sophomore Status
A comprehensive overview of all aspects of word processing design to aquaint the student with
the concept of a modern word processing center including equipment, procedures, and
personnel.
BU 321 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Junior Status
Study of communication theory and principles as applied to business situations and practices;
development of communication skills in areas of communication such as oral, writing, listening,
and non-verbal. Emphasis in building effective interpersonal relations in a business environ-
ment.
BU 332 RETAIL MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: DE 331 or BU 333
Study of structure and changing environment of retailing: special emphasis on merchandise
management, organization, sales promotions, services and control.
BU 333 PRINCIPLES OF SELLING 3 s.h.
Covers field of selling, preparing to sell, the selling process and an introduction to sales
management. Sales demonstrations incorporating audio-visual aids are a part of course.
BU 335 MACHINE MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: BE 111, Foundations of Business Mathematics or permission of instructor.
Fundamental mathematical processes utilized in business are applied in realistic business
90 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
situations through use of office machines including a ten-key and full-keyboard adding-listing
machines and electronic calculators.
BU 336 LAW OF BUSINESS ORGANIZATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BU 235
A study of the law dealing with commercial paper, agency partnerships, corporations, and
bankruptcy
BU 337 CONSUMER LAW 3 s.h.
Deals with the nature of law as it pertains to the consumer Attention is given to Consumer
Protection Relationships; Real and Personal Property; Credit; Environmental Law; Law pertain-
ing to Employment; Landlord-Tenant Relationships; Product Liability; Insurance and Family
Law
BU 363 TRANSCRIPTION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BU 262
Develop additional speed in taking dictation, with emphasis on development of transcription
skill.
BU 364 OFFICE PROCEDURES 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BU 271
Advanced study of theory and practice in activities common to the office-records management;
handling of mail; bank, telephone, and telegraph services; receiving callers; writing reports;
dictating and transcription equipment bank, financial, and legal transactions; shipping and
receiving services; reiference books; etc.
BU 365 ADVANCED TRANSCRIPTION 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: BU 271 and BU 363 Stresses advanced shorthand dictation and transcription
techniques with emphasis on legal and medical modules.
BU 412 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE SERVICES 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Junior Status
Presentation of fundamental principles and practices used in the development of an office.
Specialized areas such as systems analysis work simplification, forms design, word proces-
sing, office machines and equipment, records management, office design and layout, office
location and physical environment, office supervision, office manuals, and development of
office personnel will be discussed.
BU 415 RECORDS ADMINISTRATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Junior Status
Development of the principles of records administration including creation, use, maintenance,
and destruction. Storage facilities, records classification, forms analysis, control of records, as
well as micro-image systems will be discussed.
DE 310 PRINCIPLES OF DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION 3 s.h.
(Prerequisites: BU 233 and completion of freshman and sophomore courses in the student's
major areas).
To acquaint prospective teachers with the objectives of vocational distributive education,
include state plan and curriculum is the purpose of this course. Understanding problems in
organizing, teaching, administrating, and supervising a complete cooperative program is also
covered.
DE 31 3 METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATION IN MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTIVE
EDUCATION 1-3 s.h.
(Prerequisites: DE 310 or BE 111, BU 233, BU 333, and EP 302)
Includes two sections of special methods and evaluation in this field. Objectives are to acquaint
students with basic principles of group and individual instruction in various subject matter
areas, as well as methods of presentation. Unit plans, lesson plans, demonstrations, and
evaluations will be prepared. Students select sections needed for certification.
The School of Business —91
DE 330 MERCHANDISE INFORMATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Sophomore status
Study of the physical characteristics and construction of various types of merchandise. Stu-
dents will be able to translate this information into selling facts and statements.
DE 331 MODERN MERCHANDISING 3 s.h.
Techniques for planning and controlling inventory, analyzing sales, working with modern
systems for handling cash, uses of color, line and design. Practice in preparing merchandise
display units.
DE 434 SUPERVISED WORK EXPERIENCE AND SEMINAR IN DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCA-
TION 6 s.h.
Prerequisite: BU 333
Students gain experience in selected distributive occupations. This cooperative business
experience is conducted by competent business and University personnel. There is a weekly
evening seminar
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
DEPARTMENT
ROBERT BOLDIN, CHAIRPERSON: FLETCHER, MAWHINNEY, McCAFFREY,
SHEPHERD, SHILDT, SOLAK, WELKER
The Rnance major, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science In Business
Administration, is designed to educate those students who are interested In the
financial management of the firm and in investment analysis of securities.
In addition to the 52 semester hour General Education requirement, candidates for
the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree with a specialization In
Finance must complete 1 ) Core Program consisting of 36 semester hours, and 2) 36
semester hours In the Finance sequence.
General Education Requirements
All students pursuing the Bachelor of Science In Business Administration degree
must meet the General Education requirements of the University. See section on
Accounting Department for specific variations to these requirements for candidates
for the Bachelor of Science In Business Administration degree. See section on
Requirements for Graduation for a full listing of courses included in the General
Education Requirements.
Core Program
In addition to the General Education Requirements, each candidate for the Bachelor
of Science In Business Administration degree must satisfy the 36 semester hours of
Core Program requirements. See section on Accounting Department for listing of
these courses.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Business
BA 300 fvlanagerial Accounting 3 s.h.
OR
BU 352 Intermediate Accounting I ,3 s.h.
BA 341 Finance II 3 s.h.
92 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
BA 380 Principles of Investments 3 s.h.
BA 381 Life Insurance 3 s.h.
BA 482 Seminar in Finance 3 s.h.
Economics
EC 325 Monetary Economics I 3 s.h.
Free Electives 9 s.h.
Finance Electives (three courses to be selected from the following):
BA 382 Principles of Real Estate 3 s.h.
BA 383 Property & Liability Insurance 3 s.h.
BA 385 Securities & Commodities Markets 3 s.h.
BA 386 Financial Institutions & Markets 3 s.h.
BA 481 Investment Analysis 3 s.h.
BU 336 Law of Business Organization 3 s.h.
BU 454 Federal Taxes 3 s.h.
EC 326 Monetary Economics II 3 s.h.
EC 334 Economics of Corporation Decisions 3 s.h.
EC 345 International Economics I 3 s.h.
Management Information Systems Sequence
The Management Information Systems area provides training in business computer
technology and in the design and implementation of management information
systems.
In addition to the General Education and Core Program requirements previously
outlined, specialization in MIS requires:
Business
BA 300 Managerial Accounting 3 s.h.
OR
BU 352 Intermediate Accounting I 3 s.h.
BA 340 Business Sustems Technology 3 s.h.
BA 440 Advanced COBOL Application
Programming
BA 441 Data Base Theory & Applicaion 3 s.h.
BA 443 Business Systems Analysis ! 3 s.h.
BA 444 Business Systems Analysis II 3 s.h.
Other
CO 220 Applied Computer Programming 3 s.h.
Free Electives
MIS Electives (two courses to be selected from the follow-
ing):
BA 445 Quantitative Techniques for Systems 3 s.h.
BA 446 Forms Design and Control 3 s.h.
BA 447 Distributed Business Information Systems 3 s.h.
BA 448 Auditing EDP 3 s.h.
Additional Computer Science courses (with permission of Chairperson)
The School of Business — 93
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS DEPART-
MENT COURSES
BA 215 Business Statistics
BA 240 Computers in Business
BA 241 Finance I
BA 340 Business Systems Technology
BA 341 Finance II
BA 380 Principles of Investments
BA 381 Life Insurance
BA 383 Property & Liability Insurance
BA 385 Securities and Commodities Markets
BA 386 Financial Institutions and Markets
BA 440 Advanced COBOL Application
Programming
BA 441 Data Base Theory and Application
BA 443 Business Systems Analysis I
BA 444 Business Systems Analysis II
BA 445 Quantitative Techniques for Systems
BA 446 Forms Design and Control
BA 447 Distributed Business Information Systems
BA 448 Auditing for EDP
BA 481 Investment Analysis
BA 482 Seminar in Finance
BA 494 Finance Internship
BA 499 Internship in MIS
BU 339 Business Data Processing
BU 439 Management Information Systems
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
2-12
s.h.
2-12
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
BA 215 BUSINESS STATISTICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: MA 214 Probability & Statistics
Expands upon the probabistic concepts developed in MA 214 to orient the stuent toward
managerial decision making using statistical methodologies. Topics covered include classical
hypothesis testing, frequency analysis, analysis of variance, regression analysis, and Bayesian
decision theory.
BA 240 COMPUTERS IN BUSINESS 3 s.h.
Study of the use of computers in information processing and decision- making functions in
business. Computer programming is covered through an introduction to COBOL.
BA 241 FINANCE I 3 s.h.
Study of methods of securing and managing funds on short, intermediate, and long-term
bases: the financial analysis, planning, and control of a corporation.
BA 340 BUSINESS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BA 240 Computers in Business OR CO 110 Intro to Computer Science.
Analysis of computer hardware and its influence on systems design.
BA 341 FINANCE II 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: BA 241
Continuation of BA 241 and covers topics on long-term external financing of the firm, working
capital management, mergers, international business finance, and business failures.
94 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
BA 380 PRINCIPLES OF INVESTMENTS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BA 241
Analysis of various types of securities and other forms of investment possibilities and a study of
sound investment policies from a corporate viewpoint. Factors influencing the general move-
ment of security prices and the return from investments are considered.
BA 381 LIFE INSURANCE 3 s.h.
Comprehensive study of that insurance which provides protection against the economic loss
caused by termination of earning capacity. Analysis benefits, undenwriting, ratemaking, and
legal doctrines.
BA 383 PROPERTY & LIABILITY INSURANCE 3 s.h.
Study of the hazards of underlying, the principles involved in, and the protection provided by
property and liability insurance, including multiple line and all risks insurance, and corporate
suretyship.
BA 385 SECURITIES AND COMMODITIES MARKETS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: BA 241 and BA 380
Study of the structure of security and commodity markets; the nature of speculative transaction
and methods of trading; analysis of pricing; and the objectives of security and commodity
market regulation.
BA 386 FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND MARKETS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites; EC 325, BA 380
Review of entire structure of financial institutions, money and capital markets, of which the
business enterprise is both a supply and demand factor, and structure and dynamics of
interest-rate movements.
BA 440 ADVANCED COBOL APPLICATION PROGRAMMING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CO 220 OR BA 340
The use of COBOL in application programming utilizing tables and direct access.
BA 441 DATA BASE THEORY AND APPLICATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CO 220 or BA 340
The analysis of data structures and data base management systems.
BA 443 BUSINESS SYSTEMS ANALYSIS I 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: CO 220, BA 340, BA 241
Study of the techniques used in Systems Analysis, involving systems definition feasibility,
quantitative, and evaluative techniques of business.
BA 444 BUSINESS SYSTEMS ANALYSIS II 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: BA 440, BA 443
The study of the design of business subsystems such as production, inventory, and marketing,
with the requirement of a documented systems study of a subsystem in an outside business.
BA 445 QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES FOR SYSTEMS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: BA 440, BA 441, SA 443
Develops the computer programs necessary for business decision- making techniques; inten-
sive analysis of the decision-making process: diagnosing problems; evaluation of alternative
solutions, projection of results and the choice of alternatives.
BA 446 FORMS DESIGN AND CONTROL 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: BA 443 or tjy instructor's permission.
Study of all data collection, transmission of data, processing of data and retrieval of data forms.
Microfiche and COM forms design are included.
BA 447 DISTRIBUTED BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: BA 443 or by instructor's permission.
The School of Business — 95
Study of the techniques involved in planning, design and implementation of distributed proces-
sing systems. Distributed marketing, financial and corporate accounting systems are included.
BA 448 AUDITING FOR EDP SYSTEMS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: BU 445 and BA 443
Emphasizes the responsibility of the systems analyst to include in systems design the proper
management and financial controls and audit trails in business information systems. The
design of control for application programs and systems must meet the Internal Audit Depart-
ment standards. The newly designed system must produce accurate results upon which
management can make decisions.
BA 481 INVESTMENT ANALYSIS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: BU 352, BA 241, BA 380
Integrates the work of the various courses in the finance areas and familiarizes the student with
the tools and techniques of research in the different areas of investments.
BA 482 SEMINAR IN FINANCE 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: BA 241, BA 341, BA 380
A course primarily for the senior Finance major, covering topics in all areas of finance by using
recent articles, cases, discussions, speakers and a financial simulation game.
BA 494 FINANCE INTERNSHIP 2-12 s.h.
Practical experience in the finance field.
BA 499 INTERNSHIP IN MIS 2-12 s.h.
Practical experience in the management information systems field.
BU 339 BUSINESS DATA PROCESSING 3 s.h.
Students are familiarized with development and use of Business Data Processing Systems.
Data processing methods and equipment, computer programming and interpretation of
business information are covered.
BU 439 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: BU 221 and BA 240 (or CO 1 10)
Orientates student to philosophy and concepts of business information systems. Areas of
problem definition, information, economics, information management, flowcharting, truth table
testing, and documentation included.
NOTE: Internships BA 494 and 499, can be taken, if the student qualifies, as general electives.
They do not fulfill the major-area elective requirements. Admission only by permission
of the department Chairperson.
LABOR RELATIONS DEPARTMENT
DONALD S. MCPHERSON, CHAIRPERSON: HOFFNER, MORAND, NESBITT
The Labor Relations Department offers a graduate program within the School of
Business leading to the degree of Master of Arts in Labor Relations. The 42
semester hour program consists of a required core of 24 semester hours, including a
required thesis, and elective course offerings totaling 1 8 semester hours. Internships
are available and strongly encouraged.
The Labor Relations program is multi-disciplinary combining analytical and human
relations skills with knowledge drawn from social sciences and business disciplines.
The degree is designed to prepare professional labor relations practitioners in public
and private management, unions, neutral agencies, government agencies, and
96 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
arbitration panels. It has as its special focus labor relations in the public sector
While the department does not offer course work leading to an undergraduate major
or degree, it does offer several undergraduate courses which are open to students of
any major or School.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
LR 480 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF COLLECTIVE BARGAINING 3 s.h.
The role, function, and authority of negotiation committees, techniques of negotiation, the
negotiations agreement, the mediation process and the arbitration process will be analyzed
through mainly a case study approach.
LR 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LABOR RELATIONS 3 s.h.
Advanced, innovative, or exploratory topics in Labor Relations
LR 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 S.h.
Independent reading and research under the direction of a faculty member.
MANAGEMENT AND MARKETING DEPARTMENT
WAYNE NELSON, CHAIRPERSON: ANDERSON, BREYER, FALCONE,
McAFOOSE, McGOVERN, PILLION, STEVENSON, WEIERS
Personnel Management Sequence
The Management program, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Busi-
ness Administration, is designed to prepare students for eventual positions in per-
sonnel and related management areas.
In addition to the 52 semester hour General Education requirement, candidates for
the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree with a specialization in
Personnel Management must complete 1) Core Program consisting of 36 semester
hours, and 2) 36 semester hours in the Personnel Management sequence.
General Education Requirements
All students pursuing the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree
must meet the General Education Requirements of the University. See section on
Accounting Department for specific variations to these requirements for candidates
for the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree. See section on
Requirements for Graduation for a full listing of courses included in the General
Education Requirements.
Core Program
In addition to the General Education requirements, each candidate for the Bachelor
of Science degree must satisfy the 36 semester hours of Core Program require-
ments. See section on Accounting Department for a listing of these courses.
Business
BA 384 Case Studies in Personnel Management 3 s.h.
BA 402 Training Management 3 s.h.
BA 486 Wage & Salary Administration 3 s.h.
The School of Business — 97
Other
EC 330 Labor Economics 3 s.h.
PC 339 Industrial/Organizational Pscychology 3 s.h.
LR 480 Principles & Practices of
Collective Bargaining 3 s.h.
Free Electives
Personnel Management Electives (three courses to be
selected from the following)
BA 381 Life Insurance 3 s.h.
BA 383 Property & Liability Insurance 3 s.h.
BU 336 Law of Business Organizations 3 s.h.
EC 371 Economics of Labor Legislation 3 s.h.
EC 372 Economics of Wages & Employment 3 s.h.
EN 323 Management in f\/lass Communications 3 s.h.
SA 101 Introduction to Occupational Safety and 3 s.h.
Health Services Management
Marketing Sequence
The Marketing area provides training for those interested in (1 ) sales and product (or
services) management, (2) wholesaling or retail management, or (3) marketing
support services such as advertising and marketing research.
In addition to the General Education and Core Program requirements previously
outlined, specialization in Marketing requires:
Business
BA 300 Management Accounting 3 s.h.
OR
BU 352 Intermediate Accounting I 3 s.h.
BA 331 Consumer Behavior 3 s.h.
BA 332 Marketing Management 3 s.h.
BA 438 Marketing Research 3 s.h.
BA 435 Seminar in Current Marketing Problems 3 s.h.
Economics
Advanced Economics Elective (300/400 Level) 3 s.h.
Free Electives (three courses to be selected from the following):
BA 433 International Marketing 3 s.h.
BA 434 Advertising 3 s.h.
BA 436 Social Issues in Marketing 3 s.h.
BA 437 Industrial Management 3 s.h.
BU 332 Retail Management 3 s.h.
BU 333 Principles of Selling 3 s.h.
EC 331 Economic Organization of Industry 3 s.h.
EC 345 International Economics I 3 s.h.
MANAGEMENT AND MARKETING DEPARTMENT COURSES
BA 200 Principles of Management 3 s.h.
BA 201 Personnel Management 3 s.h.
BA 331 Consumer Behavior 3 s.h.
BA 332 Marketing Management 3 s.h.
BA 384 Case Studies in Personnel Management 3 s.h.
98 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
BA 402 Training Management
BA 433 International Marketing
BA 434 Advertising
BA 435 Seminar in Current Marketing Problems
BA 436 Social Issues in Marketing
BA 437 Industrial Marketing
BA 438 Marketing Research
BA 486 Wage & Salary Administration
BA 490 Decision Making in Business
BA 491 Special Topics in Business
BA 495 Internship in Personnel Management
BA 496 Internship in Marketing
BU 233 Marketing
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
1-3
s.h.
2-12
s.h.
2-12
s.h.
3
s.h.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
BA 200 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
An investigation of the evolutionary principles of management applicable to all forms of
business. Exploration of the role of the manager and the management process. Topics include:
Planning goals and objectives, organizing resources, staffing directing and motivating employ-
ees, and effective managerial control.
BA 201 PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
A contemporary course in the management of human resources, designed to recognize and
evaluate the change to the behavioral science approach in the study of personnel administra-
tion. Topics include: Recruiting and selection, training, management development, perform-
ance evaluation, communications, wage and benefit programs, and management-labor rela-
tions.
BA 331 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: BU 233, PC 101
Survey of noteworthy contributions of behavioral science and research of consumer purchas-
ing and decision-making process, with particular attention to formal and informal influence
patterns.
BA 332 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: BU 233, BA 331.
Analysis of marketing and operational problems and policies involved in planning, organizing,
coordinating and controlling a business from a total marketing program.
BA 384 CASE STUDIES IN PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BA 201
Actual and realistic case studies illustrating the principles, practices and procedures involved in
planning, organizing and controlling the personal aspect of supervising employees.
BA 402 TRAINING MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BA 201
Principles, problems and procedures in planning, organizing, directing, and controlling at all
echelons of a business enterprise.
BA 433 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BA 233
International marketing is analyzed with consideration given to the significance of government
regulations; organization structures of export and import enterprises; and credit policies.
BA 434 ADVERTISING 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: BU 233
The School of Business — 99
An introduction to the principles, practices, and creations of advertising. The use of various
media, legal, economic, social and ethical aspects of advertising are also considered.
BA 435 SEMINAR IN CURRENT MARKETING PROBLEMS 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: BA 332, BA 438
A terminal course designed for majors in Marketing: considers current literature in the field,
case problems pertaining to the total marketing effort and actual problems of local companies.
BA 436 SOCIAL ISSUES MARKETING 3 s.h.
An overview of the interactions between marketing and the larger social system in which it
operates. Considers the problems, solutions and future directions of societal issues and their
relationships to the marketing environment. Topics discussed include consumerism, the moral-
ity of advertising, self-regulation, pollution and ecology over-population, and the social and
ethical responsibilities of business and industry
BA 437 INDUSTRIAL MARKETING 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: BU 233, BA 332
Concerned with the major activities involved in the marketing of industrial goods and services,
including: the industrial marketing system, marketing information needs of the industrial firm,
industrial marketing implementation and control, and channel, pricing, product and promotion-
al strategies for industrial goods.
BA 438 MARKETING RESEARCH 3 s.h.
Perequisites: BU 233, BA 215
The nature, methods, analysis, and application of present-day marketing research techniques
utilized in the solution of practical marketing problems.
BA 486 WAGE AND SALARY ADMINISTRATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: BA 201
Studies the policies and programs that help managers design and administer compensation
systems for private and public sector enterprise. Includes motivation theories and practice
designing of compensation systems.
BA 490 DECISION MAKING IN BUSINESS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Senior status and all Business core subjects completed
A capstone course designed to give the student practice in developing solutions to Business
problems through the integration and application of the numerous theories covered in the
functional areas. The case method will be emphasized.
BA 491 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BUSINESS 1-3 s.h.
Covers advanced, innovative, or exploratory topics in the disciplines within Business Adminis-
tration. Specific content items developed by instructor. Credits may be applied to either required
(by permission of department chairperson) or free electives in a students program.
BA 495 PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP 2-12 s.h.
Practical experience with a personnel office.
BA 496 MARKETING INTERNSHIP 2-12 s.h.
Practical experience in the marketing field.
BU 233 MARKETING 3 s.h.
The study of those activities necessary to the design, pricing, promotion, and distribution of
goods & services for use by organizations and ultimate consumers.
NOTE: Internships, BA495 and 496, can be taken, if the student qualifies, as a general elective.
They do not fulfill the major-area elective requirements. Admission only by permission
of the Department Chairperson.
TJ:.
M
.^A
^^:t
W V
f
K l^V'
A
.A»
'*■ r A*s^ '""1
vJ*-'
>^T-;i'.
,^ t
^5^!
^ 'iJ^
\i^',
'I A.
■^^.'
.♦'^r.lft:'
School of Continuing Education — 707
The School of Continuing
Education
Jerry T. Ice, Dean
For a variety of reasons, increasing numbers of American adults will enroll in
continuing education programs to pursue their educational objectives during the
rapidly changing final quarter of the Twentieth Century. As a response to this need for
recurrent education, lUP established the School of Continuing and Non-resident
Education. The programs within the School of Continuing Education are typically
characterized by innovation and experimentation in educational philosophy teach-
ing methods and techniques. The learning activities are designed to meet the
educational needs and goals of adults whose primary occupation during the enroll-
ment period is not that of full-time student. The School of Continuing Education
strives to carry out the mission of lifelong learning.
This School provides opportunities for adults to participate in short courses and
community service programs offered through the Community-University Study Se-
ries each spring, summer and fall. It also offers tutoring, testing, and other academic
and advisement services to meet the needs of adult learners. Assistance in career
planning is also available.
Currently criminology courses for credit are offered at a number of locations in
Western Pennsylvania through the Criminology Extension Program, in cooperation
with other institutions of higher education. Additional extension programs in other
subject areas (business, safety science, social sciences, fine arts, etc.) are being
102 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
developed as the School expands Its offerings.
The School encompasses a variety of centers to meet specific needs. The Crime
Study Center develops community-oriented activities with a major emphasis on
pre-professional and in-service criminal justice training. Special conferences and
seminars are also designed by the Center on a state, regional, and national scale.
The Adult Education Center provides in-service educational opportunities and in-
structional resources for adult and continuing educators and staff development
programs for personnel who work with senior citizens in Western Pennsylvania. In
addition, all the programs within the School are vehicles for grant development, grant
administration, management consultation, research, and information exchange.
The School of Continuing Education conducts conferences, institutes, and work-
shops for the University to respond to public needs. On the basis of needs assess-
ment and community interest the School designs continuing education and community
service programs for the general public and for special publics, such as women,
senior citizens, professional people, labor union members and leaders, business-
men, local governmental and state officials, volunteers, paraprofessionals, and other
distinct audiences. An example of this is a developing program, the Continuing
Education Program for Business, Industry, and Labor. The School has a deep
interest in providing access to lUP credit courses (through the Credit Classes
Program and Extension Programs) to mature adults beyond the normal college age
of 18-22 years who wish to continue their education enrolling in regular credit courses
offered at the Main Campus, the Branch Campuses, and off-campus locations. The
School generates proposal-writing activities for the support of adult or continuing
education, community service, and community development.
The School of Continuing and Non-resident Education offers programs at the Main
Campus in Indiana, at the Branch Campuses in Punxsutawney and Kittanning, and
in other communities in the lUP service area and. thereby contributes to extension of
the resourses of the University to the people of the State. Both credit and non-credit
programs are available. The Continuing Education Unit (CEU) is awarded for credit-
free programs that meet established criteria. The School of Continuing and Non-
resident Education does not have a permanent faculty of its own. The School attracts
resource peopis as needed from the community the University, and other educa-
tional institutions.
IBTin
m
k-v
School of Continuing Education — 103
Programs in the School of Continuing Education:
Community-University Studies Program
Academic Advisement Center for Adults
Emergency Medical Training (EMT) Programs
Individual Non-resident Study Program
Credit for Life Experience Program
C.E.T.A. Training Program
Foreign Student Advisory
Criminology Extension Program
Continuing Education Conferences and Institutes
Credit Classes Program
General Extension Program
Crime Study Center
Adult Education Center
Older Americans Program/Aging Projects
Programs for Business, Industry and Labor
Continuing Education for Nurses
Women's Resource Center
Center for the Study of Labor Relations
Adult Correctional Education Program
Highway Traffic Safety Center
School of Education — 705
The School of Education
Charles M. Kofoid, Dean
Charles Foust, Associate Dean
The departments of the School of Education offer programs leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science, the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education, the degree of
Master of Arts, the degree of Master of Education, and the doctoral programs leading
to the degrees of Doctor of Education in Elementary Education and Doctor of
Education in Counselor Education. Appropriately, most all programs completed in
the School of Education lead to certification for public school teaching or supervision
in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
The programs in teacher preparation at lUP enable the teacher to become responsi-
ble for the planning, organization, and evaluation of an instructional program within
the framework of a school setting. The teacher brings to this setting a broad
background of general studies, an acceptable degree of mastery in a specialized
field, and an understanding of the processes of human growth and learning. In this
role the teacher creates, manages, and maintains an educational environment
appropriate to the needs of the students to be served. The teacher uses social,
physical, cognitive, and psychological data available on the individual student to
plan, execute, and evaluate the instructional program. The teacher assumes a high
degree of personal and professional responsibility in developing a philosophy of
education in the development and management of a plan for professional growth.
The program of teacher preparation will provide an opportunity to gain expertise in
the following generic competencies:
706 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
1. An understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects of human growth and
development.
2. Knowledge of and experience with effective learning techniques.
3. Utilization of learning resources and evaluation of teaching and learning effective-
ly.
4. Effective classroom management techniques and recognition and response to
differing behavioral patterns.
5. An understanding of the historical and philosophical bases of American education
and a belief that professional development is a life long process.
SUMMARY OF PROGRAMS OFFERED
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
'English
Communication
* Biology
'Chemistry
*Earth and Space Science
General Science
'Mathematics
'Physics
'Physics-fvlathematics
'Comprehensive Social Studies
French
German
Russian
'Spanish
'Art Education
'Business Education
'Home Economics Education
'Music Education
Physical Education
Bachelor of Science in Education
Master of Education
Doctor of Education
Bachelor of Science in Education
'Master of Education
For details see School of Fine Arts
For details see School of Business
For details see School of Home
Economics
For details see School of Fine Arts
For details see School of Health
Services
Special Education
Education of Exceptional Child
Hearing Impaired
Rehabilitation Education
Speech Correction
Bachelor of Science in Education
Master of Education
Master of Science
Bachelor of Science in Education
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Science in Education
Master of Education
Master of Science
Public School Nursing
Bachelor of Science in Education
School of Education — 107
Communications Media Bachelor of Science
Graduate Programs (see Graduate Bulletin)
Adult/Community Education MasterofArts
Counselor Education Masterof Education, Doctor
ofEducation
Educational Psychology MasterofEducation
Instructional Media Specialist MasterofEducation
Reading Specialist MasterofEducation
Certification (see Graduate Bulletin)
Guidance Supervisor
Reading Specialist
Reading Supervisor
School Psychologist
School Social Worker
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
All degree candidates in the School of Education (except for two special programs)
must complete satisfactorily a minimum of 124 semester hours in three categories:
General Education, a specialized major field, and professional education:
General Education - 52-55 semester hours, described under
requirements for Graduation.
Specialized major field - requirements listed under Depart-
ment offerings.
Professional Education - 29 semester hours, as follows:
EP 302 Educational Psychology 3 s.h.
EP 377 Educ. Tests and Measurements 3 s.h.
FE 302 History and Philosophy of American
Education 3 s.h.
CM 301 Instructional Media 3 s.h.
Methods Course - (Teaching of , see under
major department offerings) 3 s.h.
One semester student teaching, including professional
Practicum and School Law 14 s.h.
The two special programs are those leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education
in Public School Nursing and in Rehabilitation Education. For each program, the
degree requirements are listed in the pages following.
SOPHOMORE SCREENING FOR JUNIOR STANDING
School of Education majors are screened at the close of the sophomore year for
Junior Standing approval. The student must have earned a minimum of 57 semester
hours, achieved a 2.0 cumulative quality point average, successfully completed
English I and English 11 and received speech clearance and department approval.
708 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching is designed to be a learning experience. The student teacher is a
student learning to teach under the supervision of a full time cooperating teacher in
an off campus center A University Supervisor is also assigned to work with individual
student teachers and cooperating teachers.
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM
Professional Practicum, including School Law, is a seminar type course, (except
Elementary Education majors schedule this in their department prior to student
teaching) scheduled concurrently with student teaching and designed to help stu-
dent teachers: (a) set an overview and understanding of the total school program, (b)
gain knowledge of Pennsylvania School laws governing education, and (c) obtain
breadth and depth in understanding the role of classroom teachers in their particular
areas of specialization.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ED 321 STUDENT TEACHING 6 s.h.
Experience in teaching at the elementary level; coordination and visitation by a University
faculty member with daily supervision by a cooperating classroom teacher
ED 421 STUDENT TEACHING 6 S.h.
Experience in teaching at the elementary level; coordination and visitation by a University
faculty member with daily supervision by a cooperating classroom teacher
ED 423 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM, INCLUDING SCHOOL LAW 3 s.h.
Series of conferences and related activities to prepare students for actual teaching experi-
ences. Parallels student teaching experience in junior and senior years.
ED 431 TEACHING IN HOME ECONOMICS 8 s.h.
Experience in teaching home economics at the secondary level.
ED 433 SCHOOL LAW 1 s.h.
Provides interpretation of school law as it affects teachers.
ED 441 STUDENT TEACHING 6-12 s.h.
Experience in teaching at the secondary level; coordination and visitation by a University
faculty member with daily supervision by a cooperating classroom teacher
ED 442 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM 2 S.h.
An experience which parallels student teaching and includes such activities as professional
readings, discussions, observations and accumulation and organization of teaching materials.
ED 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: By permission only
Provides opportunity for students to investigate in depth an area of education under profes-
sional supervision.
THE UNIVERSITY SCHOOL
The University School provides for a program of instruction from kindergarten
through sixth grade, thus affording opportunities for professional laboratory experi-
ences and research activities. Professional laboratory experiences are planned and
scheduled with the Director of Professional Laboratory Experiences. Research
activities are scheduled with the Director of the University School.
School of Education — 709
THE UNIVERSITY CLINICS
Two clinics under the supervision of the School of Education offer diagnostic testing
and remedial service and instruction in the following areas:
READING CLINIC - diagnosis and rennedial instruction for reading and spelling
disabilities and instruction for the improvement of present skills.
SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC - diagnosis of speech problems, hearing tests and
evaluations, and a regular program of therapy.
Regularly enrolled students at the University may avail themselves of these services
without charge.
In addition, a CHILD STUDY CENTER provides psychological testing for any pre-
school and school-aged child within the area served by the University.
COMMONWEALTH REQUIREMENTS FOR
TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Certification standards for Commonwealth public school teachers are established by
the Department of Education and the State Board of Education. The chairperson of
the department in which the student is majoring must verify to the office of the Dean
of School of Education that all qualifications are met. The dean of the School is
authorized to determine final approval for certification.
Applicants for certification are required by State Law to be of good mental and
physical health, not in the habit of using either narcotic drugs in any form or
intoxicating beverages to excess.
The Instructional I certificate is issued to the beginning teacher upon graduation from
the School of Education. With the addition of 24 semester hours of collegiate and/or
in-service work and successful teaching experience, students may acquire the
Instructional II certificate, leading to permanent certification to teach in the Com-
monwealth of Pennsylvania. Graduates of approved programs in non-teaching
areas, such as Publia School Nursing, are issued an Educational Specialist I
certificate.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Information descriptive of M.Ed., Ed.D. and Teaching Internship programs may be
found in the current issue of the Graduate School Bulletin.
PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING
The curriculum for public school nurses leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Education. The degree candidate must meet the following requirements:
1 . The satisfactory completion of a course of study and training in an approved
school of nursing (diploma or associate degree), registration by the State Board of
Examiners, and possession of a current R.N. license. (Students already holding a
bachelor's degree in nursing may only need to complete those specific courses
7 70 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
required by the School of Education for certification recommendation.)
2. The satisfactory completion of a minimum of sixty (60) semester hours of addi-
tional academic preparation beyond the diploma preparation or 64 semester
hours beyond the associate degree preparation, distributed as follows:
Major Courses Sem.
Hrs.
PN 301 Public School Nursing 3
PN 302 Public School Organization (or FE 454) 3
PN 401 Public Health Nursing (class) 3
PN 401 Public Health Nursing (practicum) 3
PN 402 Nutrition and Community Health (or FN 402) 3
PN 403 Family Case Work 3
EX 215 Child Development (or El 215) 3
EX 216 Mental Health in the Schools
(or EX 300 or EX 220) 3
SH 354 Audiometry for Public School Nurses 3
Ibtal 27
Professional Education Courses
CM 301 Instructional Media 3
EP 302 Educational Psychology 3
FE 302 History and Philosophy of American
Education 3
Total 9
General Education Courses
EN 101 English I 4
EN 102 English II 3
EN 201 English III 3
AR 101 or MU 101 or TH 101 History of Art, Music or
Theater 3
HI 104 History of United States and Pennsylvania II 3
MA 000 or SC 000 Math or Natural Science Course approved
by adviser* 3
HU 000 Humanities Course approved by adviser** 3
SS 000 Social Science Course approved by adviser*** ... 3
Total 28
*Waived if more than 3 sem. hrs. of math and 8 sem. hrs. of natural science
have been transferred into the I UP program.
**Waived if more than 6 sem. hrs. of humanities have been transferred into
the lUP program.
"♦Waived if more than 9 sem. hrs. of social sciences have been transferred in-
to the I UP program.
Elective Courses
Students who have taken or had waived any of the above courses can use
unrestricted electives (with the adviser's approval) to complete the requirements of a
minimum of 60 semester hours beyond nursing school diploma preparation or 64
semester hours beyond associate degree nursing preparation.
School of Education — 7 7 7
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PN 301 PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING 3 s.h.
Study of the role of the Public School Nurse. Offers information on organization, development,
implementation, and evaluation of school health services. Students given opportunity for
practical experience in performing school nursing procedures and functions in a public school
nursing setting. Programs, policies, and procedures presented are in conformity with Pennsyl-
vania School Health Law, regulations of State Departments of Health and Education, and
standards adopted by national health and education authorities.
PN 302 PUBLIC SCHOOL ORGANIZATION 3 s.h.
Designed to acquaint student with administration and organization of American public school.
Consideration given to cultural role of school, to decision-making in operation of schools.
Functions and methods of all professional personnel in operation and improvement of schools
considered, particularly as related to Public School Nurse.
PN 401 PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING 3 s.h.
Designed to provide understanding of principles of public health nursing and basic public
health services which come under official jurisdiction. Traditional emerging health programs at
national, state, and local level are explored. Emphasis placed on utilization of public health
services in school setting. The 3 s.h. classroom component is usually taken the same session
as the 3 s.h. practicum component.
PN 402 NUTRITION AND COIVIMUNITY HEALTH 3 s.h.
Study of nutritional problems of family members, from infant to aged of community Emphasis
placed on reorganizing good nutritional status and on ways of guiding families toward better
nutrition, School health lunch also emphasized.
PN 403 FAMILY CASE WORK 3 s.h.
In order to understand a child and guide his/her experiences in school more intelligently
educators must have an acquaintance with the family and home situation. Involves recognizing
parent's attitudes toward the child, child's feelings toward parents, child's role in family, and
special factors within family life that affect behavior and mental health. Guides experiences in
working with families and preparing case studies are provided, particularly as related to Public
School Nurse functioning.
COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA DEPARTMENT
RONALD A. JULIETTE, CHAIRPERSON: HAUCK, KLINGINSMITH, LES-
NESKIE, MaclSAAC, MATTOX, MURRAY, SARGENT, YOUNG
The Department offers a Bachelor of Science in Connmunlcatlons Media, a Minor in
Media, and serves pre-service teachers and other students who are required to
complete the basic course In Audio Visual Education, CM 301.
CURRICULA
B.S. in Communications Media
Students completing this degree should qualify for positions in business, industry,
government, medical communications and education in the areas of photography,
filmmaking, radio or television broadcasting, audio production and graphics produc-
tion. This degree program offers the student a broad-based experience in non-print
media. In addition to the 36 semester hours required in the Department, the student
is given ample opportunity through outside electives and an internship program to
112 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
design a curriculum that best suits his/her career interests and which may include
courses in journalism, business, art, theater or other appropriate departments.
Core Program
Requirements for all Communications Media majors, beyond the University's Gen-
eral Education requirements are as follows:
CM 101 Survey 3 s.h.
CM 240 Basic Drawing and Design 3 s.h.
CM 271 Photographic Fundamentals 3 s.h.
CM 303 Design and Writing for Media Production s.h.
CM 390 Reld Experience 1-3 s.h.
or
CM 490 Internship 3-12 s.h.
CM 440 Communications Graphics 3 s.h.
CO 200 Introduction to Computers 3 s.h.
Minor in Media
A Minor in Media consists of a minimum of 1 8 semester hours including at least one
course from each of these four blocks:
A. General Communications
CM 101. 240, 301, 303, 440
B. Photography
CM 271 , 409, 443, 470, 472, 473
C. RImmaking
CM 444, 445, 447
D. Radio and Television
CM 404, 448, 449, 450, 451, 452
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CM 101 SURVEY OF COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA 3 s.h.
Required of Communications Media Majors.
Introduction to the field of Communications Media and basic audiovisual techniques. Includes
theory and history of Communications Media; trends in media selection, development and
utilization; roles of media personnel; processes for selecting, using, and evaluating media; and
basic audiovisual equipment operation and maintenance.
CM 240 BASIC DRAWING AND DESIGN FOR MEDIA
PRODUCTION 3 s.h.
Required of Communications Media Majors.
Introduces simple drawing techniques and procedures to enable students to prepare story-
board cards, slide eels and other graphic materials that must communicate ideas and thought
in recognizable form to others. Lab and lecture. Students with appropriate experience may
by-pass this course by departmental exam. Three semester hours of additional Communica-
tions electives then may be taken.
CM 271 PHOTOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Introduction to photography emphasizing the potential value of teacher-made photographic
materials in teaching. Both technical and artistic aspects of photography considered. Student
must provide 35mm canr^ra and exposure meter See instructor Required of Communications
Media Majors.
School of Education — 113
CM 301 INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, EP 201, and Junior Standing.
Professional course required of all students in Education. Preservice teachers gain com-
petencies in selecting, using and evaluating audio-visual machines and materials. Per-
formance-based activities in instructional design, materials production, machines operation
and related learning resource activities relevant to prospective teaching experiences stressed.
CM 303 DESIGN AND WRITING FOR MEDIA
PRODUCTION 3 s.h.
Required of Communications Media Majors.
Introduction to the design of media materials and script writing. Style and techniques of writing
will be analyzed. Classroom emphasis is on writing, critiques and revision of designs and
scripts. Scripts for audio still projection, motion picture and television productions will be
written.
CM 390 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN MEDIA 1-3 s.h.
Designed to provide the media student with practical experience in media production and/or
management. Students may elect practicum in several campus media facilities including the
Library Media Resources Services, television studio, radio station and photography or motion
picture facilities. Students may take 1 semester hour per semester for a maximum of three
semester hours.
CM 404 INTRODUCTION TO RADIO BROADCASTING 3 s.h.
Introduction to organization and operation of a radio station. Technical aspects of radio and
programming techniques. Examination of station's relationship with educational, industrial, and
other social institutions.
CM 440 COMMUNICATIONS GRAPHICS 3 s.h.
Required of Communications Media Majors.
Provides experiences in planning and preparing commonly used materials for classroom and
TV use; graphic materials, including layouts and lettering; mounting techniques; copying
techniques, such as Thermofax, Polaroid, photography, and Xerography; laminating and color
lifting.
CM 443 SLIDE AND FILMSTRIP PRODUCTION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CM 371
Emphasizes techniques of color and b/w slide preparation, duplication, tilting and binding.
Students will participate in making of filmstrip through all stages from script to screen. Student
must furnish own 35mm camera and an acceptable exposure meter.
CM 444 MOTION PICTURE PRODUCTION 3 s.h.
Emphasizes effective use of 8mm and 1 6mm motion picture cameras and editing tools to make
useful, locally produced films. No previous experience is necessary.
CM 445 ADVANCED MOTION PICTURE PRODUCTION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CM 444
Emphasizes motion picture production planning. Such techniques as directing, advanced
picture and sound editing, and use of cinematography tilting, animation and special effects
photography investigated.
CM 447 ANIMATION 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: CM 444
Introduces animation techniques and offers practical experience in planning and producing
animated sequences. Work with filmograph, cut-out, puppet and full eel animation. Practice in
designing, drawing, tracing, inking and painting eels, preparation of blacktxDards, use of eel
boards, animation camera and stand; preparation of story boards and cue sheets; integration of
visual and sound.
114 —Indiana University of Pennsylvania
CM 448 WRITING FOR RADIO AND TELEVISION 3 s.h.
Presents theot7 and practice in planning, writing and producing various types and formats of
broadcast material for radio and/or television.
CM 449 BASIC AUDIO RECORDING 3 s.h.
Explores use of cassette and reel-to-reel magnetic recorders both monaural and stereo, in a
variety of situations and modes. Emphasis on original recording techniques in classrooms,
laboratories, studios, and in the field, but related subjects such as the transfer and mixing of
signals from one tape to another, the tailoring of sound for specific needs, and the physical and
electronic editing of tape will be explored. Considerable emphasis on microphone choice and
technique. Appropriate for media people, education majors and others who can see an
application of magnetic recording to their endeavors. 3 hours lecture/lab per week. Limit 24
students.
CM 450 ADVANCED AUDIO RECORDING TECHNIQUES 3 s.h.
Theory and practice of recording sound for motion pictures, video tapes, audio tapes, sound
filmstrips, etc., the use of sound on sound and other special recording techniques will be
studied.
CM 451 TELEVISION PRODUCTION 3 s.h.
Develops basic skills in television production and direction. Consideration of operating prob-
lems of a television studio, as well as functions; limitations, and capabilities of television
equipment and facilities. Stress placed on educational application of television production.
CM 452 ADVANCED TELEVISION PRODUCTION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CM 451
Provides an in-depth experience in the technical aspects of television production. Students will
produce and direct programs of broadcast quality.
CM 470 LIGHTING TECHNIQUES FOR THE VISUAL
MEDIA 3 s.h.
Investigates and compares the special techniques involved in lighting sets and portraits in
motion pictures, television and still photography Emphasizes practical "hands-on" experience
in the studio. Student must provide an acceptable, hand light meter and other minor associated
equipment. Three hours lecture/studio work per week. Limit 20 students.
CM 472 PHOTOGRAPHY II: THE PRINT 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: CM 271
Students will develop camera and print-making skills to the degree that they can produce
solon-quality photographic prints. Students will produce high quality negatives and pnnts.
Emphasis is on camera and print control as well as composition and negative and print
manipulation.
CM 473 CREATIVE DARKROOM TECHNIQUES 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: CM 271
Students pursue on an individual basis photographic competencies which they want to develop
to a high level of proficiency Topics include high-contrast photography silk screen photography
tone line base relief, posterization, etch bleach, photo sketching, print screening, color print
and slide making, lighting techniques and flash photography as well as topics pertinent to
meeting a student's objectives.
CM 480 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.
Students may elect with the prior approval of the instructor concerned and the department to do
independent study which is of an advanced nature for 1 to 3 semester hours each in any of the
four major areas of the departmental curriculum photography filmmaking, broadcast and
production. Prerequisite is the basic course for each of the four areas concerned.
CM 490 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.
Supervised professional off-campus work experience in media in business, industry, govern-
School of Education — 115
ment, education, health-care or social agencies. Elective for advanced level junior and senior
Communications Media majors with approval of the department.
COUNSELOR EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
GEORGE L. SPINELLI, CHAIRPERSON: GULP, SAYLOR, PESCI, WASHBURN,
WILSON, WORZBYT.
The courses listed below are available, as electives and as offered, to undergraduate
students in Education, In-service teachers, and other school personnel seeking a
broad understanding of helping roles in a school program of guidance services.
These Courses are not designed for those v\/ho would aspire to become school
counselors. For more information on counselor education programs see the current
Graduate School Bulletin.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CE 251 FUNDAMENTALS OF GUIDANCE 3 s.h.
An elective for upper level undergraduate students in Education and aims to provide a broad
understanding oif the role of the classroom teacher in a school guidance program.
CE 252 GUIDANCE IN SCHOOL SETTINGS 3 s.h.
A survey course in guidance designed as an elective for in-service teachers and school
personnel other than counselors.
CE 253 COUNSELING IN SCHOOL SETTINGS 3 s.h.
An elective course designed to provide in-service teachers and school personnel, other than
counselors, a basic understanding of the knowledge, information, and skills appropriate to
counseling with individuals and groups.
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT
BRUCE A. MEADOWCROFT, CHAIRPERSON: ANGELONI, CUTLER, DeFABO,
HELMRICH, HOELLEIN, LEVENTRY, MAHLER, QUIRK, YANUZZI.
The department services undergraduate and graduate students. Undergraduate
students may declare a Minor in Educational Psychology by making application to
the department chairperson. Eighteen semester hours from the courses described
below are required for the minor.
The department also offers the M.Ed, with emphasis in Educational Psychology,
School Psychology Home School Visitor, and Research. There is also an M.A. in
Adult/Community Education and a post-master's certification In School Psychology
Refer to the current Graduate School catalog for details.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
t Professional Education Courses
EP 302 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PC 101
(Required of all Education majors — it is recommended that this course be taken immediately
prior to the student teaching experience.)
Designed to promote better understanding of principles of psychology governing human
7 76 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
behavior, with particular emphasis on their relation to learner, learning process, and learning
situation in an educational environment.
EP 320 INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY EDUCATION 3 s.h.
An historic, current, and prognostic overview of public education, other than the traditional
K-12. Course content will include organization, and administration, program and staff develop-
ment.
EP 377 EDUCATIONAL TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PC 101
(Recommended that this course be taken immediately prior to student teaching experience.)
Designed to acquaint students with major methods and techniques of evaluation used to
assess and report growth, development, and academic achievement of individuals in an
educational environment. Includes interpretation of standardized test information and basic
research techniques.
General Electives for Instructional II Certification
EP 372 PSYCHOLOGY OF CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EP 302
Emphasizes relationship which physical, social, emotional, and intellectual development have
on theory and practice of childhood education.
EP 373 PSYCHOLOGY OF ADOLESCENT EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EP 302
Study of significant characteristics, behavior, and educational and social problems of adoles-
cents.
EP 376 BEHAVIOR PROBLEMS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EP 302
Examination of emotional and social aspects of behavior problems encountered in classroom
situations and potential remedial techniques.
EP 378 LEARNING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EP 302
Explores learning theories and educational application in the classroom.
EP 380 PUPIL ADJUSTMENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EP 302
Considers human adjustment and mental health in relation to causative factors and explores
dynamics of personal and interpersonal relationships.
EP 383 EDUCATION OF THE DISADVANTAGED
STUDENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EP 302
Acquisition of necessary understandings of physiological, psychological, and social implica-
tions relevant to working with and teaching disadvantaged student.
EP 384 FIELD EXPERIENCE 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EP 302
Provides student with tutorial experience in the public schools with professional supervision.
EP 385 HUMANIZING THE CLASSROOM 3 s.h.
An experimental course concerned with human-relations-skills training with particular empha-
sis on group process, non-verbal communication, listening, and responding skills. The focus of
this course is primarily on the translation of these skills into effecting productive classroom
environments in educational settings.
EP 387 CHILDREN AND THE LAW 3 s.h.
A course designed to promote a better understanding of our legal system as it affects children
School of Education — 117
within the family and in specific settings including schools, juvenile courts, state institutions,
and community agencies.
EP 388 INTERPERSONAL EFFECTIVENESS AND
COMMUNICATION SKILLS 3 S.h.
This is a course devoted to increasing professional effectiveness and improving communica-
tion skills within educational, business, and industrial settings. Course content includes analy-
sis of nonverbal Ijehaviors, active listening, rational self-analysis and assertion skills.
EP 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: Department Chairperson permission.
Provides opportunity for students to investigate in depth an area of Educational Psychology
under professional supervision.
EP 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
DONALD C. McFEELY, CHAIRPERSON: BARTHA, A. DAVIS, B. DAVIS, De-
CICCO, DORSEY, ELLIOTT, JALONGO, KING, KUHNS, MILLWARD, MOTT,
REILLY, RIZZO, STUART WILLIAMS.
Requirements for a degree in Elementary Education, in addition to the University's
General Education requirements and 24 semester hours in Professional Education,
are 33 semester hours in Elementary Education. Students may select a concentra-
tion in one of the following academic areas: early childhood education, English,
French, geography, German, history, mathematics, science, social studies, or
Spanish.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Required Courses in Elementary Education
EL 21 1 MUSIC FOR THE ELEMENTARY GRADES 2 s.h.
Geared for elementary education students. Includes basic ideas for understanding, develop-
ment, and confidence for future classroom teachers and their pupils in areas of music educa-
tion.
EL 21 3 ART FOR THE ELEMENTARY GRADES 2 s.h.
The creative use of art materials and an understanding of development of capacities of children
through art.
EL 215 CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.
Survey of human development, from conception to adolescence, in terms of basic scientific
data. Development, growth, and behavior studied and their implications for home, school, and
community considered.
EL 221 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 s.h.
Acquisition of a wide acquaintance with children's literature, old and new. Poetry selections,
annotated stories, and bibliographies will be assembled. Ways and means to develop, stimu-
late, and guide children's reading of literature presented. Principles and techniques of success-
ful storytelling studied and practiced.
EL 222 TEACHING OF READING I 3 s.h.
Systematic coverage of teaching of reading, including methods, techniques and materials. First
of a two course sequence.
7 78 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
EL 312 TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCIENCE 3 s.h.
Emphasis placed upon science as it relates to child and curriculum, planning for teaching
science, and recent innovations in science teaching. Course offered on the block only.
EL 313 TEACHING MATHEf^ATICS IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MA 160 and MA 250.
Recent developments in curriculum and methods of instruction of contemporary elementary
school mathematics programs. Students will become acquainted with books, materials and
other resources helpful to prospective teachers. Includes observations of master teachers.
EL 314 TEACHING OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION 2 s.h
Games, stunts, rhythms, relays, tumbling, dances, and skills suitable for elementary school
child. Teaching of health in elementary school is emphasized, including methods, materials
and lesson planning.
EL 322 TEACHING OF READING II 3 s.h.
Second course of a two-sequence course. Systematic coverage of teaching of reading,
including method.
EL 41 1 TEACHING OF SOCIAL STUDIES 3 s.h.
Overview of social studies in elementary school. Includes study of objectives, trends, areas of
content, patterns and principles of organization and techniques of teaching. Variety of learning
experiences and materials used and evaluated.
EL 413 TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS 3 s.h.
Techniques for teaching, oral and written communication, spelling, handwriting, vocabulary
development, listening, and linguistics for Elementary Education students. Evaluates recent
trends and research.
ED 423 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM, INCLUDING 3 s.h
SCHOOL LAW
Series of conferences and related activities to prepare students for actual teaching experi-
ences. Parallels student teaching experience in junior and senior year.
Elective Courses in Elementary Education
EL 212 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN THE ELEMENTARY 3 s.h
GRADES
Prerequisite: EL 211.
Continuation of skills and understandings as developed in El 21 1 , with emphasis on methods
and materials for upper grades. Additional opportunities for growth in music reading and part
singing are provided. Correlation of music with other areas.
EL 214 TEACHING ART IN THE ELEMENTARY GRADES3 s.h
Prerequisite: EL 213.
In-depth experiences and two- or three-dimensional materials relative to art and credit for
elementary school child.
EL 330 PROBLEMS IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: ED 302.
For in-service teachers and those working toward permanent certification. Formulation of
solutions to problems of organization and instruction in elementary school; in-depth study of
teacher-pupil-parent interrelationships.
EL 351 CREATIVE ACTIVITIES IN THE ELEMENTARY 3 s.h
SCHOOL
Provides student with a wide range of creative experiences in fields of art, crafts, music.
School of Education — 779
rhythmics, dramatics and games in elementary school. Stress is placed upon need to help
children in developing their capacities for creative expression.
EL 353 PRE-SCHOOL EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Principles and practices of guiding learning experiences of kindergarten student. Special
attention given to observations, kindergarten program and its curriculum, materials, and
methods of instruction.
EL 355 GUIDANCE IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.
Study and discussion center about child himself — his characteristics, needs, problems,
materials, and relationship with others — and around techniques and procedures for identify-
ing, studying, and giving help to children.
EL 422 DIAGNOSTIC AND REMEDIAL READING 3 s.h.
Causes of reading disability; methods of diagnosis; procedures and materials for remedial
wOrk, group and individual.
EL 452 SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE PRIMARY GRADES 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EL 41 1 .
Examination of content, objectives and resource materials for social studies in kindergarten
through third grade. Research problems examined and representative units developed.
EL 461 ORGANIZATION OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL AND 3 s.h.
ITS CURRICULUM
Study of organization of elementary school from standpoint of curriculum design and develop-
ment. Role of teacher as it relates to evaluation, improvement, and development of elementary
school curriculum. Designed for those who have completed student teaching or are postgradu-
ates.
EL 462 INNOVATIONS IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Study of innovations which influence and direct educational objectives of modern elementary
school and its organization. Educational innovations dealing with curriculum, school organiza-
tion, and materials of instruction. Designed for those who have completed student teaching or
are postgraduates.
EL 463 WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY TEACHING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: At least one student teaching experience.
Designed for in-service teachers and those who are preparing to work with elementary school
children, including elementary education majors who have had at least one student teaching
experience. Course provides for investigation of subject matter, materials, methods and proce-
dures used in modern elementary classroom. Emphasis placed upon observation and partici-
pation in programs currently being demonstrated in the University School.
ED 408 READING IN THE CONTENT AREAS 3 s.h.
Problems related to teaching students reading and study skills specifically needed in each of
the subject areas at the elementary level. Content teachers learn how to develop student's
competence in these skills as part of their regular classroom instruction.
ED 410 THE TEACHING OF READING IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.
Specific guidelines and techniques for developing reading skills in each of the content areas as
well as guidelines for the organization of secondary reading programs.
Graduate Programs
Programs leading to the M.Ed. and Ed.D degrees are described in the current issue
of the Graduate School bulletin. Internships and assistantships are available.
720 —Indiana University of Pennsylvania
FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
ROBERT H. SAYLOR, CHAIRPERSON: CHU, MERRYMAN, PENTA, ROTIGEL,
THIBADEAU, YOUCIS.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Professional Education Courses
FE 302 HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Provides an introduction to some of the major traditional and contemporary philosophic
concepts which have played a role in the formation of educational policies and practices.
Emphasis on relationship between educational theory and practice in such areas as: the role of
the school in society curricular content, teaching and learning methodology educational goals,
and professionalism.
FE 433 SCHOOL LAW 1 s.h.
Introduction to legal framework within which the school operates. Includes study of both federal
and Pennsylvania law which influences the conduct of the school.
Electives (Open to Juniors and Seniors)
FE 414 COMPARATIVE EDUCATION (DUAL LEVEL) 3 S.h.
Analysis, evaluation, and especially comparison of educational purposes, curriculum, and
methods in some western European nations, some developing nations in Africa, Asia and Latin
America, and some communist nations including U.S. S.R. and PR. C. The educational theories
and practices in the United States will be compared with those in other lands. Designed to
develop insight into new ideas and practices in American schools.
FE 415 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT (Dual Level) 3 s.h.
Analysis of philosophical, sociological, and psychological basis for creation of curricular
patterns, K-14. Includes utilization of technological devices, critical examination of basic
concepts underlying determination of objectives, selection And organization of subject matter
and of learning experiences in general. Current curriculum research will be analyzed, as will
existing instructional materials and programs.
FE 454 PUBLIC SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION 3 s.h.
Study of development of public school administration; current organizational patterns for public
education at the local, county, state, and national levels; and the impact of administration upon
the total educational program.
FE 456 ISSUES AND TRENDS IN EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Critical analysis of issues and trends in education with emphasis on philosophical and social
dimensions of topics covered. Attention to work of some major contemporary critics of educa-
tion
FE 495 INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION STUDIES PROGRAM (Dual Level) 3 s.h.
Affords educators and students opportunity to investigate school systems in cultural settings
other than their own. Particular attention to such issues as curriculum, teaching and learning
process, teacher education, and the changing cultural patterns and value system impacting
upon education. Travel-seminar with educators, teachers, students, and parents in a foreign
country On-site visitation to selected schools and social and cultural institutions.
Urban Education Sequence
FE 440 ORIENTATION TO TEACHING IN URBAN CENTERS 3 s.h.
Provides students an understanding of learners and their unique learning needs and condi-
tions. Emphasis on understanding the origin of attitudes and values and how these affect the
relationships which exist between students and teachers. Special attention to practical applica-
tion of theoretical information to problems of urban education. Held trips and guest speakers
will be emphasized.
School of Education — 121
FE 441 FIELD EXPERIENCES IN URBAN CENTERS 6 s.h.
Prerequisite: FE 440.
Provides specialized experience for students desiring to teach in inner-city schools. Aspects to
be emphasized include physical characteristics of community background and aspirations of
children and youth, and specialized teacher competencies; classroom management, planning,
instructional materials, teaching strategies, and evaluations. Records of comprehensive expe-
riences in urban areas will be considered in making field experience assignments. Schools
selected for student experience will be located in Pittsburgh.
FE 442 INTERPRETING URBAN FIELD EXPERIENCES 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: FE 440 and FE 441.
Evaluation of learning and behavior problems encountered during field experience in urban
schools. Flexible approach stressed to encourage wide range of investigation and exploration
of psychological and sociological problems as they effect education. Supervision and guidance
for investigating specific problems provided by specialists from psychology sociology and
education who will function as resource personnel, providing direction enabling students to
combine experiences gained by teaching in urban schools with recent and pertinent theoretical
information.
Graduate courses offered by this Department include Comparative, Historical, Phi-
losophical, and Social Foundations of Education; Curriculum Development; Profes-
sional Negotiations in Education; and International Education Studies Program. For
specific information concerning these courses, see the current edition of the Gradu-
ate School Catalog.
SPECIAL EDUCATION AND CLINICAL SERVICES
EUGENE F. SCANLON, CHAIRPERSON: M. BAHN, W. BAHN, BENCH, BOR-
MANN, CHAPMAN, FELIX, FIDDLER, FLAMM, MEASE, MORRIS, NEWELL,
REBER, SHANE, TURTON, VICKERS, YAGEL
This department offers the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education in any one of
four options for students whose major interest is work with exceptional children
and/or adults. Each of the four options follows a prescribed sequence of courses.
Students may elect to major in any one of the following fields of exceptionality:
A. Education of Exceptional
B. Speech Pathology and Audiology
C. Rehabilitation Education
D. Education of Hearing Impaired
The following grade policy was adopted by the Department of Special Education on
December 14, 1977 and was made effective as of that date. The policy effects
students in the programs: Education of Exceptional, Speech and Hearing, Rehabili-
tation, and Education of Hearing Impaired.
1 . No more than one "D" grade, and no "F" grades in major courses will be accepted
toward graduation and certification, except for the following courses where a
student must earn a C grade or higher.
1. SH 122 - Phonetics
2. Clinics I and II
3. Student Teaching
4. Field Training
5. Curriculum & Methods for Mentally and/or Physically Handicapped
6. Total Communication
122 —Indiana University of Pennsylvania
2. A student may appeal this policy to a program appeal committee.
A. EDUCATION OF EXCEPTIONAL
Completion of the sequence of study in the Education of Exceptional leads to
Pennsylvania Dept. of Education comprehensive certification as a teacher of the
mentally and/or physically handicapped. Students will be prepared to teach mentally
retarded, physically handicapped, emotionally and/or learning disabled, neuro-
logically impaired. This program also provides an opportunity for students to seek
career opportunities in the areas of welfare, mental health, and with private agen-
cies. Student teaching experiences are provided with the mentally retarded and one
of the other handicaps. The program also provides a foundation for pursuing addi-
tional work at the graduate level. Further specialized training in mental retardation
offers opportunities for qualified persons in administration, supervision, vocational
rehabilitation and related fields.
In addition to fulfilling the General Education requirements established by the
University and the Professional Education requirements set by the School of Educa-
tion, students are obligated to complete 40 additional semester hours in the special-
ized field and its related areas, as follows:
Required Basic Courses
EX 215 Child Development 3 s.h.
EX 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children 3 s.h.
EX 301 Reading and Language Arts for Mentally
and/or Physically Handicapped 3 s.h.
EX 320 Psychology of Mentally and/or Physically
Handicapped 3 s.h.
EX 41 1 Health, Physical Education & Recreation
for the Exceptional 3 s.h.
EX 422 Orientation to the Physically Handicapped 3 s.h.
EX 423 Curriculum & Methods for the Mentally
and/or Physically Handicapped 3 s.h.
EX 453 Directed Activities I 1 s.h.
EX 446 Teaching Trainable 3 s.h.
EX 465 Education of Children with Social/Emotional
Maladjustment 3 s.h.
EX 466 Education of Children with Learning
Disabled 3 s.h.
Required Related Courses
SH 254 Classroom Management of Language 3 s.h
Disorders
AT 330 Arts & Crafts for the Mentally and/or
Physically Handicapped 3 s.h.
OR
MU 211 Music for Mentally and/or Physically
Handicapped 3 s.h.
EX 313 Teaching Math 3 s.h.
EL 222 Teaching of Reading 3 s.h.
School of Education — 123
Electives
Recommended electives to be determined by need and interest.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Required Basic Courses in Education of Exceptional
EX 215 CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.
Childhood foundations of human growth and development. Research from various disciplines
is studied in terms of understanding physical, mental, social and emotional factors and how
these interrelate throughout childhood development.
EX 220 INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN 3 s.h.
Surveys characteristics, needs, problems, and behavior patterns of children who deviate
sufficiently from "normal" to be considered exceptional. Consideration given to those who fall
intellectually both above and below average; those who are handicapped visually, acoustically
behaviorally orthopedically neurologically or in respect to speech patterns.
EX 301 READING AND OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS FOR THE MENTALLY 3 s.h.
AND/OR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED
Prerequisites: EL 222; EX 220; EX 320 and SH 254
Deals with preparation and execution of units of instruction in language arts for mentally and
physically handicapped. Emphasis on consideration of special characteristics of those so
handicapped when language arts units of instruction are planned. Diagnostic and clinic
teaching are emphasized.
EX 320 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE MENTALLY AND/OR PHYSICALLY 3 s.h.
HANDICAPPED
Prerequisite: EX 220
Considers ways in which mentally and/or physically handicapped develop, learn, and adapt to
various home, school, community, and sheltered settings. The handicapped as living and
adjusting individuals who respond to many kinds of personal and social situations and cope
successfully are shown. Psychological aspects of handicapping condition are investigated.
EX 41 1 HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION FOR 3 s.h.
THE EXCEPTIONAL
Prerequisite: EX 220
Provides a thorough understanding of a program of health, physical education and recreation
as it applies to individuals with mental and physical handicaps from preschool through adult-
hood. Special attention given to needs of individuals with development problems.
EX 422 ORIENTATION TO THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED 3 s.h.
This course will be concerned with the medical aspects of orthopedically handicapped, and the
relationship to the education, social, and emotional development of the child. Adaptation of
materials, equipment and facilities will also be discussed. The rationalization for placement in
special schools, special classes, and enrollment in regular classes will be included in course
content.
EX 423 CURRICULUM AND METHODS FOR THE MENTALLY 3 S.h.
AND/OR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED
Prerequisites: Senior status and permission of Department
Considers the basic content and methods for teaching mentally and/or physically handi-
capped. Emphasizes organization of curriculum in fundamentals and in social and pre-
vocational skills for daily living and offers opportunities for exploring resource materials used
for instruction at elementary and secondary levels. Special emphasis is placed on the diagnos-
tic process and individualization of instruction.
EX 446 TEACHING THE TRAINABLE, MENTALLY RETARDED 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: Junior and Senior majors
124 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Provides for analysis of curriculum and program content for TMR children and adults. Directed
toward training students to teach the trainable retarded and/or profoundly retarded in public
schools, institutional facilities, or sheltered workshops.
EX 453 DIRECTED ACTIVITIES I 1-3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EX 220 and by arrangement
Provides for opportunities to observe mentally and/or physically handicapped in one or more of
a variety of settings. Provides opportunity for the student to confirm his/her interest in the field of
special education. Offered only to freshmen, first semester sophomores, and to qualified
transfer students.
EX 465 EDUCATION OF THE SOCIALLY AND EMOTIONALLY 3 s.h.
MALADJUSTED
Prerequisites: EX 215, EX 220, and EX 320
Provides for an understanding of the psychological and educational characteristics of those
who are socially and/or emotionally disturbed. Special consideration is given to relationship
between social and emotional disturbance and other areas of exceptionality.
EX 466 EDUCATION OF CHILDREN WITH LEARNING 3 s.h.
DISABILITIES
Prerequisites: EX 220. EX 215, and EX 320
Discuss theories and practices concerning rudiments of diagnosis and remediation of learning
disabilities; study of disorders of reading, writing, listening, expressive language, and psycho-
motor activities.
Required Courses in Related Areas
SH 254 CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT OF LANGUAGE 3 s.h.
DISORDERS
(See course description under Speech Pathology and Audiology)
AT 330 ARTS AND CRAFTS FOR THE MENTALLY AND/OR 3 s.h.
PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED
(See course description in Art Dept.)
OR
MU 211 MUSIC FOR MENTALLY AND/OR PHYSICALLY 3 s.h.
HANDICAPPED
(See course description in Music Dept.)
EX 313 TEACHING OF MATH 3 s.h.
(See course description in Math Education)
EL 222 TEACHING OF READING 3 s.h.
(See description in EL ED section of catalogue)
B. SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY
Completion of the sequence of courses in Speech Pathology and Audiology leads to
a Pennsylvania Department of Education Teaching Certificate to act as a Speech
Correctionist. The program also emphasizes preparation for graduate training since
many work environments conform to the nationally accepted standards mandating a
Ma'^.ter's Degree for employment. Students learn the basic skills to work with individ-
uals exhibiting speech, hearing or language disorders of communication, and com-
pletion of training leads to pursuit of careers as Speech Clinicians in early childhood
education programs, welfare programs, public health facilities, and rehabilitation
settings.
The University Speech and Hearing Clinic serves as a laboratory for required clinical
School of Education —125
practice, and a semester of student participation in an established speech and
hearing program meets the student teaching requirement.
In addition to fulfilling the General Education requirements established by the
University and the Professional Education requirements set by the School of Educa-
tion, students are obligated to complete 40 additional semester hours in the special-
ized field and its related areas. An option allows substitution of MA 217, Probability
and Statistics (see listing under Math Dept.) for EP 302, Educational Tests and
Measurements, in the Professional Education sequence.
Required Basic Courses
SH 1 1 1 Fundamentals of Speech and Hearing 3 s.h.
SH 122 Phonetics 3 s.h.
SH 222 Introduction to Audiology 3 s.h.
SH 232 Speech Pathology 3 s.h.
SH 242 Bases of Oral Communication 3 s.h.
SH 251 Anatomy and Physiology of the
Speech and Hearing Mechanism 3 s.h.
SH 302 Language Development 3 s.h.
SH 310 Speech Clinic I 1-3 s.h.
(1 recommended)
SH 311 Aural Rehabilitation 3 s.h.
SH 312 Organization and Administration of Speech
and Hearing Programs (also counts as Methods
Course in Professional Education
Requirements) 3 s.h.
SH 320 Speech Clinic II 1-3 s.h.
(3 recommended)
SH 321 Development of Language 3 s.h.
Required Courses in Related Areas
EX 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children 3 s.h.
EX 362 Psych of Reading in Language Processing 3 s.h.
OR
EX 222 Teaching of Reading 3 s.h.
Recommended Electives (one required)
EX 215 Child Development 3 s.h.
EL 215 Child Development 3 s.h.
PC 300 Psychology of Adjustment 3 s.h.
EX 320 Psychology of Mentally and/or Physically
Handicapped 3 s.h.
EN 333 Trends in Linguistics 3 s.h.
SH 330 Speech Clinic III 1-3 s.h.
726 —Indiana University of Pennsylvania
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Required Basic Courses in Speech Pathology and Audiology
SH 1 1 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH AND HEARING 3 s.h.
(Prerequisite for all other required courses in the division except Phonetics.)
Introduction to study of physiological, acoustical, and scientific processes involved in produc-
tion and reception of speech. The genetic development of speech sounds, and factors that
hinder or facilitate speech and language acquisition.
SH 122 PHONETICS 3 S.h.
Detailed study of phonemes of American-English speech from a physical and acoustical point
of view. Development of proficiency in use of international Phonetic Alphabet for transcription
and translation of speech sounds.
SH 222 INTRODUCTION TO AUDIOLOGY 3 s.h.
The auditory function, anatomy of auditory mechanism, psychophysics of sound, types and
causes of hearing loss, measurement of hearing, and educational considerations for hearing
handicapped child.
SH 232 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Basic orientation to speech disorders, their prevalence, symptoms, causes and treatment.
Disorders of articulation and rhythm emphasized, with some consideration given to voice
problems, cleft palate, cerebral palsy and defects of symbolization.
SH 242 BASES OF ORAL COMMUNICATION 3 s.h.
Study of communication process with emphasis on physical characteristics of sound produc-
tion, transmission and perception of the sound, and the evolvement and use of symbols for
meaningful communication. The scientific principles of normal oral communication stressed,
and language learning recognized as basis for oral communication.
SH 251 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE SPEECH AND 3 s.h.
HEARING MECHANISM
Consideration of genetic development, structure, and function of organs of speech and hear-
ing. Anatomical systems involved in respiration, phonation, articulation, and hearing, and
relationships between systems in production and reception of speech.
SH 302 LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.
Study of development of an interpersonal communication system; language as a system of
symbols for communication; the structure of the English language, including phonology
syntax, and semantics with emphasis on the generative evolvement of sentences. Highlighting
of neurological, social and psychological bases of language development.
SH 310 SPEECH CLINIC I 1-3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Approval by adviser 1 s.h. recommended
Orientation to theory and techniques of speech and hearing therapy as applied to specific
clients. Introduction to lesson planning and writing of case histories and reports. Observation of
clients and limited participation with clients.
SH 31 1 AURAL REHABILITATION 3 s.h.
Consideration of effects of varied degrees of hearing loss sustained by individuals at different
stages of development and study of total education and rehabilitative procedures for hard-of-
hearing child or adult. Application of technique of teaching the hard-of-hearing to persons
presenting language problems of other etiologies.
SH 312 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF SPEECH 3 S.h.
AND HEARING PROGRAMS
(Meets requirement for Professional Education Course)
School of Education — 727
Establishment and maintenance of speech and hearing programs within various administrative
organizations, particularly in the public schools. Techniques of client identification, scheduling,
record keeping, appropriate referral, material and equipment selection, teacher and parental
counseling, and the development of coordinated professional and inter-disciplinary proce-
dures.
SH 320 SPEECH CLINIC II 1-3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SH 310 3 s.h. recommended
Experience in working with individuals or groups of persons who exhibit speech or hearing
problems Lesson planning, writing of reports, and case histories of a detailed nature.
Required Courses in Related Areas
EX 220 INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN 3 s.h.
(See course description under Education of Exceptional Children)
OR
EX 362 PSYCHOLOGY OF READING IN LANGUAGE PROCESSING 3 s.h.
Objectives, background knowledge, and understandings of developmental reading process, an
over-view of elementary program, pre-adolescent and adolescent and their needs in reading,
finding and providing for instructional needs, and special problems.
Recommended Electives
EX 215 CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.
(See course description under Education of Exceptional Children)
OR
EL 215 CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.
(See course description under Elementary Education)
PC 300 THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJUSTMENT 3 s.h.
(See course description under Psychology Department)
EX 320 PSYCHOLOGY OF MENTALLY/PHYSICAL HANDICAPPED 3 S.h.
(See course description under Education of Exceptional Children)
EN 331 TRENDS IN LINGUISTICS 3 s.h.
(See course description under English Department)
SH 330 SPEECH CLINIC III 1-2-3 s.h.
Experience, of an independent nature, in working with individuals or groups of persons who
exhibit speech or hearing problems. Offered for those who specifically desire or need practicum
experience in addition to Speech Clinic II.
Dual Level Courses (open to upper level majors with permission of Instructor)
SH 410 ARTICULATION 3 s.h.
Comparative evaluation of traditional, sensory-motor and linguistic, theories of speech produc-
tion with major emphasis on functioning of articulatory mechanism; etiology symptomatology
and diagnosis of articulatory disorders of functional, organic, or neurological origin with
appropriate methods of remediation adapted to either group or individual use. Critical review of
selected topics of research.
SH 412 CLEFT PALATE 3 s.h.
Study of over-all problems associated with phenomenon of cleft lip and palate with special
emphasis in areas of speech, hearing, and language. Included in scope will be human
embryology with specific emphasis on oral facial development; physical remediation, including
both surgical and prosthetic repair; effects of clefts on structure and function of speech and
hearing mechanism; role of speech correctionist on cleft palate team; evaluation and current
remedial procedures for speech, hearing, and language problems.
728 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
SH 416 STUTTERING 3 s.h.
Intensive study of nature and causes of stuttering. Considerable emphasis on diagnoses and
management. Counseling and learning ttieory applications as two main approaches to treat-
ment. Consideration of the person as a stutterer Review of pertinent and recent research
topics.
SH 418 VOICE 3 s.h.
Advanced study of scientific principles of voice production emphasizing malfunctioning, struc-
tural abnormalities, deviant innervation, and pathologies which relate to voice defects; identifi-
cation, diagnosis, and therapeutic considerations of remediation for various voice problems
and relationship between voice disorders and disorders of personality. Special treatment given
to treatment of laryngectomized.
SH 430 LANGUAGE DISORDERS OF CHILDREN 3 s.h.
A highlighting of current research regarding normal acquisition and development of language
with special consideration of factors related to language delay Emphasis on various ap-
proaches in identification and differential diagnosis of language disorders and principles and
techniques of remediation, including Association Method as developed with children labeled
aphasic.
Courses for Non-Majors
SH 254 CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT OF LANGUAGE DISORDERS 3 s.h.
Study of aspects of speech, language, and hearing problems pertaining to classroom situation.
Types of speech and hearing disorders, conducting speech and language improvement les-
sons, classroom aids for the speech- and hearing-defective child, and school and community
resources for these children. (Required for majors in Special Education: Mentally Retarded,
and suggested for Elementary Education majors.)
SH 354 AUDIOMETRY FOR PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSES 3 S.h.
Intensive review of physiology of hearing; etiologies and classifications of hearing loss; use of
audiometric testing equipment in schools; interpretation of audiogram; and role of nurse in
public health hearing programs.
C. REHABILITATION EDUCATION
Completion of this program leads to the Bachelor of Science in Education with a
specialization in rehabilitation. The program is designed for students seeking career
opportunities with health and welfare agencies and institutions, and also provides a
foundation for pursuing additional work at the graduate level.
In addition to filling the General Education requirements established by the Universi-
ty and the Professional Education requirements set by the School of Education,
students are obligated to complete approximately 40 additional semester hours in
the specialized field and its related area, excluding Field Training and Practicum, as
follows:
Required Basic Courses
RH 220 Neurological Basis of Disability 3 s.h.
RH 31 1 Rehabilitation of the Blind and of the Deaf 3 s.h.
RH 312 Psychological Basis of Disability 3 s.h.
RH 321 Principles and Methods of Rehabilitation 3 s.h.
RH 322 Rehabilitation Case Study and
Interpretation 3 s.h.
RH 360 Rehabilitation Counseling: Strategies 3 s.h.
RH 41 1 Rehabilitation of the Post-Surgical Patient 3 s.h.
School of Education — 129
RH 412 Occupational Aspects of Rehabilitation 3 s.h.
RH 421/441 Field Training -in Rehabilitation 12 s.h.
RH 422 Rehabilitation Practicum 2 s.h.
RH 484 Directed Rehabilitation Activities 1 s.h.
Required Related Courses
EX 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children 3 s.h.
EX 320 Psychology for the
Mentally/Physically Hndcp. 3 s.h.
PC 357 Abnormal Psychology 3 s.h.
Bl 151 Human Physiology 3 s.h.
SW 338 Introduction to Social Work 3 s.h.
MA 217 Probability and Statistics s.h.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Required Basic Courses in Rehabilitation
RH 220 NEUROLOGICAL BASIS OF DISABILITY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Human Physiology; Introduction to Exceptional Children
Study of brain and spinal cord with emphasis on cortical and sub-cortical mechanisms instru-
mental in normal motion, coordination and bodily sensation, exclusive of vision and hearing.
Discussion and demonstration of conditions of cerebral palsy, polimyelitis, traumatic paraplegi-
as, cerebro-vascular accident, Parkinsons disease, multiple sclerosis; and rehabilitative pro-
cedures.
RH 31 1 REHABILITATION OF THE BLIND AND THE DEAF 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Neurological Basis of Disability; General Psychology
Structure and function of visual and auditory systems with emphasis on the importance of
seeing to mobility in environment, and on hearing to the development of human communica-
tion. Discussion of causes of visual and auditory pathologies; braille, mobility training; speech
reading and amplification; and other procedures of rehabilitation.
RH 312 PSYCHOLOGICAL BASIS OF DISABILITY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: RH 220; RH 311, or permission of instructor
Study of emotional and social responses which govern behavior and relationships of handi-
capped individuals and rehabilitation workers alike, with emphasis on role of disability in
formation of concept of human worth.
RH 321 PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF REHABILITATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: RH 220, RH 311, RH 312
Delineates the roles of members of professional disciplines of medicine, psychology, prosthet-
ics, orthodontics, audiology speech pathology physical and occupational therapy in restora-
tion of the handicapped; use of diagnostic information; significance and interpretation of
medical examination; role of rehabilitation counselor in the agency
RH 322 REHABILITATION CASE STUDY AND INTERPRETATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: RH 311, RH 312
Purpose and techniques of case history taking; meaning and evaluation of diagnostic informa-
tion; psychological evaluation in terms of mental ability, personality, attitudes and dexterity
skills; role of disabled individual's family in planning of services, referrals, and report writing.
RH 360 REHABILITATION COUNSELING: STRATEGIES 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Permission, Rehabilitation majors only
Designed to help students develop competencies in using various counseling techniques with
730 —Indiana University of Pennsylvania
handicapped persons. Various theories of counseling will be explored relative to the rehabilita-
tion setting. It will provide basic counseling skills to upperclass Rehabilitation majors prior to
field training.
RH 411 REHABILITATION OF THE POST-SURGICAL PATIENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: RH 321, RH 322
Influence of prospective surgery on human emotion and outlook; the effect of alteration or
removal of body parts on personality and physical skills. Study of mastectomy; colostomy
laryngectomy; limb amputation; reconstruction of facial disfigurement; cardiovascular disease;
residual capabilities.
RH 412 OCCUPATIONAL ASPECTS OF REHABILITATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: RH 322, RH 411, or permission of instructor
The realism of world of work and relationship of gainful employment to human autonomy and
decision-making. Types of jobs, levels of required skills, potential capabilities of the handi-
capped relative to specific job responsibilities, methods of assessing potential job success;
sheltered workshops.
RH 421/441 FIELD TRAINING IN REHABILITATION 12 s.h.
Prerequisites: RH 322, RH 411, RH 412
Emphasizes development of the student rehabilitation coordinator by working with disabled
clients in a public or private agency Writing and analysis of case reports, counseling of clients,
understanding of agency responsibilities and limitations, referral, follow-up, and final evaluation
of client's ability to function with various degrees of autonomy
RH 422 REHABILITATION PRACTICUM 2 s.h.
Taken concurrently with RH 421 and RH 441
Discussion of current topics of interest in the field, such as state and federal legislation; new
prosthetic advances, proposals of the National Rehabilitation Association; or recent tech-
niques in working with specific disabilities.
RH 484 DIRECTED REHABILITATION ACTIVITIES 1 s.h.
Prerequisites: Permission, Rehabilitation majors only
Pre-field training experience working with handicapped clients in local facilities. Concrete
experience will help the students integrate classroom instruction with field experiences.
Required Courses in Related Areas
EX 220 INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN
(See course description under Education of Exceptional Chil-
dren)
EX 320 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE MENTALLY AND/OR PHYS-
ICALLY HANDICAPPED
(See course description under Education of Exceptional Chil-
dren)
PC 357 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
(See course description under Psychology Dept.)
Bl 151 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
(See course description in Biology Dept.)
SW 338 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK
(See course description in Sociology Dept.)
MA 217 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
(See course description in Math Dept.)
School of Education — 737
Recommended Electives
Certain related courses will be recommended for individual students dependent
upon interest and needs.
Courses for Non-majors
Students in other departments not intending to major in Special Education but who
wish to improve their understanding of exceptionality may elect certain courses in
Mental Retardation, Speech Pathology and Audiology and Rehabilitation. By de-
partmental permission.
P. EDUCATION OF HEADING IMPAIRED
Completion of the sequence of courses in Education of Hearing Impaired leads to a
Bachelor of Science Degree in Education and Pennsylvania Department of Educa-
tion certification as a teacher of the hearing impaired. Students are provided with the
basic skills to teach in special classes for hard-of-hearing or deaf individuals.
Students enrolled in this sequence of study are prepared to assume positions as
itinerant hearing therapists and classroom teachers for individuals ranging from
preschoolers to adults. Work settings may include public schools, continuing educa-
tion programs, and home training situations.
Practicum experiences and student teaching with hearing impaired individuals are
required in a school facility or any type of formal program for the hearing impaired.
In addition to fulfilling the General Education requirements established by the
University and the Professional Education requirements set by the School of Educa-
tion, students are obligated to complete approximately 40 additional semester hours
in the specialized field and its related areas.
Required Basic Courses
EH 114 Introduction to Hearing Impaired 3 s.h.
EH 243 Total Communication 2 s.h.
EH 260 General Methodology for Education of 3 s.h.
the Hearing Impaired
EH 308 Speech and Language for Hearing 3 s.h.
Impaired
EH 330 Hearing Practicum 2 s.h.
Required Courses in Related Areas
SH 222 Intro to Audio 3 s.h.
SH 242 Bases of Oral Communication 3 s.h.
SH 308 Language Development 3 s.h.
SH 31 1 Aural Rehabilitation 3 s.h.
EX 220 Intro to Exceptional Children 3 s.h.
EX 215 Child Development 3 s.h.
EL 222 Teaching of Reading 3 s.h.
Recommended Electives
Certain related courses will be recommended for individual students dependent
upon interest and needs.
132 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Required Basic Courses in Education of Hearing Impaired
EH 114 INTRODUCTION TO HEARING IMPAIRED 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Adviser permission, EH majors only
Deals with different approaches used in teaching the hearing impaired - manual language, oral
language, and total communication. The historical background of each approach would be
presented with its strengths and weaknesses. Criteria for the use of each approach established
in light of degree of loss exhibited by the client, the age of onset, and the social and psychologi-
cal implications.
EH 243 TOTAL COMMUNICATION 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: Adviser permission, EH majors only
Teaches the student to finger spell and to develop basic skill in use of a manual language
(signing) so that it could be integrated simultaneously with speech to provide a means of total
communication for the individual with significant communication problems. Rationale for total
communication approach would be emphasized with special consideration to reasons for
appropriateness of approach. Methods of teaching the "sign language" to hearing impaired
and other exceptional individuals would also be included with emphasis on signing according
to acceptable syntactical English structure.
EH 260 GENERAL METHODOLOGY FOR EDUCATION OF HEARING 3 S.h.
IMPAIRED
Prerequisites: Adviser permission, EH majors only
Provides a systematic coverage of basic procedures for teaching content matter Included
would be methods of instruction of contemporary elementary school mathematics; science as
it relates to the child and the curriculum; content, objectives, and resource materials for social
studies; creative experiences, and resource materials for social studies; creative experiences
in the fields of art, rhythmics, and physical education and health.
EH 308 SPEECH AND LANGUAGE FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: Adviser permission, EH majors only
Details effects of varying degrees of hearing impairment upon development of language,
production of speech, and reception of speech and other sounds. Concomitant factors such as
age of onset of loss, intelligence, psychological factors, and environmental issues would also
be considered. Methr Js of evaluating speech and language performance of hearing impaired
would be included, and the performance compared to the expectations according to the
audiogram and other hearing test results.
EH 330 HEARING PRACTICUM 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: Adviser permission. Eh majors only
Provides students with actual contact with hearing impaired individuals. Observations will be
set up in appropriate school programs for the hearing impaired, on hearing itinerant programs,
or in clinical settings where hearing impaired individuals are receiving therapy or are being
tested. Techniques of observing and evaluating behavior would be presented initially to prepare
the student to profit maximally from the observation experiences. Written reports of the
observations would be submitted and discussed, and each student encouraged to gain
experience in as many different settings as available.
Required Courses in Related Areas
SH 222 INTRODUCTION TO AUDIOLOGY 3 S.h.
(See course description under Speech and Hearing)
School of Education — 133
SH 242 BASES OF ORAL COMMUNICATION
(See course description under Speech and Hearing)
SH 308 LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT
(See course description under Speech and Hearing)
SH 311 AURAL REHABILITATION
(See course description under Speech and Hearing)
EX 220 INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN
(See course description under Education of Exceptional Children)
EX 215 CHILD DEVELOPMENT
(See course description under Education of Exceptional Children)
EL 222 TEACHING OF READING
(See course description under Elementary Education)
3s.h.
3s.h.
3s.h.
3s.h.
3s.h.
3s.h.
^ h.
i
r
r^
9h^l '^^^^
K
m
School of Fine Arts — 135
School of Fine Arts
J. Christopher Benz, Dean
The School of Fine Arts has professional programs in art, music, and theater and
awards the Bachelor of Arts degree. Programs leading to certification to teach are
offered in cooperation with the School of Education, leading to the Bachelor of
Science in Education degree. In addition the Music and Theater departments offer
the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree.
A general fine arts major program is available for those students desiring to take
course work in art, dance, film, music, photography, and theater. For additional
information on this Bachelor of Arts program, contact the Dean of the School of Fine
Arts.
There are three objectives for the School of Fine Arts: 1 ) to provide special academic
programs for majors in the arts, 2) to offer all University students general courses in
the arts and 3) to make cultural programs in the arts available to the University, the
surrounding community and the local region.
There are no additional school requirements for graduation beyond the departmental
and University requirements listed in other sections of this catalog.
DEPARTMENT OF ART
JOANNE P. LOVETTE, CHAIRPERSON: BALSIGER, BEN-ZVI, BURWELL, CLAY,
DeFURIO, DONGILLA, DROPCHO, HAMILTON, INNES, JOHNSON, ROSS, RUS-
SELL, SEELHORST J- SLENKER, R. SLENKER, VISLOSKY, WEILAND, WERT
The Department of Art provides both general and special courses in art, directed
736 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
toward the development of the student's creative and expressive abilities. Degrees
offered are the Bachelor of Arts in either Art History or Art Studio, and the Bachelor of
Science in Art Education. The degree in Art Education, offered in cooperation with
the School of Education, provides certification for teaching art from grades K-12 In
the schools of Pennsylvania.
The Department of Art offers a cooperative program with the Art Institute of Pitts-
burgh. Students interested in commercial art, with departmental approval, may earn
credit toward their major at the Art Institute.
Each adviser within the Department of Art will be able to notify the student of courses
that are required within each specialty, and to help the student become aware of
options that are available through electives. Through advisement, the Department of
Art helps the student to fashion the most desirable program possible to meet the
individual students needs.
All art majors are obligated to fulfill the University requirements for General Educa-
tion. The Department of Art expects that art majors will maintain a 2.5 average in
major courses and this will be a prerequisite to the student teaching. A minor in art is
available, consisting of at least 15 semester hours in art courses approved by the
chairperson of the Department of Art.
CURRICULUM
B.A. Art
History
B.A. Art Studio
B.S. Art Education
Art Core
24
Art Core
30
Art Core 30
Art History
31
Art Studio
30
Art Studio 9
General Ed.
52
General Ed.
52
Electives 6
Electives
17
Electives
12
Art Education 12
124
124
General Ed. 52
Prof. Education* 23
132
*See section on School of Education for a listing of the ProfessionI Education
requirements.
Core Program
All art majors are required by the Department to complete 24-30 semester hours of
core courses including:
AR 100 Arts of the Twentieth Century 3 s.h.
AR 1 1 1 Drawing I 3 s.h.
AR 112 Fundamentals of Drawing and Design 3 s.h.
AR 113 Design I 3 s.h.
AR 211 Painting I 3 s.h.
AR 215 Sculpture I 3 s.h.
AH 413 Senior Seminar 3 s.h.
Students in the art history program must elect one additional course, while those
students in the art education or art studio programs must elect three additional
courses from the following:
AR 213 Crafts I 3 s.h.
AR 214 Ceramics I 3 s.h.
School of Fine Arts — 737
AR 216 Metals I 3 s.h.
AR 217 Printmaking I 3 s.h.
AR 218 Graphic Design I 3 s.h.
AR 219 Fabrics I 3 s.h.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Art Education Courses
AT 315 SEMINAR IN ART EDUCATION 3 s.h.
A seminar to introduce the art education major to the principles and practices of teaching visual
arts K through 12. Field experiences, pre-student teaching activities, introduction to literature,
history, and philosophies of art education emphasized. (Prerequisite to student teaching) 3
hours lecture.
AR 316 ART EDUCATION MATERIALS AND PRACTICUM 3 s.h.
An art education studio which will utilize investigation and exploration of typical art materials,
including sources and resources of supplies, equipment, resource personnel, and visual-
media for a full range of multi-media and visual experiences. The studio endeavors will be
followed by a practicum utilizing the above sources in teaching situations with children, youth,
and adults. (Prerequisite to student teaching) 2 hours lecture, 1 hour lab.
AR 317 ART EDUCATION METHODOLOGY AT THE ELEMENTARY LEVEL 3 s.h.
Examines children's artistic development, art programs, planning, motivation, and evaluation.
Weekly teaching experience is an integral part of the course. (Prerequisite to student teaching)
2 hours lecture, 1 hour lab.
AT 318 ART EDUCATION METHODOLOGY AT THE SECONDARY LEVEL 3 s.h.
Relationship of art education to total secondary curriculum is studied to determine goals of
junior-senior high school art. The adolescent and his creative products are analyzed to help the
prospective art teacher to identify himself with problems of students. (Prerequisite to student
teaching) 2 hours lecture, 1 hour lab.
AT 330 ART FOR THE MENTALLY AND PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED 3 s.h.
The materials and processes of arts and crafts are studied for opportunities they offer in the
training, therapy and education of students who are mentally retarded or crippled, or need
special help for any reason. 2 hours lecture, 1 hour lab.
Art History Courses
AH 101 INTRODUCTION TO ART 3 s.h.
Designed to introduce the student to the significance of art as related to contemporary living
and our historical heritage. 3 hours lecture.
AH 1 1 5 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART 3 s.h.
Study of art of man from Prehistoric times to the Middle Ages. Man's artistic development is
seen in light of political, social, economic, and religious events influencing him. 3 hours lecture.
AH 1 16 RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE ART 3 s.h.
Study of art from the Renaissance to the Baroque in light of the historical events which affect
mahs artistic impulses and development. 3 hours lecture.
AH 219 HISTORICAL PAINTING TECHNIQUES 3 S.h.
The art major is encouraged to experience a series of historical painting techniques that have
been used by artists of the past. Experiences will include exploration in such painting media as
fresco, egg tempera, and oil. 2 hours lecture, 1 hour lab.
738 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
AH 406/506 ANCIENT MIGRATORY ART 3 s.h.
A survey of art from various ancient cultures which reflect contacts known and theoretic. Such
cultures as the Celtic, Chinese, Indus Valley, Mesopotamian, African, Oceanic, American
Indian, Pre-Columbian, and Egyptian are covered. 3 hours lecture.
AH 407/507 MEDIEVAL ART 3 s.h.
Art and architecture of Europe during the Middle Ages, beginning with early Christian and
Byzantine art and concluding with art of Romanesque and Gothic periods. 3 hours lecture.
AH 408/508 ITALIAN RENAISSANCE ART 3 s.h.
Covers span of Italian art from 1 400s through 1 650 and Mannerist movement. Special attention
paid to great masters of the period. 3 hours lecture.
AH 409/509 BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART 3 s.h.
A general survey of art from 1 575-1 775, will include architecture, sculpture, painting, and other
arts. 3 hours lecture.
AH 411 MODERN ART 3 s.h.
A survey of the revolutionary movements which began about 1850 and the trends within the
contemporary arts are explored. 3 hours lecture.
AH 41 2 CLASSICAL ART 3 s.h.
Historical survey of the painting, sculpture, architecture, decorative, and utilitarian arts of the
classical period, including the art of pre-Greek cultures (Minoan, Mycenaen, Etruscan, and
Roman). 3 hours lecture.
AH 413 SENIOR SEMINAR 3 s.h.
Intended to help students develop adequate vocabularies and methods to be used in discus-
sion and criticism of works of art. 3 hours lecture.
AH 416 NORTHERN RENAISSANCE ART 3 s.h.
Explores phenomena of art north of the Alps from 1 400 to 1 600, especially as it appears in the
Lowlands, as well as side explorations into art of France, Germany, Austria, and the court at
Prague. 3 hours lecture.
AH 418 PRACTICUM IN SLIDE ROOM PROCEDURES 1 s.h.
A practicum course devoted to study of slide room practices and techniques: includes organiza-
tion, cataloguing, filing, mounting and labeling of slides. 2 hours lab.
AH 41 9 MUSEOLOGY 3-6 s.h.
The student will work at the cooperating museum under the supervision of the museum
director Museum techniques and practices in an on-the-job training situation will be stressed.
AH 422/522 ART IN AMERICA 3 S.h.
Surveys American art and its relation to the development of American ideas and ideals. 3 hours
lecture.
AH 424/524 ART OF THE EAST 3 S.h.
The development of art in China, India, and Japan from its Neolithic origins to the traditions of
later historical times. 3 hours lecture.
AH 426/526 PRE-COLUMBIAN ART 3 s.h.
A survey of artistic traditions of the Pacific Ocean, Pre-Columbian of Meso-America and South
America and North American cultures. 3 hours lecture.
ART STUDIO COURSES
All studio courses are listed as Level I or Advanced Studio. Those students who take
advanced courses may do so for a minimum of three (3) semester hours and up to a
maximum of eighteen (18) semester hours.
School of Fine Arts — 139
AR 100 ARTS OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY 3 s.h.
Designed to expand student response to visual, aural, and kinetic art forms of this century with
special emphasis on recent decades. The course includes lecture, studio, and field experi-
ences. 2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab.
AR 111 DRAWING I 3 S.h.
A foundation course in drawing, including a study of the structure of drawing and composition
with a variety of media and subject matter 6 hours lab.
AR 112 FUNDAMENTALS OF DRAWING AND DESIGN I 3 S.h.
A course which seeks to integrate basic principles and fundamentals of drawing and design. 6
hours lab.
AR 113 DESIGN I 3 s.h.
Basic elements and principles of design and color are studied. Basically, a course in design in
two dimensions. 6 hours lab.
AR211 PAINTING I 3 s.h.
An introductory course in painting in which a variety of materials, techniques, and approaches
are explored. 6 hours lab.
AR 213 WOODWORKING I: FUNCTION AND FORM 3 s.h.
Involves the study of woodworking and furniture design as it relates to the individual designer
— craftsman and sculptor Students will experience a formal background in both woodworking
technique and the application of design.
AR 214 CERAMICS I 3 s.h.
A general introduction to the techniques and aesthetics of clay. The student will work both at the
wheel and with hand building methods. 6 hours lab.
AR 215 SCULPTURE I 3 s.h.
Introductory course to sculpture with emphasis on study of form as well as visualizing in the
third dimension. 6 hours lab.
AR 216 BASIC METALS I 3 s.h.
Introduction to metal work with emphasis upon creation of functional and non-functional art
objects. Approached from viewpoint of beginning craftsman learning basic processes of metal
fabrication 6 hours lab.
AR217 PRINTMAKING I 3 s.h.
Introduction to basic techniques of production of fine prints including, work in relief, intaglio,
lithograph, and serigraph processes. 6 hours lab.
AR 218 GRAPHIC DESIGN I 3 s.h.
Students explore various techniques and how they can be translated into commercial art work,
package design, trademark, and other design problems. Lettering is stressed, both instant type
and hand lettering. 6 hours lab.
AR 219 FABRICS I 3 s.h.
Provides student with introductory working knowledge in design and execution of projects in
npn 4/harness loom weaving, macrame, stitchery, and related fabhc areas. Other fabric
techniques available for students to explore as desired. 6 hours lab.
AR 321 ADVANCED DRAWING 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: AR 111 & 112
An intermediate course in drawing, designed to meet problems of the student who has some
background in the field. Problems of composition, two and three dimensional relationships, and
surface are on an individual basis. 6 hours lab.
740 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
AR 451 ADVANCED WOODWORKING: FUNCTION AND FORM 3 s.h.
Offers advanced training and skills involving thie study of contemporary furniture design and
woodworking. Emphasis on a technical and aesthetic point of view.
AR 452 ADVANCED CERAMICS 3 s.h.
Continued exploration of the field of ceramic production, along with kiln firing and glaze
formulation. 6 hours lab.
AR 453 ADVANCED SCULPTURE 3 s.h.
Gives student opportunity to pursue independent study in sculpture. Materials and processes
will be of his choosing and the work related to his own concepts, with the hope that these
concepts will be broadened. 6 hours lab.
AR 454 ADVANCED PAINTING 3 s.h.
Individual experimentation and exploration by the painter, investigation of the various technical
approaches. 6 hours lab.
AR 455 ADVANCED GRAPHIC DESIGN 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: AR 218
Stresses advanced techniques in layout and illustration. The student explores ideas, such as
invention of trademarks and how products are created. Layouts are analyzed as to their quality.
Package design is studied. 6 hours lab.
AR 457 ADVANCED PRINTMAKING 3 s.h.
Student elects to study one of printmaking processes in greater depth and works toward
development of own techniques, working processes, and ideas. 6 hours lab.
AR 459 ADVANCED FABRICS 3 S.h.
Provides student with a working knowledge in design and execution of projects in weaving
macrame, and related areas. Other fabric techniques will be available for the students to
explore as desired. 6 hours lab.
AR 460 ADVANCED METALS 3 s.h.
Design and processes associated with art of metal are given greater concentration. The
developing craftsman is encouraged to investigate -in depth, one or more of the metal arts as an
extension of the basic courses. 6 hours lab.
AR 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 1-3 s.h.
AR 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-12 s.h.
AR 485 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.
Service Courses
HE 213 PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN 2 s.h.
Principles of design and color are studied and applied to a crafted object. Major emphasis on
aesthetic quality inherent in designing with materials. 4 hours lab.
EL 213 ART FOR ELEMENTARY GRADES 2 s.h.
Course basic to creative use of art materials and an understanding of development of capaci-
ties of children through art. 1 hour lecture, 2 hours lab.
School of Fine Arts — 141
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
RICHARD S. KNAB, CHAIRPERSON: ADAMS, BACHMANN, BECKER, BIRD,
BORST, CASAVANT, CHA, DeCESARE, DICICCO, DIETZ, FRY, GODT, HULBERT,
INTILI, JOHNSON, KAUFFMAN, LLOYD, LUCHSINGER, MALITSKY, OLM-
STEAD, PERKINS, D. PERLONGO, S. PERLONGO, SARTORI, STANDLEY,
STAPLES, TETI, THORELL, TRIMARCHI, VOUKLIZAS, WEBER, WILDEBOOR.
The Department of Music has a three-fold mission: (1) Professional preparation of
music educators and performers, (2) general education for the University, and (3)
programs of music for the community. Degrees offered include the Bachelor of Arts,
Bachelor of Fine Arts and Bachelor of Science in Music Education.
Admission to the Music Department requires satisfactory completion of an audition
in addition to the University general requirements. Detailed information will be sent to
the applicant upon request.
A student wishing to minor in music must elect a minimum of 15 semester hours in
music courses as approved by the Department Chairperson.
CURRICULUM
The program leading to the Bachelor of Arts in music has been designed to give the
Liberal Arts student a considerable, but not necessarily a professional, experience in
music. Students will expect to gain a broad understanding of the culture in which they
live, and the function of music in that culture. The student seeking this degree has the
choice of four concentrations: Music History/Literature, Music Theory/Composition,
Performance, and Jazz Studies.
The program leading to the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Music (ec^uivalent to the Bachelor
of Music Degree) is a flexible program with a major in one of 19 areas of perform-
ance. The student in this program prepares to pursue a career as a professional
performing musician.
The program leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education with a music major
leads to certification to teach in the schools of Pennsylvania.
Core Program
Requirements for all music majors except students in jazz studies, are:
MU 115, 116, 215, 21 6 Theory I through IV 12 s.h.;MU 111, 112, 211, 212 Theory
Skills I through IV 8 s.h.; MU 301, 302, 303 Music History I through III 9 s.h.
Requirements for Jazz Studies majors are: MU 115, 116Theory I& ll6s.h.;MU 111,
1 12 Theory Skills I & II 4 s.h.; MU 222, 223 Jazz Theory I & II 6 s.h.; MU 213, 214
Jazz Theory Skills I & II 4 s.h.; MU 201 , 202 Jazz History I & II 6 s.h.; MU 303 Music
History III 3 s.h.
Special Requirements
1 . Each student must declare a primary performing medium. Those who elect voice
as their primary instrument normally elect piano as a secondary instrument; those
who elect piano as their primary instrument normally elect voice as their second-
ary instrument. Performance juries are held at the end of each semester Students
142 —Indiana University of Pennsylvania
are expected to complete the requirements for their performing area and level.
Piano proficiency is required in all degree programs.
2. Ensemble participation of five hours a week is required each semester including
the student's primary performing medium.
3. Students must register for MU 475 (Music Lab) and attend (1 ) all Department and
Area recitals, and (2) ten campus recitals and concerts each semester
B.A. IN MUSIC
In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in Music (other
than Jazz Studies) include 22 additional semester hours In music, of which 16
semester hours must be in the concentration selected, as follows:
Music Theory/Composition, 16 s.h.
OR Performance, 16 s.h.
OR
Music History/Literature 16 s.h.
Music Electives 6 s.h.
In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in Music (Jazz
Studies) Include 30 additional semester hours in music as follows:
Applied Music 16 s.h.
MU 224, 225 Jazz Improvisation I & II 6 s.h.
MU 318, 319 Jazz Orchestration I & II 6 s.h.
MU 311 Fundamentals of Conducting 2 s.h.
B.FA. IN MUSIC
In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Music,
which Is a degree In performance, are 44 more semester hours In the following:
Applied Music (major performance medium) 32 s.h.
MU 217, 218 - Keyboard Harmony I and II 2 s.h.
Upper Division Music Electives 10 s.h.
Junior and senior recitals required in the primary instrument
B.S. IN MUSIC EDUCATION
Requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Music Education are as follows:
Music Education 36 s.h.
Class Brass I 1 s.h.
Class Percussion I 1 s.h.
Class Strings I 1 s.h.
Class Woodwinds I 1 s.h.
Class (or private) piano I and II 2 or 4 s.h.
Class Voice I and II 2 s.h.
Fundamentals of Conducting 2 s.h.
School of Fine Arts — 743
Applied Instruction (major instrument) 14 s.h.
Music Electives 10 or 12 s.h.
*Choral Conducting Class Strings II
'Instrumental Conducting Class Woodwinds II
French Diction Music Education Electives
German Diction Music History Elective
Italian Diction Music Theory Electives
Class Brass II Additional Applied Instruction
Class Percussion II Ensembles
'Students must elect one of these courses.
Students pursuing the Bachelor of Science in Music Education must also fulfill the 23
semester hour Professional Education requirement. See section in School of Educa-
tion for a listing of these courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Service Courses
EL 21 1 MUSIC FOR THE ELEMENTARY GRADES 2 s.h.
Geared for elementary education students. Includes basic ideas for understanding, develop-
ment, and confidence for future classroom teachers and their pupils in areas of music educa-
tion.
• MU 101 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC 3 s.h.
Course presumes no technical background, but does utilize the varied musical experiences of
each individual to help extend interest as far as possible. Attendance at various concerts of
college organizations, cultural life events, and visiting artist concerts are required; to augment
listening experiences of students.
MU 102 MUSIC FOR THE NON-MAJOR 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: MU 101 or permission of instructor
A sequel to MU 101 . Course content will vary to cover a wide range of musical interests.
MU 103 PERSPECTIVES IN JAZZ 3 s.h.
Designed to give an overview of the development and contributions of jazz in the American
culture and provide a background for a more intensive and detailed study of jazz for the Jazz
Studies major
MUSIC THEORY COMPOSITION
MU 110 FUNDAMENTALS OF THEORY 3 s.h.
Rudiments of musical materials; harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and basic formal procedures of
the common practice period including pitch reading, interval construction, scales and modes.
MU 1 1 1 THEORY SKILLS I 2 s.h.
Develops aural skills through dictation and interpretation of written music by sight-singing.
Taken in conjunction with Theory I.
MU 112 THEORY SKILLS II 2 s.h.
Continuing development of aural skills, introduction of keyboard skills. Taken in conjunction
with Theory II.
MU 21 1 THEORY SKILLS III 2 s.h.
Further development of aural and keyboard skills. Taken in conjunction with Theory III.
144 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MU 212 THEORY SKILLS IV 2 s.h.
Culmination of development in aural and keyboard skills. Taken in conjunction with Theory IV.
MU213 JAZZ THEORY SKILLS I 2 s.h.
Training in aural, vocal and keyboard skills as they relate to the elements of jazz and improvisa-
tion. A high degree of emphasis is placed on ear training and its use in the transcription of live
and recorded musical examples; and on keyboard skills and its utilization in the development of
an harmonic vocabulary.
MU214 JAZZ THEORY SKILLS II 2 s.h.
A continuation of work begun in Jazz Theory Skills I with emphasis on more advanced aural,
vocal and keyboard skills as they relate to jazz and improvisation.
MU 115 THEORY I 3 S.h.
MU 116 THEORY II 3 S.h.
MU 215 THEORY III 3 S.h.
(Three consecutive semesters.)
Study of compositional devices of 1 8th and 1 9th centuries. Emphasis upon melodic, harmonic,
rhythmic, and formal structures, with occasional reference to contrapuntal implications.
MU 216 THEORY IV 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: MU 115, 116, 215.
Study of compositional devices of latter half of 19th century and first half of 20th century.
MU 217 KEYBOARD HARMONY I 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: Nominal facility at keyboard.
Designed to develop keyboard skills so student may realize and produce in sound basic
harmonic progressions.
MU 218 KEYBOARD HARMONY II 1 S.h.
Prerequisite: MU 217.
Continuation of Keyboard Harmony I, involving chromatic harmony and more complex pro-
gressions.
MU 222 JAZZ THEORY I 3 S.h.
The study of the elements of music, melody harmony rhythm and form, as they are found in
jazz improvisation. Includes an introduction to the fundamentals of jazz improvisation through
aural and written analysis, composition and performance.
MU 223 JAZZ THEORY II 3 s.h.
A continuation of the work begun in Jazz Theory I with emphasis on extending the harmonic,
melodic and rhythmic vocabulary. Includes analysis of differing trends in jazz, imitation of a
variety of styles, and the cultivation of an individualized approach to jazz analysis, composition
and improvisation.
MU 224 JAZZ IMPROVISATION TECHNIQUES I 3 s.h.
A study of the basic materials and practices for improvising or extemporaneous playing.
MU 225 JAZZ IMPROVISATION TECHNIQUES li 3 s.h.
A continuation of the basic materials and practices for improvising or extemporaneous playing.
Makes use of more complicated and involved harmonic progressions utilizing extended choral
harmonies.
MU 304 FORM AND ANALYSIS I 2 S.h.
Prerequisite: MU 216.
Thorough study of smaller forms of music.
School of Fine Arts — 745
MU 305 FORM AND ANALYSIS II 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: MU 304.
Thorough study of larger forms of music.
MU 306 COUNTERPOINT I 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: MU 216.
After study and analysis of style of 16th Century contrapuntal writing, student will do original
writing using techniques and devices of period. As time permits, same approach will be made to
explore style of 17th and 18th Century composers.
MU 307 COUNTERPOINT II 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: MU 306.
Continuation of study analysis, and restricted writing of 17th and 18th Century composers.
Consideration given to free contrapuntal techniques used by later composers.
MU 308 FUGUE AND CANON 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: MU 306.
Application of contrapuntal techniques within these two specific forms through analysis,
assigned exercises, and creative writing.
MU 309 ORCHESTRATION I 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: MU 216.
All instruments of orchestra are studied from viewpoint of their contribution to total sound of
ensemble. Ranges and timbres are considered, as well as actual arranging of selected music.
MU 310 ORCHESTRATION II ^ 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: MU 309.
A continuation of Orchestration I.
MU 315 THEORY V 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: MU 216.
Many of harmonic idioms of past half century are considered, such as: comparative analysis of
dissonance; polytonality, polyrhythms; atonalism and 12-ton system; and microtonalism. Origi-
nal writing in these styles required.
MU 318 JAZZ ORCHESTRATION AND COMPOSITION I 3 s.h.
Work in composition and arranging for instrumental ensembles from trio up to a standard jazz
ensemble including reeds, brass and rhythm section. Study proceeds from harmonization of a
given melody, to a study of voicing and the realization through composition for various
instrumental combinations. Included is a thorough study of instruments and particularly their
use in jazz as expressive vehicles for improvisation.
MU 319 JAZZ ORCHESTRATION AND COMPOSITION II 3 s.h.
Continuation of work in MU 318. Study expands to include strings, full orchestra, band and
choirs, and their utilization in jazz. More emphasis on onginal work in composition and
arranging.
MU 41 1 COMPOSITION I 2 s.h
Prerequisite: MU 216.
Instruction in Composition I is, of necessity, highly individualized. Compositional devices
studied through analysis of works by major composers. Students will write
several original compositions utilizing smaller forms.
MU 412 COMPOSITION II 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: MU 411.
Continuation of Composition I.
MU 413 COMPOSITION III - 2 S.h.
Prerequisite: MU 412.
Students will write several original compositions utilizing larger forms.
146 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MU 414 COMPOSITION IV 2 s.h.
Continuation of Composition III. Outstanding works will be programmed by Universi-
ty performing ensembles.
MU 475 MUSIC LAB 0 s.h.
All music majors must attend 1 0 recitals per semester
Music History and Literature
MU 201 JAZZ HISTORY I 3 s.h.
An in-depth study of the principal movements, schools, performers and peripheral aspects of
American jazz from its origins to the Swing Era of the early 1940s.
MU 202 JAZZ HISTORY II 3 s.h.
A continuation of the study of the principal movements, schools, performers, and peripheral
aspects of American jazz from the Jazz Revolution — BeBop to Free Jazz of the 1970s.
MU 301 MUSIC HISTORY I 3 s.h.
Intensive study of the history and style of Baroque and Classic music. Considerable analytic
listening is required.
MU 302 MUSIC HISTORY II 3 s.h.
Intensive study of the history and style of Romantic and 20th Century music to 1950. Consid-
erable analytic listening is required.
MU 303 MUSIC HISTORY III 3 s.h.
Intensive study of the history and style of Medieval and Renaissance music. Considerable
analytic listening is required.
MU 320 MUSIC OF THE ANCIENT WORLD 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MU 316, 317.
Concentrated study of music from early Greeks up to Middle Ages.
MU 321 MUSIC OF THE MIDDLE AGES 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MU 316, 317
Starting with the Jongleurs, Troubadors, and Trouveres of Early Middle Ages, course deals
with literature of music through English and Burgundian Schools at close of the Middle Ages.
MU 322 RENAISSANCE MUSIC 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MU 316, 317.
Beginning with Ockeghem and ending with Palestrina and his contemporaries, music litera-
ture of this age is carefully and thoroughly studied.
MU 323 THE BAROQUE ERA 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MU 301 , 302.
Extends from Monteverdi through Bach and Handel, and considers vocal and instrumental
forms, styles, and practices of era.
MU 324 EIGHTEENTH CENTURY MUSIC 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MU 301, 302.
Although Mozart and Haydn comprise greater portion of 1 8th Century music, Rococo Period
involves D. Scarlatti and CPE. Bach as well.
MU 325 THE EARLY ROMANTIC PERIOD 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MU 301, 302.
Beethoven, Schubert, Rossini, Weber, Mendelssohn, Berlioz, Schumann, and Chopin are
major composers to be studied in Early Romantic Penod.
MU 326 THE LATE ROMANTIC PERIOD 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: MU 301, 302.
School of Fine Arts — 147
Wagner, Verdi, Glinka, Bruckner, Meyerbeer, Liszt, Gounod, Brahms, Offenbach, Smetana, J.
Strauss, Grieg, Bizet, Moussorgsky, Saint-Saens, Tschaikowsky, Massenet, Franck, Borodin,
Rimski-Korsakoff, Wolf, R. Strauss, Mahler, Faure, Puccini, Dvorak, Mac Dowell, and Elgar
are major composers of this study
MU 351 ITALIAN/ENGLISH DICTION 2 s.h.
MU 353 FRENCH DICTION 2 s.h.
MU 354 GERMAN DICTION 2 s.h.
MU 420 CONTEMPORARY MUSIC 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MU 301, 302.
Beginning with Debussy Ravel and other impressionists, touching on Schoenberg, Stravin-
sky Webern, Honneger, Milhaud, et. al. Contemporary Music ends with today and tomorrow.
Various trends, styles, techniques are noted: judgments are attempted on more experimental
forms; limited predictions of trends are ventured.
MU 421 AMERICAN MUSIC 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: MU 301, 302.
A study of history and literature of music in America from 1 600 to present day
Music Education
MU 31 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF CONDUCTING 2 s.h.
Emphasis placed on fundamental physical skills of conducting process; various beat pat-
terns are mastered, and elementary score reading and interpretation considered.
MU 312 CHORAL CONDUCTING 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: MU 311.
Provides opportunity for student to apply his basic conducting techniques to choral music.
Each student conducts rest of class in many of standard choral works of the literature. In-
cludes survey of suitable literature, organizational problems, voice testing, rehearsal tech-
niques, program building, interpretation, and diction.
MU 313 INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: MU 311.
Provides student opportunity to apply his basic conducting skills to various instrumental
ensembles. Includes survey of suitable literature, organizational problems, audition proce-
dures, rehearsal techniques, program building, and interpretation.
MU 331 ELEMENTARY METHODS 3 s.h.
Includes analytical study of texts, recordings, equipment, instruments, and other materials
suitable to musical development of elementary pupils; proper treatment of child voice; selec-
tion, use, and teaching of rote songs; rhythmic activities and development; music reading;
part singing; planning and organization; guided observations; and evaluation techniques.
MU 332 GUITAR AND RECREATIONAL INSTRUMENTS FOR TODAYS
CLASSROOM 2 s.h.
Designed for classroom teachers and music specialists to utilize several social instruments
in the school setting. Major emphasis on learning to play the guitar accompany singing. Oth-
er fretted instruments, recorder; autoharp and Orff instruments are included.
MU 333 SECONDARY METHODS 3 s.h.
Includes General Music Class, choral organizations, changing voice, techniques of instruc-
tion, including team teaching and programmed learning, high school theory courses, high
school music literature courses, scheduling, administrative problems, curriculum develop-
ment, evaluation of materials and equipment, evaluative techniques, and guided observa-
tion.
748 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MU 334 INSTRUMENTAL METHODS 2 s.h
Treats understandings, techniques, equioment, and materials necessary to develop an effec-
tive instrumental music program in public schools. Demonstrations and laboratory work de-
signed to give student competencies needed to meet successfully various teaching situa-
tions in instrumental music from grades through high school. Guided observations required.
MU 335 MUSIC FOR THE EXCEPTIONAL STUDENT 3 s.h
Develops music education skills, techniques and materials for the emotionally mentally
physically or neurologically handicapped student and the gifted. Designed for students in
music education, special education, and elementary education.
MU 401 CHORAL SCORE READING 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: MU 216, 313.
MU 402 INSTRUMENTAL SCORE READING 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: MU 216, 313.
MU 405 PIANO PEDAGOGY 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: Junior Standing in Piano, and a piano major or minor.
Survey of current and significant past developments in teaching of piano, both privately and
in small and large classes. The various piano methods are analyzed, compared, criticized,
and adapted to each individual's use.
MU 406 VOICE PEDAGOGY 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: A voice major or minor, and permission of the instructor.
Survey of current and past development in teaching of voice, both privately and in small and
large classes. The various vocal methods are analyzed, compared, criticized, and adapted
to each individual's use.
MU 407 MASTER CLASS IN ORGAN 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: For organ majors only, with instructor's permission.
From time to time the organ instructor will accept from four to eight organ majors for this
course. Every student observes every other student's instruction, and various techniques of
teaching organ are demonstrated.
MU 408 MARCHING BAND TECHNIQUES 2 s.h.
Considers building a band show; alignment of ranks and files; development of a standard
pace of 5 to 5 and 8 to 5; selection of music; instrumentation; techniques of developing mo-
rale; and fundamentals of uniform design.
ED 421 STUDENT TEACHING 6 s.h.
Expenence in teaching music at the elementary level; coordination and visitation by a Uni-
versity faculty member with daily supervision by a cooperating classroom teacher.
ED 441 STUDENT TEACHING 6 s.h.
Experience in teaching music at the secondary level; coordination and visitation by a Uni-
versity faculty member with daily supervision by a cooperating classroom teacher.
ED 442 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM 2 s.h.
An experience which parallels the student teaching and which includes such activities as
professional readings, discussions, observations and the accumulation and organization of
teaching materials, along with the study of Pennsylvania School Law.
MU 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-6 s.h.
Opportunity to pursue special interests beyond the scope of regular class offerings. Permis-
sion of instructor and approval of department chairperson are required.
MU 485 INTERNSHIP IN MUSIC 1-6 s.h.
Designed for music majors who wish to receive practical experience working with people in
music or in areas related to music.
School of Fine Arts — 149
Class Instruction
The following courses are designed to acquaint the student with basic skills in
each particular area.
MU 151 Class Voice I 1 s.h.
MU 152 Class Voice II 1 s.h.
MU 153 Class Piano I 1 s.h.
MU 154 Class Piano II 1 s.h.
MU 155 Class Strings I 1 s.h.
MU 156 Class Strings II 1 s.h.
MU 157 Class Percussion I 1 s.h.
MU 158 Class Percussion II 1 s.h.
MU 159 Class Brass I 1 s.h.
MU 160 Class Brass II 1 s.h.
MU 161 Class Woodwinds I 1 s.h.
MU 162 Class Woodwinds II 1 s.h.
MU 351 Italian/English Diction 2 s.h.
MU 353 French Diction 2 s.h.
MU 354 German Diction 2 s.h.
APPLIED MUSIC
Private Instruction
Private instruction is available in the following performance areas:
Piano Viola Flute Bassoon Tuba
Organ Cello Clarinet Trumpet Percussion
Voice String Bass Oboe Guitar Trombone
Violin Saxophone French Horn Baritone Horn
Ensembles
Each ensemble is elected for one semester hour
MU 120 Brass Ensemble MU 129 University Symphony Orchestra
MU 121 Chamber Ensembles MU 130 String Ensemble
MU 122 University Chorale MU 131 University Wind Ensemble
MU 123 Symphony Band MU 132 Womens Chorus
MU 124 Glee Club MU 133 Woodwind Ensemble
MU 125 Marching Band MU 134 Oratorio Chorus
MU 126 Music Theater MU 135 Jazz Ensemble
MU 127 Percussion Ensemble
MU 128 University Chamber Orchestra
DEPARTMENT OF THEATER
DONALD G. EISEN, CHAIRPERSON: BOWES, LOCKROW, MORELAND
The Department of Theater has four major missions: to train students pursuing a
career in theater; to offer theater courses for all students as part of a liberal and
humanistic education; to offer students an enriched educational experience by
participation in theatrical production; and to enrich the cultural life of the university
and the community with theatrical productions.
To fulfill these missions the Theater Department offers courses in the cultural val-
ues of theater and in more specialized technical and performance areas of pro-
750 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
duction. Students may participate in both faculty directed and student directed pro-
ductions. In addition, the Theater Department offers a summer season in which
students may particpate by enrollment in our summer theater workshop.
The Theater Department offers a Bachelor of Arts and a Bachelor of Fine Arts de-
gree as well as a Minor in Theater Students may take the option of a General Fine
Arts Degree (theater, music and art) through the School of Fine Arts. Those wish-
ing to teach theater in the secondary schools may enroll in Communications Edu-
cation with a concentration in Theater, which leads to a Bachelor of Science in Ed-
ucation and certification.
The Bachelor of Arts in Theater provides a broad, liberal education along with a
major in Theater B.A. students must complete a core program of 30 semester
hours of basic theater courses in fundamentals, history acting, directing, design
and technical theater B.A. students have 42 semester hours of free elective
which, with their advisers, they may fashion into a program tailored to their indivi-
dual needs and interests.
The Bachelor of Fine Arts in Theater provides intensive training in preparation for
a career in theater The B.FA. student takes a core of 36 semester hours in basic
theater courses in fundamentals, acting, directing, history, design, technical thea-
ter as well as production work. In addition, the B.FA. student elects a 30 semester
hour concentrate in any one of three areas: (a) directing/criticism, (b) performance
or (c) design/technical theater Each concentrate area is interdisciplinary consist-
ing of courses in related fields of dramatic literature, art, dance, music, clothing
and interior design, as well as of numerous additional offerings in theater
A minor in Theater consists of 15 semester hours in courses approved by the
chairperson of the Department of Theater.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
TH 101 INTRODUCTION TO THEATER 3 s.h.
An exploration of various theater arts, examining major periods of theater history, selected
works of dramatic literature, and essential theater arts of acting, directing, design and tech-
nical theater The goal is to make more understanding and appreciative audiences of stu-
dents enrolled.
TH 1 10 FUNDAMENTALS OF THEATER 3 s.h.
An introductory level course for theater majors and other serious students of theater, exam-
ining the principle theater arts, including acting, directing, designing, lighting, costuming,
makeup and other aspects of stagecraft and production.
TH 120 STAGECRAFT 3 s.h.
Students not only study but gain practical work experience in all aspects of backstage tech-
nical arts and crafts, including lighting, set construction, painting, etc.
TH 122 COSTUME WORKSHOP 3 s.h.
Instruction and practical experience in the process of building costumes for the stage. Activ-
ities include fitting, cutting, sewing, dying and painting. There is also instruction in the main-
tenance of wardrobe, costume stock, materials and properties.
TH 130 MOVEMENT AND PANTOMIME 3 s.h.
Extensive instruction in stage movement and pantomime as a means of developing physical
acting expertise. Included will be work in improvizational pantomime, stage combat, basic
commedia technique and character movement, designed to train the actor in basic bodily
expression.
School of Fine Arts — 757
TH 131 STAGE VOICE 3 s.h.
Develops the vocal instrument of the actor in perfornnance. Utilizing the Lessac system, the
student should, through work in articulation, intensity and tonal control, expand vocal capac-
ity Study in specialized or stylized language, such as Elizabethan, will also be emphasized.
TH 201 THEATER HISTORY I 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: TH 101 or TH 110
A comprehensive survey of theory and history of theater and drama from Greek Classical
period through English Renaissance period.
TH 202 THEATER HISTORY II 3 s.h.
(Prerequisite: TH 101 or TH 110)
A comprehensive survey of theory and history of theater and drama from English Restoration
and Continental 17th Century through Modern/Contemporary period.
TH 220 SCENE DESIGN 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: TH 120
Introduction to action-documentation approach to scene design and to conventional tech-
niques of graphic communication (i.e.,: orthographic, isometric, and perspective projection)
used by the professional designer
TH 221 STAGE LIGHTING 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: TH 120
Covers lighting instruments, color media, control boards, physical laws of electricity and optics,
graphical techniques (i.e., : light plot, instrument schedule, hook-up chart, Q sheet) and conven-
tional techniques used in lighting dramatic productions in a proscenium theater
TH 222 COSTUME DESIGN 3 s.h.
Covers design and execution of stage costumes with emphasis to show how mood and illusion
can be created through proper selection of style, color, and texture, supplemented by an
overview of stage costuming.
TH 223 MAKE-UP FOR THE STAGE 3 s.h.
Deals with practical application of straight and character make-up, and may include instruction
in creating beards, wigs, prosthetics, and masks.
TH 224 STAGE PROPERTIES AND SET DECORATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: TH 120
Briefly covers development of interior decoration design and construction of stage furniture,
and theory and techniques of set dressing.
TH 230 ACTING I 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Either TH 101 or TH 110 or permission
Investigates various major theories of acting and provides practice in short scene work.
TH 240 DIRECTING I 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Either TH 101 or TH 110 or permission
Introduces basic skill of the director including script analysis, developing a groundplan, sched-
uling and conducting rehearsals, blocking, stage business, etc. Students prepare short scenes
for presentation.
TH 250 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 3 s.h.
A course employing improvisation, theater games and other workshop techniques to explore
theatrical creation beyond working from a prepared script and the application of such theatrical
techniques to classroom situations in elementary and secondary education.
Seminars in Theater provide students with opportunities to examine theater history
beyond TH 201 and 202. Special topic material chosen by students with the profes-
sor's approval will be researched and discussed with their professor and with their
752 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
colleagues in a seminar atmosphere. Course structure will be at the discretion of the
professor
TH 301 SEMINAR IN GREEK AND ROMAN THEATER 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: TH 201
TH 302 SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE THEATER 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: TH 201
TH 303 SEMINAR IN 17TH AND 19TH CENTURY THEATER 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: TH 202
TH 304 SEMINAR IN CONTEMPORARY MODERN THEATER 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: TH 202
TH 310 THEATER CRITICISM 3 s.h.
A study of the theory and criticism and of the discrete functions of chtic and reviewer. Students
see live performances and practice writing tx)th reviews and criticism.
TH 320 ADVANCED SCENE DESIGN 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: TH 220
A study of theatrical problems involved in production of multi- set dramas, operas and musical
comedies.
TH 321 ADVANCED STAGE LIGHTING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: TH 221
An introduction to the conventional lighting techniques used in dance, opera, and musical
comedy; and study of lighting problems encountered in non-proscenium theaters.
TH 330 ACTING II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: TH 230
Advanced study and practice of acting skills with special emphasis on acting styles and
historical periods. Students prepare short scenes and audition pieces for presentation.
TH 340 DIRECTING II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: TH 240
Building on skills acquired in Directing I, students practice scene work for nuances in subtextual
interpretation, stage movement, dramatic rhythms, unifying images, stage business and timing.
Each students work culminates with the presentation of a complete one act play.
TH 350 CHILDREN'S THEATER 3 s.h.
By permission
Theoretically course consists of examining scripts for childrenfs theater, compiling a bibliogra-
phy of materials, implications of productions for or with children and participatory children's
theater Practically the class becomes a production company selects or creates a playscript,
mounts a production, performs it for children, and evaluates the experience.
TH 360 ADVANCED PRODUCTION WORKSHOP 9 s.h.
Prerequisites: TH 120, 220, 221
Extensive experience in design, technical theater or performance with the Summer Theater
Workshop. For advanced students only
TH 380 PLAYWRIGHTING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission
Provides students with an informal workshop environment for writing short scenes and for
analyzing each other's work. Course culminates in the writing of a one-act play suitable for
production.
TH 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-6 S.h.
Prerequisite: by permission
School of Fine Arts — 753
Independent study in theater may be either purely academic or may be a practical production
project, supported by a written document giving evidence of significant scholarly investigation
or original, creative effort. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits.
TH 485 STUDIO THEATER 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission
Performance-oriented course with class members working intensively on the creation of a
full-length theater production as an ensemble. Includes, in addition to actors, directors, design-
ers and technical staff. Leads to a public performance. May be repeated once.
TH 486 PRACTICUM IN PRODUCTION 1-6 s.h.
Prerequisite: by permission
An opportunity with academic credit for students to make significant contnbutions to campus
productions augmenting theater course work in the areas of assistant directing or directing,
stage management, technical direction, sound design, lighting, costuming, scene design,
properties and set decoration, scene building and painting and make-up design. May be
repeated.
TH 488 SUMMER THEATER WORKSHOP 3-9 s.h.
A theater practicum offering experience in all major aspects of production by combining class
work with participation in Theater-by-the-Grove, lUPs repertory theater Offered in Pre and Main
sessions.
The Graduate School — 755
The Graduate School
Jerry T. Ice, Acting Dean
Indiana University of Pennsylvania offers programs leading to master's and doc-
toral degrees. The primary purposes of lUP graduate programs are to encourage
excellence in scholarship, to provide for depth in the students special field, and to
stimulate enthusiasm for continued cultural, intellectual, and professional growth.
Graduate credit is issued to students who have been admitted to The School and
who are registered in graduate courses (those numbered 500 or above).
Graduate programs and courses are listed in The Graduate School Bulletin, which
may be obtained from the Dean of The Graduate School.
School of Health Services —157
The School of Health
Services
John Cheilman, Dean
Stephen E. Gray, Associate Dean
The School of Health Services provides an opportunity to educate personnel needed
in various health disciplines. The School offers professional curricula leading to
appropriate baccalaureate degrees for men and wonnen in health and physical
education; respiratory therapy; medical technology; nursing; and safety manage-
ment. I UP is affiliated with approved schools and hospitals for specialized training in
these programs of allied health and nursing.
At present, the School of Health Services includes five departments:
1 . Allied Health Professions
2. Athletic
3. Health and Physical Education
4. Nursing
5. Safety Sciences
In addition, the School of Health Services offers advisement for students desiring to
pursue graduate work in Health Care Administration.
158 —Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JEFFERSON MEDICAL COLLEGE - lUP
PHYSICIAN SHORTAGE AREA PROGRAM
A cooperative Family Medicine Physician Education Program has been established
by lUP and Jefferson Medical College of Thomas Jefferson University in Philadel-
phia for the purpose of improving the distribution of physicians in Pennsylvania. The
program is designed to increase the opportunities for young women and men to
practice family medicine in the rural communities of Pennsylvania where there is a
shortage of physicians.
The program at Jefferson Medical College will admit approximately 12 graduates of
lUP and 1 2 graduates of other colleges each year. Students from lUP will be admitted
only if properly qualified according to the admission standards and policies of
Jefferson Medical College. Applications are reviewed by the Joint lUP-Jefferson
Subcommittee and recommendations made to the Jefferson Committee on Admis-
sions.
Requirements for Admission to Jefferson IVIeclical College
Students may choose from a variety of major fields of study during their four years at
lUP Regardless of the major field of study the following course work must be
included:
lUP
*General Biology or Zoology 1 year 8 s.h.
*Physics 1 year 8 s.h.
*lnorganic Chemistry 1 year 8 s.h.
*Organic Chemistry 1 year 8 s.h.
*AII courses include laboratory
In addition to the minimum course requirements, the prospective medical student is
advised to complete such courses as: physical chemistry quantitative analysis,
comparative vertebrate anatomy genetics, animal developmental biology calculus,
psychology sociology and philosophy Although these courses are not required for
admission to Jefferson Medical College, they are recommended in order that stu-
dents have an adequate professional, social and ethical background for the study of
medicine. Afterfour years of study at lUR students will qualify for the Bachelor of
Science degree with a major in biology chemistry, or other curricula if preferred.
Students who qualify for the Physician Shortage Area Program (PSAP) must certify
their intentions to adhere to the following plan of education and practice: (a) com-
plete the family medicine curriculum during their four years of medical education at
Jefferson Medical College, including a six week clerkship in a rural area; (b) com-
plete a three year family medicine residency; and (c) agree to practice family
medicine in an underserved area. Preference will be given to Pennsylvania residents
who are interested in this program, with highest priority given to those who actually
live, at the time of application, in the underserved area in which they hope to practice.
Students who are accepted for admission to Jefferson Medical College, in this
program, will be considered for financial aid with forgiveness features based upon
the years of medical service they provide in areas identified as lacking adequate
medical care.
School of Health Services — 159
Admission to lUP
Applicants to lUP should:
1 ) be a graduate of an accredited four-year high school, with a
concentration of high school credits in the areas of science
and mathematics.
2) apply for admission to I UP and submit all supporting do-
cuments as required (applicants may apply beginning July 1
after completing the third year of high school).
3) achieve a score on the College Entrance Examination
Board (CEEB) tests or the American College Testing
(ACT) program that indicates their ability to successfully
compete for admission to a medical school.
4) agree to complete more than the minimal science require-
ments and to complete the minimal requirements by the end
of the third year
Prior to making application to Jefferson Medical College, applicants should:
1 ) maintain an overall high academic average especially in the
natural science areas.
2) achieve at a high level on the Medical College Admission
Test (MCAT).
3) possess high personal standards of behavior expected of a
physician.
4) have a mature understanding and be motivated toward the
practice of medicine.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS — HEALTH CARE
ADMINISTRATION
Today thirty-eight universities in the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico offer
graduate degrees in health and hospital administration. A baccalaureate degree
from an accredited college or university is the primary prerequisite for admission.
Graduate programs leading to the master's degree in health and hospital administra-
tion consist of one to two years of full-time academic study and may include a period
of up to one year of administrative residency in a hospital or other health-related
organization under the preceptorship of an administrator Courses in hospital admin-
istration remain the foundation of the curhcula. For further information, contact Dr.
Stephen Gray, Zink Hall, Room 202 A.
760 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONS DEPARTMENT
ALLAN T. ANDREW, CHAIRPERSON
RESPIRATORY THERAPY
Respiratory Therapists assist physicians in the care of patients who have respiratory
system problems or illness that relates to breathing. Their assistance includes
administering gaseous drugs and executing therapeutic procedures. Included are
the operation and maintenance of specialized equipment.
The program leads to the degree, Bachelor of Science in Respiratory Therapy
Presented jointly by Indiana University of Pennsylvania and The Western Pennsyl-
vania Hospital (Pittsburgh), the program offers intensive theoretical and applied
knowledge to produce highly-skilled graduates who are prepared to enter the profes-
sion as therapists or instructors.
Two academic years of University studies, followed by two academic years of
hospital studies and clinical practice constitute the program. Incoming students must
maintain a QPA of 2.0 in Natural Sciences and Mathematics to qualify for admission
into the clinical years in Respiratory Therapy While at the University, students are
required to complete the following courses or approved substitutes, which give a total
of 64 credits:
Biology
Bl 105 Cell Biology 4 s.h.
Bl 150 Vertebrate Anatomy 3 s.h.
Bl 151 Human Physiology 3 s.h.
Bl 241 General Microbiology 3 s.h.
Chemistry
CH 101-102 College Chemistry I & II 8 s.h.
Health and Physical Education
*HP Two activity courses 2 s.h.
Humanities
AH 101 Introduction to Art 3 s.h.
or
TH 101 Introduction to Theater 3 s.h.
or
MU 101 Introduction to Music 3 s.h.
EN 101,102
&201 English I, II, & III 10 s.h.
Approved Elective 3 s.h.
*0r ROTC Option
Social Sciences
Approved Electives 12 s.h.
Other
EP 302 Ed. Psychology 3 s.h.
or
School of Health Services —161
CM 301 A-V Education 3 s.h.
MA 101 Foundations of Math 3 s.h.
BA 201 Personnel Management 3 s.h.
PY 151 Medical Physics Lecture 3 s.h.
PY 151 Medical Physics Lab 1 s.h.
In addition to clinical practice each semester during the junior and senior years and
research projects during the senior year, students, while at the hospital, study the
following subjects:
AL 327 Pharmacology 3 s.h.
AL 328 Intro, to Respiratory Therapy 4 s.h.
AL 329 Respiratory Therapy Instrumentation 4 s.h.
AL 330 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation 2 s.h.
AL 334 Instrumentation and Application 4 s.h.
AL 335 Nursing Arts 3 s.h.
AL 336 Cardiopulmonary Evaluation & Clinical
Correlation 4 s.h.
AL 427 Applied Pulmonary Physiology 4 s.h.
AL 428 Ethics and Administration 2 s.h.
AL 429 Respiratory Therapy Facility Design &
Function 4 s.h.
AL 434 Pediatrics and Selected Topics 3 s.h.
AL 436 Respiratory Therapy Teaching 3 s.h.
AL 326,333
426,437 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Practice 22 s.h.
Sixty-two credits are awarded for clinical studies.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Medical Technologists are highly-skilled members of the medical care team. They
perform a wide range of tests and studies, whose results aid physicians in diagnosis
and treatment. The program of studies presented jointly by Indiana University and
approved hospitals prepares students to enter the profession.
Upon completion of the four-year program, the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Medical Technology is granted. The first three years are devoted to University
studies. The University-wide General Education obligations may be varied by elec-
tion of three semester hours in Humanities and 1 2 semester hours in Social Science.
Required are at least 1 6 semester hours in Biology, 24 semester hours in Chemistry,
a course in Mathematics, and two semesters of Physics, as follows:
Mathematics
MA 110 Elementary Functions or higher level 3 s.h
substitute
Chemistry
CH 111-112 General Chemistry 1 and II
8 s.h
CH 231-232 Organic Chemistry 1 and II
8 s.h,
CH 323 Analytical Methods
4 s.h
CH 351 Biochemistry
4 s.h
762 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Biology
Physics
Bl 105 Cell Biology 4 s.h.
Bl 120 Animal Biology 5 s.h.
Bl 361 Microbiology 3 s.h.
Biology Electives 6-9 s.h.
PY 111-112 Physics I and II, including laboratory 8 s.h.
NOTE: Biology courses frequently elected:
Bl 476 Parasitology 3 s.h.
Bl 360 Medical Mycology 3 s.h.
Bl 352 Comparative Animal Physiology 3 s.h.
Bl 445 Microtechnique 3 s.h.
Bl 263 Genetics 3 s.h.
Bl 461 General Physiology 3 s.h.
Following the three academic years of University work, each student devotes 1 2
months to studies at an approved hospital School of Medical Technology to which
she/he gains admission on a competitive basis. I UP maintains short-and long-term
affiliations with selected hospital schools.
The Department provides student counseling and maintains liaison with hospital
schools. However, since not all students are equally successful in academic studies
and since the hospital schools select and admit the students to their programs using
various criteria, lUP cannot guarantee admission to hospital school studies (also
known as the clinical year).
Thirty-two semester hours are earned at the hospital School of Medical Technology
In addition to integrated clinical practice, the following subjects are typically studied:
Unnalysis Cytology
Hematology and Coagulation Bacteriology
Radio-Isotopes Parasitology and Mycology
Clinical Chemistry and Toxicology Serology
Blood Bank Virology
Histology
Upon completion of college and clinical training, the students are eligible to sit for
one of the registry examinations. Successful passage of the examination certifies
the student as a registered medical technologist, signifying that he/she is a profes-
sionally qualified laboratory technologist.
ATHLETIC DEPARTMENT
HERMAN L. SLEDZIK, DIRECTOR: BECK, BLACKSMITH, CAMPISANO, CELT-
NIEKS, CHAKOX DAVIS, DOUGHERTY, FRY GODLASKY GROVE, HORNFECK,
JOHNSON, JUART, LISCINSKY MOORE, NEEPER, PANAIA, SLONIGER, SUT-
TON, WATSON
RUTH PODBIELSKI, ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR: BARTHELEMY BUCKLEY
CLARK, ELTZ, MONTGOMERY MURTHA, SULLINGER.
School of Health Services — 163
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
D. SHELBY BRIGHTWELL, CHAIRPERSON: AIERSTOCK, BARTHELEMY,
BECK, BLACKSMITH, CELTNIEKS, CLARK, DAKAK, DAVIS, DICKIE, ELTZ,
GODLASKY, GROVE, HORNFECK, JOHNSON, KAYLOR, KORAB, LEPLEY,
LISCINSKY LOMMOCK, MILEFF- MILL, MONTOGOMERY, MOORE, NEAL,
PODBIELSKI, SLEDZIK, SLONIGER, SUTTON, TUCKER, WATSON.
The Department of Health and Physical Education provides the following services in
the University program: (1) instruction in health and various physical activities is
provided thus serving part of the University's General Education requirement and
leadership in a wide-ranging recreational program is supplied; (2) the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Education is offered with a major in Health and Physical
Education; and (3) Certification in Education for Safe Living is made available.
CURRICULA
Required Program
University students not in the ROTC program are required to complete two semester
hours of physical education and two semester hours in HP 101, Personal and
Community Health. Any two activity courses offered for General Education physical
education credit may be elected to fulfill the physical education requirement. (Veter-
ans are given four semester hours toward the above requirement. Verification of
service must be established.) All such courses are coeducational. In addition, a few
select courses for men and women are offered.
The requirement may be altered after consultation with the Chairperson of the Health
and Physical Education Department, who will act upon the recommendation of the
family physician and/or University physician and the Dean, School of Health Serv-
ices.
B.S. in Education (Health and Physical Education)
Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in
Health and Physical Education include the University's General Education require-
ment. Professional Education requirements, and the Health and Physical Education
core requirement (36 semester hours). Upon completion of the degree program, the
student is qualified for an Instructional I Certificate in Health and Physical Education,
issued by the Pennsylvania Department of Education in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania.
This certificate is valid for teaching health and physical education in grades K
through 1 2 for three years in the public schools of Pennsylvania. Major students may
utilize free electives to specialize in the areas of adaptives, athletic coaching,
aquatics, dance, elementary or health.
Candidates for the degree program in Health and Physical Education must demon-
strate acceptable cognitive and psychomotor qualifications, as well as desirable
character and personality traits. The professional program seeks to foster those
qualities of individual character and competence that are inherent in personal and
professional maturity These competencies are evaluated at the end of the sopho-
more year. The student is either granted Advanced Standing in the Department or
164 —Indiana University of Pennsylvania
restricted in scheduling advanced courses for not less than one probationary semes-
ter Continuation in the major program is based upon attainment of department
Advanced Standing.
GENERAL EDUCATION — See catalog under General Education
PROFESSIONAL THEORY — Major students in Health and Physical Education
must earn 26 semester hours in the following courses: HP 1 42; HP 221 ; HP 246; HP
325; HP 344; HP 345; HP 426; HP 441 ; HP 442.
PROFESSIONAL TECHNIQUES — Students are required 1 0 semester hours from
among the following courses: HP 200-208; HP 263; HP 300-307. (Two laboratory
hours and one lecture hour per week) One-half (.5) semester hour courses meet for
one-half of the semester only
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION —The following are required: EP 302; FE 302; HP
242; HP 318; HP 321; HP 341; ED 421; ED 441; ED 442.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Meeting the General Education Requirement
HP 101 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH 2 s.h.
Understanding scientific approach to personal health and development of desirable attitudes
and practices in all areas of personal health constitute major part of the course. Cause,
prevention, and control of various diseases are also considered.
(2 lecture hrs.)
Co-Educational General Education Activity Courses
Unless otherwise noted, the following courses provide opportunities for the learning
of basic fundamentals and techniques of the activities. Specific courses may be
offered in the fall, spring, or both semesters. (Two lab hours per week.)
HP 110 BEGINNING SWIMMING 1 s.h.
HP 111 ARCHERY-DANCE 1 s.h.
HP 1 1 2 ARCHERY-FENCING 1 s.h.
HP 113 ARCHERY/INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING 1 s.h.
HP 1 14 BADMINTON-FENCING 1 s.h.
HP 115 BADMINTON-INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING 1 s.h.
HP 116 BADMINTON-VOLLEYBALL 1 s.h.
HP 117 INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING 2 s.h.
HP 118 FITNESS- VOLLEYBALL 1 s.h.
HP 119 GOLF-BOWLING 1 s.h.
HP 120 TENNIS-INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING 1 s.h.
HP 121 INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING-VOLLEYBALL 1 s.h.
HP 122 CONTEMPORARY (MODERN) DANCE I 1 s.h.
HP 123 FOLK AND SQUARE DANCE 1 S.h.
HP 124 TUMBLING 1 s.h.
HP 126 RESISTIVE EXERCISES 1 s.h.
HP 127 FENCING 1 s.h.
HP 128 GOLF 1 s.h.
HP 129 BADMINTONATENNIS 1 s.h.
HP 133 FOLK AND SQUARE DANCE II 1 s.h.
HP 134 BOWLING 1 s.h.
HP 137 GYMNASTICS 1 S.h.
School of Health Services — 765
HP 144 RHYTHMS AND MOVEMENT (Music major only) ( s.h.
HP 145 TENNIS 1 s.h.
HP 146 CONTEMPORARY DANCE II 1 S.h.
HP 147 TENNIS/FENCING 1 S.h.
•HP 261 WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTOR
(Prerequisites: departmental consent and lifesaving certification.) 1 s.h.
*HP 262 SCUBA
(Prerequisites: fee, departmental consent, HP 265) 1 s.h.
*HP 265 LIFEGUARDING
(Prerequisites: departmental consent, and advanced swimmer) 1 s.h.
*HP 266 BASIC SMALL CRAFT
(Prerequisite: intermediate swimmer) 1 s.h.
HP 349 DANCE FlEPERTOIRE I 1 s.h.
HP 350 DANCE REPERTOIRE II 1 s.h.
"These courses are also included in the annual Aquatic School offered each summer They
require the prerequisite courses listed beside them.
Health and Physical Education Majors
HP 142 FOUNDATIONS OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 3 s.h.
AND RECREATION
Scientific principles, philosophical considerations, and career opportunities in professions of
health, physical education, and recreation. (3 lecture hrs.)
HP 200 FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITY 1 s.h.
Identification of problem areas in basic neuromuscular activities with subsequent prescriptive
programs on an individual basis; presentation of circuit and interval training programs; weight
training, and isometrics.
HP 201 ARCHERY/BADMINTON/BOWLING 1 s.h.
Skill progressions and analyses, in combination with opportunity to progress individually in skill
competency in each activity Methods and materials emphasized.
HP 202 BASEBALL .5 s.h.
Basic skills, position play and team participation in baseball. Baseball theory and strategy
HP 203 BASKETBALL .5 s.h.
Team tactics, drill patterns, conditioning programs, and teaching/coaching methods.
HP 204 FIELD HOCKEY .5 s.h.
Skill progressions and analyses, in combination with opportunity to progress individually in skill
competency Methods and materials emphasized.
HP 205 RHYTHMS AND MOVEMENT 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 200
Development of basic movement techniques through rhythmic experiences, knowledge of
music notation and terminology and methods in creative presentation.
HP 206 SOFTBALL .5 s.h.
Skill progressions and analyses, in combination with opportunity to progress individually in skill
competency Methods and materials emphasized.
HP 207 TENNIS .5 S.h.
Skill progressions and analyses, in combination with opportunity to progress individually in skill
competency Methods and materials emphasized.
HP 208 SOCCER .5 s.h.
Team tactics, drill patterns, teaching and coaching techniques.
766 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
HP 221 HUMAN STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION 3 s.h.
Anatomical organization of human body, surveyed in sufficient depth to prepare students for
physiology, biomechanics, and adaptive physical education. (3 lecture hrs.)
HP 242 EMERGENCY HEALTH CARE 1 s.h.
American Red Cross Standard, Advanced and instructor's certification, and Multi-media In-
structor's certification awarded upon successful completion of this course. ( 1 lecture, 2 lab
hours).
HP 246 BIOMECHANICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 221
Study of the relationship between mechanical and physical principals and human movement. 3
lecture hours.
HP 263 AQUATICS 1 s.h.
Basic performance techniques in swimming strokes presented with special emphasis on
teaching methodology aquatic sports and games, water safety skin diving, springboard diving
and other aquatic activities.
HP 264 ADVANCED AQUATICS 1 S.h.
Swimming and rescue skills necessary to complete American Red Cross Senior Lifesaving
Course. Emphasis placed upon a broad range of other aquatic experiences and teaching
strategies.
HP 265 LIFEGUARDING 1 s.h.
Prerequisites: departmental consent and advanced swimmer
Designed for professional lifeguards. Includes lifeguarding techniques for pools, fresh and salt
water beaches. Red Cross certification (Pittsburgh Division) granted upon satisfactory comple-
tion of course requirements. (2 laboratory hours).
HP 300 FOLK AND SQUARE DANCE .5 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 205
Skill progressions and analyses, in combination with opportunity to progress individually in skill
competency in each activity. The role of folk and square dance in the physical education
programs of all levels considered. Emphasis on methods and materials.
HP 301 MODERN DANCE .5 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 205
Basic course in the dance, introducing student to experiences in development of dance as
creative art and an educational medium.
HP 302 GYMNASTICS 1 S.h.
Prerequisite: HP 205
Conditioning exercises, participation in all phases of gymnastics, including tumbling, and the
coaching of the sport.
HP 303 FOOTBALL .5 s.h.
Fundamentals of position play, patterns of offense and defense, individual skills, and team
organization in football.
HP 304 GOLF .5 s.h.
Skill progressions and analyses, in combination with opportunity to progress individually in skill
competency Methods and materials emphasized.
HP 305 TRACK AND FIELD .5 S.h.
Basic movement patterns of running, jumping, and throwing; various training programs of track
and field; rules and regulations. The student's abilities and skills are developed in order that
they may be better able to teach and/or coach track and field.
School of Health Services —167
HP 306 VOLLEYBALL .5 s.h.
Skill progressions and analyses, in combination with opportunity to progress individually in skill
competency Methods and materials emphasized.
HP 307 WRESTLING .5 s.h.
Basic skills, moves and holds used in college and high school wrestling.
HP 31 1 ADVANCED FIELD HOCKEY/VOLLEYBALL 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: HP 204, 306
Advanced techniques and game strategy with opportunites for individual skill progession.
Methods and materials are presented from aspect of coaching responsibilities in these activi-
ties. (1 lecture & 2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 312 ADVANCED BASKETBALL7S0FTBALL 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: HP 203, 206
Advanced techniques and game strategy with opportunites for individual skill progression.
Methods and materials are presented from aspect of coaching responsibilities in these activi-
ties. (1 lecture & 2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 314 ADVANCED MODERN DANCE 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Previous dance course or department acceptance of experience.
Advanced techniques of performance and choreography Theory and composition form an
integral part of course content. (1 lecture & 2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 316 VOLLEYBALL OFFICIATING 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 306
Officiating techniques and responsibilities in volleyball. Opportunities for officiating experience
and qualification for professional ratings. (1 lecture & 2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 317 BASKETBALL OFFICIATING 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 203
Officiating techniques and responsibilities in basketball. Opportunities for officiating experi-
ence and qualification for professional ratings. (1 lecture & 2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 318 PRE-PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE I 1 s.h.
Students teach as assistants to a faculty member in two different activities in physical education
(general education). Emphasis on unit development, class management, leadership skills, and
evaluation. (3 latKDratory hrs.)
HP 319-1 PRE-PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE II 1 s.h.
Prerequisites: HP 318, Advanced standing. Departmental approval
Students may request an assisting/teaching/leadership assignment in certain University relat-
ed areas that may be either instructional or non-instructional in nature. Examples of such
professional areas are adaptives, recreation, dance, coaching, aquatics, intramurals, adminis-
tration, elementary, service or major classes, club activities, assisting in laboratories, or the
training room. (3 laboratory hours).
HP 319-2 PRE-PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE II 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: HP 318, Advanced Standing, Departmental Approval
Same as atx)ve. (6 laboratory hours).
HP 319-3 PRE-PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE III 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: HP 318, Advanced Standing, Departmental Approval
Same as above. (9 laboratory hours).
HP 321 METHODS IN ELEMENTARY PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Study and application of theories of movement, self-testing activities, rhythms, relays, games,
gymnastics suitable for elementary school child. Observation, materials and methods of
teaching and opportunities for intern teaching provided. (3 lecture hrs.)
768 —Indiana University of Pennsylvania
HP 322 DANCE PRODUCTION 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: HP 122 or HP 301
Advanced course in contemporary dance technique and composition; studio productions with
staging, lighting, costuming, and make-up as student responsibilities. (3 lecture hrs.)
HP 325 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAMS 3 S.h.
Organization of school health programs, relationships, and utilization of community resources.
(3 lecture hours).
HP 333 PSYCHOLOGY OF COACHING 2 s.h.
The goals of athletics in schools and communities; principles and responsibilities of the coach;
current problems. (2 lecture hrs.)
HP 334 SPORTS OFFICIATING 1 S.h.
Techniques of officiating and rules interpretation. Practice in actual officiating required in
several varsity sports. (1 lecture & 2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 336 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF RECREATION 2 s.h.
History, theory, and philosophy of recreation; importance of play in modern world, trends in
recreation, problems encountered in organizing community school programs and phnciples of
leadership. (2 lecture hrs.)
HP 341 EVALUATION IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Evaluation theory, instructional objectives, and cognitive test construction; technical and
practical consideration in testing, and interpretation of test results. (3 lecture hrs.)
HP 343 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: HP 221
Physiological effects of exercise on humans. Major factors of diet, conditioning, physical
fitness, maximum performance level, and fatigue are considered. (3 lecture hrs.)
HP 344 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 246
Recognition of structural deviations, corrective exercises, and physical education programs for
a wide range of handicaps. (3 lecture hrs.)
HP 345 BASIC SPORTS MEDICINE 2 S.h.
Prerequisite: HP 221
Prevention and care of accidents in sports activities. Significance of medical examination,
conditioning exercise and sound health practices discussed. Laboratory work includes taping,
bandaging, use of physiotherapy equipment, massage and supervised training room experi-
ence. (2 lecture hrs.)
HP 349 DANCE REPERTOIRE I 1 S.h.
Prerequisite: Department consent
Designed to permit students to be exposed to wide range of dance repertoire, original choreog-
raphy and technique. (2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 350 DANCE REPERTOIRE II 1 S.h.
Prerequisite: HP 349
Designed to permit students to explore dance repertoire, choreography, and technique beyond
HP 349. (1 lecture & 2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 405 ADMINISTRATION AND TECHNIOUES OF CAMPING 2 S.h.
The growth and significance of camp movement, and understanding of camping techniques
and various types of camp programs considered. Attention given to all camp activity areas.
Study of outdoor education also. (2 lecture hrs.)
HP 408 GUIDED RESEARCH PROBLEM 2 s.h.
Selection and research of a problem pertinent to student interests and those of the professions
School of Health Services — 169
of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation. Classes held on an individual and/or seminar
basis. (Independent Study)
HP 426 HEALTH SCIENCE INSTRUCTION 3 s.h.
Health curriculum- K- 1 2, Methods and Media of instruction in Health Science. (3 lecture hours).
HP 432 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF INTRAMURALS 2 s.h.
AND INTERSCHOLASTICS
History theory, philosophy and principles of intramural and interscholastic athletic programs. (2
lecture hrs.)
HP 433 APPLICATION OF THEORY TO MOTOR LEARNING 2 s.h.
Identification of aspects of motor learning and its similarity and difference to cognitive and
affective learned behavior Characteristics of children and adolescents. Special emphasis
given to the principles of psychomotor learning. (2 lecture hrs.)
HP 434 ADVANCED SOCCER WORKSHOP 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 208, or department acceptance of experience.
Principles of attack and defense and their application in group and team play. The study of team
play will be carried out, in the main, using small sided games. Those participating will be able to
observe, teach, evaluate, and be evaluated. (1 lecture & 2 labortory hrs.)
HP 441 PSYCHOSOCIAL IMPLICATIONS FOR HEALTH, PHYSICAL 3 s.h.
EDUCATION, AND RECREATION
A study of variables that influence human performance with emphasis on psychological and
sociological research. (3 lecture hrs.)
HP 442 SEMINAR IN HEALTH, PHSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION 3 s.h.
Theory and philosophy of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, current issues and
problems; innovative and creative programs. (3 lecture hrs.)
HP 447 CARDIO-PULMONARY RESUSCITATION (CPR) INSTRUCTOR 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: Basic CPR certification
Study of methods and skills necessary to certify instructors of cardiopulmonary resuscitation
and multimedia first aid. Successful completion of requirements leads to certification by the
American Health Association and the American Red Cross. (1 lecture hr and 1 laboratory hr.)
Certification in Education for Safe Living
A student must complete 12 semester hours in Safety Education in order to meet
state certification. The only course that is required is HP 252, while the remaining
nine semester hours can be selected from the following courses. A student must
include Education for Safe Living on the application for teaching certification prior to
graduation. For students who have already graduated, contact the office of the Dean,
School of Health Services, for correct procedure.
HP 251 INTRODUCTION TO SAFETY EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Recognition of unsafe conditions, practices, and the methods by which they may be eliminated
or curtailed. Overall view of the safety problems in the home, school, highway, public places,
and work environment. (3 lecture hrs.)
HP 252 DRIVER EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Student should have driving ability above the average, evidence of holding a driver's license,
plus at least two years of driving experience without having a major accident for which the driver
is responsible. Combination of class instruction in traffic safety and driver training in actual
behind-the-wheel practice in a dual control car It prepares the student to teach driver education
in high school. (2 lecture hours and 2 laboratory hours.)
170 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
HP 253 METHODS AND MATERIALS IN SAFETY EDUCATION IN 3 S.h.
THE SECONDARE SCHOOLS
Prerequisites: HP 251 and/or HP 252
Emphasizes the various subjects and school activities in secondary schools as well as treating
it as a separate subject. (3 lecture hrs.)
HP 254 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF SAFETY EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: HP 251 and/or HP 252
Emphasizes the basic principles of organizing, administering and supervising safety education
procedure in the public schools at all grade levels: encouraging student activities in the school
and community (3 lecture hrs.)
HP 255 PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION 3 S.h.
Application of the principles of psychology to the development of safe behavior in the school,
home, community highway and industry The cause of accidents in relation to attitudes, habits,
and behavior (3 lecture hrs.)
Required in Elementary Education
EL 314 METHODS IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HEALTH AND 2 s.h.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Includes games, rhythms, movement education, tumbling, folk and square dancing and other
skills suitable for elementary school child. The teaching of health in elementary school
emphasized. Methods, materials and lesson planning are a part of the course. (1 lecture hour
and 2 lab hours).
Required in Music Education
HP 144 RHYTHM & MOVEMENT (Music Major) 1 s.h.
AQUATICS SCHOOL COURSE OFFERINGS
Each summer the Department offers the annual Aquatic School for eight consecu-
tive days. Students must be 1 7 years of age or older and possess the necessary
aquatic prerequisites. A fee will be charged which will include room, three meals a
day, use of equipment, accident insurance, transportation to and from the lake and
special one-night programs. Certification will be granted by the American Red Cross,
National YMCA, Professional Association of Diving Instructors, and the American
Heart Association upon completion of courses. All courses may be taken for college
credit, if the student is eligible and pays the additional tuition fee. For more informa-
tion, contact the Aquatic Director
*These courses are also offered during the school year
COURSE DECRIPTIONS, AQUATICS SCHOOL
*HP 242 EMERGENCY HEALTH CARE 1 s.h.
American Red Cross Standard, Advanced and Instructor's certification, and Mult-media in-
structors certification awarded upon successful completion of this course. (1 lecture: 2 labs).
*HP 261 WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTOR 1 s.h.
Prerequisites: Departmental consent and lifesaving certification
Emphasizes teaching aspect of skills, techniques and attitudes necessary in all areas of
swimming. Students successfully completing course are qualified to hold such positions as
water front directors, aquatic directors, and other similar positions. (2 laboratory hrs.)
School of Health Services — 777
•HP 262 SCUBA DIVING 1 S.h.
Prerequisites: Fee, departmental consent and HP 265
Designed to teach necessary skills and proper use of equipment for undenwater swimming.
Tanks, regulators, weights, and special equipment furnished. Student must purchase a mask,
fins, and snorkle (approximately $15.00).work. (2 laboratory hrs.)
*HP 265 LIFEGUARDING 1 S.h.
Prerequisites: Departmental consent and advanced swimmer
Designed for professional lifeguards which includes lifeguarding techniques for pools, fresh
and salt water beaches. Red Cross certification (Pittsburgh Division) granted upon satisfactory
completion of course requirements. (2 laboratory hours).
*HP 266 BASIC SMALLCRAFT 1 S.h.
Prerequisite: Intermediate Swimming Ability
Designed to introduce the use of the canoe, paddle board, and sailboat. Emphasis is placed on
development of boating skills, safety rescue, and survival procedures. Red Cross smallcraft
certification is granted upon successful completion of the course. (2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 267 BASIC SYNCHRONIZED SWIMMING 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: Intermediate Swimming Ability
Activity course designed to assist students in the development of beginning synchronized
swimming skills. YMCA certification is granted upon successful completion of course require-
ments. (2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 268 WATER SKIING 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: Intermediate Swimming Ability
Water skiing for beginners. Includes use of equipment, ski techniques and safety Novice I and
Novice II levels of certification of the American Water Ski Association program are available
upon successful completion of course requirements. (2 lab hours).
HP 269 POWER BOATING 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: Intermediate Swimming Ability
Introduction to the safe use of small power craft and related equipment for recreational boating
activities such as water skiing, fishing and scuba diving. Includes maintenance, repair, rescue
and survival. (2 lab hours.)
HP 270 INSTRUCTOR OF HANDICAPPED SWIMMING 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 261
Concerned with the learning of skills used to teach swimming t exceptional children. All
handicaps are considered. This course is important not only in physical education but also for
the mentally retarded, rehabilitation, education, for agency personnel, post graduate swimming
education, also for YMCA's Boys Clubs, Community Programs, Private Clubs, and Industrial
Programs. The Red Cross certification instructor of Swimming for the Handicapped is granted
upon successful completion of the course. (2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 271 INSTRUCTOR OF SCUBA DIVING 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 262
Prepares instructors to teach skin and scuba diving. Emphasis is placed on teaching methods,
use and mechanics of equipment, safety, diving physics and physiology and advanced diving
skills. Instructor of Scuba Diving certificate granted by the Professional Association of Diving
Instructors upon successful completion of the course. (2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 272 INSTRUCTOR OF CANOEING 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 266
Concerned with learning of skills pertinent to teaching canoeing to beginners. All aspects of
canoeing including paddling, repair of equipment, white water canoeing, safety, survival and
teaching techniques are presented. The Red Cross certification, Canoeing instructor is granted
upon successful completion of the course. (2 laboratory hrs.)
172 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
HP 273 INSTRUCTOR OF SAILING 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 266
Concerned with learning of skills pertinent to teaching beginning sailing. All aspects of sailing
are considered including the elements of sailing, repair of equipment, racing, safety and
techniques of teaching. (2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 274 INSTRUCTOR OF INFANTS AND PRESCHOOLERS IN 1 s.h.
SWIfVIMING
Prerequisites: HP 261; Instructor's Consent
Methods course for preparation of swimming instructor's in the knowledge and skills of teach-
ing young children to swim. YMCA certifications'. Instructor of the Very Young granted upon
successful completion of course requirements. (2 lab hrs.)
HP 276 COACHING OF SWIMMING 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 261
A lecture-discussion methods course designed to prepare Physical Education majors for
coaching of swimming. Emphasis is placed on training methods, officiating, nutrition, scientific
principles, and meet strategy (2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 277 COACHING OF SYNCHRONIZED SWIMMING 2 s.h.
Designed to go beyond the activity nature of Basic Synchronized Swimming (HP 267). Stu-
dents are involved in set design, costumes, selection of music, making props, selecting
themes, and organizing a program. (1 lecture & 2 laboratory hrs.)
HP 279 SWIMMING POOL MAINTENANCE AND CHEMISTRY 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 264
A lecture-discussion course designed to teach fundamental water chemistry, filtration, treat-
ment of water problem, winterization of outdoor pools and pool management. Emphasis is
placed on water testing and analysis of chemicals and bacteria. (2 lecture hrs.)
HP 280 AQUATIC FACILITIES MANAGEMENT 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: HP 264
An organization and administration course designed to prepare the aquatic professional for
management of indoor and outdoor facilities. Includes facility design, safety procedures
activity sport and recreational aspects. (2 lecture hours.)
NURSING DEPARTMENT
MARY C. KATZBECK, CHAIRPERSON: MARIAN MURRAY, ASSISTANT CHAIR-
PERSON; BELLAK, BERG, BLACK, CUNNINGHAM, HART, HOLT, KRESAK,
KUZNESKI, SETTLEMYER, SMATLAK, SPRENKEL, SUHRIE, THISTLETH-
WAITE, WRIGHT ZONI.
The School of Health Services offers a curriculum leading to the degree Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. Students are admitted to the nursing major as freshmen. Upon
completion of the program, the graduate is prepared to write the examination for
Pennsylvania licensure as a registered nurse.
The nursing curriculum has as its primary goal the development of competent
professional nurses who are liberally educated, clinically proficient, and aware of
their social responsibilities as members of the health professions. The program is
designed to provide a broad background in general education, coupled with the
specialized knowledge and skills required for clinical competency. Additionally, the
curriculum prepares the nurse to practice within the professional code of nursing
ethics, to function effectively as a member of the health-care team, and to utilize
scientific principles in planning and implementing health care. The objectives of the
School of Health Services — 173
nursing program emphasize learning of concepts of health and illness, and the
provision of health care in various settings within the community.
The first three semesters are devoted mainly to general education and courses
considered essential to the nursing major The first clinical nursing courses begin in
the fourth semester The courses outlined elsewhere in the Bulletin as mandatory in
English, Humanities, Social Sciences, Health and Physical Education (or ROTC),
are in addition to the following: (If student selects to pursue senior ROTC curriculum
courses, 2 social science electives are excused).
Social Science Requirements
SO 151 Principles of Sociology 3 s.h.
PC 101 General Psychology 3 s.h.
PC 354 Developmental Psychology 3 s.h.
SS Electives 6 s.h.
Natural Sciences
CH 101-102 College Chemistry I and II 8 s.h.
Bl 105 Cell Biology 4 s.h.
PY 151 Medical Physics 4 s.h.
Bl 1 50 Vertebrate Anatomy 3 s.h.
Bl 361 Microbiology 3 s.h.
Bl 151 Human Physiology 3 s.h.
Other Requirements
FN 212 Nutrition 3 s.h.
MA 217 Probability and Statistics 3 s.h.
PC 357 Abnormal Psychology 3 s.h.
Clinical experiences in patient care are provided in acute care centers and other area
health agencies throughout the last five semesters. Men and women are eligible to
enroll in the nursing program.
Registered Nurse students are enrolled in the basic baccalaureate program in
nursing. They will have a genuine upper division major in Nursing, and will fulfill all
degree requirements set by the University and the Nursing Department. The Regis-
tered Nurse student may be awarded advanced standing, based on prior work
completed at an accredited college or university and on exemption tests in nursing at
a given point in the curriculum.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ^__
NU 280 NURSING CORE I 3 s.h.
Concepts and principles basic to health and disease, implications for care of patients with
problems common to maintenance of health, and the nursing process.
NU 285 NURSING I 3 s.h.
Nursing theory and skills necessary for nursing intervention, diagnostic techniques, assess-
ment; includes clinical practice.
NU 302 NURSING II 3 s.h.
Nursing theory derived from the content of NU 322 and prior knowledge of biophysical and
psychosocial sciences is stressed. Emphasis is on nursing theory relevant to clients with
non-acute or acute alterations in homeostasis. Client-centered nursing problems are present-
174 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ed by students in a weekly seminar, with faculty guidance. (2 hr. lecture; 1 hr seminar)
NU 303 NURSING IIA (LAB) 5 s.h.
Application of nursing theory using the nursing process, under faculty supervision in health
agencies, to clients with non-acute or acute alterations in homeostasis. Clinical practice
settings include hospitals, community clinics and physicians' offices. (15 clock hours)
NU 304 NURSING III 3 s.h.
Nursing theory derived from concepts and principles NU 323 pertinent to nursing care of clients
with acute and more complex deviations from health. Seminar emphasizes client-centered
nursing problems, and analysis of identified problems. (2 hr lecture; 1 hr seminar)
NU 305 NURSING MIA (LAB) 5 s.h.
Application of nursing theory using the nursing process under faculty supervision with clients
having acute and more complex alterations in homeostasis. Clinical Practice areas include all
utilized in NU 303. Student plans, implements and evaluates care for clients of all ages and
includes health teaching as part of nursing practice. (15 clock hours)
NU 322 NURSING CORE II 3 s.h.
Principles and concepts pertinent to normal growth and development, family and group
dynamics, alterations in homeostasis, pathophysiology psychopathology research, profes-
sional development and teaching learning principles related to man, health and nursing.
NU 323 NURSING CORE III 3 s.h.
Continuation of concepts and principles in NU 322 increasing in depth and severity of altera-
tions in homeostasis. Emphasis is on pathophysiology psychopathology, disease control,
rehabilitation, management principles, and health teaching.
NU 402 NURSING IV 3 s.h.
Nursing theory derived from NU 422 pertinent to care of clients with crises and life-threatening
alterations in homeostasis is emphasized. Methods of leadership and management and
change theory are presented. Client-centered nursing seminars are presented weekly (2 s.h.
lecture; 1 s.h. seminar)
NU 403 NURSING IV-A (LAB) 5 s.h.
Application of nursing theory in various health care agencies using the nursing process with
life-threatening alteration in homeostasis, critical health failures and psychoses. Practice
occurs in acute and chronic psychiatric settings, intensive/coronary care units, and medical-
surgical units of the general hospital. Student cares for patients on a one-to-one basis in
intensive care units and develops management skills on medical-surgical units, caring for
groups of clients. (2 s.h. lecture; 1 s.h. seminar)
NU 404 NURSING V 3 s.h.
Nursing theory relevant to concepts and principles from NU 423 utilizing the nursing process in
leadership roles, self-direction and professional accountability terminating in independent
functioning within a health care agency and the community. Seminars emphasize client-
centered problems; leadership role conflicts or success, trends in nursing roles and responsibil-
ity for self and professional growth. (2 cr lecture; 1 cr seminar)
NU 405 NURSING V-A (LAB) 5 s.h.
Application of nursing process utilizing concepts and principles pertinent to nursing accumu-
lated throughout the education process. Student has the opportunity to elect areas of practice
within any health care setting, also practices in clinics, clients homes, community nursing
agencies and health education programs. (15 clock hours)
NU 422 NURSING CORE IV 3 s.h.
Concepts and principles of pathophysiology and psychopathology related to life-threatening
alterations in homeostasis, disturbed communications, and crisis theory. Change theory,
nursing contribution to change within the health care delivery system, leadership development,
and the liaison role of the nurse is stressed. Professional responsibility accountability and
Scho'ol of Health Services — 1 75
professional standards are taught.
NU 423 NURSING CORE V 3 s.h.
Concepts and principles pertinent to leadership responsibility, professional relationships, de-
livery of health care in community state, and national systems. Management and leadership
principles essential to peer review, nursing audit, client advocacy professional opportunities
and methods to secure employment, labor relations, and changes in the health care system are
taught.
NU 430 NURSING RESEARCH 3 s.h.
Research methodology development of a research study related to clinical nursing; writing a
research paper and becoming a more knowledgeable consumer of research.
NU 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY (ELECTIVE) varies -3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Senior standing, prior approval of faculty member guiding study
Elective option for students to pursue greater depth of knowledge in a chosen area of nursing.
SAFETY SCIENCES DEPARTMENT
ROBERT LAUDA, CHAIRPERSON: CHEKANSKI, McCLAY, PACALO, REED,
SOULE.
The department offers the degree of Bachelor of Science in Safety Management with
a specialization in Occupational Safety and Health. In addition, a Mine Safety
Management option is offered within this curriculum.
CURRICULA
B.S. in Safety Management
The degree in Safety Management qualifies the student for professional, administra-
tive, managerial and supervisory positions in industry manufacturing, insurance,
transportation, utility government, contract construction, trade service industry and
others. There is an acute need in Pennsylvania and in the nation for the university
educated occupational safety and health professional. The curriculum includes a
major of 36 semester hours in Safety Management and 18 semester hours in
Business Administration. In addition, a number of elective courses are available in
the major and minor fields that will enable students to strengthen their primary
interest areas.
Mine Safety Management (option)
The option in Mine Safety Management qualifies the student for professional,
administrative, managerial and supervisory positions in the mining industry With the
present emphasis on coal production and coal processing, there is an acute need in
Pennsylvania and in the nation for the university educated mine safety and health
professional. The curriculum includes a major of 36 semester hours in Mine Safety
Management and 18 semester hours in Business Administration. Elective courses
are available in the major and minor field enabling students to strengthen their areas
of interest.
REQUIRED UNDER GENERAL EDUCATION - In meeting the University's General
Education requirement, the Safety Sciences major must include:
CH 101&102 College Chemistry I & II 8 s.h.
PY 111&112 Physics I & II 8 s.h.
MA 1 10&217 Elementary Functions and Probability
and Statistics 6 s.h.
776 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
HP 221 Human Structure and Functions 3 s.h.
PC 101 General Psychology 3 s.h.
SO 151 Principles of Sociology 3 s.h.
EC 101 Basic Economics 3 s.h.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION —The following courses are required in the Busi-
ness Administration speciality:
BA 201 Personnel Management 3 s.h.
BU 321 Business Communications 3 s.h.
BU 339 Business Data Processing 3 s.h.
An additional 9 semester hours of selected Business electives are required.
SAFETY MANAGEMENT — Thirty-six semester hours must be achieved from the
following courses:
SA 101 Introduction to Occupational Safety and
Health 3 s.h.
SA 111&211 Industrial Safety Engineering I & II 6 s.h.
SA 301 Nature & Effects of Occupational Health
Hazards 3 s.h.
SA 302 Measurement & Evaluation of Occupational
Health Hazards 3 s.h.
SA 303 Control of Occupational Health Hazards 3 s.h.
SA 31 1 Industrial Fire Protection 3 s.h.
SA 345 Systems Safety Analysis 3 s.h.
OR
SA 347 Ergonomics 3 s.h.
SA 412 Evaluation of Safety Program Effectiveness 3 s.h.
SA 450 Internship 6 s.h.
In addition to the 33 semester hours identified above, three semester hours of Safety
Management Electives are required.
MINE SAFETY MANAGEMENT (option)
REQUIRED UNDER GENERAL EDUCATION-ln meeting the University's General
Education requirement, the Mine Safety Management option must include:
CH 101&102 College Chemistry 8 s.h.
PY 111&112 Physics I & II 8 s.h.
MA 110&217 Elementary Functions and Probability
and Statistics 6 s.h.
HP 221 Human Structure and Functions 3 s.h.
PC 101 General Psychology 3 s.h.
SO 151 Principles of Sociology 3 s.h.
EC 101 Basic Economics 3 s.h.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BA 201 Personnel Management 3 s.h.
BA 402 Training Management 3 s.h.
BU 321 Business Communications 3 s.h.
BU 339 Business Data Processing 3 s.h.
School of Health Services — 177
BA 384 Case Studies in Personnel
Management 3 s.h.
LR 480 Principles & Practices of Collective
Bargaining 3 s.h.
MINE SAFETY MANAGEMENT (option) Thirty-six semester hours must be
achieved from the following:
SA 102 Introduction to Mine Safety Management 3 s.h.
SA 1 1 1&211 Industrial Safety Engineering I & II 6 s.h.
Sa 231&232 Mine Safety Engineering I & II 6 s.h.
SA 301 Nature & Effects of Occupational
Health Hazards 3 s.h.
SA 302 Measurement and Evaluation of Occupational
Health Hazards 3 s.h.
SA 345 Systems Safety Analysis
OR
SA 347 Ergonomics 3 s.h.
SA 401 Mine Ventilation 3 s.h.
SA 412 Evaluation of Safety Program Effectiveness 3 s.h.
SA 450 Internship 6 s.h.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
SA 101 INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND 3 s.h.
HEALTH MANAGEMENT
Covers theory and history of industrial hazard control, effects of hazards and failures on
organizational control and productivity safety and health legislation, accident causation,
organization and administration of safety and health programs, aspects of recognizing, evaluat-
ing, and understanding control of safety and health hazards, acquiring hazard data, hazard
analytical tools, communication techniques in safety and health management, and the role of
interfacing management systems in hazard control.
SA 102 INTRODUCTION TO MINE SAFETY MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
Designed to provide the student with an in-depth background of the problems involving mine
safety A historical approach to coal and mineral mining are reviewed; legislative influences
such as the Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act, the Metal and Nonmetal Mine Health and
Safety Act, and the Occupational Safety and Health Act discussed in depth; management of
mine safety and health programs are presented including industrial relations; and, the neces-
sary training of entry level employees by management along with certification programs.
SA 1 1 1&1 12 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING I & II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SA 101.
Stresses understanding complexity of industrial hazard control problem by thoroughly examin-
ing elements of safety and health enumerated in OSHAct promulgated standards. Emphasis
given to plant layout and design, materials handling, machine guarding, walking and working
surfaces, hazardous materials and combustible liquids, industrial sanitation and environmen-
tal controls, compressed gases and cryogenics, electrical and static electricity hazards, boilers
and unfired pressure vessels, protective equipment, and construction safety
SA 231 MINE SAFETY ENGINEERING I 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: SA 102, SA 111
Focuses on the various aspects of mining such as: slope and shaft sinking; roof control;
hoisting and man-traps; haulage; mining machinery; personal protective equipment; mining
emergency procedures and communication; surface mining operations; and mine related
processing operations.
778 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
SA 232 MINE SAFETY ENGINEERING II 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: SA 102, SA 1 1 1, SA 211, SA 231
Provides an in-depth study of the various controls of electrical hazards and ignition sources
such as: permissable equipment, electrical distribution systems, trailing cables, trolley and
feeder wiring, grounding, and static electricity. Rre protection systems, blasting and explosives,
and the control of combustible materials are also studied in detail.
SA 301 NATURE AND EFFECTS OF OCCUPATIONAL 3 s.h.
HEALTH HAZARDS
Prerequisites: SA 101, CH 101, CH 102
Provides understanding of primary health hazards found in industry and their effects on the
human body Students learn to recognize hazards involved with air contaminants, noise, heat
radiation, chemicals on the skin, and other stresses. Emphasis placed on study of occupational
disease, industrial toxicology and use of threshold limit values.
SA 302 MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH 3 s.h.
HAZARDS
Prerequisite: SA 301
A lecture/laboratory course which provides basic understanding of techniques used in measur-
ing and evaluating the magnitude of health hazards in industry Laboratory sessions provide
experience in air sampling, noise measurement, heat measurement, particle size analysis,
chemical analysis and evaluation of industrial ventilation systems.
SA 303 CONTROL OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SA 301
Study of engineering, administrative and personal protective equipment methods of reducing
or eliminating hazards to the health of industrial workers. Topics covered include: industrial
ventilation, noise control, health control, radiation control, personal protective equipment, and
industrial health program.
SA 31 1 INDUSTRIAL FIRE PROTECTION 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: CH 101, CH 102, PY 1 1 1, PY 1 12, SA 101 , SA211
Introduces fundamental concepts in protection of industrial workers and property from fire and
explosion. Fire chemistry control of ignition sources in industry and properties of combustible
materials discussed. Fire detection and extinguishment covered along with building construc-
tion for fire prevention, fire codes, and related topics.
SA 345 SYSTEMS SAFETY ANALYSIS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: SA 1 1 1 , SA 21 1 , MA 21 7
Takes the approach of systems analysis in accident prevention, economics of system safety,
information acquisition, analytical approaches, systems safety methodology human factors
engineering, mathematics of systems analysis (including statistical methods, boolean algebra
and testing and reliability), comparison of various analytical methods in the engineering
design, inductive and deductive analytical techniques: PRELIMINARY HAZARD ANALYSIS,
TASK ANALYSIS, FAILURE MODE AND EFFECT ANALYSIS, FAULT TREE ANALYSIS, and
execises in the application of FAULT TREE ANALYSIS to hardware and man/machine systems.
Practical analysis work is accomplished in laboratory sessions.
SA 347 ERGONOMICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: SA 1 1 1, SA 21 1, PC 101
An exploration of the principles which control human performance and its effect upon the Safety
and Reliability of Systems. Engineering anthropometry biomechanics of motion and work
posture, work physiology and performance measurement are covered in the context of their
application in workplace design. Students will be instructed in methodologies for analysis tasks
and human performance requirements. Two hours lecture and one three hour lab per week.
SA 370 FLEET SAFETY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites; SA 1 01 , SA 1 1 1 , SA 21 1
Includes topics involved with the development and operation of motor fleet safety programs:
driver selection and training, accident investigation and record keeping, equipment safety
School of Health Services — 1 79
features, preventive maintenance and driver incentive programs.
SA 401 MINE VENTILATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: SA 102, PY 1 11, PY 1 12, SA 301, SA 302
Study of mine ventilation principles and practices which provide a basic knowledge in design
and operation of mine ventilation systems. The topics of airflow physics, ventilation standards,
fan fundamentals, pressure losses, required air flows and overall design are discussed.
Specific problems in mine ventilation will be solved.
SA 412 EVALUATION OF SAFETY PROGRAM EFFECTIVENESS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites; MA 217, Senior Standing
Teaches reasons and importance of evaluating safety and health innovations on organization
performance, devising measuring systems capable of extracting accurate, meaningful data,
methods of collecting, codifying, and processing accident-injury information, and utilization of
data retrieval systems.
SA 445 PRODUCT SAFETY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MA 217, Senior Standing
Traces flow of applicable legislation dealing with consumerism and product safety Corporate
liability for product safety emphasized through case studies. Student familiarized with evolving
role of Consumer Product Safety Commission. Corporate management of product develop-
ment and safety detailed with emphasis on systems safety analysis, standards and product
testing.
SA 450 INTERNSHIP 6 s.h.
Prerequisite: Senior Standing
All Safety Management majors are expected to take this course. It is conducted away from the
University at various industrial enterprises. Students are required to provide their own transpor-
tation. Intended to allow the student to apply hazard assessment and safety management
practices to actual industrial situations while at same time being exposed to complexities of
industrial environment. The student will spend 1 2 hours per week at an industrial location and 2
hours of classroom instruction weekly where field assignments will be designated, problems
will be discussed, and progress will be evaluated.
SA 462 RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: SA 301, SC 105, PY 111, PY 112
Study of problems associated with ionizing radiation in human environment. Emphasis given to
biological effects, radiation measurement, dose computational techniques, exposure control,
and local and federal regulations. Study and use of various radiological instruments included.
-0"'
1/
\
School of Home Economics — 787
The School of
Home Economics
Kathleen Jones, Dean
At lUP Home Economics is the ongoing investigation of human interaction with the
near environment as it contributes to one's aesthetic, physical, economic and
social-psychological well-being.
The School of Home Economics emphasizes family relations and human develop-
ment, resource management and consumer economics, food and nutrition, clothing
and textiles, housing and interior design in its study of the near environment.
Research from all disciplines is utilized.
The objectives of the School of Home Economics at I UP are: to guide students in the
development of competencies and skills necessary for various professions; to
provide students with a foundation for advanced study in home economics and
related fields; to assist in preparing students to lead useful lives as individuals, family
members and citizens.
Curricula in the School contribute to the development of professional competencies
which enable graduates to enter a diversity of careers in education, business,
industry and community services. The School is composed of three departments:
Home Economics Education, Food and Nutrition and Consumer Services.
782 —Indiana University of Pennsylvania
The School of Home Economics has been granted full accreditation status by the
American Home Economics Association.
Minors
A minor consisting of 15 to 21 semester hours in a subject-matter area of home
economics can be arranged for students enrolled in other schools of the university.
UNIVERSITY GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
Students enrolled in the School of Home Economics must meet the University
requirements in General Education.
CH 101-102 College Chemistry I and II 8 s.h.
(meet the Natural Sciences laboratory requirement)
In meeting the Social Science requirements, all students in the School must take PC
101, General Psychology Students in the Nutrition Education Option and Home
Economics Education Department must elect HI 104, History of the United States
and Pennsylvania II. All students in .the School are encouraged to elect general
education courses in art, sociology economics and anthropology
SCHOOL OF HOME ECONOMICS REQUIREMENTS
In addition to the University requirements, each student is required to pass one
course offered by the departments in the School he/she is not enrolled in at the time
of graduation. Accepted courses are:
Home Economics Education
HE 218 Child Development 3 s.h.
HE 319 Family Relations 3 s.h.
Food and Nutrition Department
FN 1 1 1 Introduction to Foods 3 s.h.
FN 212 Nutrition 3 s.h.
FN 351 Nutrition Education 3 s.h.
FN 451 Man and Food 3 s.h.
Consumer Services
CS 213 Home Equipment/Consumer Electronics 3 s.h.
CS 315 Family Finance and Consumer Economics 3 s.h.
CONSUMER SERVICES DEPARTMENT
DONNA L STREIFTHAU, CHAIRPERSON: CRAMER, LYNN, SCHMITT, SHARMA,
SWINKER, VIGGIANO, WALKER, WILSON, WOOD.
The Consumer Services Department offers students two options leading to the
Bachelor of Science degree: (1 ) Textiles, Clothing, Interior Design/Business, and (2)
School of Home Economics — 183
Community Services. These options prepare men and women for positions empha-
sizing consumer concerns. Graduates are employed by retail establishments, manu-
facturers, utility companies, extension services, and social and governmental
agencies.
The department offers courses in the subject matter areas of clothing, textiles,
housing, interior design, home equipment, consumer and family economics, and
personal and family management. The faculty are interested in the individual growth
of their students and work closely with them to individualize programs to meet the
student's career goals.
Students are encouraged to develop their individual potential through the application
of knowledge gained in the classroom to job situations and departmental, campus
and community activities. Students may elect Held Experience which provides the
opportunity to apply academic knowledge to an on-the-job (internship) situation.
Students may elect a study tour to gain an understanding of business procedures
and/or consumer problems in various areas of the world. Faculty advisers work
closely with students in planning and integrating the academic program with enriching
expehences outside the classroom.
A Visiting Student Program with the Fashion Institute of Technology (Fl.T) in New
York City is available to qualified Consumer Services students. Students who are
approved by lUP and accepted by Fl.T. are able to receive both a bachelor's degree
(lUP) and an associate degree (Fl.T). The student's junior year is spent at Fl.T.
pursuing concentrated course work in one of the following areas: advertising and
communications, fashion design, management engineering technology textile de-
sign, textile technology, or jewelry design.
Department Requirements
In addition to meeting the University and School requirements, all students in the
Department must take the following:
CS 213 Home Equipment/Consumer Electronics 3 s.h.
CS 315 Family Finance and Consumer Economics 3 s.h.
CS 421 Consumer Services Practicum 3 s.h.
HE 213 Principles of Design 2 s.h.
TEXTILES, CLOTHING, INTERIOR DESIGN— BUSINESS
OPTION
Graduates of this option are prepared for employment by business organizations
producing or selling clothing, textiles, home furnishings, equipment, or other con-
sumer products.
Required:
CS 1 1 2 Fundamentals of Clothing Construction
OR
*CS 212 Advanced Clothing Construction 3 s.h.
CS 216 Clothing and Man 3 s.h.
CS 217 Interior Design 3 s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
g)
3
s.h.
3
s.h,
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h,
1-3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h,
1-6
s.h,
3
s.h.
3
s.h
3
s.h
3
s.h
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
184 —Indiana University of Pennsylvania
CS 314 Textiles
CS 318 Fashion Merchandising
*(if placed via placement exam)
Electives: (A minimum of six semester hours from the following)
CS 101 Personal and Family Management
CS 212 Advanced Clothing Construction
(if CS 112 was taken as requirement)
CS 214 Environmental Textiles
CS 312 Housing and Man
CS 303 Visual Merchandising
CS 31 1 Soft Constructions for Interiors
CS 354 Independent Study
CS 357 Interior Design Studio
CS 413 Problems in Consumer Economics
CS 416 Problems in Family Finance
CS 433 Study Tour
CS 453 Apparel Structure and Design
CS 454 Tailoring
CS 455 Draping
CS 456 Historic Costume
CS 462 Historic Interiors
CS 463 Modern Interiors
Outside Concentration
A minimum of 1 8 semester hours Is required from the following (or business substi-
tutes approved by adviser):
BU 101 Business Organization and Management 3 s.h.
*BE 1 1 1 Foundations of Business Math 3 s.h.
BA 201 Personnel Management 3 s.h.
BU 221 Accounting Principles I 3 s.h.
BU 233 Marketing 3 s.h.
BU 251 Accounting Principles II 3 s.h.
BU 321 Business Communications 3 s.h.
BA 331 Consumer Behavior 3 s.h.
DE 331 Modern Merchandising 3 s.h.
BU 332 Retail Management 3 s.h.
BU 333 Principles of Selling 3 s.h.
BU 339 Business Data Processing 3 s.h.
BA 434 Advertising 3 s.h.
Additional Requirements:
*EC 121 Principles of Economics I 3 s.h.
EC 122 Principles of Economics II 3 s.h.
*May be taken as a General Education requirement
COMMUNITY SERVICES OPTION
Courses from all subject matter areas of home economics are Included In this option.
School of Home Economics — 185
Electives may be concentrated in particular home economics areas. A concentration
of courses is elected in a field of study outside hiome economics, such as sociology
or psychology Graduates may be employed by the Extension Service or by various
governmental and social agencies.
Required:
CS 101 Personal and Family Management 3 s.h.
CS 112 Fundamentals of Clothing Construction
OR
CS 212 Advanced Clothing Construction 3 s.h.
FN 1 1 1 Introduction to Foods 3 s.h.
FN 212 Nutrition 3 s.h.
CS 216 Clothing and Man 3 s.h.
CS 312 Housing and Man 3 s.h.
CS 314 Textiles 3 s.h.
HE 218 Child Development 3 s.h.
HE 319 Family Relations 3 s.h.
A minimum of 18 semester hours beyond General Education courses are to be
selected in a field of concentration such as Sociology and/or Psychology. Courses
may be selected from the following, or approved substitutes.
SO 231 Contemporary Social Problems 3 s.h.
SO 332 Racial and Ethnic Minorities 3 s.h.
SO 333 Juvenile Delinquency 3 s.h.
SO 435 Social Stratification 3 s.h.
SO 336 Sociology of Family 3 s.h.
SW 338 Introduction to Social Work 3 s.h.
SO 339 The Community 3 s.h.
AN 21 1 Cultural Anthropology 3 s.h.
AN 319 Kinship and Social Organization 3 s.h.
PC 200 Psychology of Adjustment 3 s.h.
PC 351 Introduction to Psychological Measurements 3 s.h.
PC 354 Developmental Psychology 3 s.h.
PC 356 Personality 3 s.h.
PC 357 Abnormal Psychology 3 s.h.
PC 358 Social Psychology 3 s.h.
PC 361 Motivation 3 s.h.
PC 373 Adolescent Psychology 3 s.h.
PC 374 Adult Development and Aging 3 s.h.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CS 101 PERSONAL AND FAMILY MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
Management as a system and its relationship to individuals and families. Formulation of goals,
values, standards; use of decision-making process; utilization of resources. Three lecture
hours.
CS 112 FUNDAMENTALS OF CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION 3 s.h.
Principles and techniques involved in fundamental clothing construction and fitting are ana-
lyzed. Directed laboratory experiences provide opportunity to solve individual problems in
garment structure through application of principles. For students who do not have ability to
786 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
exemplify quality workmanship. One hour lecture, 3 hours lab.
CS 212 ADVANCED CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CS 112 or Placement (by exam)
In-depth study of principles of advanced fitting and clothing construction are applied and
analyzed. One hour lecture, 3 hours lab.
CS 213 HOME EQUIPMENT/CONSUMER ELECTRONICS 3 s.h.
Consumer education in the selection, use, and care of home equipment. The student will study
the inter-relationship of energy sources and utilities with such equipment as: major appliances,
portable and personal care appliances, and consumer electronics. Two 1-hour lectures, one
2-hour lab.
CS 21 4 ENVIRONMENTAL TEXTILES 3 s.h.
Investigation of components and characteristics of textiles for man's near environment with
emphasis on soft goods for public and private interiors; including production, marketing and
legislation affecting acquisition, use and care. Two one-hour lectures, one two-hour lab.
NOTE: A student may not count both CS 214 and 314 toward graduation requirements.
CS 216 CLOTHING AND MAN 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PC 101
Survey of aesthetic, cultural, socio-psychological, economic, and physical factors related to the
meaning and use of clothing for the individual and society Three lecture hours.
CS 217 INTERIOR DESIGN 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: HE 213 or equivalent
Emphasis upon development of knowledgeable consumers in the selection and design of a
home, its furnishings, and its total environment. 1 hour lecture, 3 hour lab.
CS 303 VISUAL MERCHANDISING 3 s.h.
Designing and arranging of display and selling areas in relationship to merchandising trends
and consumer demands. Emphasis on promotion techniques and merchandise sales through
effective use of space, design and color One hour lecture, three hours lab.
CS 311 SOFT CONSTRUCTIONS FOR INTERIORS 3 s.h.
Application of design principles to decor is executed through measurement and construction of
soft furnishings for the home and contract phases of the interior design industry. One hour
lecture, three hours lab.
CS 312 HOUSING AND MAN 3 s.h.
Managerial, sociological, economic, and aesthetic aspects of housing and man are investigat-
ed as well as a consideration of the environment of the home as part of the community Three
hours lecture.
CS 314 TEXTILES 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: CH 102
Analyses of textile components of fiber, yarn, fabrication, finishes, and color with emphasis
upon consumer acquisition, use and satisfaction, including relevant legislation. Two one-hour
lectures, one two-hour lab.
CS 315 FAMILY FINANCE AND CONSUMER ECONOMICS 3 s.h.
Economic, sociological, and psychological principles are applied to family money management
problems. Sources of consumer aid and protection are investigated. Three lecture hours.
CS 318 FASHION MERCHANDISING 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: CS 216 and upper level standing
Study of the origins, movement, dissemination and prediction of fashion; an investigation of the
methods of operation, merchandising activities and current fashion industry trends; an analysis
of the planning and control procedures used in retail merchandising, of fashion goods. Three
hours lecture.
School of Home Economics — 187
CS 354 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.
Pr6requiste: Permission
Particular consumer considerations are independently investigated in the area of housing,
home equipment, interior design, clothing, textiles, or in the management of resources. Course
may be repeated for a total of three semester hours. Students meet with a faculty member at
least 5 hours per semester hour.
CS 357 INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CS 217
Creative solutions to problems in interior environments emphasized. Reld trips to museums,
furniture factories, stores, and.private residences included. One hour lecture, four hours lab.
CS 413 PROBLEMS IN CONSUMER ECONOMICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CS 315 or Economics
Problems in consumer expenditures studied with emphasis given to effects of current econom-
ic and social forces. Governmental and private agencies which aid the consumer are reviewed.
Individual investigations required. Three lecture hours. Fall semester only
CS 416 PROBLEMS IN FAMILY FINANCE 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CS 315
In-depth theories and principles in personal and family finance and the rights and responsibili-
ties of consumers are emphasized. Opportunities are provided for students to explore specific
areas of interest. Three lecture hours. Spring sememster only
CS 421 CONSUMER SERVICES PRACTICUM 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Completion of 75 semester hours
Knowledge gained in nnajor and outside coHcentration courses is applied to individual career
goals. Students have the opportunity to pursue related areas not directly covered in previous
course work, with emphasis upon independent research, analytical thinking, and communica-
tions skills.
CS 433 STUDY TOUR 1-6 s.h.
Prerequisite: Upper level standing
Opportunity is provided to visit business establishments and cultural centers concerned with
household equipment, furnishings, textiles, clothing, and housing in America as well as
abroad. Museums, factories, designers' showrooms, distribution centers, stores, cultural events,
and seminars are included. Course may be repeated for a total of six semester hours.
CS 451 FIELD EXPERIENCE 1-12 s.h.
Prerequisites: Approval of instructor and department chairperson; upper level standing.
Practical experience related to the student's major areas of study with objectives, supervised
experience, and evaluation. Course may be repeated for a total of 12 semester hours.
CS 453 APPAREL STRUCTURE AND DESIGN 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: CS 212 or exemption exam.
Garment design achieved by use of flat pattern techniques. An understanding is developed of
the interrelationship of garment design, figure analysis, fabric, fit, and construction processes.
One hour lecture, three hours lab.
CS 454 TAILORING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CS 212 or exemption exam.
Various tailoring methods are studies and applied in the selection, fitting, and construction of a
tailored garment. Consumer problems in the selection of ready-to-wear apparel are investigat-
ed. One hour lecture, three hour lab.
CS 455 DRAPING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CS 212 or exemption exam
Apparel design principles are applied by draping fabric to conform to the human figure.
Students will pad a form to individual measurements and create garments that are both
individual and original. One hour lecture, three hour lab.
788 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
CS 456 HISTORIC COSTUME 3 s.h.
Chronoligical study of historic costume from ancient times to the present day with emphasis on
the affect of aesthetic, economic, geographic, political, religious, and social factors upon the
design of clothing worn. Three lecture hours.
CS 461 MICROWAVE COOKING TECHNOLOGY 3 s.h.
An in-depth study of the electronic technology selection, care, and use of the microwave oven.
Basic physical and chemical concepts related to microwave cooking are included. Individual
investigative research problems are required. Two one-hour lecture, one two-hour lab.
CS 462 HISTORIC INTERIORS 3 s.h.
Chronological study from ancient times to the mid-1 9th Century of the dominant influences and
characteristics of historical interiors, furniture and ornamental design. Emphasis placed upon
style detail and its relationship to social, economic, political, religious and aesthetic influence:
and to the contemporary scene. Paper required. Three lecture hours.
CS 463 MODERN INTERIORS 3 s.h.
Chronological study from mid-1 9th Century to the present of the dominant influences and
characteristics of the 20th century interior, furniture and ornamental design. Emphasis placed
upon style detail and its relationship to social, economic, political, religious and aesthetic
influences; and to contemporary usage. Paper required. Three lecture hours.
FOOD AND NUTRITION DEPARTMENT
RONALD. E. SIMKINS, CHAIRPERSON: CESSNA, DAHLHEIMER, GRAHAM,
GRESSLEY, MINNICK, STEINER, WOODS.
Interesting work, good salaries and opportunity for advancement in positions that
give meaning, satisfaction and a purpose in life await young men and women who
prepare for careers in the growing fields of dietetics, food service management, and
educational food service.
Courses offered by the Food and Nutrition Department are planned to train the
student as a professional to meet the challenge of this growing industry, which
includes not only the commercial food service and hospitality facets of the industry,
but hospital and educational segments as well.
The prime requisites for success in the field of foods and nutrition are an interest in
people, an artistic appreciation of quality food, a realization of the need for good
nutrition, and a knowledge of sound business principles.
This department offers the following three options:
Nutrition Education Option
Graduates are prepared to manage the school food service programs; to provide
meals with optimum nouhshment to school children, to the elderly, to child care
centers, or to any of the many nutrition feeding programs and to render professional
service to teachers concerning the teaching of nutrition. This program meets Penn-
sylvania Department of Education certification requirements for a Nutrition Pro-
gram Specialist (Education Specialist i).
Requirements for the American Dietetic Association internship can also be met by
taking additional elective courses.
School of Home Economics — 789
Dietetic Option
This program prepares the student to enter management in the dietary department
in hospitals, business and institutionsal establishments. Requirements for an
American Dietetic Association internship are met. The goal of students in in this
option should be an internship and American Dietetic Association registration.
Food Service Management Option
This program is planned to prepare graduates for management positions with
establishments providing food service to the general public. Graduates have
competencies in the areas of nutrition and food management as well as in business.
In addition to University and School requirements the following courses are required.
Food and Nutrition — All Options
FN 1 11 Introduction to Foods 3 s.h.
FN 21 1 Advanced Foods 3 s.h.
FN 313 Quantity Food Production and Service 4 s.h.
FN 356 Food Serive Personnel and Administration 3 s.h.
FN 358 Food Service Equipment and Layout 3 s.h.
FN 359 Quantity Food Purchasing 3 s.h.
FN 364 Methods of Teaching 3 s.h.
BU 221 Accounting Principles I 3 s.h.
Nutritions Education and Dietetics
Bl 151 Human Physiology 3 s.h.
EP 302 Educational Psychology 3 s.h.
FN 212 Nutrition 3 s.h.
FN 362 Experimental Foods 3 s.h.
FN 402 Nutrition and Community Health 3 s.h.
Nutrition Education
ED 433 School Law 1 s.h.
CM 301 Audio Visual Education 3 s.h.
FE 302 History and Philosophy of Education 3 s.h.
FN 408 School Foodservice Management 3 s.h.
FN 321 Professional Employment Practicum 0 s.h.
Dietetics
CO 200 Intro to Computers 3 s.h.
CH 355 Biochemistry and Nutrition 3 s.h.
FN 355 Nutrition in Disease 3 s.h.
Food Service Management
CO 200 Intro to Computers 3 s.h.
BU 101 Business Organization and Management 3 s.h.
BU 235 Introduction to Business Law 3 s.h.
BU 233 Marketing 3 s.h.
LR 480 The Principles and Practices of Collective 3 s.h.
Bargaining
FN204 Hospitality Management Seminar 3 s.h.
FN 212 Nutrition 3 s.h.
FN 401 Food Management Cost Control 3 s.h.
FN 406 Catering Management 3 s.h.
790 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FN 1 1 1 INTRODUCTION TO FOODS 3 s.h.
Basic principles of food preparation, including use of equipment, menu planning, marketing
and table service for family meals. Two hours lecture and 2 hours of laboratory work and/or
demonstration per week.
FN 204 HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT SEMINAR 3 s.h.
Psychological and sociological aspects of serving public are considered along with current
management techniques to provide student with proifessional and technological insight of this
rapidly growing industry
FN 21 1 ADVANCED FOODS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: FN 1 1 1 , CH 102 or CH 1 12 or concurrently
An in-depth study of food preparation, including food preservation, protein, carbohydrate and
fat cookery Two lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week.
FN 212 NUTRITION 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: CH 102 or CH 112, Bl 151 or concurrently
Sources and functions of nutrients and interdependence of dietary essentials and nutritive
value of an optimum diet are studied. Attention given to varied conditions in human life. Three
lecture hours per week.
FN 313 QUANTITY FOOD PRODUCTION AND SERVICE 4 s.h.
Prerequisites: FN 211 and 212.
A basic course in quantity food production with experience in planning, purchasing, preparing
and serving nutritionally adequate meals. Requirements of National School Lunch program
emphasized in satelite and on-premise feeding.
FN 321 PROFESSIONAL EMPLOYMENT PRACTICUM 0 S.h.
Prerequisites: FN 313 plus 60 semester hours
Junior or sophomore summer is used for an employment experience in an approved food
service facility Students seek their own position. Assistance and guidance given by depart-
ment chairperson.
FN 351 NUTRITION EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Study of the functional knowledge of nutritional concepts directed toward improved food habits
and nutritional health. Three lecture hours per week.
FN 355 NUTRITION IN DISEASE 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: FN 212; CH 102 or CH 112, Bl 151
Modification of normal adequate diet to meet nutritional needs in pathological conditions
requiring special dietary treatment. Advanced nutrition study. Three lectures hours per week.
Fall semester
FN 356 FOOD SERVICE PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, FN 313.
Organization and administration of food service business, including personnel policies, work
simplification, cost controls, supervision and sanitation.
FN 357 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FOODS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: FN 211.
Individual problems in foods investigated with emphasis on identified weaknesses in stu-
dent's knowledge of food. Four hours per week.
FN 358 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND LAYOUT 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: FN 313.
Selection and layout of food service equipment in relation to production, work flow and efficient
management. Field trips permit investigation of a variety of layouts. Three hours per week. Fall
semester
School of Home Economics — 191
* FN 359 QUANTITY FOOD PURCHASING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: FN 313 or concurrently.
Course includes sources, standards of quality, grades, methods of purchase and storage of
various foods. Emphasis is given to the development of purchasing policies and procedures.
* FN 362 EXPERIMENTAL FOODS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: FN 211, 212, and CH 102, or CH 112
Study of foods based on scientific methods wherein physical and chemical principles are
observed. Professional demonstration techniques are included. Four hours per week.
-- FN 364 METHODS OF TEACHING 3 s.h.
Current teaching techniques and resource materials in nutrition education emphasized. Both
classroom teaching and on-the-job training programs are included. Three lecture hours per
week.
FN 401 FOOD MANAGEMENT COST CONTROLS 3 s.h.
Food, beverage and labor cost controls for restaurants, school lunch programs and health care
feeding facilities are studied including relationships between budgetary information and mana-
gerial decision making in large food service operations.
* FN 402 NUTRITION AND COMMUNITY HEALTH 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: FN 212
Nutritional implications of both good and poor nutrition for all age groups in home and
community situations are studied. Corrective and preventive measures emphasized. Spring
semester
FN 406 CATERING MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
Profitable organization, preparation, and service of catered food both on and off the premises is
main focus of course. Off-campus experience included.
FN 408 SCHOOL FOODSERVICE MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: FN 313, 358, 364.
Includes the state and federal history of school foodservice, legislation affecting the program,
funding, government donated commodities, federal inspection, and application and claim
forms. Field trips for observation and participation in school foodservice operations at approved
centers will be arranged.
FN 433 EDUCATIONAL STUDY TOUR IN FOODS 2-6 s.h.
Comprehensive program of directed activities permits first hand knowledge of growing, proces-
sing, marketing and preparation of foods. The historical and cultural aspects of food are
studied. Visits to food markets, catering schools, famous restaurants, etc., are included.
FN 451 MAN AND FOOD 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PC 101 or SO 151 or AN 110.
Exploration of the economic, biological, psychological, social and aesthetic significance of food
for individuals, families and society Taught as a research and seminar class. Recommended
as an elective for all students.
FN 461 MICROWAVE COOKING TECHNOLOGY 3 s.h.
Study of the electronic technology selection, care and use of the microwave oven. Basic
physical and chemical concepts related to microwave cooking will be included. Individual
investigative research problems will be required. Two lecture, two lab hours per week.
» FN 455 ADVANCED NUTRITION IN DISEASE 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: CH 351 or 355, FN 355
Advanced study of the effects of dietary modification on pathological conditions utilizing current
research. Opportunity to observe the role of the professional dietitian in the clinical setting.
Calculation and preparation of modified diets. One hour lecture, two hours lab.
792 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
FN 458 ADVANCED HUMAN NUTRITION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CH 351 or 355 or concurrently, FN 212
Study in depth of the nutrients and their functions within the cell. Incorporation of the principles
of physiology and biochemistry in the study of nutrition. Emphasis on current research and
evaluation of research methodology Three hours lecture.
FN 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-6 s.h.
Prerequisite: Must have earned 60 semester hours.
Opportunity to pursue special interests beyond the scope of regular class offerings. Permission
of instructor and approval of department chairperson required. (Undergraduate maximum is 1 2
semester hours) Must apply for Independent Study a semester in advance.
FN 483 INTERNSHIP IN FOOD & NUTRITION 2-12 s.h.
Prerequisite: Must have earned 90 semester hours.
An opportunity for students to work away from the University in supervised job situations at
health care facilities, restaurants, or other institutional foodservice establishments. Objective is
to provide students with job-related experiences. Must meet University internship require-
itients.
NOTE: White uniforms including white shoes are required for all lab courses where food is
prepared. Students must meet the professional dress requirements of the department.
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
ALMA KAZMER, CHAIRPERSON: ANDERSON, BELL, BROWNING, GALLATI,
HOVIS, NELSON, RUPERT
A number of career opportunities await the person who completes either the Home
Economics Education program or Child Development and Family Relations pro-
gram.
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION PROGRAM
A major in Home Economics Education leads to a Bachelor of Science in education
and meets certification requirements for teaching home economics at all levels
(k-adults) in the schools of Pennsylvania. Upon completion of this program, students
have the semester hours necessary for teaching in child care programs and are
eligible to receive the Nursery-Kindergarten Certificate issured by the Bureau of
Private Academic Schools.
Graduates are also prepared for varied types of employment related to improving
family life such as home economists with extension services, utility companies, retail
business concerns, social service organizations and government agencies.
The program also provides preparation for students who wish to pursue advanced
degrees.
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
In addition to University and School requirements, the student is required to com-
plete the following home economics content and professional education courses.
Home Economics Content
*CS 112 Fundamentals of Clothing Construction 3 s.h.
AND
School of Home Economics — 193
CS 212 Advanced Clothing Construction 3 s.h.
OR
*CS 212 Advanced Clothing Construction 3 s.h.
AND ONE OF THE TWO FOLLOWING CLOTHING
COURSES:
CS 453 Apparel Structure and Design 3 s.h.
CS 454 Tailonng 3 s.h.
*Entry into CS 112 and CS 212 will be determined by the student's score on the
placement exam.
CS 213 Home Equipment/Consumer Electronics 3 s.h.
CS 217 Interior Design (HE 213 Principles of Design 3 s.h.
is a prerequisite)
OR
CS 312 Housing and Man 3 s.h.
CS 314 Textiles 3 s.h.
CS 315 Family Finance and Consumer Economics 3 s.h.
FN 111 Introduction to Focds 3 s.h.
FN 21 1 Advanced Foods 3 s.h.
FN 212 Nutrition 3 s.h.
HE 218 Child Development 3 s.h.
HE 319 Family Relations 3 s.h.
HE 320 Teaching in Child Development Centers 3 s.h.
Professional Education Requirements
HE 250 Introduction to Teaching Vocational 3 s.h.
Home Economics
CM 301 Audio Visual Education
EP 302 Educational Psychology
FE 302 History and Philosophy of American
Education
HE 350 Evaluation and Methods of Teaching
Vocational Home Economics
HE 430 Student Teaching Practicum
ED 431 Student Teaching (Home Economics)
ED 433 School Law
Depending upon student's interests and needs, concentration will be varied and
might include ( 1 ) electives in one of the five home economics subject matter areas or
(2) electives in other areas approved by adviser.
Child Development Option
Students receive in-depth preparation for teaching Parenting and Child Develop-
ment in high school home economics programs, adult programs and community
organizations. Those selecting this option take all required courses for the home
economics education degree and, in consultation with adviser select eight semester
hours of electives in the Child Development and Family Relations area. Student
teaching experience will take place in a center having a Child Development and/or
Parenting program.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
3
s.h.
1
s.h.
12
s.h.
1
s.h.
194 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Occupational Home Economics Option
This option is planned to prepare graduates for teaching in home economics occupa-
tional programs in comprehensive high schools, vocational-technical schools, adult
education programs and community colleges. Students selecting this option take all
the courses required for the home economics education degree and, in consultation
with adviser, select eight or more semester hours of electives in the area of special-
ization. The following two courses are required for a minimum of six semester hours:
HE 470 Occupational Home Economics in 3 s.h.
American Education
HE 479 Occupational Home Economics 3-6 s.h.
Experience
Student teaching experience will take place in a center with an Occupational Home
Economics Program.
CHILD DEVELOPMENT/FAMILY RELATIONS PROGRAM
The Child Development/Family Relations program leads to a Bachelor of Science
degree. Primary objectives of the program are to prepare professionals to administer
and teach in programs that entail aspects of child development and/or family rela-
tions; to teach atthe adult level; or supervise and direct professional, paraprofessional
and volunteer staff in federal, state or local family supportive agencies. The program
also provides preparation for students who wish to pursue graduate study in the area
of child development/family relations.
Students are required to complete the General Education Requirements with the
following courses being strongly recommended:
Natural Sciences
OH 101-102 College Chemistry I and II 8 s.h.
Bl 151 Human Physiology 3 s.h.
Social Sciences
PC 101 General Psychology 3 s.h.
AN 1 10 Introduction to Anthropology 3 s.h.
SO 151 Pnnciples of Sociology 3 s.h.
Two additional social science electives are required.
School of Home Economics Requirements
FN 212 Nutrition 3 s.h.
CS 315 Consumer Economics and Family Finance 3 s.h.
Home Economics Education Department
HE 218 Child Development 3 s.h.
HE 317 Infant Development 3 s.h.
HE 318 Advanced Child Development 3 s.h.
HE 319 Family Relations 3 s.h.
HE 320 Teaching in Child Development Centers 3 s.h.
HE 321 Preschoolers With Special Needs 1 s.h.
HE 363 Family and the Community 3 s.h.
HE 315 Observation in the Nursery School 1 s.h.
HE 316 Creativity in the Nursery School 1 s.h.
HE 320 Teaching in Child Development Centers 3 s.h.
School of Home Economics — 795
HE 421 Preschool Education 3 s.h.
HE 422 Early Childhood Education 3 s.h.
HE 424 The Family 3 s.h.
HE 426 Techniques of Parent Education 3 s.h.
HE 427 Administration of Child Development 3 s.h.
Centers
Other Courses Required
EP 302 Education Psychology 3 s.h.
CM 301 Audio Visual Education 3 s.h.
Restricted Electives 6 s.h.
Free Electives 18 s.h.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
(Courses are three hours lecture per week unless noted otherwise)
HE 218 CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PC 101
Focuses on normal development and behavior of children. Survey made of physical, emotional,
social and intellectual development of children from conception through early adolescence.
Pertinent child development research analyzed.
HE 250 INTRODUCTION TO TEACHING VOCATIONAL HOME 3 s.h.
ECONOMICS EDUCATION
Overview of philosophy and organization of home economics profession and the role of home
economics teachers. Opportunities for planned observations and varied teaching experiences
using a variety of resource materials are provided for self development and evaluation relative
to desirable teacher competencies.
HE 315 OBSERVATION IN THE NURSERY SCHOOL 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: HE 218
Gives the student an opportunity to learn about pre-school children and the nursery school
environment through direct observation of pre-school children in a pre-school setting.
HE 316 CREATIVITY IN THE NURSERY SCHOOL 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: HE 218
Students examine creative methods and develop creative activities for pre-school children.
Included are art, dance, music, stories and dramatic plays.
HE 317 INFANT DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: HE 218
Study of characteristic developmental changes of human infants from birth to approximately
two and one-half years.
HE 319 FAMILY RELATIONS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, HE 218 (Major)
Focuses on preparation for marriage and principles of human relations basic to marital
adjustment. Influence of community and family experiences on personal development and
adjustment explored.
HE 320 TEACHING IN CHILD DEVELOPMENT CENTERS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: He 218 or equivalent
Techniques for planning and teaching pre-school children. Participation as teacher-assistant
provides experience in applying principles of child guidance and development needed by
teachers in pre-school centers or secondary school child development laboratories. (One hour
lecture and three hour laboratory per week).
196 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
HE 321 PRE-SCHOOLERS WITH SPECIAL NEEDS 1 s.h.
Prerequisites: HE 218, HE 320
investigates issues involved in integrating "special-needs" children into the normal classroom.
Examines classroom techniques and procedures, interaction with community agencies and
parent involvement.
HE 350 EVALUATION AND METHODS OF TEACHING VOCATIONAL 3 s.h.
HOME ECONOMICS
Prerequisites: EP 302, HE 250
Orientation to classroom teaching through planned activities utilizing a variety of methods,
techniques and resources. Major methods and techniques of evaluation used to assess and
report growth, development and academic achievement of students are emphasized.
HE 363 FAMILY AND THE COMMUNITY 3 s.h.
Study of community contributions and problems that affect family and contributions of family to
community Investigation of ways group dynamics, communication media and other resources
aid understanding of human behaviors.
HE 390-399 INNOVATIVE TEACHING 1-3 s.h.
Prerequisite: HE 250
Investigation and evaluation of innovative curriculum materials, resources and techniques.
*HE 418 ADVANCED CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: HE 218
Study of trends in the field of child development based on review of current literature. Observa-
tions of children in a variety of informal situations will be made within the limits of available
resources.
HE 421 PRE-SCHOOL EDUCATION AGES 2-5 YEARS 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: HE 218
Observations and experiences with children are used as basis for understanding guidance
procedures appropriate to pre-school children. Program evaluation, curriculum and administra-
tion emphasized.
HE 422 EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: HE 218
Current educational theories and research reviewed in terms of implication for pre-school and
their effect on material, equipment and activity selection.
HE 423 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY RELATIONS 3 S.h.
Emphasis placed on understanding varying family life styles, basics of marriage and changing
family roles. Course is based on the disciplines of sociology and psychology as they apply to
individuals and families. Effective problem-solving, decision making and identification of poten-
tial problems in marriage are emphasized.
HE 424 THE FAMILY 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: HE 319
Concentrated study of selected areas of family life, with emphasis on dynamics of family
interaction and interpersonal relationships.
HE 425 STUDY TOUR IN FAMILY LIFE 2-6 s.h.
OPTION: FAMILY LIFE
Opportunity to observe family social structure and values in relation to cultural background and
economic conditions. Culture, class, ethnic variations in family/kinship systems examined.
OPTION: CHILD DEVELOPMENT
Opportunity to observe developing child in family life/education relative to cultural background
and economic conditions.
School of Home Economics — 197
*HE 426 TECHNIQUES OF PARENT EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Examination of nature, extent and significance of parent education movement. Interrelationship
of home and community agencies are examined in light of various programs, methods and
techniques of parenting education.
HE 430 STUDENT TEACHING PRACTICUM 1 s.h.
Taken concurrently with ED 431 . Assists student teachers in analyzing problems and experi-
ences encountered during student teaching. Emphasizes the variety and types of home
economics programs and focuses on developing effective teaching strategies (4 sessions of
31/2 hours during semester).
ED 431 STUDENT TEACHING (HOME ECONOf^^lCS) 12 s.h.
Prerequisite: HE 350
Supervised opportunities provided to guide the development of the student teacher in develop-
ing effective learning experiences with students in home economics classrooms in selected
public schools for one semester. Self-evaluation of personal and professional growth are
emphasized. (HE 430 is taken concurrently with course)
ED 433 SCHOOL LAW 1 s.h.
Basic principles of school law and vocational legislation relating to home economics education
are studied.
HE 451 WORKSHOP IN HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: HE 250
Identification and evaluation of current trends and issues in home economics education.
HE 452 INTERNSHIP IN HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 1-12 s.h.
Prerequisites: Permission of department. School Dean, and University Internship Coordinator;
upper level standing
Practical experience related to the student's major area of study Objectives are developed
individually in consultation with university faculty member who supervises the internship. Log
and major paper required. May be repeated up to a total of 1 2 semester hours, however these
semester hours are not applicable toward the 1 24 semester hours required for graduation if
student receives 12 semester hours in student teaching.
HE 454 HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION FOR ADULTS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: HE 250
Focuses on background and philosophy of adult education; types of home economics pro-
grams and methods of implementation; characteristics of adult learners; observation and
teaching participation in adult programs.
HE 470 OCCUPATIONAL HOME ECONOMICS IN AMERICAN 3 s.h.
EDUCATION
Prerequisite: HE 250 or equivalent
Identifies implications of federal and state legislation and role of home economics in occupa-
tional education. Analyzes federal funding of occupational programs using community needs
and resources. Provides experiences in observing and planning home economics occupation-
al programs.
*HE 471 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN HOME ECONOMICS 3 s.h.
EDUCATION
Prerequisite: HE 250
Various tasks and processes of curriculum development reviewed and analyzed. Emphasis on
realistic decision making and innovative procedures in developing home economics curricu-
lum.
*HE 472 EVALUATION IN HOME ECONOMICS 3 s.h.
Nature and scope of evaluation in contemporary home economics programs emphasizing use
and construction of variety of tests and devices designed to measure comprehensive home
economics educational objectives.
798 —Indiana University of Pennsylvania
HE 479 OCCUPATIONAL HOME ECONOMICS EXPERIENCE 3-6 s.h.
Prerequisites; Approval of instructor and department chairperson; upper level standing
Personalized experiences designed to broaden pre-service vocational- occupational com-
petencies of teachers and provide them with a broader perspective of current technology within
home economics and related areas before beginning teaching careers.
HE 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 S.h.
Individual upper-level students with high scholastic achievement pursue their particular inter-
ests outside the realm of the organized home economics education curriculum. May be taken
more than once to a maximum of three semester hours. Approval of department required.
*Dual level courses
ll^£J':^^*^--ii55ksfe?^^^^^
L yfir^^i^is^
M
Military Science — 799
MILITARY SCIENCE
MAJOR RALPH ITALIA, CHAIRPERSON: MAJ DEAN C. FORD, CAP
CHARLES M. BONGIOVANNI, CPT WILLIAM H. COLBY, CPT SALVA-
TORE DINA, JR., MAJ EDWARD FLOWERS, CPT CRAIG L. HALBROOK,
CPT THOMAS V. MORLEY, CPT ALAN THRASHER, SGM RAYMOND C.
BROADBENT SFC GARY C. BENNETT, SFC ROBERT M. MAMULA,
SFC MARK T OSBORN, SSG MARTHA E. GRANADOS, SP5 JACK
ROSS
Indiana University of Pennsylvania is authorized a Senior Reserve Officers Training
Corps (ROTC) unit. The ROTC program offers to both men and women the opportu-
nity to learn and practice leadership and managerial techniques that will prove ben-
eficial to all life's future endeavors; to obtain credits which count toward graduation;
and to those who choose to complete the total program, a commission as a second
lieutenant in the US Army
Regular ROTC classes for two semesters satisfy the mandatory University require-
ment for taking Health and Physical Education classes.
ENROLLMENT
The program is broken into two phases: the Basic Course (freshman and sopho-
more years) and the Advanced Course (junior and senior years). Enrollment in any of
the freshman or sophomore level ROTC courses (MS 1 01 , MS 1 02, MS 203, MS 204,
or MS 996 through MS 999) in no way obligates or commits the student to any military
200 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
service or any further ROTC courses. These courses are offered on the same basis
as other academic courses at lUP with the privilege of withdrawing at any time.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ENROLLMENT
The general requirements for enrollment in ROTC are that the student be accept-
ed by the University as a regular enrolled student, be a citizen of the United States,
physically qualified, not less than 14 years of age, but 27 or less at anticipated
graduation date. Veterans and junior ROTC graduates may receive exemptions from
the Basic ROTC Course as approved by the PMS. For continuation in the ROTC
during the junior and seniors years, the student must have a 2.0 grade point average
in his academic area, successfully completed requirements for the Basic ROTC
Course, pass a physical examination, and be accepted by the Professor of Military
Science (PMS). Advanced Course students must agree in writing to complete the
junior and senior years since they will receive $100 a month subsistence during
these school years.
WHAT ROTC OFFERS
Equipment, ROTC textbooks and uniforms are issued without cost to enrolled
students.
Credit for successful completion of the four-semester hour Health and Physical
Education General Education requirement for graduation.
Students formally enrolled in the Advanced Course (MS 305, MS 306, MS 407 and
MS 408) are paid a subsistence allowance (currently $100 a month) during the
school year.
Training in other practical skills such as scuba diving, adventure training, rappelling,
marksmanship, orienteering, first aid techniques and water safety.
Opportunites to examine the military profession in detail. This includes the Regular
Army, National Guard and Army Reserve.
If students so desire and are accepted into the Advanced Course, they will receive
commissions as Second Lieutenants upon graduation from the University and serve
either three years continuous active duty or three months active duty for training with
the remaining obligation served in the Army Reserve or National Guard.
MILITARY SCIENCE CURRICULUM
REGULAR BASIC COURSE - The first two years of military science provide a
background of the historical role of military forces as well as current national military
objectives. In addition, basic leadership is developed and certain skills are taught
such as adventure training, survival training, map reading, scuba diving, rappelling
and marksmanship.
MS 101 WORLD MILITARY HISTORY 2 s.h.
A study of the relationship and impact of warfare and military forces on the development of the
world. This includes the interaction of military forces on the social, economical, and technologi-
cal development of the world as well as a study of strategy, tactics and personalities involved in
the major wars. The time period covered is from 1700 to World War I. Also, see Leadership
Military Science — 207
Laboratory.
MS 102 AMERICAN MILITARY HISTORY 2 s.h.
Study of the evolution of American military institutions and policies and their relationship to
society from World War I to present. Included will be studies of the major wars, their strategy
and their impact as well as the personalities involved. Also, see Leadership Laboratory.
MS 203 FUNDAMENTALS FOR TACTICAL OPERATIONS, 2 s.h.
TECHNIQUES OF LEADERSHIP AND WEAPONS CHARACTERISTICS
Organization, techniques, resources and capabilities involved in conducting small unit tactical
operations. Emphasis is on leadership, organization, and management techniques needed to
cause a group of people to accomplish specific objectives. Characteristics of military weapons
systems are taught. Students serve as a leader in Leadership Labs.
MS 204 NATIONAL SECURITY AND FUNDAMENTALS OF . 2 s.h.
MILITARY TOPOGRAPHY
Study of national security concepts, policies and the national decision-making process with
emphasis on national resources, national will, and economic factors. Included will be a study of
nuclear and conventional response options. Fundamentals of military topography include the
use of military maps to determine topographic features, conduct land navigation and perform
terrain analysis will be covered.
OPTIONAL BASIC COURSE - Designed for freshman and sophomore students who
find that their academic load is too heavy for them to take the regular Basic Course
but still desire to participate in the ROTC program. This option enables the student to
enroll in only one class per week in the ROTC program. Only the Leadership
Laboratory class is taken. (Contents of this class is listed below.) Completion of
optional Basic Course in freshman and sophomore years will qualify the student to
enroll in the Advanced Course should he/she desire to do so. Academic credit toward
graduation is not granted, nor is the University requirement for Health and Physical
Education satisfied by taking this option as it is for the reguair Basic Course. Course
identification for freshmen and sophomores is MS 996, MS 997 and MS 998, MS 99
respectively
ADVANCED COURSE - The last two years constitute the Advanced Course of
instruction for both men and women who desire a commission as a Second Lieuten-
ant in the Army of the United States. (Either the Army Reserve, National Guard or, for
selected students, the Regular Army). This phase is composed of studies in ad-
vanced leadership and management, tactics, military law, psychological, physiologi-
cal and social factors which affect human behavior and modern instructional and
training techniques. Practical application is the rule and students have the opportuni-
ty to practice and polish their skills. Participation In the Advanced Course will earn
the student approximately $2,400 between $100 a month subsistence and pay for
summer camp ($1,800 Is not taxable).
MS 305 FUNDAMENTALS OF LEADERSHIP AND 3 s.h.
MODERN LEARNING/TEACHING RELATIONSHIP
Management as applied in classroom and field to include case studies in psychological,
physiological, and sociological factors which affect human behavior; individual and group
solution of leadership problems common to small units. Also, see Leadership Laboratory.
MS 306 STUDY OF ADVANCE LEADER PLANNING AND EXECUTION 3 s.h.
OF MODERN COMBAT OPERATIONS
Analysis of leaders role in directing and coordinating efforts of individuals and small units in
execution of offensive and defensive tactical missions, to include command and control
systems, the military team, and communications techniques. Also, see Leadership Laboratory.
202 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MS 407 MANAGEMENT OF THE MILITARY COMPLEX TO 3 S.h.
INCLUDE FUNDAMENTALS OF MILITARY AND INTERNATIONAL LAW
Study of the various managerial elements needed to effectively control a military organization
and their techniques used to accomplish these functions. Studies in military law and interna-
tional law prepare the students for his legal responsibilities.
MS 408 SEMINAR IN MILITARY ANALYSIS AND MANAGEMENT 3 S.h.
Contemporary analysis of use of military in world affairs to include importance of strategic
mobility and neutralization of insurgent movements. Selected management problems and
situations will be presented as they relate to military justice, administration, and obligation and
responsibilities of an officer Also, see Leadership Laboratory.
LEADERSHIP LABORATORY (one afternoon per week) 0 s.h.
A practical experience designed for the attainment and application of leadership principles.
Concurrently scheduled in conjunction with all Military Science courses, it provides for practical
challenges in personal accomplishment, txjth physical and mental, and for development of
team work and leadership.
SUMMER CAMP 0 s.h.
Students attend a six-week summer camp upon completion of the first year of the Advanced
Course. Time at camp is devoted to practical application of principles and theories taught
during the preceding school years. While at camp, each student receives lodging, subsistence,
uniforms, medical care, reimbursement for travel and pay in amount of one-half pay of second
lieutenant per month.
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 203
School of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics
Charles R. Fuget, Dean
One of the characteristics of the twentieth century is the marked change in the
relation of citizens to their environment. Space probes, orbiting satellites, and
productive researches in the structure and synthesis of living matter have brought to
the forefront for re-examination such time honored queries as, "What is the nature of
the Universe?", or, "Can man control his natural environment?", or,"How did life
begin?". Correct answers to these and other questions, coupled with proper applica-
tion of this knowledge for man's betterment, must be a significant part of the goal of
educated people everywhere.
The objectives of the School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics are to acquaint
the student with the kinds of problems which lend themselves to possible solutions
through the use of science; to introduce different scientific techniques through
significant illustrative experiences; to give a sense of perspective in the development
of science; and to develop an understanding of the basic community of all scientific
disciplines.
DEGREES
The Departments of Biology Chemistry, and Physics offer work leading to either a
Bachelor of Science or a Bachelor of Arts degree, depending upon the specific
course program pursued. The Bachelor of Science degree is awarded for successful
204 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
work in the Departments of Computer Science, Geoscience, and Mathematics. The
Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded by the Department of Psychology.
Several departments in the School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics sponsor
Master of Arts or Master of Science degrees in the University's Graduate School.
Information on these programs should be obtained from The Graduate School.
Degree Requirements
In addition to the University's General Education requirements, all students seeking
a baccalaureate degree in the School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics must
complete the requirements for a major as established by the department through
which they wish to specialize. Statements of these requirements and for minoring in
a specific field, appear in the department sections that follow. A double major or
minor may encompass a discipline outside as well as within the School, but should
be opted only with adviser approval. As a general principle, there is considerable
latitude in course choice for Natural Sciences and Mathematics majors; for specifi-
cally required courses, substitutions in any program must have the written approval
of the student's department chairperson or the School Dean. The intermediate
series foreign language requirement (a description follows) applies without excep-
tion to all Natural Sciences and Mathematics degrees.
THE FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT
A candidate for a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree must demonstrate
a proficiency in a foreign language equivalent to that attained upon completion of two
years of college instruction in that language. This requirement may be met by:
a. successful completion of two semesters at the second year level in a specific
foreign language; or
b. successful completion of an exemption or credit examination in lieu of the above,
the examination administered by the appropriate I UP foreign language depart-
ment.
The foreign language requirement currently may be met through work in French,
German, Latin, Russian, or Spanish.
Any foreign student, registered as such at lUR whose acquired native language is
other than English and who demonstrates an acceptable proficiency in English, is
exempt from the foreign language requirement for a Natural Sciences and Mathe-
matics degree, if the department he/she is majoring in does not require a specific
language not thus covered.
SPECIAL CREDIT PROGRAM
School majors may be interested in the programs available through the Marine
Science Consortium.
The Marine Science Consortium was established in 1 968 for the purpose of promot-
ing teaching and research in the marine sciences. The participating institutions
include Indiana University of Pennsylvania and thirteen other colleges and universi-
ties. Although no separate major in the Marine Sciences exists, elective courses may
be taken and credited toward undergraduate curricula in Biology Geology Geogra-
phy and Earth Science. The Marine Science Consortium offers five 3-week sessions
during the summer at the NASA-Wallops Island Station, Virginia. Normally, several
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 205
research cruises are offered each summer
Students must register for credit and pay credit fees to a participating institution.
Room and board fees are paid to the Consortium. Applications for all summer
sessions must be submitted to the institutional Director by April 1 . Students must be
accepted by the Consortium before registering at a participating institution. See
section on Marine Science Consortium for a listing of courses. For brochure, sum-
mer bulletin, and application forms, contact either: Dr Gould F Schrock or Anthony J.
Mastase, Director
PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS
The School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics offers pre-professional programs
for the preparation of students for acceptance by a professional school: pre-dental,
pre-medical, and pre-veterinary medicine. In addition, the School offers a major in
the Natural Sciences for those students whose goal is pharmacy or pharmacology
optometry osteopathy podiatry or similar professional field. All programs are so
designed that, should work at a professional school not ensue, the student may earn
an lUP baccalaureate degree, provided he/she has been faithful to faculty advise-
ment.
The pre-professional health programs in Natural Sciences and Mathematics pre-
suppose that the student has an excellent background in the high school sciences
and mathematics, or will prove to be an excellent college student. Because admis-
sion standards at most professional schools are very high, students desiring pre-
professional preparation for any of these fields will find it advantageous to major in
the basic department discipline, making known to the department chairperson their
eventual goal but delaying explicit affiliation with the pre-professional program until
they have established themselves academically at the college level. Commitment to
any pre-professional program must be made not later than the end of the student's
fourth semester
Students interested in the related health fields (dentistry pharmacy optometry
osteopathy physical therapy podiatry etc.) should consult with the Dean of the
School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics during their first semester of lUP
attendance, or as soon thereafter as possible.
COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS
I UP has been fortunate to enter into cooperative agreements with a number of
outstanding institutions to provide significant career opportunities to our students.
These formal agreements provide for accelerated graduate or professional degree
programs or carefully planned and coordinated undergraduate programming with
the cooperating institution. Programs are intended to assure acceptance of properly
qualified students by the cooperating professional schools. Additional information
concerning the specific programs can be found under the appropriate academic
department in this catalog.
ENGINEERING (See Department of Physics)
Drexel University — the program combines the opportunity for two years of study at
lUP with the remaining three years of study as part of the Drexel plan of cooperative
education.
206 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
University of Pittsburgh — the program will allow the student to enroll at lUP for the
first two years of college and conclude degree work by enrolling in an engineering
progrann at the University of Pittsburgh for the last two years.
FAMILY MEDICINE (See School of Health Services)
Jefferson Medical College of Thomas Jefferson University — the program is de-
signed to increase the opportunities for lUP students to be admitted to Jefferson
Medical College in the Family Medicine Program designed to provide physicians to
rural communities in Pennsylvania where there is a shortage.
FORESTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (See Department of Biology)
Duke University — the program is designed to coordinate the education of students
from I UP with the graduate programs in forestry and environmental management
offered at Duke University
PODIATRY (See Natural Science)
Pennsylvania College of Pediatric Medicine — the program is designed to accelerate
the professional training of lUP students in the field of podiatry
INTERNSHIP PROGRAMS
Several departments have established programs under which students engage in
off-campus supervised work experience for credit.
For more information about specific Internship programs students should consult
with the chairperson of the department in which the student is majoring. Low-income
students eligible for internships may receive federal-state funding.
BIOLOGY DEPARTMENT
RICHARD E WAECHTER, CHAIRPERSON: ALICO, ANDREW, ASH, BAKER,
BROWE, CHARNEGO, CISKOWSKI, CONWAY, DIETRICH, FERRENCE, FOR-
BES, GALLATI, GOLD, HUE, HULING, HULSE, HUMPHREYS, KESNER, LIEGEY,
MERRITT MILLER, MOORE, NASTASE, PICKERING, SCHROCK, STRAW-
CUTTER, VALLOWE, WASKOSKIE, WINSTEAD, ZENISEK.
Degrees offered by the Biology Department are the Bachelor of Science in Biology,
the Bachelor of Arts in Biology Bachelor of Science in Environmental Health, and the
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Biology major The first three degree
programs are under the School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, and the fourth
under the School of Education. The department also offers a Biology minor
CURRICULA
The program leading to a B.S. in Biology is a concentrated curriculum designed to
give the student preparation for admission to graduate school or professional col-
leges, such as Medical, Dental and Veterinary Colleges. With the proper selection of
electives, the graduate should be qualified to assume a position in industry or in state
and fedeal agencies requiring well-trained biologists.
The program leading to a B.A. in Biology has a more flexible curriculum permitting
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 207
the student to obtain background in a diversity of related areas.
The Environmental Health Program is a preparation for employment in local, state,
and federal agencies and industry Incoming freshmen must be in attendance for four
years and two summer sessions. Between the junior and senior year each student
shokfJd serve an internship with a governmental agency or an industrial concern.
The program leading to the B.S. in Education with a Biology major is designed to
prepare for Certification in public school teaching.
NOTE: The Biology Department cooperates in programs with Jefferson Medical
College, Duke University School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, and Marine
Science Consortium, Inc.
CORE PROGRAM
Requirements for ALL Biology majors are 1 8 semester hours in Biology 1 6 semester
hours in Chemistry and 4 semester hours in Mathematics as follows:
Biology (18 semester hours)
Bl 105 - Cell Biology 4 s.h.
Bl 110 - Plant Biology 5 s.h.
Bl 120 - Animal Biology 5 s.h.
Bl 263 - Genetics 3 s.h.
Bl 480 - Biology Seminar 1 s.h.
Chemistry (16 semester hours)
CH 111 - Gen Chem I 4 s.h.
CH 112 - Gen Chem II 4 s.h.
CH 231 - Organic Chem I 4 s.h.
CH 351 - Biochemistry 4 s.h.
Mathematics (4 semester hours)
MA 121 -Calc I 4 s.h.
B.S. In Biology
In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Biology are 15 semester hours in Biology 4 semester hours in Chemistry, 3-4
semester hours in Mathematics, and 8 semester hours in Physics, as follows:
Biology
Bl Electives (electives for majors only) 15 s.h.
Chemistry
CH 232 - Organic Chem II 4 s.h.
Mathematics
MA 122 - Calc II or MA 217 Prob and Stat 4-3 s.h.
Physics
PY 111-1 - Physics I . 3 s.h.
PY 112-1 - Physics II 3 s.h.
PY 111-2 - Physics Lab 1 s.h.
PY 112-2 - Physics II Lab 1 s.h.
208 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
B.A. In Biology
In addition to the core program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in
Biology are 9 additional semester hours in Biology electives.
B.S. In Environmental Health (Biology core does not apply)
Required are at least 25 semester hours in Biology, 1 2 semester hours in Chemistry,
4 semester hours in Mathematics, 9 semester hours in Safety Science, and 3
semester hours in Political Science as follows:
Biology (25 semester hours)
Bl 105 - Cell Biology 4 s.h.
Bl 241 - Gen Microbiology 3 s.h.
Bl 362 - Ecology 3 s.h.
Bl 310 - Applied Entomology & Zoonoses 3 s.h.
Bl 321 - Environmental Protection I 3 s.h.
Bl 322 - Environmental Protection II 3 s.h.
Bl 498 - Internship 6 s.h.
Chemistry (12 semester hours)
CH 111 - Gen Chem I 4 s.h.
CH 112- Gen Chem II 4 s.h.
CH 231 - Organic Chem I 4 s.h.
Mathematics (4 semester hours)
MA 121 - Calc I 4 s.h.
Safety Sciences (9 semester hours)
SA 101 - Intro to Occupational Safety and 3 s.h.
Health Management
SA 301 - Nature & Effects of Occupational 3 s.h.
Health Hazards
SA 302 - Measurement & Evaluation of 3 s.h.
Occupational Health Hazards
Political Science (3 semester hours)
PS 370 - Public Administration I 3 s.h.
B.S. In Education - Biology Major
The requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education with a Biology
major are 29 semester hours in Biology 8 semester hours in Physics I & II with labs,
General Chemistry I and II, Organic Chemistry I and Biochemistry.
Biology (29 semester hours)
Bl 103 - General Biology I 4 s.h.
Bl 104 - General Biology II 4 s.h.
Bl 110 - Plant Biology 5 s.h.
Bl 120 - Animal Biology 5 s.h.
Bl 361 - Microbiology 3 s.h.
Bl (Electives for majors only): 8 s.h.
Bl 105 - Cell Biology
Bl 362 - Ecology
Bl 263 - Genetics
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 209
Minor in Biology
To minor in Biology, a student must have the permission of the Biology Department
Chairperson. The minor consists of the following courses plus biology electives for a
minimum total of 1 7 semester hours of biology.
81 103 Gen. Bio. I and Gen. Bio. II 8 s.h.
or
Bl 105 Cell Biology 4 s.h.
DUKE COOPERATIVE COLLEGE PROGRAM IN
FORESTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
The Cooperative College program with the Duke University School of Forestry and
Environmental Studies is designed to coordinate the undergraduate education of
students at Indiana University of Pennsylvania with graduate programs in the areas
of resources and environment offered at Duke. Undergraduate majors in one of the
natural sciences, mathematics, economics, business, or political science are suited
to the program. Preparation for the Duke program should include at least one year
each of biology with work in botany, economics with a significant component of
microeconomics, and mathematics which should include calculus, computer sci-
ence, and statistics. Applicants to the Duke program who have completed courses in
ecology, chemistry, geology, physics, and a foreign language; or additional courses
in biology, economics, and mathematics will be given preferential consideration.
Students are accepted in either of two degree programs at Duke, the Master of
Forestry (MF) or Master of Environmental Management (MEM).
Students may be accepted into the Duke graduate program after three years of high
quality undergraduate study at I UP or upon completion of the baccalaureate. Stu-
dents who qualify after three years will have completed most of the undergraduate
degree requirements at lUP except for total hours. Courses at Duke will be applied to
the bachelor's degree at lUP Dr Gould F Schrock, Department of Biology, is the
faculty adviser at I UP and assists students in program planning.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
A nominal fee will be charged for students requesting transportation in field courses.
Bl 103 GENERAL BIOLOGY I 4 s.h.
Introduces biological components of some of mans major problems, including energy storage
and release, molecular transport, chemical control, genetics, and development. Three hours
lecture, 2 hours lab per week.
Bl 104 GENERAL BIOLOGY II 4 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 103.
Completion of background information with study of selected areas of biology, such as genet-
ics, evolution, behavior, and principles of ecology Intensive consideration of the impact of
biological problems on mans existence concludes the semester Three hours lecture, 2 hours
lab per week.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE COURSES
Bl 105 CELL BIOLOGY 4 s.h.
Introductory course to increase depth of beginning student's understanding of structural,
functional development and evolutionary aspects of cell concept. Three hours lecture, 2 hours
lab per week.
270 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Bl 1 10 PLANT BIOLOGY 5 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 105 or special permission.
Plant structure, function development, recognition and grouping, environmental relationships,
and economic importance of plants considered. Three hours lecture, 4 hours lab per week.
Bl 1 1 2 PLANT DIVERSITY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 1 10
Anatomy and life processes of selected plant forms. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
Bl 120 ANIMAL BIOLOGY 5 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 105 or special permission.
Morphology, physiology, embryology ecology taxonomy social and economic importance of
animals; consideration of principles applicable to a correlation of classical with present zoology
Three hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
Bl 252 FIELD ZOOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 120
Held natural history of vertebrates; identification, collection, and preservation techniques. Held
trips required. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
Bl 261 ORNITHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Bl 105 or Bl 103 and 104
A study of birds of the region. Indoor laboratory as well as field trips required. Two hours lecture,
3 hours lab per week.
Bl 262 GENERAL ENTOMOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 120
Morphology anatomy ecology taxonomy economic and public health importance of insect
orders, particularly those of Western Pennsylvania; student collection and field trips required.
Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
Bl 263 GENETICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Bl 110 or 120 and OH 231.
Deals with the distribution and function of the hereditary material; special emphasis on
microbial, viral, and molecular genetics. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
Bl 271 EVOLUTION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: One year biology
Historical development of evolutionary thought, evidence and operational mechanisms in-
volved; origin and phylogenetic relationships of biologic groups. Three hours lecture per week.
Bl 272 CONSERVATION OF PLANT AND ANIMAL RESOURCES 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Bl 105 or Bl 103 and 104.
A study of accepted practices in soil, water, forest and wildlife conservation. Two hours lecture,
3 hours lab per week.
Bl 273 INTRODUCTION TO ROCKY MOUNTAIN ECOLOGY 4 s.h.
An introductory course intended primarily for those not familiar with the Rocky Mountains. Flora
and fauna of each of the life zones will be described, collected, and identified. Interactions
among the various elements of these ecosystems will be considered. This course will be given
in a wilderness area, Bridger-Teton National Forest. Primitive accommodations allow the
student the opportunity to enjoy the wilderness area as much as possilbe. Study takes place in
Bridger-Teton National Forest along the Grey's River, Wyoming. Tents, food, horses, etc. are
provided by a professional outfitter Offered only in the summer No prerequisites.
Bl 310 APPLIED ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOONOSES 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 120 or Permission of instructor
Study of the measures for abatement or control of arthropods, rodents, birds, and other disease
vectors of public importance; selection, chemistry formulation, and safe application of insecti-
cides, rodenticides, and fumigants; pesticiding equipment; application of biological and other
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 211
measures of control.
Bl 321 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION I 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Bl 105, CH 112, and pernnission of instructor
Considers innpact of important components of physical environment on health and deals with
principles and methods for identification, evaluation, and control of such health hazards. Major
attention given to principles and methods of epidemiological investigation.
Bl 322 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 321
Subjects receiving attention include: water and food supplies, domestic and industrial sewage
and wastes, housing, accidents, community air pollution, domestic and industrial poisons,
ionizing radiations, occupational health hazards.
Bl 331 ANIMAL DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 120
Aspects of comparative and molecular development of animals. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab
per week.
Bl 332 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 120
Discussion of anatomy of representative vertebrates from a comparative point of view. Stresses
major organizational changes observed in vertebrate history. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per
week.
Bl 350 CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CH 231
Topics include nutrition, uptake and preparation of food and oxygen, release of energy and
elimination of waste products; would complement the animal and plant physiology Two hours
lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
Bl 351 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Bl 110, CH 231.
Studies physiological processes occurring in plants, considered in relation to growth and
development of plant. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
Bl 352 COMPARATIVE ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Bl 120, CH 231
Comparative study of homeostatic mechanisms and systems in animals and their relation to
fundamental chemical and physical events in cells. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
Bl 360 MEDICAL MYCOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 105
A study of the mycology of pathogenic fungi. Consideration will include sources of infection,
distribution, symptomatology, diagnosis, prognosis, immunology and treatment. Pathogens
are used in the course and emphasis is placed upon actual laboratory technique and proce-
dures. Two hours lecture and three hours lab per week.
Bl 361 MICROBIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Bl 105, CH 231
Introduction to morphology, physiology, and ecology of procaryotic organisms. Importance of
microorganisms in basic and applied research, economics, infection, and immunology are
discussed. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
Bl 362 ECOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Bl 110 and 120.
Study of interrelations and adaptations of organisms; includes consideration of physical and
biotic environmental factors. Field trips. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
272 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Bl 372 PLANT ANATOMY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 110
Embryological development and growth and maturation of typical vascular plants; emphasis
placed on differentiation and maturation of plant organs of various families. Two hours lecture, 3
hours lab per week.
Bl 445 MICROTECHNIQUE 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: One year Biology one year Chemistry.
Production of whole mount, smear, squash, microtome section and serial section microscope
slides of both plant and animal organisms. Three combined lecture/laboratories of 2 hours each
per week.
Bl 446 DENDROLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 1 10 or 1 12, or by permission of instructor
Study of woody plants as to their identification, distribution, ecology culture, anatomy, physiol-
ogy mensuration and utilization. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
Bl 451 TAXONOMY OF PLANTS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 110
Considers the collection, preservation, and identification and taxonomy of plants of this region.
Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
Bl 461 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY 4 s.h.
Prerequisites: Bl 350, 351 or 352, CH 351, MA 121 (or permission of instructor).
Molecular approach to quantitative analysis of mechanisms of functional operation and coordi-
nation in living organisms. Emphasis on chemical and physical principles operating at primary
functional units of organization. Three hours lecture and 3 hours lab per week.
Bl 463 LIMNOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Bl 362
An investigation into the physical, chemical, and biological aspects of inland waters and their
inter-relationships. In the latjoratory the student will gain experience in the techniques involved
in aquatic sampling and the analysis of data. Two hours lecture and three hours lab. (Saturday
or Sunday labs may be required).
Bl 472 RADIATION BIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Two years Biology one year Physics, and General, Organic, and Biochemistry.
Aspects of nuclear physics and radioactive isotopes; uses, effects, detection and measure-
ment of radioactive nuclides used in Biology Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
Bl 475 MAMMALOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 120
A general discussion of mammals emphasizing systematics, distribution, and structural and
functional modifications related to evolution of this group. Lab work samples numerous tech-
niques that can be applied to mammalian biology Two hours lecture, three hours lab per week.
Bl 476 PARASITOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 120
Structure, physiology ecology life cycles, pathology and treatment of parasitic protozoa,
flatworm and roundworm species of man. Dissection of hosts for parasites. Two hours lecture, 3
hours lab per week.
Bl 478 MYCOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Bl 110
The systematics, morphology and physiology of fungi, with emphasis on economically impor-
tant and experimentally useful Eumycophyta. Lab includes experiments in physiology and
genetics of fungi as well as collecting, culturing, and identifying representative taxa. Two hours
lecture 3 hours lab per week.
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics —213
Bl 480 BIOLOGY SEMINAR 1 s.h.
Discussion of recent trends in biological thought and research. Students report on assigned
readings and/or personal research.
81 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 1-3 s.h.
This course varies from semester to semester covering diverse topics in specific areas of
biology.
Bl 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.
Student investigates independently any field of biology in which interested. Work supervised by
a faculty member but does not involve regular class or laboratory hours. Enrollment by
permission only
Bl 489 LITERATURE OF BIOLOGY 2 s.h.
Designed to acquaint students with the use of library resources dealing with biology as well as
with the mechanics of preparing a scientific paper Practical hands-on experience in a literature
search is an integral part of the course work.
Bl 498 BIOLOGY INTERNSHIP Max. 12 semester hrs.,
only 6 semester hrs. may be applied toward the major.
Prerequisites: Biology major with at least 62 semester hours and permission of the Director of
Internships and the Chairperson. Selected students have opportunity, under Department
supervision, to gain off-campus practical experience in area of interest. Total numljer of credits
and number of credits toward the Biology major will be decided in consultation between
student, his/her adviser, and Director of Internships.
Course Required of Secondary Education Majors
ED 451 TEACHING SCIENCE IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.
Background to help science majors meet the problems of teaching science. Various inquiry
approaches useful in meeting objectives of a contemporary science class are taught and
exemplified. Two hours lecture, 2 hours lab per week.
Courses Provided for Students in Elementary Education
Bl 31 1 ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY 4 s.h.
Laboratory and field course providing basic knowledge in biology and its practical implications.
Physical and biological aspects of the environment are studied. Three hours lecture, 3 hours
lab per week.
EL 31 2 TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCIENCE 3 s.h.
Emphasis placed upon science as it relates to the child and the curriculum, planning for
teaching science, and recent innovations in science teaching. Two hours lecture, 2 hours lab
per week.
Courses For Non-Biology Majors
Bl 150 VERTEBRATE ANATOMY 3 s.h.
Study of systematic anatomy of vertebrate's body Deals almost entirely with the mammal. The
cat is used for dissection in lab. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
Bl 151 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Course deals with acquiring, through lecture presentations and laboratory experiments, an
understanding of the basic functions of the major organ systems of the human body The organ
systems examined include the following: Muscular system, cardiovascular system, respiratory
system, endocrine system, renal system, digestive system, reproductive system, and nervous
system. Two hours lecture and two hours lab per week.
Bl 241 GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Study of microorganisms, and role they play in water, soil, food, and infection. Standard
214 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
methods and techniques are emphasized in laboratory. Two hours lecture, 3 hours latx)ratory
per week.
CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT
STANFORD L. TACKETT, CHAIRPERSON: ASTING, BALLAS, BORDAS,
CHRISTODOULEAS, COLEMAN, COSTA, CRUMM, FAZIO, HARTLINE, KO-
LACZKOWSKI, MARKS, McKELVEY, PATSIGA, SCROXTON, SYTY, VARUGHESE,
WOOD, WUNZ, ZAMBOTTI.
Degrees offered by the Chemistry Department are the Bachelor of Science in
Chemistry, the Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry and the Bachelor of Science in
Education with a Chemistry major The first two degree programs are under the
School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, and the third is under the School of
Education. The department also offers a Chemistry minor.
CURRICULA
The B.S. in Chemistry is a professional degree and is accredited by the American
Chemical Society. The student completing this major should be qualified to assume
a position in industry or government as a chemist or to apply for admission to
graduate school to pursue advanced studies leading to the M.S. or Ph.D. degree.
The student considering going to a professional school who also wishes to complete
this degree should elect appropriate courses as required by the professional school
in addition to the courses required here. Those students who are particularly interested
in biochemistry should elect a few selected biology courses.
The curriculum leading to the B.A. in Chemistry is designed to allow for the workable
union of nonscience areas with chemistry in such a way as to retain the fundamental
science and mathematics requirements needed for a career in chemistry. A cogni-
zant selection of electives will qualify the student for entrance into many fields in
which there is an acute need for educated people and, at the same time, satisfy the
entrance requirements of various professional and graduate schools.
Some possible and useful combinations between chemistry and other disciplines
would include chemistry-biology chemistry-business administration, chemistry-
computer science, chemistry-criminology, chemistry-government, chemistry-pre-
dentai, chemistry-prelaw, chemistry-premedicine, and chemistry-English (technical
writing). The student must arrange a practical sequence of non-chemistry courses in
consort with his/her adviser and the department chairperson concerned. A student
seeking a career in forensic science should major in chemistry.
The curriculum leading to the B.S. in Education with a Chemistry major is designed
to prepare the student to teach chemistry at the secondary school level. Upon
completion of the specified course work, the graduate is eligible for certification as a
chemistry teacher by the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
Core Program
Requirements for ALL Chemistry majors are 29 semester hours in Chemistry, 8
semester hours in Mathematics, and 8 semester hours in Physics as follows:
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 275
Chemistry
CH 113-114 Concepts in Chem I and II 8 s.h.
CH 231-232 Org Chem I and II 8 s.h.
CH 321 Quant Analysis 4 s.h.
CH 322 Instrumental Analysis 4 s.h.
CH 341 Phys Chem I 4 s.h.
CH 343 Phys Chem Lab I 1 s.h.
Mathematics
MA 123-124 Calc I and II for Physics and 8 s.h.
Chemistry
Physics
PY 131-1,132-1 Physics I and II 3 s.h. each
PY 131-2,132-2 Physics I and II Lab 1 s.h. each
B.S. in Chemistry
In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Chemistry are 14-15 more semester hours in Chemistry and 3 more semester
hours in Mathematics. In addition, the Department requires that the foreign language
requirement (6 semester hours) of the School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
be fulfilled by German or Russian courses. Course numbers are as follows:
Chemistry
CH 301 Chemistry Seminar
CH 342 Phys Chem II
CH 344 Phys Chem Lab II
CH 41 1 Inorg Chem
Electlves from the following (6-7 semester hours):
CH 302 Industrial Chem
CH 331 Org Qual Analysis
CH 335 Advan Org Chem
CH 351 Biochem
CH 376 Radiochem
CH 412 Inorg Preparations
CH 421 Advan Instrum Analysis
CH 441 Advan Phys Chem
"CH 498 Problems in Chem
Mathematics (one of the following)
MA 1 71 Intro to Linear Algebra
MA 227 Calculus III
MA 241 Differential Equations
MA 342 Advanced Calculus for Applications
Foreign Language
GM 251-252 Ger III and Ger IV or
GM 256 Sci Ger (in place of 252)
RU 251-252 Russian III and IV
**CH 498 is required for ACS certification (2 s.h. course)
1 s.h.
3 s.h.
1 s.h.
3 s.h.
3 s.h.
3 s.h.
3 s.h.
4 s.h.
3 s.h.
3 s.h.
3 s.h.
3 s.h.
1-2 s.h.
3 s.h.
4 s.h.
3 s.h.
4 s.h.
3
s.h. each
3
s.h. each
276 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
B.A. in Chemistry
In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in
Chemistry are 15 semester hours minimum in a complementary field, including a
minimum of 6 semester hours of advanced work. Any foreign lanuage may be taken
to fulfill the Natural Sciences and Mathematics graduation requirement.
B.S. in Education (Chemistry Major)
In addition to the Core Program requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Education with a chemistry major are 4-5 more semester hours in Chemistry (a
minimum of 33 semester hours total in Chemistry are required), 4 semester hours in
biology, and 3 semester hours in education, as follows:
Chemistry
CH 498 Problems in Chem 1 or 2 s.h.
(at least one of the following)
CH 41 1 Inorganic Chem 3 s.h.
CH 351 Biochemistry 4 s.h.
CH 342 Physical Chemistry II 3 s.h.
Biology
Bl 105 Cell Biology 4 s.h.
Education
ED 451 Teaching Science in the Secondary School
(see Biology) 3 s.h.
Strongly Recommended Courses for Chemistry Majors
Due to the importance of computers in many areas of chemistry, it is strongly
recommended that all chemistry majors take one or two Computer Science courses.
Computer Science would be an excellent complementary field for the B.A. degree.
CO 110 Introduction to Computer Science 3 s.h.
CO 250 Introduction to Numerical Methods 3 s.h.
Minor in Chemistry
The minor in Chemistry consists of a minimum of 20 semester hours, selected as
follows:
CH 111-112 Gen Chem I and II 8 s.h.
CH 231-232 Org Chem I and II 8 s.h.
CH 321 Quant Analysis 4 s.h.
or
CH 323 Analytical Methods 4 s.h.
or
CH 351 Biochem 4 s.h.
Special Courses
The Chemistry Department provides certain special courses as services for other
Schools and Departments, such as CH 101 and 102, CH 103 and CH 355.
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics —217
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
For those courses which combine lecture and laboratory, attendance and satisfacto-
ry performance in the laboratory are required in order to pass the course.
CH 101-102 COLLEGE CHEMISTRY I & II 4 s.h. ea.
Topics from fields of inorganic, organic and biochemistry. Three hours lecture, 2 hours lab per
week.
CH 103 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY 4 s.h.
One-semester course to survey areas of inorganic and biochemistry. Open only to Physical
Education majors. Three hours lecture, 2 hours lab per week.
CH 111-112 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I AND II 4 s.h. each
Lecture-discussion of principles of chemistry, including theory and applications. The lab
illustrates principles discussed. Three hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
CH 113-114 CONCEPTS IN CHEMISTRY 4 s.h. each
These two semesters of general chemistry give the chemistry major an in-depth and quantita-
tive background in areas of physical, inorganic and analytical chemistry. Three hours lecture, 3
hours lab per week.
CH 230 PHYSICAL CONCEPTS FOR BIOCHEMISTRY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: CH 101, CH 102
Study of important concepts from physical, analytical, and organic chemistry that are neces-
sary background for biochemistry. Designed for dietetics majors in the School of Home
Economics. Three hours lecture per week.
CH 231-232 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I AND II 4 s.h. each
Prerequisite: CH 1 12 or 1 14.
Study of compounds of carbon, with special emphasis on structure and reactions of more
important classes of carb>on compounds. Laboratory work involves preparation and purification
of representative compounds. Three hours lecture, 4 hours lab per week.
CH 301 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 1 S.h.
Discussion of current technical literature and current research problems of staff. Lectures by
outside chemists and student presentations. Open to junior or senior chemistry majors and to
others by permission of the instructor One hour per week.
CH 302 INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CH 232.
Study of application of chemistry and science to industries of western Pennsylvania for the
science teacher Consists of lectures, laboratory work, and field trips to representative indus-
tries. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
CH 303 GLASSBLOWING TECHNIQUES 1 s.h.
Introduces science student to techniques necessary for construction and modification of
scientific glass apparatus. Limited to junior and senior science majors and others by permission
of instructor Two hours lecture instruction per week.
CH 305 NEW APPROACHES TO TEACHING HIGH SCHOOL 3 s.h.
CHEMISTRY
Prerequisite: at least junior chemistry education major
Survey of current approaches in teaching high school chemistry. Modified versions of Chem
Study Approach and Chemical Bond Approach investigated; individualization of chemistry and
application of various teaching materials and techniques used in individualizing chemistry
surveyed. Environmental chemistry and development of relevant topics in chemistry used to
better understand chemical basis of our current environmental problems.
278 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
CH 321 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS 4 s.h.
Prerequisite: CH 112 or CH 114.
Theory and practice of quantitative analysis, including gravimetric and volumetric analysis;
special emphasis on perfecting student's laboratory techniques and application of general
chemical knowledge through problem solving. Three hours lecture, 4 hours lab per week.
CH 322 INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS 4 s.h.
Prerequisite: CH 321.
Modern instrumental methods of chemical analysis. Student learns theory behind the instru-
ment, principles of operation, interpretation of data obtained, and limitations of methods. Three
hours lecture, 4 hours lab per week.
CH 323 ANALYTICAL METHODS 4 s.h.
Prerequisites: CH 112 and non-chemistry major
Principles of precipitation, acid-base, and oxidation-reduction, equilibria are applied to problem
solving and to laboratory determinations; instrumental methods of analysis, such as colorimetry,
atomic absorption and flame emission, gas chromatography etc. Three hours lecture, 4 hours
lab per week.
CH 331 ORGANIC QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: CH 231-232 (CH 232 may be taken concurrently).
Gives student experience in systematic identification of various classes of organic compounds
by both chemical and physical methods. Four hours lecture-laboratory per week.
CH 335 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: CH 232 and CH 341.
Selected topics of current interest covered. Possible topics include: reaction mechanisms,
molecular spectroscopy stereochemistry, natural products, heterocyclics, polymer chemistry
and organic synthesis. Three hours lecture per week.
CH 341 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I 4 s.h.
Prerequisites: MA 1 22, 1 24 or 1 28 and PY 1 1 2 or 1 32; CH 1 1 2 or 1 1 4.
Chemical thermodynamics with applications to solutions, phase and chemical equilibria-
kinetic theory. Four hours lecture per week.
CH 342 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CH 341
Study of solids, liquids, surfaces, chemical kinetics, electrochemistry, atomic and molecular
structure. Three hours lecture per week.
CH 343 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I 1 S.h.
Prerequisites: CH 321, 341.
Experiments illustrating application of fundamental laws to actual systems. Three hours lab per
week.
CH 344 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II 1 S.h.
Prerequisites: CH 342, 343
Extension of Physical Chemistry Laboratory I; experiments related to chemical kinetics, mo-
lecular spectroscopy and other topics of physical chemistry. Three hours lab per week.
CH 351 BIOCHEMISTRY 4 s.h.
Prerequisite: CH 231
Study of chemistry of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, minerals, vitamins, and hormones and
biological functions of each. Four hours lecture per week.
CH 355 BIOCHEMISTRY AND NUTRITION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CH 102.
Course for Home Economics major; studies chemistry and biological function of biologically
active compounds with respect to nutritional requirements. Three hours lecture per week.
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics —219
CH 376 RADIOCHEMISTRY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CH 322.
Study of basic aspects of nuclear structure, phenomena of radioactive isotopes and chemical
effects of such isotopes. Concurrent lab work utilizing instruments for detection and measure-
ment of radioactive nuclides used in chemical experimentation. Four hours lecture-laboratory
per week.
CH 41 1 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: CH 341
Gives understanding of advanced theories of atomic structure, chemical bonding, acids and
bases, coordination compounds, and selected topics. Three hours lecture per week.
CH 412 INORGANIC PREPARATIONS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: CH 321 and CH 411.
Lectures include discussion of descriptive chemistry of elements according to their periodicity;
laboratory includes investigation of synthesis; purification, and characterization of inorganic
substances. Four hours lecture-laboratory per week.
CH 421 ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CH 322
Study of modern chemical analysis, using advanced instrumental techniques; emphasis on
theory, principles of operation, capabilities, and limitations of advanced analytical instruments
used. Four hours lecture-laboratory per week.
CH 441 ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 3 S.h.
Prerequisite or Co-requisite: CH 342.
Study of fundamental ideas of quantum and statistical mechanics, molecular structure, and
other topics of current interest. Three hours lecture per week.
CH 498 PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTR/ 1 to 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of Chairperson.
Course of independent study on selected problems, including lab work, library reading, and
conferences with staff member A minimum of 4 hours per week required per credit.
CH 499 INTERNSHIP IN CHEMISTRY 4-9 s.h.
Prerequisites: CH 113, 114, 231, 232, 321, 341 and departmental approval.
Full-time involvement in an actual "on-the-job" situation in an industrial laboratory under the
tutelage of a selected precepter A department faculty member will work closely with the student
and precepter and will assume responsibility of making the final evaluation and assigning a
grade.
SC 105 PHYSICAL SCIENCE I 4 s.h.
See course description in Physics Department. This course is not a prerequisite for Physical
Science II.
SC 106 PHYSICAL SCIENCE II 4 s.h.
Designed to survey chemical principles and concepts and to relate these prinicples to our
current environment problems. Brief exploration made of chemistry of minerals and rocks and
sources of energy for the future. Three hours lecture, 2 hours lab per week.
SC 1 1 1 SCIENCE IN MODERN CIVILIZATION 3 s.h.
Designed to acquaint non-science major with some of the major scientific discoveries and to
develop an awareness of how science affects our lives. Three hours lecture per week.
COMPUTER SCIENCE DEPARTMENT
GERALD M. BURIOK, CHAIRPERSON: BUTERBAUGH, MAPLE, SHUBRA,
SWEENEY, TOMPKINS.
The program In Computer Science at lUP leads to the B.S. or B.A. degree and Is
220 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
designed primarily to prepare graduates for productive work in highly computer-
dependent areas of business, government, and industry. In recent years, the
distribution of first jobs for majors graduating from the program has been as follows:
Business Applications Programming and Systems
Analysis 24%
Government Applications 16%
Computer Software Development 24%
Scientific & Applied Mathematical Programming 12%
Graduate School 12%
Other Computer Related Jobs 1 2%
In a rapidly developing field such as Computer Science, It is important that the
graduate's education be broad and fundamental, so that new trends can more readily
be followed. Our goal is to balance fundamentality and breadth with sufficient
supervised practice so that our graduates are productive at the time they graduate,
but ready and willing to change with the field.
Most applied computer scientists work In cooperation with professionals trained in
other areas, and with managers. Hence the ability to work and communicate with
others of different education is an important characteristic. To that end, we encour-
age computer science majors to take a strong minor (or area concentration) in a
second area of interest. Some students may wish to double major. Majors in other
curricula at I UP are also welcome to take Computer Science courses for which they
are qualified, or a Computer Science minor
Student majoring in Computer Science should set their goals beyond simple pro-
gramming, and should be preparing:
1 . to program well, both In design and implementation phases, and document what
they have programmed, and
2. to analyze real-world problems in preparation for program design and implemen-
tation, and
3. to manage activities that are strongly computer dependent, or
4. to improve the tools that programmers and systems analysts use, i.e. to develop
a. better machine systems,
b. better software systems,
c. better languages for communicating with machines, or
d. better methods for solving intractable problems, or
5. to teach about computers at college or high school level, or
6. to advance the fundamental theory of digital information processors.
CURRICULA
The Computer Science Major Program to the B.A. or B.S. Degree (Note 1 ) includes:
Computer Science core courses:
CO 1 10 Introduction to Computer Science (Note 2) 3 s.h.
CO 220 Applied Computer Programming 3 s.h.
CO 250 Introduction to Numerical Methods 3 s.h.
CO 300 Assembler Language Programming 3 s.h.
CO 310 Data Structures 3 s.h.
CO 315 Large File Organization and Access 3 s.h.
CO 480 Seminar on Current Computer Topics, 2 s.h.
1 s.h.each semester of senior year
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics —221
At least one CO course numbered in the range 400-479.
Additional Computer Science courses to bring the total CO semester hours to a
minimum of 30
Minimum: 7 s.h.
Computer Science course requirement: 30 s.h.
Mathematics prerequisite to CO 250:
MA 121-122 or 123-124 or 127-128 (Note 3) 8 s.h.
General Education requirement of the School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics,
matics, including Foreign Language. Six semester hours of the 8 required in the
Calculus may be applied toward the General Education requirement of 52 semester
hours. CO courses are not accepted as part of the General Education requirement
for CO majors. Hence the additional requirement is: 46 s.h.
Elective courses, preferably including courses in a minor or concentration (Note 4),
possibly including additional Mathematics and Computer Science
courses. 40 s.h.
Minimum total for the B.A. or B.S. degree 124 s.h.
Note 1 : If a minor (or concentration) is selected from the School of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics, or from the School of Business, or if an additional 9
semester hours of Computer Science are taken, including 4 semester hours
of CO 485, then the B.S. degree is awarded. Otherwise the B.A. degree is
awarded.
Note 2: Credit in or exemption from CO 1 1 0 may be obtained by examination. Credit
so obtained applies to the major credit requirement of 30 semester hours,
but exemption does not. Alternatively, CO 200 (3 s.h.) followed by CO 21 0 (2
s.h.) may be taken instead of CO 1 10 (3 s.h.). In the latter case, only the 3
semester hours from CO 200 may be applied to the major credit requirement
of 30 semester hours.
Note 3: Any calculus sequence may be elected, MA 127-128 (227) for students
interested in pure math, MA 1 23-1 24 for students interested in applied math,
and MA 1 21 -1 22 for all others. Any calculus sequence may apply to a minor
in mathematics.
Note 4: Minors are possible in a wide variety of fields. See Note 1 . For specific
restrictions on the minor program, see the announcement of the selected
minor department in the Undergraduate Bulletin.
Concentration in Business for Computer Science Majors
(in lieu of a minor)
(18 semester hours minimum; B.S. degree awarded)
BU 221 Accounting Principles I (3 s.h.)
BU 251 Accounting Principles II (3 s.h.)
BU 439 Management Information Systems (3 s.h.)
Additional general business courses (3 s.h. or more)
Additional systems analysis courses (3 s.h. or more) selected with adviser approval.
Minor in Computer Science
Any 1 5 semester hours of Computer Science for which the student is qualified,
222 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
necessarily including CO 220, Applied Computer Progrannming.
An undergraduate course in Computer Science for majors in other disciplines who
wish to take only one course is:
CO 200 Introduction to Computers (3 s.h.)
A student who decides to minor in Computer Science after completing CO 200 may
elect CO 210 (2 s.h.), and will then have the equivalent of CO 1 10, for prerequisite
purposes.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Core Courses
CO 110 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE 3 s.h.
(For science, mathematics, and computer science majors, and for others who have a sufficiently
quantitative orientation.) Basic structure of modern digital computers; batch processing vs.
interactive time-shared online computing; problem analysis and computer solution using
flowcharting and the FORTRAN language. Exemption or credit by examination possible. Two
hours lecture and 1 hour recitation per week.
CO 200 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS 3 s.h.
(For non-science, non-mathematics students, who have a more verbal orientation. See also
CO 210 below.)
A computer appreciation course for students with an interest in computers and what they can
do; survey of computer organization, flowcharting, and programming; exercises in the interactive
BASIC language; economic, political, psychological, and technical effects of computers in our
society Three hours lecture per week.
CO 210 PROGRAMMING THE COMPUTER 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: CO 200 or equivalent.
Development of computer programming skills using the FORTRAN language, including com-
puter representation of data. Problem analysis and computer solution using flowcharting and
the language learned. Two recitation hours per week. May be used as a prerequisite to
advanced courses in place of CO 110.
CO 220 APPLIED COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CO 110 or equivalent.
Structured programming principles and techniques, as implemented thru the ANS COBOL
language; program design using top-down techniques; group programming projects; program
and project documentation; introduction to tape and disc files. Two hours lecture and 1 hour
recitation per week.
CO 250 INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL METHODS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: CO 110, MA 122, 124 or 128.
Algorithmic methods for function evaluation, roots of equations, solutions to systems of
equations operations, matrix operations, curve fitting, interpolation, numerical integration and
differentation; errors in computation.
Three hours lecture per week.
CO 300 ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CO 110 or equivalent.
Examination of structure and languages of machines; representation of data, addressing
techniques, symbolic coding, assemblers, macros, etc; problem solution using assembly
language. Two hours lecture and 1 hour recitation per week.
CO 310 DATA STRUCTURES 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CO 220
Basic concepts of data; storage systems and structures; lists, arrays, strings, hashing tech-
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 223
niques; searching and sorting techniques; data structures in programming languages; string
processing. Three hours lecture per week.
CO 315 LARGE FILE ORGANIZATION AND ACCESS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: CO 220 and CO 310, or their equivalents.
The organization of large computer files for business systems, information systems, and other
applications. Use of COBOL and Assembler for efficient file access. Evaluation of file access
methods. Study of IBM file access conventions, and JCL. Three hours lecture per week.
Intermediate and Advanced Courses in Data Processing
CO 320 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: CO 315 or permission of the instructor
Planning, design, and implementation of large software systems using structured top-down
techniques; maintenance and documentation principles and practices; large group projects.
One hour lecture and two hours recitation per week.
CO 345 DATA COMMUNICATIONS 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: CO 220 and MA 214, 217, or equivalents.
Communication of digital data between computers, and to and from terminals and other
peripherals; computer networks; design project or term paper. Three hours of lecture per week.
CO 370 COMPUTER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CO 220
Concepts and techniques of computing facility nianagement, including selection of computer
resources; survey of applications in which computer resource management is needed; faculty
supervised management project at a selected local computer facility. Three hours lecture per
week.
CO 399 INTERNSHIP IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 4-12 s.h.
Prerequisites: CO 250, CO 300, CO 310, CO 315, CO 320,
completion of application, and selection by committee. Positions with participating companies
provide students with experience in Computer Science under the supervision of the companies
and faculty. Requirements include three on-site consultations, two university consultations,
completion of progress reports, and presentation of final cumulative paper. Offered only to
students during the second semester and summer of their Junior year, or the summer and the
first semester of their Senior year No more than 6 semester hours of CO 399 may be applied
toward the 30 semester hours requirements for a major in Computer Science.
CO 441 DATA BASE MANAGEMENT 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: CO 315
Review of data base concepts. Detailed study of data base management approaches. Com-
parative study of commercially available data base management systems. Project on the
locally available data base system. Three hours lecture per week.
CO 480 SEMINAR, CURRENT TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
Section 1: Trade Literature 1 s.h.
Section 2: Professional Literature 1 s.h.
Reading, review, and discussion of the current literature of computer science and industry,
effective oral presentation; employment prospects; one semester focuses on the trade litera-
ture, the other on the professional literature, of the field. Must be taken over 2 semesters, in
Senior year (or Junior year, if CO 399, Internship, is taken in Senior year), with each section
taken once. One hour recitation per week.
Advanced Courses in Programming Applications and Theory
CO 420 MODERN PROGRAMMING LANUAGES 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: CO 220 and CO 310.
Comparative study of the properties and applications of a range of modern higher level
programming languages, including APL, SNOBOL, PL7I, ALGOL 60, PASCAL, LISP and
224 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
TRAC. Comparison with older languages such as BASIC, FORTRAN, COBOL AND RPG.
Three hours lecture per week.
CO 450 APPLIED NUMERICAL METHODS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: CO 250, MA 171 and MA 241, or equivalents.
Polynomial approximations using finite differences, with applications in numerical integration
and differentiation. Numerical solution of initial value ordinary differential equations. The APL
language will be introduced and used, along with FORTRAN, in programming selected algo-
rithms. Three hours lecture per week.
CO 460 THEORY OF COMPUTATION 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: CO 310 and MA 219, or consent of instructor
Formal methods for describing and analyzing programming languages and algorithms.
Backus-Naur forms; productions; regular expressions; introduction to automata theory; Turing
machines; recent concepts in algorithm theory. Three hours lecture per week.
Advanced Courses in Machines & Systems Programming
CO 410 PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE AND MICROPROGRAMMING 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: CO 300 and CO 310.
The logical description of computer processor structure (architecture), with emphasis on the
microprogramming approach. Project assignments using the Microdata 1600 minicomputer
Three hours lecture per week.
CO 430 INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: CO 300 and CO 310.
Concepts and techniques of systems programming with an emphasis on assembly and
compilation of user programs. Representation of source language so as to facilitate the needed
translation process. Exercises using the Microdata 1 600/30 and the Xerox Sigma 6. Three
hours lecture per week.
Special Courses and Project Study
CO 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: 12 semester hours in Computer Science or consent of instructor
Seminar in advanced topics of Computer Science, content will vary, depending on interests of
instructor and students. May be repeated for additional credit. Three hours per week.
CO 485 SPECIAL PROJECTS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 1-4 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of a Computer Science faculty member who agrees to supervise your
project.
Arrangements for selection of a specific topic must be made before the end of the prior term.
Hours as arranged.
GEOSCIENCE DEPARTMENT
EDWARD A. STANLEY, CHAIRPERSON: CLARK, GRANATA, HALL, PARK,
PRINCE, C. SUTTON.
The Geoscience Department provides curricula in areas of natural science dealing
with and related to the earth and its environment by offering courses in astronomy,
geology, meteorology, and oceanography.
In addition to on-campus Instruction, opportunities exist for summer course work
and research in geology and oceanography at the Marine Science Consortium
located at Wallops Island, Virginia.
Degrees offered by the Geoscience Department are the Bachelor of Science in
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 225
Geology, the Bachelor of Science in Geoscience, and the Bachelor of Science in
Education with a major in Earth and Space Science or with a major in General
Science. The first three degree programs are under the School of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics, and the last two are under the School of Education.
The Department also will act in an advisory capacity for students enrolled in the B.S.
in Natural Sciences with concentrations in either Astronomy, Meteorology, or Ocea-
nography These degree programs are designed to prepare students for graduate
work in the aforementioned disciplines.
CURRICULA
The B.S. degree in Geology is, in a sense, a dual purpose degree program. Not only
is it designed to graduate well trained, competent geologists, able to compete for
positions as professional geologists in the job market; but it is also designed so as to
provide the student with the necessary allied science and math background to
enable the good student to qualify for admission to the Graduate School of his/her
choice in Geology
The B.S. degree in Geoscience offers the student a broad-based science back-
ground. In addition to the 38 semester hours of Geoscience (Astronomy, Geology
Meteorology Oceanography) the student will also acquire a strong background in
Math and the Allied Sciences of Chemistry, Biology and Physics. The student who
earns the B.S. degree in Geoscience may anticipate career openings in government
or private industry in those expanding fields directly associated with environmental
studies. The B.S. in Geoscience will also prepare students for admission to graduate
study should they choose to pursue academic preparation beyond the undergradu-
ate level.
The department recognizes as one of its functions the role of serving the field of
public education by the preparation of qualified and certified teachers of earth and
space science. Also, because of the interdisciplinary nature of both the department
and the requirements for preparing general science teachers, the department admin-
isters the program designed to lead to general science certification and includes
majors of that category as department members.
Minor in Geology
The minor in geology consists of 15 semester hours of geology General Geology I
and II are required. The remaining 7 semester hours of geology may be selected by
the student. It is recognized that the anthropology student minoring in geology would
benefit from courses differing in content from those benefiting students who, for
example, are majoring in Urban Planning. The department staff members will be
happy to consult with students concerning their special needs.
Minor in Geoscience
The requirement for the minor in Geoscience will be 16 semester hours of geosci-
ence, taken within the following framework. Students must complete one course in
each discipline within the department: Astronomy 3 semester hours; Geology 4
semester hours; Meteorology 3 semester hours; Oceanography 3 semester hours,
for a total of 1 3 semester hours. The additional 3 semester hours can be taken in any
one of the aforementioned disciplines. It is further stipulated that neither the non-
major General Astronomy nor the Geology of Pennsylvania courses will be accepta-
226 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ble toward the minor in Geoscience.
DEGREE PROGRAMS
B.S. in Geology
The departmental requirements for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Geology
are as follows:
*Geology 35 s.h.
Geoscience 3 s.h.
Math 7-8 s.h.
Chemistry 8 s.h.
Physics 8 s.h.
Electives 24-25 s.h.
'Includes a summer field course of 5 s.h. and two 1 s.h. inde-
pendent study. Detailed program description available in Geo-
science Department
B.S. in Geoscience
The departmental requirements for the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Geoscience are as follows:
Geoscience (Selected under adviser's supervision) 38 s.h.
Math ' 7-9 s.h.
Biology 11-14 s.h.
Chemistry 8 s.h.
Physics 8 s.h.
Electives 9-13 s.h.
Detailed program description available in Geoscience Department
B.S. in Education (Earth and Space Science Major)
The departmental requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education
with a major in Earth and Space Science are as follows:
Astronomy 7 s.h.
Geology 14 s.h.
Meteorology 6 s.h.
Oceanography 6 s.h.
Math 4 s.h.
Biology 4 s.h.
Chemistry 8 s.h.
Physics 4 s.h.
Detailed program description available in Geoscience Department
B.S. in Education (General Science Major)
A major in another science department may be certified in General Science if the
student's program includes, or is supplemented with, the prescribed credits, as
follows:
Astronomy 3 s.h.
Geology 3-4 s.h.
Geoscience Held course 3-4 s.h.
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 227
Meteorology 3 s.h.
Math 4 s.h.
Biology 8 s.h.
Chemistry 8 s.h.
Physics 8 s.h.
Science Elective 3 s.h.
Detailed program description available in Geoscience Department
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GS 101 EARTH SCIENCE I 3 s.h.
A non-mathematical treatment of introductory oceanography and geology designed specifical-
ly for non-science majors. Three hours of lecture per week.
GS 102 EARTH SCIENCE I LAB 1 s.h.
Should be taken concurrently with GS 101.
Lab experiences in various aspects of oceanography and geology Two hours lab per week,
including field trips.
GS 103 EARTH SCIENCE II 3 s.h.
No prerequisite.
The earth's upper environment is studied by focusing on the effects of the atmosphere and the
earth's place in the universe on the daily lives of man. Three hours lecture per week.
GS 104 EARTH SCIENCE LAB II 1 s.h.
Should be taken concurrently with GS 103.
Use of the weather station and the planetarium highlight the series of exercises designed to aid
students in developing meaningful concepts about their ability to understand and, in the future,
control their place in the universe. Two hours lab per week.
GS 1 10 GENERAL ASTRONOMY 3 s.h.
Specifically designed to introduce students to discipline of astronomy; emphasis placed on
study of planets, space program, constellations, and Milky Way Two hours lecture, one
laboratory session or night observation per week. No science or math majors except those
completing general science certification requirements.
GS 121 GENERAL GEOLOGY I 3 s.h.
Introduction to science of earth; properties and processes of earth's interior and crust and their
interaction with surface processes to shape and modify maris physical environment. Three
hours lecture per week.
GS 122 GENERAL GEOLOGY I LABORATORY 1 s.h.
Should be taken concurrently with GS 121.
Identification of common minerals and rocks; introduction to topographic and geologic maps, to
land forms, and to geologic structures. Three hours lab per week, including field trips.
GS 131 GENERAL GEOLOGY II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: GS 121 or permission of instructor
Introduction to history of earth, its physical changes and sequences of configuration, and
record of biological evolution. Three hours of lecture per week.
GS 132 GENERAL GEOLOGY II LABORATORY 1 s.h.
Should be taken concurrently with GS 131.
Selected problems in geologic map interpretation, paleontology and stratigraphic rock se-
quences. Three hours lab per week, including field thps.
GS 321 MINERALOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: GS 121 or CH 111.
228 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Concerned with properties of minerals; introduction to crystalography and chemistry of crys-
tals, followed by a determination of minerals and their probable genesis. Two hours lecture, 3
hours lab per week.
GS 322 IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC PETROLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: GS 321.
Concerned with a description of igneous and metamorphic rock character based upon mineral
components and physical relationship between mineral components of a rock. Two hours
lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
GS 324 GLACIAL GEOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: GS 121 and GS 131.
Study of origin and development of all features resulting from action of glaciers. Two hours
lecture and a laboratory or field trip per week.
GS 325 STRUCTURAL FIELD GEOLOGY I 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: GS 131 or permission of instructor
Analysis of deformation structures such as folds, joints, faults, foliation and lineation. Includes
lab and field work with geologic maps, cross sections, Brunton compass, stereographic
projections, and field reports on structures observed in the region. Two hours lecture, 3 hours
lab per week, and field trips.
GS 326 STRUCTURAL FIELD GEOLOGY II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: GS 325.
Techniques of geologic field work including work with Brunton compass, aerial photographs,
plane table and alidade, drafting, and rock color charts. Includes a field project involving
compilation of measured and described stratigraphic sections, a geologic map, cross sections,
and field report. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week, and field trips.
GS 327 GEOMORPHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: GS 121 and GS 131.
A study of the origin of the earth's land forms, including relationship of geologic structure to
landform types and role of geomorphic processes in landscape development. Two hours
lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
GS 330 PALEONTOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: GS 131 or permission of instructor
Study of the morphology evolution, geologic significance and paleoecology of invertebrate
fossils. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
GS 335 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: GS 321.
Deals with location and probable origin of fossil fuels, ores of the non-metals, and metallic ores,
both ferrous and nonferrous. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
GS 336 GEOLOGY OF THE NORTHERN ROCKIES 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
A field study of the major geologic features and relationships involved in the development of the
northern Rocky Mountains, National Park and Monument areas of South Dakota, Wyoming and
Montana are included among the areas investigated. Two weeks, summer only.
GS 341 SOLAR SYSTEM 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MA 121 and PY 111.
Fundamentals of astronomy, with emphasis on observational methods, mechanics and origin
of the solar system, and spatial relationship of the solar system to the other memt)ers of the
universe. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab or night observation per week.
GS 342 STELLAR ASTRONOMY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MA 121 and PY 111.
Fundamentals of astronomy, with emphasis on sun, stars, galaxies, the sidereal universe and
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 229
use of spectroscopy for gathering astronomical data. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab or night
observation per week.
GS 350 OPERATION OF THE PLANETARIUM 1 s.h.
Prerequisites: GS 110 or 341 or 342 or pernnission of instructor
Designed to acquaint the student with methods of operation and repair of a Spitz A-3-P
planetarium. Content includes topics suitable for lectures to various age groups. Student will
write and present a demonstration lesson. Meets once a week with occasional evening
observations.
GS 361 PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: PY 111 and MA 121 or permission of instructor
Introduction to physical, chemical, geological and biological nature of ocean; topography,
submarine geology and bottom deposits. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
GS 362 MARINE GEOLOGY AND PLATE TECTONICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Physics I and II, Geology courses.
A study of marine geology coastal geomorphology, marine sedimentary environments, and
plate tectonics examined in the light of sea floor spreading and other oceanographic evidences.
Two hours lecture, three hours lab per week.
GS 371 METEOROLOGY I 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: One year of Physical Science or Physics.
Introduction to meteorological sciences; composition and structure of the atmosphere; radia-
tion principles; elementary thermodynamics and heat balance. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab
per week.
GS 372 METEOROLOGY II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: GS 371 or permission of instructor
Introduction to physical, dynamical and theoretical meteorology Two hours lecture and 3 hours
lab per week.
GS 41 1 SEDIMENTARY PETROLOGY 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: GS 321 or permission of instructor
Study of sediments and sedimentary rocks with emphasis on interpreting ancient environments
of deposition utilizing sieve analysis, hand lens, and petrographic microscope. Two hours
lecture, 3 hours lab per week, and field trips.
GS 41 2 STRATIGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: GS 41 1 or permission of instructor
Principles and processes involved in development and description of stratified rock sequences,
principles and problems of correlation, and selected stratigraphic problems. Two hours lecture,
3 hours lab per week, and field trips.
GS 420 GEOLOGY OF PENNSYLVANIA 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
An advanced course dealing with many varied aspects of Pennsylvania geology including the
structure, stratigraphy and geologic history of its varied geologic provinces. Two hours lecture,
three hours lab per week.
GS 440 SUBSURFACE GEOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Minimum 20 credit hours of Geology
An introduction to the geology of petroleum, its origin, migration, entrapment and production.
Lab is designed to provide practical experience in subsurface mapping techniques and the use
and evaluation of geophysical logging devices. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab per week.
GS 441 CARBONATE GEOLOGY-FLORIDA 3 S.h.
Prerequiste: Permission cf Instructor
Two weeks of field study in Florida Keys. Course will be conducted from base camp in Florida
Keys and will consist of both land and water work as the different carbonate environments in the
230 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Keys, Florida Bay and in the Atlantic reef tract are studied.
GS 480 GEOSCIENCE SEMINAR 1 s.h.
For seniors majoring in some aspect of geoscience. The seminar:
(1) provides student opportunity to prepare, formally present, and defend a scientific paper
based either on his own research or on a topic chosen by him with the approval of instructor; (2)
provides opportunity to discuss topics presented by other students, faculty, or guests.
GS 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 1-3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
It is the department's intension to use this course to schedule extended field trips and for
teaching special courses which will utilize the specialities of the geoscience faculty
GS 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.
Independent study provides the student with an opportunity to use library, laboratory or field
research in an area which is of interest to him under the supervision of a designated faculty
member
GS 485 INTERNSHIP 1-3 s.h.
Summer work experiences with cooperating firms or agencies. May be scheduled only after
consultation with advisor and chairperson. Restricted to Junior and Senior Geoscience De-
partment majors.
MARINE SCIENCE CONSORTIUM
ANTHONY J. NASTASE AND GOULD F SCHROCK, DIRECTORS
The following courses are offered through the Marine Science Consortium which
operates during the summer at the NASA-Wallops Island Station, Virginia.
All courses include lecture and field work and meet for morning and afternoon
sessions on Monday through Friday.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MM 10 INTRODUCTION TO OCEANOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: None.
Introduction to physical, chemical, biological and geological aspects of oceans and methods
and techniques of oceanography Lab emphasis placed on at-sea assignments.
Ml 211 FIELD METHODS IN OCEANOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Ml 110 or consent of instructor
Familiarization with dynamic marine environment involving use and application of oceano-
graphic instruments and sampling devices.
Ml 212 NAVIGATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Four years high school math or equivalent or consent of the instructor
Covers navigation, i.e., the art and science of safely bringing a vessel from one position to
another in a body of water Course divided into: (1) brief historical background; (2) navigation
within sight of land, i.e., piloting; (3) navigation in the open sea, including electronic navigation
methods.
Ml 221 MARINE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: One year biology or consent of instructor
Study of marine invertebrates with emphasis on development, reproduction, structure, func-
tion, and classification of selected marine organisms.
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 231
Ml 241 MARINE BIOLOGY 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: Botany and zoology or consent of instructor
Study of plant and animal life in marine environment with emphasis placed upon physical and
chemical factors affecting biota.
Ml 250 MANAGEMENT OF WETLAND WILDLIFE 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: None.
The ecology and management of wetland wildlife, particularly of freshwater marshes and
saltwater marshes. Special emphasis on ecosystem approach.
Ml 260 MARINE ECOLOGY 3 S.h.
Prerequiste: One year of biology or consent of instructor
A course in ecology of marine organisms.
Ml 270 SCUBA DIVING 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Swimming ability and good health. (A standard diving physical form will be
mailed to students electing the course.)
Students who complete course will receive a National Association of Underwater Instructors
Diver Certificate.
Ml 280 MARINE FIELD BIOLOGY 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: None.
An introduction to basic principles of ecology and natural history of selected plants and animals
in terrestrial, freshwater, and marine environments. Suitable for non-science majors.
Ml 331 CHEMICAL OCEANOGRAPHY 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: Ml 1 10 and one year of chemistry.
Treatment of oceanic chemical phenomena by sampling and laboratory analysis techniques.
Ml 342 MARINE BOTANY 3 S.h.
In-the-field studies and laboratory analysis by instrumentation of marine and marine fringe
plants in the Middle Atlantic Coast as exemplified by those found in the Cape Henlopen,
Delaware, and Wallops Island, Virginia, areas.
Ml 343 MARINE ICHTHYOLOGY 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: General Biology and/or consent of the instructor
A study of fishes. Specimens collected along Eastern Seaboard by students will be used to
illustrate anatomy, physiology and systematics of this major vertebrate group. Held collections
will give student opportunity to observe relationships of these animals to biotic and physical
environment.
Ml 344 ANATOMY OF MARINE CHORDATES 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Six hours of biology including general Zoology
Designed to familiarize students with various aspects of marine chordates.
Ml 345 MARINE ORNITHOLOGY 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: One year of Biology or consent of the instructor
Introduces student to avain fauna of seacoast and enables comparison with inland species. In
addition to field work providing visual and vocal identification, lecture material will include
information on distribution, behavior, physiology, and anatomy of birds.
Ml 362 MARINE GEOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Ml 110 and physical geology or consent of instructor
Studies of structural and sedimentary environments of continental shelf, slopes, and ocean
basins and crustal structure of earth and its relation to sedimentary record and geologic history
of oceans.
Ml 364 PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Ml 110, one year of physics, one semester of calculus and permission of the
instructor
232 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Course includes consideration of physical properties, mass and energy budgets, theory of
distribution of variables; cause, nature, measurennent, analysis and prediction of tides, currents
and waves; and basic instrumentation in the field.
Ml 420 MARINE MICROPALEONTOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: One year of geology and biology or consent of instructor
Deals with modern, living representatives of microorganisms important in fossil record with
particular emphasis placed on taxonomy, morphology evolution and ecologic affinities of
representative groups.
Ml 431 ECOLOGY OF MARINE PLANKTON 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: One year of Biology
Study of phytoplankton and zooplankton in marine and brackish environments. Qualitative and
quantitative comparisons made between the planktonic populations of various types of habi-
tats in relation to primary and secondary productivity.
Ml 459 COASTAL GEOMORPHOLOGY 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: One year of Geology
A study of coastal geomorphology with emphasis on Late Cenozoic and Pleistocene sea-level
changes in response to world-wide continental glaciation. The student will participate in field
studies of Pleistocene deposits and the weathering of these deposits.
Ml 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: Instructor consent.
Topics vary from session to session.
Ml 500 PROBLEMS IN MARINE SCIENCE 3 s.h.
Graduate students or undergraduate students with advanced standing registering for this
course may elect either of the following options.
Option A: Take a 200, 300, or 400 level Ml course and complete, in addition to regular course
requirements, a project in the area under direction of instructor
Option B: Complete an independent research project. A research proposal must be approved
by the Academic Committee of M.S.C. in advance of the time research is to be pursued.
MATHEMATICS DEPARTMENT
JAMES C. REBER, CHAIRPERSON: ANGELO, ARMS, BERTNESS, BROUGH-
TON, BUSOVICKI, CROOKS, A. DAVIS, DEISHER, DUNCAN, R. GIBSON,
HARTMAN, HENNEMANN, W. LONG, MADERER, D. McBRIDE, R. McBRIDE,
McCOY, MORRELL, MUELLER, OAKES, PETERS, REIGH, RETTIG, D. SHAFER,
SHAWER, SHEPLER, E. SMITH, W. SMITH, SPEAKMAN, STILWELL, WEST-
WOOD, WILLISON, R. WOLFE, M. WOODARD.
The Mathematics Department prepares students for work in industry, graduate
school mathematics, and teaching. Degrees offered by the Department are the
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics, the Bachelor of Science in Applied Mathemat-
ics, and the Bachelor of Science in Education with a Mathematics major The first two
degree programs are offered within the School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
and the third Is with the School of Education. The Department also offers a minor in
Mathematics and a minor in Applied Statistics.
The program for a mathematics major In the School of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics Is two-phased. A student may pursue a degree in Applied Mathematics
or Mathematics. Those completing a degree in Mathematics will be prepared to
continue their studies in mathematics in graduate school though some may enter
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 233
business, industry, or government service. Those students receiving a degree in
Applied Mathematics will be primarily prepared to enter business, industry or
government service in an area where mathematics or computer science is used or to
continue their studies in applied mathematics or computer science in graduate
school. This student would not be expected to continue graduate studies in pure
mathematics.
The program leading to the B.S. in Education with a Mathematics major prepares the
student for teaching mathematics in junior or senior high school. Many graduates,
however, continue their formal education in mathematics at the graduate level.
Core Program
Requirements for ALL Mathematics majors, beyond the Universitys General Educa-
tion requirements are CO 1 10 and 18 semester hours in Mathematics, as follows:
MA 127, 128, 227 - Calculus I, II, III 12 s.h.
MA 171 - Introduction to Linear Algebra 3 s.h.
MA 271 - Introduction to Algebraic Structures 3 s.h.
B.S. in Mathematics
in addition to the Core Program, requirements are 18 more semester hours in
Mathematics, as follows:
I. MA 421 - Advanced Calculus I 3 s.h.
MA 476 - Abstract Algebra I 3 s.h.
II. At least 3 semester hours in one of the following:
MA 422 - Advanced Calculus II 3 s.h.
MA 427 - Introduction to Topology 3 s.h.
MA 477 - Abstract Algebra II 3 s.h.
III. At least enough semester hours in the following courses to
meet the minimum requirements of 36 semester hours total
for the major:
MA 241 - Differential Equations 3 s.h.
MA 353 - Theory of Numbers 3 s.h.
MA 355 - Foundations of Geometry I 3 s.h.
MA 356 - Foundations of Geometry II 3 s.h.
MA 363 - Mathematical Statistics I 3 s.h.
MA 364 - Mathematical Statistics II 3 s.h.
MA 371 - Linear Algebra 3 s.h.
MA 423 - Complex Variables I 3 s.h.
MA 424 - Complex Variables II 3 s.h.
MA 465 - Topics in Statistics 3 s.h.
It is strongly recommended that the Mathematics major take two of the three courses
in Section II, one of the two being Introduction to Topology It is further recommended
that students who intend to take graduate work in mathematics check the require-
ments for entrance to their intended school of graduate study for guidance in
choosing cours6s from Section III.
234 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
B.S. in Applied Mathematics
In addition to the Core Program, requirements are as follows:
I. MA 241 - Differential Equations and MA 342 - Advanced
Calculus for Applications 7 s.h.
or
MA 421, 422 - Advanced Calculus I and II 6 s.fi.
MA 363, 364 - Mathematical Statistics I and II 6 s.h.
MA 445- Programming Models in Operations 3 s.h. each
Research
or
MA 446 - Probabilistic Models in Operations 3 s.h.
Research
An additional course selected from the following is required
so that the total number of semester hours is at least 36. MA
371 , MA 399, MA 423, MA 424, MA 427, MA 445, MA 446,
MA 465, MA 476, MA 477, MA 481 , MA 490.
. CO 250 - Introduction to Numerical Methods 3 s.h.
CO 450 - Applied Numerical Methods 3 s.h.
B.S. in Education (Mathematics Major)
In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Education with a Mathematics major are 16 semester hours in Mathematics,
including ED 456, as follows:
I. Required courses:
MA 355 - Foundations of Geometry I 3 s.h.
MA 452, 453, or 454 - Mathematical Methods 1 s.h.
Seminar*
ED 456 - Teaching Mathematics in the 3 s.h. each
Secondary Schools
'Seminars in teaching geometry, teaching algebra, and teaching general mathemat-
ics will be conducted as part of the seminar offerings. It is strongly recommended that
each Mathematics major take one of these seminars. It should be noted that the
student may take as many as 3 semester hours in Mathematical Methods Seminars.
II. Two 3 semester hours courses (total of 6 semester hours)
must be selected from the following five courses:
MA 353 - Theory of Numbers 3 s.h.
MA 363 - Mathematical Statistics I 3 s.h.
MA 371 - Linear Algebra 3 s.h.
MA 421 - Advanced Calculus I 3 s.h.
MA 476 - Abstract Algebra I 3 s.h.
III. Mathematics electives (chosen in consultation with advis-
er) at least 3 semester hours.
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 235
Minor in Mathematics
The Minor in Mathematics consists of a minimum of 17 semester hours in math-
ematics made up of any two semester sequence in calculus and additional semes-
ter hours selected from courses for mathematics majors. This excludes MA 010,
MA 101, 110, 214, 217, 417, 482, 483.
Minor in Applied Statistics
The Minor in Applied Statistics consists of a minimum of 17 semester hours in
Mathematics selected as follows: Required are (a) MA 121 , 123, or 127; (b) Choice
of at least one of the following: MA 1 02, MA 1 22, MA 1 71 ; (c) Choice of MA 21 4 or MA
217; (d) MA 417. The remaining semester hours may be chosen from appropriate
courses in Statistics, MA 481 , MA 482, MA 483, or mathematics courses approved
by designated adviser in the Mathematics Department.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MA 010 BASIC ALGEBRA 3 s.h.
A basic course in algebra including factoring, exponents and radicals, systems of linear
equations, complex fractions and inequalities. Designed for those students who lack the basic
algebraic skills required in MA 110 Elementary Functions. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 101 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.
Introduces logic and mathematical way of analyzing problems; develops an appreciation for
nature, breadth, and power of mathematics and its role in a technological society and intro-
duces useful mathematics or mathematics related to student interest. Possible topics include:
logic, problem-solving, number theory linear programming, probability statistics, intuitive
calculus, introduction to computers, mathematics of finance, game theory. Three hours lecture
per week.
MA 102 FINITE MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: At least 4 years of high school mathematics or a college mathematics course.
An informal approach to practical application of mathematics. Fundamental concepts of
matrices, linear system, linear programming, probability, and decision theory will be introduced
and used to develop mathematical models for business, physical science, and ecology.
Computer packages may be used as a tool to solve mathematical problems. This course may
be taken in place of MA 1 01 by well-prepared students or by those who have completed MA 1 01
and seek an additional experience. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 1 1 0 ELEMENTARY FUNCTIONS 3 s.h.
For students not prepared to begin study of calculus; topics include polynomial, exponential,
logarithmic and trigonometric functions. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 121/122 CALCULUS I AND II FOR BUSINESS, NATURAL AND 4 s.h. each
SOCIAL SCIENCES
Prerequisite: MA 1 10 or equivalent high school preparation.
Introduces non-math major to analytic geometry, elementary functions (including trig func-
tions), central ideas of the calculus (limit, derivative and integral), applications of these central
ideas to social and natural sciences and numerical methods that involve series. Four hours
lecture per week.
MA 123/124 CALCULUS I AND II FOR PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY 4 s.h. each
Prerequisites: High school algebra, geometry, and trigonometry.
Techniques of differentiation and integration, with application to analytic geometry of two and
three dimensions by means of vector analysis (algebra and calculus), kinematics, surface
integrals, line integrals, infinite series, matrices and simultaneous linear equations, differential
236 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
equations with numerous application to physical problems. Four hours lecture per week.
MA 127/128/227 CALCULUS I, II, AND III 4 s.h. each
Prerequisite: Permission of the Mathematics Department.
These courses stress the theory of the calculus as well as the application in problem solving.
Topics to be included are: Calculus I — real numbers, an introduction to analytic geometry,
functions, limits and continuity, derivatives and applications, the differential, and antidifferentiation;
Calculus II — definite integrals and applications, logarithmic and exponential functions, trigo-
nometric and inverse trigonometric functions, polar coordinates, hyperbolic functions, inde-
terminate forms, improper integrals and Taylor's formula; Calculus III — vectors in the plane,
parametric equations, vectors in three dimensional space, solid analytic geometry, differential
calculus of functions of several variables, directional derivatives, gradients, applications of
partial derivatives, infinite series. Four hours lecture per week.
MA 171 INTRODUCTION TO LINEAR ALGEBRA 3 s.h.
Introduction to vector spaces, linear transformations determinants and matrix algebra. Topics
are presented in a direct and intuitive approach. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 214 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS FOR BUSINESS MAJORS 3 s.h.
Designed to introduce study of probability theory, discrete random variables and probability
distributions, empirical frequency distributions, theoretical frequency distributions, statistical
investigations and sampling, and sampling distnbutions. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 217 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 3 s.h.
(For non-math majors)
Frequency distributions, measures of central tendency variation, elementary probability, sam-
pling, estimation, testing hypotheses, correlation and regression; emphasis on applications as
opposed to theoretical development of topics. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 219 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: CO 110 and a two semester calculus sequence.
Topics include set algebra, mappings, relations, semigroups, groups, directed and undirected
graphs, Boolean algebra and propositional logic, with examples and applications of these to
various areas of computer science. Eniphasis placed on developing an intuitive understanding
of basic structures rather than formal theories, and influence of these topics on theory and
practice of computing. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 241 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: MA 122 or 124 or 227.
Emphasis is placed on techniques of solution and elementary physical applications. A thor-
ough study is made of differential equations classified as order one-degree one, linear, and
nonhomogeneous. Solution techniques involving reduction of order techniques, the differential
operator and infinite series are introduced. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 271 INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES 3 s.h.
Gives student basic ideas of contemporary mathematics. Includes mathematical logic, algebra
of sets, equivalence relations and partitions of sets, functions, and fundamentals of group
theory. Methods of proof in area of abstract mathematics. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 342 ADVANCED CALCULUS FOR APPLICATIONS 4 s.h.
Prerequisite: MA 241
This course deals with application of mathematics to problems of science. Emphasis is placed
on the three phases of such an application and on the development of skills necessary to carry
out each step: (a) translation of the given physical information to a mathematical model; (b)
treatment of the model by mathematical methods; (c) interpretation of the mathematical result
in physical terms. Topics included are vector calculus, integral theorems, fourier series, partial
differential equations and the Laplace transformation. Four hours lecture per week.
MA 353 THEORY OF NUMBERS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: MA 271.
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 237
Divisibility, congruences, primitive roots, number theoretic functions, diophantine equations,
continued fractions, quadratic residues. Tfiree hiours lecture per week.
MA 355 FOUNDATIONS OF GEOMETRY I 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MA 171, 271.
Studies various groups of transformations and geometries associated with these groups in the
Euclidean plane. The Euclidean Similarity, Affine and Projective Groups of Transformations are
studied. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 356 FOUNDATIONS OF GEOMETRY II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: MA 355.
An extension of the topics included in MA 355. The real projective plane is introduced and the
analytic geometry of this plane. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 363 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: MA 122 or 124 or 227.
Probability theory necessary for understanding of mathematical statistics is developed. Appli-
cations of set theory to models, combinations and permutations, binomial, Poisson and normal
distributions, expected values and moment generating functions. Three hours lecture per
week.
MA 364 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: MA 363.
Multivariate distributions, change of variable technique, Chisquare distribution, estimation,
confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, contingency tables, goodness of fit. Practical applica-
tions are used to aid in the development. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 371 LINEAR ALGEBRA 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MA 171, 271.
Vector spaces and linear transformations are studied in a theorectical setting. Also canonical
forms and multilinear algebra are studied. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 399 INTERNSHIP IN MATHEMATICS 3-12 s.h.
Prerequisites: Completion of core curriculum, completion of application.
Positions with participating companies or agencies provide students with experience in math-
ematics related work under the supervision of the agencies and faculty Requirements include
one to three on-site consultations, two university consultations, completion of progress reports,
and presentation of final cumulative paper
MA 417 STATISTICAL APPLICATIONS 3 S.h.
(For non-math majors)
Prerequisite: MA 214 or 217.
Using computer programs, a wide array of statistical procedures for educational research
workers will be explored. Basic concepts of statistical inference and prediction will be reviewed,
including regression analysis and prediction, hypothesis testing, analysis of variance and
covariance, and partial and multiple correlation. Emphasis is on use of computer and interpre-
tation of computer print-outs, along with understanding techniques ecmployed. No computer
knowledge is necessary. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 421 ADVANCED CALCULUS I 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MA 124 or MA 227, MA 271.
Study of set theory, real number system, functions topology of cartesian space, sequences,
convergence and uniform covergence, continuity, and uniform continuity. Three hours lecture
per week.
MA 422 ADVANCED CALCULUS II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: MA 421.
Includes study of convergence sequences in Rn, global properties of continuity uniform
continuity, differentiation of Rn, Reimann integrals, and infinite series. Three hours lecture per
week.
238 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MA 423-424 COMPLEX VARIABLE I AND II 3 s.h. each
Prerequisite: MA 124 or 227.
Introduction to theory of functions of a complex variable: topics included are elementary
functions, analytic functions, conformal mapping, integration, series, and application. Three
hours lecture per week.
MA 427 INTRODUCTION TO TOPOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: MA 271.
Study of sets, functions, continuity, compactness, the separation axioms, and metric spaces;
application of .topology to analysis is demonstrated. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 445 PROGRAMMING MODELS IN OPERATIONS RESEARCH 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: 2 semester sequence of calculus
Development of deterministic mathematical models for managerial and social sciences with
relevant computational techniques. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 446 PROBABILISTIC MODELS IN OPERATIONS RESEARCH 13 s.h.
Prerequisites: 2 semester sequence of calculus, MA 363.
Development of probabilistic mathematical models for managerial and social sciences with
relevant computational techniques. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 452 SEMINAR IN TEACHING ALGEBRA 1-4 s.h.
MA 453 SEMINAR IN TEACHING GEOMETRY 1-4 s.h.
MA 454 SEMINAR IN TEACHING GENERAL MATHEMATICS 1-4 s.h.
Seminars are designed for pre-student teacher. Students in each class will gain insights into the
problems in teaching each topic, and become aware of the materials available and methods of
instruction geared to the special type of student. Education majors only
MA 465 TOPICS IN STATISTICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: MA 364
Correlation and regression from applied and theoretical points of view, bivariate and multivariate
normal distribution, analysis of variance, nonparametric methods. Practical problems involving
statistical techniques and use of computer statistical packages. Knowledge of computer
programming is not required. Three hours lecture per week.
MA 476 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MA 171, 271.
Development of theory of integral domains, fields, rings, and groups; designed to develop
student's power to think for himself and to improve ability to construct formal proofs. Three
hours lecture per week.
MA 477 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: MA 476
Designed to have student continue study of algebra by use of axiomatic method; Euclidean
domains; polynomial domains and extension fields included; inter-relationships between these
structures and simpler structures, particularly groups and rings, are developed as in study of
Galois group of a polynomial and in an introduction to Galois Theory. Three hours lecture per
week.
MA 481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS 1-3 s.h.
(Credit toward Math major)
MA 482 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS 1-3 S.h.
(Credit toward graduation)
MA 483 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS 1-3 S.h.
(Credit for non-math majors only)
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 239
MA 490 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.
MA 456 TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS 3 s.h.
(To be taken during the semester or summer session prior to student teaching.) Prepares
students to teach mathematics in modern secondary schools. Lesson planning and presenta-
tion evolve from examination of teaching strategies, use of media in teaching mathematics and
handling of individual differences. Three hours lecture per week.
NATURAL SCIENCES
CHARLES R. FUGET, DIRECTOR: BALLAS, SCR0X70N
The program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Natural Science is
designed to prepare students for various professional schools - optometry, podiatry,
pharmacy, dentistry (the natural science major is not recommended for medical
school preparation). The degree is offered by the School of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics.
In addition to the University's General Education requirements and the requirements
of the School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, a total of 45-46 semester hours
are required for the major The distribution is: Biology, 14 s.h.; Chemistry, 16 s.h.;
Physics, 8 s.h.; and Mathematics or Computer Science, 7 to 8 s.h.
NOTE: The credits in Natural Sciences and in Mathematics INCLUDE those re-
quired in the General Education portion of the degree requirements.
PHYSICS DEPARTMENT
GARY L. BUCKWALTER, CHAIRPERSON: BERRY, EDDY, FOX, GAGGINI,
HERSHMAN, MATOLYAK, MATOUS, McNAMARA, RAMSEY, RIBAN, ROBERTS,
WHITSON.
The Physics Department aims to fully prepare qualified young men and women for
careers in physics. Two degrees are offered within the School of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics: the Bachelor of Science in Physics and the Bachelor of Arts in
Physics. Each of these is adequate preparation for those wishing to enter a graduate
program in physics or wishing to pursue research in industrial technology or for those
wishing a strong physics background before aiming at their direct goal of medical
research, air pollution control, etc. Two degrees are provided within the School of
Education, the Bachelor of Science in Education with a Physics major and the
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Physics-Mathematics major The depart-
ment also provides a minor in Physics, as well as general science courses for those
who wish to be truly liberally educated with a working knowledge of the rudiments of
physical science.
In addition, a pre-engineering program is offered whereby a student may acquire the
first two years' requirements at I UP and complete the remainder at the cooperating
institution.
240 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
CURRICULA
Core Program
Requirements for ALL Physics programs are 18 semester hours in Physics and 18
semester hours in Mathematics as follows:
Physics
*PY 131-1 - Physics l-C Lecture 3 s.h.
*PY 132-1 - Physics ll-C Lecture 3 s.h.
*PY 131-2 - Physics l-C Lab 1 s.h.
*PY 132-2 - Physics ll-C Lab 1 s.h.
PY 222 - Mechanics I 2 s.h.
*PY 322 - Electricity and Magnetism I 2 s.h.
PY 331 - Modern Physics 3 s.h.
PY 350 - Intermediate Experimental Physics I 3 s.h.
Mathematics
*MA 123 - Calculus I for Physics and Chemistry 4 s.h.
*MA 124 - Calculus II for Physics and Chemistry 4 s.h.
MA 241 - Differential Equations 3 s.h.
MA 342 - Advanced Calculus for Applications 4 s.h.
CO 200 - Introduction to Computers
or
CO 1 10 - Introduction to Computer Science 3 s.h.
*0r appropriate substitute.
B.S. in Physics
In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Physics are 27 more semester hours in Physics and 3 more semester hours in
Mathematics, as follows:
Physics
PY 223 - Mechanics II 2 s.h.
PY 231 - Electronics 4 s.h.
PY 242 - Optics 3 s.h.
PY 323 - Electricity and Magnetism II 2 s.h.
PY 342 - Thermal and Statistical Physics 3 s.h.
PY 351 - Interm. Exp. Physics II 3 s.h.
PY 473 - Quantum Mechanics I 4 s.h.
PY 472 - Nuclear Physics 3 s.h.
or
PY 490 - Solid State Physics 3 s.h.
Physics Elective 3 s.h.
Mathematics - One of the following:
MA 171 - Intro to Linear Algebra 3 s.h.
MA 217 - Probability and Statistics 3 s.h.
MA 421 - Advanced Calculus I 3 s.h.
MA 423 - Complex Variables I 3 s.h.
CO 250 - Intro to Numerical Methods 3 s.h.
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics —241
B.A. in Physics
In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in
Physics are 18 more semester hours in Physics as follows:
Physics
PY 223 - Mechanics II 2 s.h.
PY 231 - Electronics 4 s.h.
PY 323 - Electricity and Magnetism II 2 s.h.
PY 351 - Interm. Exp. Physics II 3 s.h.
PY 473 - Quantum Mechanics I 4 s.h.
Physics Elective 3 s.h.
In addition, students are required to complete a two-semester Natural Science
sequence other than Physics and a two-semester advanced Social Science or a
two-semester advanced Natural Science sequence.
B.S. in Education (Physics Major)
In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Education with a Physics major are 10 more semester hours in Physics and 8
semester hours in Chemistry as follows:
Physics
PY 231 - Electronics 4 s.h.
PY 242 - Optics 3 s.h.
Physics Elective 3 s.h.
Chemistry
CH 111-112- General Chemistry I and II 4 s.h.
B.S. in Education (Physics - Mathematics Major)
In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Education with a combined Physics-Mathematics major are 6 more semester
hours in Physics and 12 more semester hours in Mathematics, as follows:
Physics
PY 242 - Optics 3 s.h.
Physics Elective 3 s.h.
Mathematics
MA 271 - Intro to Algebraic Structures 3 s.h.
MA 171 - Intro to Linear Algebra 3 s.h.
MA 355 - Foundations of Geometry I 3 s.h.
MA 421 - Advanced Calculus I 3 s.h.
Minor in Physics
To minor in Pysics, a student must successfully complete 15 semester hours in
Physics which must consist of at least three courses at the 200 level or higher PY
150 may be substituted with the permission of the chairperson.
Pre-Engineering (Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Materials, Mechanical) Common to all
242 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
engineering programs are the following science and mathematics requirements: *PY
131-1, *PY 131-2, *PY132-1,*PY 132-2, PY 322, PY 342, *MA 123, *MA 124, MA171,
*CH 111, *CH 112.
Further requirements depend on the particular engineering program chosen. Com-
plete information regarding a specific program may be obtained from the Physics
Department.
*0r appropriate substitute.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FY 101 PHYSICS AND OUR ENVIRONMENT 3 s.h.
An overview of the areas of energy, transportation and pollution. These topics are approached
via the relevant concepts of physical science and physics. Three hours lecture per week.
FY 11 0 SOLAR ENERGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SC 105 or equivalent.
Overview of the solar energy field including the feasibility of solar technologies in comparison
with other energy technologies. Science of solar collection, storage and applications. Three
hours lecture per week.
FY 111-1 FHVSICS I LECTURE 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Elementary algebra and trigonometry.
General college physics; mechanics, wave motion, and sound. Three hours lecture per week.
*FY 112-1 PHYSICS II LECTURE 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PY 111-1
Electricity and magnetism, heat, light, atomic and nuclear physics, and an elementary introduc-
tion to relativity and quantum theory. Three hours lecture per week.
*PY 111-2 PHYSICS I LAB 1 s.h.
Corequisite: PY 111-1
Physics laboratory at level of Physics I; exercises in mechanics, wave motion, and sound.
Three hours laboratory per week.
*PY 112-2 PHYSICS II LAB 1 s.h.
Corequisite: PY 112-1
Physics laboratory at level of Physics II; exercises in optics, electricity and magnetism, and
radioactivity. Three hours laboratory per week.
•PY 131-1 PHYSICS l-C LECTURE 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MA 121, 123 or 127, at least concurrently
A calculus-based course in general college physics; topics covered are similar to those covered
in Physics 1 1 1 , but are treated in more depth through use of calculus. Three hours lecture per
week.
*PY 132-1 PHYSICS ll-C LECTURE 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MA 122, 124, or 128, at least concurrently
Continuation of Physics l-C; topics covered are similar to those covered in Physics II, but are
treated in more depth through the use of the calculus. Three hours lecture per week.
*PY 131-2 PHYSICS l-C LAB 1 s.h.
Corequisite: PY 131-1
Sequence of physics laboratory at same level as Physics l-C; exercise in mechanics, wave
motion, sound and kinetic theory. Three hours latx)ratory per week.
*PY 132-2 PHYSICS ll-C LAB 1 S.h.
Corequisite: PY 132-1
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 243
Sequence of physics laboratory at same level as Physics ll-C; exercises in optics, electricity
and magnetism, and radioactivity. Three hours laboratory per week.
PY 150 COMPUTER APPLICATION TO PHYSICS U\BORATORIES 3 s.h.
Covers applications of the RCA 11 OA and micro-computers to laboratory data acquisition.
Interfacing design and construction as well as computer repair and machine level computer
programming are included. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory per week.
PY 151-1 MEDICAL PHYSICS LECTURE 3 s.h.
Development of concepts and principles of physics with a strong emphasis as to their use and
application in medical and other biophysical areas. Three hours lecture per week.
PY 151-2 MEDICAL PHYSICS LAB 1 s.h.
Experiments dealing with applications of physical principles to field of medicine. Practical
experience with use of electronic equipment, chart recorders, etc., of type found in modern day
medicine will be introduced. Three hours laboratory per week.
PY 222 MECHANICS 12 s.h.
Prerequisites: PY 111 or 131; MA 122, 124 or 128
Dynamics of a particle in one, two and three dimensions, central forces including planetary and
satellite motion, energy in particle dynamics, statics, systems of particles. Two hours lecture
per week.
PY 223 MECHANICS II 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: PY 222, MA 342 or MA 241.
Mechanics of a rigid body constraints, oscillations, wave motion, introduction to Lagrangian
and Hamiltonian formulation and relativistic mechanics. Two hours lecture per week.
PY 231 ELECTRONICS 4 s.h.
Prerequisites: PY 112-1 or 132-1-; MA 122, 124 or 128.
Circuit theory, transients, vacuum-tube and transistor circuits, frequency response, input and
output impedance, feedback and electronic noise. Operational amplifiers and digital electron-
ics. Three hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory per week.
PY 242 OPTICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PY 112-1 or 132-1; MA 122, 124, or 128.
Geometrical optics, physical optics, including interference, diffraction and polarization. Quan-
tum Optics is introduced. Three hours lecture per week.
PY 322 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM I 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: PY 222.
Electrostatic potential theory, dielectries, dipole theory, magnetostatics. Maxwells equation for
static fields, and Legendres polynomials and other approximation methods. Two hours lecture
per week.
PY 323 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM II 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: PY 322.
Time-dependent form of Maxwell's equations, electromagnetic induction, vector potential,
magnetism, radiation fields, and poynting vector. Two hours lecture per week.
PY 331 MODERN PHYSICS 3 s.h.
Prerequistes: PY 112-1 or 132-1; MA 122, 124 or 128.
Introduction to particle and wave properties of matter, atomic structure, relativity, solid state and
nuclear physics. Three hours lecture per week.
*PY 111-1, 112-1 with accompanying labs PY 11 1-2, 1 12-2 and PY 131-1, 132-1 with accom-
panying labs PY 1 31 -2, 1 32-2 also satisfy the General Education requirement for a laboratory
science sequence.
244 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
PY 342 THERMAL AND STATISTICAL PHYSICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PY 112-1 or 132-1; MA 122, 124 or 128.
Thermometry, laws of thermodynamics, low-temperature physics, entropy properties of ideal
gas, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture per week.
PY 350 INTERMEDIATE EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS I 3 s.h.
Prerequistes: PY 242 and 331.
Required fundamental experiments in areas of mechanics, optics, modern physics and heat.
Six hours laboratory per week.
PY 351 INTERMEDIATE EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PY 350.
Increasingly sophisticated experiments in essential areas of physics. Analog and digital com-
puters and the Van de Graaff are available. Six hours laboratory per week.
PY 421 SELECTED EXPERIMENTS I 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: PY 231 and 331.
Experiments selected from advanced optics, microwaves, radio and optical astronomy, semi-
conductor properties, cryogenics, and classic experiments in atomic physics. Six hours labora-
tory per week.
PY 432 ADVANCED ELECTRONICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PY 231.
Digital Measurement, Switching Circuit, Logic circuits, Counting, Coding, Input and Output, AD
and DA converters. Computer organization. Two hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory per week.
PY 472 NUCLEAR PHYSICS 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: PY 331.
Survey of nuclear physics; nuclear size; nuclear mass, reaction theory, types of radioactive
decay, nuclear models, nuclear forces and elementary particles. Three hours lecture per week.
PY 473 QUANTUM MECHANICS I 4 s.h.
Prerequisites: PY 222 and 331.
Quantum mechanics following method of Schrodinger; the theory is applied to properties of
harmonic oscillator, hydrogen atom, electron in a magnetic field and radioactive decay of alpha
particles. Four hours lecture per week.
PY 474 QUANTUM MECHANICS II 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: PY 473
A sequel to PY 473, general principles of quantum mechanics are further developed. Matrix
mechanics, angular momentum theory, time-independent perturbations, variational methods,
spin, and introduction to the many-body problem. Three hours lecture per week.
PY 490 SOLID STATE PHYSICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PY 223 and 331.
Reciprocal lattice, crystal structure, the quantization of fields to produce quasi-particles such as
phonons, magnons, excitons. Fermi gas of electrons, energy bands, semiconductor crystals,
and photoconductivity. Three hours lecture per week.
PY 498 PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS 1-4 s.h.
Prerequisites: PY 112-1 or 132-1; MA 121, 123 or 127.
Students select from topics such as: Physics education projects, spectrum analysis, cosmic
rays, digital and analog computer applications, astrophysics. Van de Graaff accelerator exper-
iment, cryogenics and electro-paramagnetic resonance.
General Education Courses
SC 105 PHYSICAL SCIENCE I 4 s.h.
The physical world is studied by focusing on concepts of matter and energy; emphasis on
physical phenomena that can be explained by Physics and Astronomy. Three hours lecture, 2
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 245
hours laboratory per week.
SC 106 PHYSICAL SCIENCE II 4 s.h.
See course descriptions in Chemistry Department section.
SC 401 THE GROWTH OF SCIENCE AND ITS CONCEPTS I 3 s.h.
Traces development of science concepts and their interaction with growing society of Western
Civilization, from earliest beginnings to time of Newton. Treatment is non-mathematical. Three
hours lecture per week.
SC 402 THE GROWTH OF SCIENCE AND ITS CONCEPTS II 3 S.h.
Influence and development of concepts of Science in Western Civilization are studied from
Newton to present time; stress placed on non-mathematical understanding of the basic ideas.
Three hours lecture per week.
ED 457 TEACHING PHYSICS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.
Provides foundation for a prospective secondary school physics teacher in the area of current
professional practices, curriculum, and methods.
PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT
DAVID E. GROVER, CHAIRPERSON: CARTWRIGHT, EDGAR, FLEISCHER, D.
R.JACOBS, R JACOBS, MAGEE, MARQUETTE, PATTON, RICH, RITTLE, ROSS,
SCHNEIDER, STIRES, SUSSMANN, THORNTON, VANDE CREEK, WALZ,
ZANICH.
The program in psychology leads to a Bachelor of Arts degree and is designed to
give the student an understanding of the methods and major findings of the science
of behavior, with an introduction to several areas of professional application. The
major offers the background required for graduate work in psychology and also
preparation for such related fields as social work, personnel work, advertising,
medicine, law, and theology. The department also offers a minor in psychology.
CURRICULA
B.A. In Psychology
The major in psychology consists of a minimum of eleven courses, including PC 101
- General Psychology and MA 21 7 - Probability and Statistics, both of which can be
used to meet General Education requirements, and Experimental Design and Anal-
ysis I and II. At least two courses must be taken from Group A and two courses from
Group B below. Psychology majors are required to complete a minor or concentra-
tion.
Course Group A
PC 361 - Motivation 3 s.h.
PC 362 - Physiological Psychology 3 s.h.
PC 363 - Human Cognition: Perception 3 s.h.
PC 365 - Conditioning and Learning 3 s.h.
PC 366 - Human Cognition: Learning 3 s.h.
PC 367 - Animal Behavior 3 s.h.
Course Group B
PC 351 - Intro, to Psych. Measurement 3 s.h.
PC 354 - Developmental Psychology OR 3 s.h.
PC 355 - Child Psychology 3 s.h.
246 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
PC 356 - Personality
PC 357 - Abnormal Psychology
PC 358 - Social Psychology
3s.h.
3s.h.
3s.h.
Suggested Course Sequence for Psychology Majors
Freshman Year
Rrst Semester
Second Semester
Sophomore Year
First Semester
Second Semester
PC 101 - General Psychology
MA 217 - Probability & Statistics
PC 290 - Exp. Design & Analysis I
PC 291 - Exp. Design & Analysis II
Junior Year
Rrst Semester
Second Semester
One course from Group A
One course from Group B
One course from Group A
One course from Group B
Senior Year
At least three additional courses in
psychology
An honors program has been developed to enrich the education of qualified
psychology majors and assist such students in gaining entrance to graduate
school by providing classroom and research experiences which will prepare
them for work at the graduate level.
Psychology majors possessing at least a 3.00 quality point index at the end of
their third semester are eligible to apply for entrance into the honors program.
The program itself consists of two research seminar courses and two semes-
ters of independent research taken in addition to the normal requirements for
the psychology major These requirements are normally met on a one course a
semester basis throughout the four semesters of the junior and senior years.
The two semesters of independent research are taken consecutively and are
devoted to the completion of an honors thesis.
Minor in Psychology
A minor in psychology consists of six courses: General Psychology Probability and
Statistics, Experimental Design and Analysis I, one course from Group A, one
course from Group B, and one additional course to be selected by the student.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PC 101 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the scientific study of behavior
3s.h.
3s.h.
PC 200 THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJUSTMENT
Prerequisite: PC 101.
Designed to present fundamental concepts of psychological adjustment. Emphasis on preven-
tive approaches to maladjustment and psychological disorders. (Cannot be used to meet
requirements for major or minor in psychology)
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics —247
PC 290 EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN AND ANALYSIS I 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, MA 217.
A laboratory course devoted to designing, conducting and evaluating results of psychological
experiments.
PC 291 EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN AND ANALYSIS II 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, 290.
A continuation of Experimental Design and Analysis I.
PC 351 INTRODUCTION TD PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, MA 217.
Survey of psychological measurement techniques, with emphasis on theoretical assumptions
underlying these techniques and discussion of interpretation and limitations of measuring
instruments.
PC 354 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequite: PC 101
Comprehensive study of all factors that contribute to human development from conception to
death, particularly as they relate to psychological development of individual. A survey course
directed at students not planning to take PC 355, PC 373, PC 374. Credit toward a major or
minor in psychology will not be given for both PC 354 and PC 355.
PC 355 CHILD PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PC 101
Study of factors that influence total development and behavior of child. Current theories and
research are considered, with focus upon optimum development of individual. Credit toward a
major or minor in psychology will not be given for both PC 355 and 354.
PC 356 PERSONALITY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PC 101
Provides comparative analysis of major representative traditional and contemporary theories of
personality
PC 357 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PC 101
The description, causes, and treatment of behaviors labled abnormal in our society are studied
from experimental and clinical points of view.
PC 358 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PC 101
The study of the effects of the social environment on human behavior Topics include perception
of person, attitude formation and change, and small group interaction.
PC 361 MOTIVATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, 290.
Systematic study of how behavior is initiated, sustained, directed, and terminated. Lecture and
laboratory.
PC 362 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, 290.
Study of relationship between behavior and anatomy and physiology of nervous system.
Lecture and laboratory.
PC 363 HUMAN COGNITION: PERCEPTION 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, 290.
Study of perceptual process. Sensory mechanisms for processing infpnnation are examined,
as well as responses to complex stimuli. Lecture and laboratory.
PC 365 CONDITIONING AND LEARNING 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, 290.
248 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Examination of basic principles of learning and related phenomena: discussion of classical
conditioning, discrimination learning and aversive control of behavior Lecture and laboratory.
PC 366 HUMAN COGNITION: LEARNING 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, 290.
Study of methods and findings in areas of human memory and human information processing.
Lecture and laboratory.
PC 367 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, 290.
Comparative survey of behavioral processes, with emphasis on sensory systems and learning
in organisms of different phylogenetic levels. Lecture and laboratory.
PC 373 ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PC 101.
Study of adolescent and his world, especially the physical aspects of adolscence, psychologi-
cal growth patterns, social pressures and adaptation.
PC 374 ADULT DEVELOPMENT AND AGING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PC 101
A survey of physiological, cognitive, emotional and social issues affecting the young adult, the
middle-aged and the elderly Includes an examination of significant adult life crises.
PC 375 APPLIED SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, 358.
The application of social psychological research and theory to selected public issues such as
racism, aggression, altruism, social injustice and international conflict.
PC 376 ENVIRONMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequite: PC 101.
The study of the relationship between human behavior and its environmental context. Empha-
sis on the physical environment, both natural and built.
PC 377 POLITICAL BEHAVIOR 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, PS 111.
An interdisciplir.ary course which investigates the psychological bases of political behavior
PC 378 PSYCHOLOGY OF DEATH & DYING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PC 101.
Theories and research which delineate the psychological factors affecting the dying person as
well as those persons close to one who is dying are discussed.
PC 399 INDUSTRIAL/ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101; MA 217.
The study of psycfiological principles in an organizational setting; application of psychological
principles to individual behavior and experience in organizations.
PC 410 HISTORICAL TRENDS IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PC 101.
Comprehensive overview of historical antecedents of contemporary psychology with emphasis
on their implications for future developments in the field.
PC 445 BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: 12 s.h. of psychology
Survey of the theoretical and empirical foundations of behavior modification procedures.
PC 450 INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101 and department consent.
Overview of clinical psychology with emphasis upon clinician's use of methods of evaluation,
and treatnient and modification of behavior
School of Natural Sciences & Mathematics — 249
PC 480 HONORS SEMINAR PSYCHOLOGY
Prerequisites: PC 290 and department consent.
3s.h.
PC 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY 2-3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101 and department consent.
A seminar providing study of selected topics not emphasized in other courses. May be taken
more than once to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
PC 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PSYCHOLOGY 1-3 S.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101 and department consent.
Individual students pursue their particular interests in psychology in consultation with a mem-
ber of the staff. May be taken more than once to a maximum of 6 credits.
PC 489 PSYCHOLOGICAL PRACTICUM 1-12 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101 and department consent.
Under supervision of psychology department, selected students receive experience in applica-
tion of psychological techniques. May be taken more than once to a maximum of 1 2 semester
hours.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 25 1
The School of Social
Sciences and Humanities
Dr. Joseph M. Gailanar, Dean
The School of Social Sciences and Humanities has as its objective the providing of a
liberal education as the basis of the student's preparation for a satisfying career. In a
dynamic society such as America's, a broad liberal education accompanying career
preparation is virtually a necessity. The School maintains an emphasis upon funda-
mental understanding and application of the basic principles of our cultural heritage,
combined with development of a thorough background of knowledge in the student's
specific area of interest. It seeks to promote in students critical and objective
thinking, analytical skill, and a keen awareness of their responsibilities to society as it
prepares them for their chosen field.
The school's programs of study are:
English
Government and Public Service
French
Political Science
German
Regional Planning
Journalism
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Pre-Professional Programs
Philosophy
Law School Preparation
Anthropology
Theological School Preparation
Criminology
Economics
Geography
History
International Studies
252 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
DEGREES
The departments of Criminology, Economics, English/Journalism, Geography, His-
tory, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Political Science, and Sociology-Anthropology
offer work leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree. The Bachelor of Science degree is
offered in Regional Planning. In addition, the Associate of Arts degree is offered by
the Criminology Department.
Several departments sponsor Master of Arts or Master of Science degrees in the
University's Graduate School, and the English department offers a graduate pro-
gram leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree. Information on these programs
should be obtained from the Graduate School.
Degree Requirements
In addition to the University's General Education requirements, all students seek-
ing a baccalaureate degree in the School of Social Sciences and Humanities must
complete the requirements for a major as established by the department through
which they wish to specialize. Statements of these requirements, and for minoring
in a specific field, appear in the department sections that follow. A double major or
minor may encompass a discipline outside as well as within the School, but should
be opted only with adviser approval. As a general principle, there is considerable
latitude in course choice for Social Sciences and Humanities majors; for specifically
required courses, substitutions in any program must have the written approval of the
students department chairperson or the School Dean. A foreign language may be
required in certain programs. Consult department section for this requirement.
SPECIAL CREDIT PROGRAMS
School majors may be interested in the various Foreign Study Tours. Credits obtain-
ed through such arrangements normally are applicable toward a Social Sciences
and Humanities degree. Also of interest are the School's credit-awarding I UP at
Valladolid (Spain), lUP at Duisburg (Germany), and lUP at Nancy (France) pro-
grams, as well as the Summer Study in Jalapa (Mexico) Program.
lUP at Valladolid: The University's Department of Foreign Lan-guages has spon-
sored a Spring semester of study at the University of Valladolid, Spain for the past
17 years. The participants will live in private homes. For details and brochures,
please contact Dr Juan Cruz Mendizabal, Department of Foreign Languages.
lUP at Duisburg: lUP has a study abroad program at the University of Duisburg, West
Germany The program is open to German majors and other students having specific
interest in a foreign study experience. Students must register for FL 100 and pay an
administrative fee of $50.00 per semester For further information, contact the
Chairperson, Department of Foreign Languages.
lUP at Nancy: The Foreign Language Department has established a study program
with the University of Nancy, France. Two separate study programs are available.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 253
Program A is intended for those participants who have studied advanced French
courses and for French majors. Program B is designed primarily for the non-major or
for the student who wishes to enroll for just one semester Participants in the Nancy
program must register for FL 100 and pay an administrative fee of $50.00 per
semester
lUP — MEXICO SUMMER PROGRAM — The Spanish Section of the Department
of Foreign Languages sponsors a program of study in Spanish Language in Mexico.
The program is located at Jalapa in the state of Veracruz and the cost of the program
includes transportation, complete room and board, insurance, tuition, etc. The
student may earn up to six hours of undergraduate or graduate credit. Internship
opportunities are available for students with fluency in Spanish. For a detailed
brochure, please contact the Chairperson, Department of Foreign Languages.
Self-Instruction in Critical Languages, FL 485 - A course intended for students
whose professional or personal interest leads them to the study of an uncommon-
ly-taught language, and whose motivation and aptitude are sufficiently high to un-
dertake this as independent study Dhll-masters will assist the student in three
weekly tutorial sessions, and specialists from other institutions will test orally the
achievement of each student at the conclusion of the course. Among the twenty
African, Asiatic and European languages available in this program, Japanese,
Chinese, Arabic, Hebrew, and Portuguese are of considerable interest today For
further information, contact the Chairperson, Department of Foreign Languages.
PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS
The School of Social Sciences and Humanities offers two pre-professional programs
that prepare the student for application to a professional school; pre-law and pre-
theology These are grounded in Social Sciences and Humanities and Business
department(s) - Pre-law in Business, Criminology Economics, English, History
Philosophy or Political Science; and pre-theology in Philosophy All programs are so
designed that, should work at a professional school not ensue, the student may earn
an lUP baccalaureate degree, provided he/she has been faithful to faculty advise-
ment.
Course work in the pre-law program centers upon a carefully developed interdiscipli-
nary minor For detailed guidance in pre-law, students should consult with the Dean
of Social Sciences and Humanities.
INTERNSHIP PROGRAMS
Several departments have established programs under which students engage in
off-campus supervised work experience for credit. During the past year I UP students
have worked in Harrisburg, Pa. as aides to state legislators, with the Governor's
Justice Commission and the Local Government Commission, and with the Investi-
gations Division, Pennsylvania Department of Justice. Others have worked at cor-
rectional institutions in Pittsburgh, Greensburg and Warrendale, as peer group
counselors on the local campus, as an assistant to the Pennsylvania State Repub-
lican Chairperson, as on-site guides at The United Nations, as workers on an
Israeli kibbutz, and as student aides for the Department of Education, Puerto
Rico. Other students have worked in the Pittsburgh federal probation office. Many
students have worked with major political parties and candidates at the local and
254 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
State level. At the county level, they have been attached to the County Planner, the
Common Pleas Court, Coroner, Treasurer, Commissioners and Boro Manager
Students have also worked in the Washington office of Pennsylvania Congress-
men, and in the Governor's Office.
For more information about specific Internship programs students should consult
with the chairperson of the department in which the student is majoring.
For Internships abroad, consult the information on the Foreign Language Depart-
ment.
CRIMINOLOGY DEPARTMENT
JOHN THOMAS, CHAIRPERSON: BOGAN, BROWN, COHEN, GRAY, McGUIRE,
McNABB, MELODINI, SHANNON, SULLIVAN, WEGENER.
The Department of Criminology offers men and women who seek a career in the
criminology field a professional education program supported by a broad liberal arts
education. The degree offered is the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in
Criminology under the School of Social Sciences and Humanities; also available are
a Two-year Academic Diploma, an Associate of Arts degree, and a minor in Crimi-
nology
The program in Criminology has a five-fold objective:
1 . The education of students for employment and leadership in the expanding field
of criminal justice.
2. The education of presently employed law enforcement and correctional officers
who recognize the need for raising their educational level.
3. The instruction of students who wish to acquire an understanding of the process-
es of criminal justice as a cultural part of their higher education.
4. The instruction of students who wish to prepare for graduate study and research in
the administration of justice.
5. A curriculum that provides an excellent foundation for students preparing for a
career in law.
Nearly every level of government offers opportunities for professional careers in
criminology Employment opportunities normally exist in more than 50 Federal
agencies, including Federal Bureau of Investigation, U.S. Secret Service, Bureau of
Narcotics, Intelligence Division (IRS), Inspection Service (IRS), Alcohol Tobacco
Tax Division (IRS), State Department Security, Atomic Energy Commission, and
military investigative branches.
Both men and women will find employment opportunites in parole and probation
work for Federal, state, and local governments, institutional careers concerned with
the custody and treatment of juveniles and adults at all levels of government. In
addition, many police departments have specialized units dealing with juveniles,
community relations, training and research. Criminalistic laboratories provide an-
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 255
other career area, and there are a wide variety of opportunities in traffic administra-
tion, investigative and security activities in the commercial and industrial fields.
Career opportunities are available also in research and teaching at the college and
university level and in research divisions of agencies in the field of administration of
justice.
CURRICULA
Required Courses:
CR 101 General Administration of Justice 3 s.h.
CR 102 Criminology 3 s.h.
CR 301 Criminal Law I 3 s.h.
CR 302 Criminal Law II 3 s.h.
CR 490 Crime in Modern Society 3 s.h.
B.A. in Criminology
In addition to the Required Course, the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of
Arts in Criminology are 15 more semester hours in Criminology as follows:
CR Electives 15 s.h.
Concentration in Industrial and Private Security and Loss Prevention
In addition to the required courses, a student in Criminology may elect to take a
concentration in the area of Private and Industrial Security The following courses are
required in order to have a concentration in this area:
CR 360 Introduction to Security 3 s.h.
CR 362 Security Administration 3 s.h.
CR 364 Retail Security/Loss Prevention 3 s.h.
CR 366 Physical and Plant Security 3 s.h.
CR 368 Personnel and Management Security 3 s.h.
Associate of Arts Degree (offered only on branch campuses)
For officers and students taking this program in Criminology requirements in addition
to the Required Courses are 1 8 semester hours in Criminology six semester hours in
English, three in Sociology three in Psychology three in Political Science, 15
semester hours of electives in the Social Sciences division. The requirements are as
follows:
Criminology
The following are suggested, but substitutions may be permitted depending on cir-
cumstances:
CR 201 Police Administration I 3 s.h.
CR 202 Police Administration II 3 s.h.
CR 310 Criminal Investigation 3 s.h.
CR 340 Crime Prevention 3 s.h.
CR 350 Techniques of Interviewing 3 s.h.
CR 415 Supervision in the Administration of Justice 3 s.h.
256 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
English
EN 101 English I 3 s.h.
EN 102 English II 3 s.h.
Psychology
PC 101 General Psychology 3 s.h.
Political Science
PS 1 1 1 American Politics 3 s.h.
Sociology
SO 151 Introduction to Sociology 3 s.h.
Electives
Any of the Social Sciences 15 s.h.
Minor in Criminology
The minor in criminology must be approved by the department and con-sists of a
minimum of 18 semester hours, consisting of the Required Courses plus the follow-
ing:
Criminology Electives 3 or more s.h.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CR 101 GENERAL ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 3 s.h.
Administration of criminal justice in United States. Deals with role of police, courts, and
correctional process.
CR 102 CRIMINOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CR 101
General survey of nature and causes of crime and its prevention and treatment.
CR 201 POLICE ADMINISTRATION I 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: CR 102
Analysis of organizational structure, administrative practices, and operating procedures of law
enforcement agencies.
CR 202 POLICE ADMINISTRATION II 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: CR 201
Continuation of Police Administration I, with special emphasis on staff functions, such as
records, communications, training, personnel administration, and finance.
CR 301 CRIMINAL LAW I 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: CR 101 and 102
A study and substantive law analysis of elements of crimes, with emphasis on understanding
the application of those elements. Attention given to defenses, uncompleted conduct, conspir-
acy and parties to crime.
CR 302 CRIMINAL LAW II 3 S.h.
Prerequistes: CR 101 and 102
Law of arrest, search and seizure, with discussion of important case law. Analysis of safe-
guards established for protection of individual liberties, especially as found in application of
rules governing the introduction and use of information in formalized legal proceedings.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 257
CR 310 CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION 3 S.h.
Theory and practice of investigation; discussion of various types of information obtainable from
persons and things; application of investigative theory to chme and accidents.
CR 311 CRIMINALISTICS 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: CR 310
Application of scientific crime detection methods; emphasis on collection, preservation, and
interpretation of physical evidence found in connection with a crime.
CR 320 TRAFFIC ADMINISTRATION I 3 s.h.
Origin and growth of traffic problem; emphasis on traffic enforcement and procedures, organi-
zation and functions of police traffic division, study of traffic laws and judicial process.
CR 325 INSTRUMENTAL DETECTION OF DECEPTION 3 s.h.
Devices for measuring emotional responses to verbal stimuli; psychological and physiological
aspects of deception; analysis of detection of deception techniques and their application to law
enforcement.
CR 330 PLANNING AND RESEARCH 3 s.h.
Prerequistes: CR 101 and 102
Role of planning and research in contemporary law enforcement; analysis of planning process
and nature of planning with emphasis on planning for special events and situations.
CR 340 CRIME PREVENTION 3 s.h.
Organization and function of crime prevention agencies; problems and techniques in the
prevention of crime; community resources in preventing crime.
CR 350 TECHNIQUES OF INTERVIEWING 3 s.h.
Consideration of the nature, methods, and principles of interviewing; emphasis on role playing
in interviewing situations.
CR 360 INTRODUCTION TO SECURITY 3 s.h.
Historical, theoretical, and legal basis of security. Deals with security professional in todays
society. Involves basic aspects of security: physical security, theft, electronics, etc.
CR 362 SECURITY ADMINISTRATION 3 s.h.
Covers organization, administration, and management of security and plant protection units;
information on policy and decision-making, personnel and budgeting; programs in business,
industry, and government to include retail, transportation, as well as public and private institu-
tions.
CR 364 RETAIL SECURITY/LOSS PREVENTION 3 s.h.
Operation of security departments including functions of mercantile establishments, dishonest
employees, shoplifters, management and public relations, receiving, shipping and warehous-
ing, special laws and procedures; overview of the functional operation of various specialized
areas of security surveys and loss prevention management in proprietary and governmental
institutions.
CR 366 PHYSICAL AND PLANT SECURITY 3 S.h.
Study of concepts of physical security integrated with management, physical security require-
ments and standards, alarm and surveillance devices, animate security, costing, planning and
engineering, legal basis for and development and training of guard forces/private police.
CR 368 PERSONNEL AND MANAGEMENT SECURITY 3 s.h.
Procedures for handling and control of classified and sensitive information; survey of control
systems using data processing; governmental and proprietary concepts, background investiga-
tions and employee security ; the role of cognizant security office (Defense Contract Administra-
tion Service Programs), physical security control and security procedures.
258 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
CR 370 COMMUNITY RELATIONS 3 s.h.
Role of law enforcement agencies in modern day society: police-community relations units,
human relations resources, civil rights and professionalism in law enforcement.
CR 410 QUESTIONED DOCUMENT ANALYSIS 3 s.h.
Evaluation and identification of questioned documents: admissibility as evidence, preparation
and presentation in court.
CR 41 1 ADVANCED CRIMINALISTICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: CR 311
Ballistics, serology narcotics, poisons, firearms, chromatography alcohol tests, and hair
identification.
CR 415 SUPERVISION IN THE ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 3 s.h.
Consideration of supervisory problems in field of administration of justice: emphasis on such
topics as leadership, motivation, morale, discipline, public relations, communications, deci-
sion-making, and the training functions.
CR 420 TRAFFIC REGULATION AND CONTROL 3 s.h.
Organization for traffic control, accident investigation, traffic flow pattern, high accident fre-
quency locations, signs, signals, and simple engineering remedial actions. Traffic safety
research.
CR 425 ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL DETECTION OF DECEPTION 3 s.h.
Prerequiste: CR 325
Special techniques in detection of deception, including: Backster techniques. Keeler tech-
nique. Modified Backster technique, and the Integrated Control Question technique. Statistical
chart interpretation. Polygraph research.
CR 430 COMPARATIVE STUDY OF JUSTICE 3 s.h.
Comparison of American system of administration of justice with those of other nations,
including developed and underdeveloped countries.
CR 431 ETIOLOGY OF DELINQUENT BEHAVIOR 3 s.h.
Analysis of the aberrant behavior of children and youth in terms of modern behavioral sciences,
personality and social factors examined with a view toward developing prevention and control
procedures.
CR 432 TREATMENT AND CONTROL OF DELINQUENCY 3 s.h.
Analysis of juvenile court procedures, juvenile probation, juvenile institutions, and juvenile
parole in treatment and control of delinquency
CR 440 INSTITUTIONAL TREATMENT OF THE OFFENDER 3 s.h.
Modern philosophy and methods in treatment of adult criminals and juvenile delinquents in
correctional institutions.
CR 445 NON-INSTITUTIONAL TREATMENT OF THE OFFENDER 3 s.h.
Analysis of principles and practices in probation and parole: case method; techniques of
supervision.
CR 460 INDUSTRIAL SECURITY AND SAFETY 3 s.h.
Administration of fire and accident prevention programs; government security programs; doc-
ument control, security clearances, and visitor control; special problems and hazards.
CR 480 SEMINAR IN ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 3 s.h.
Study of problems in administration of justice, reports based upon original investigation;
reviews of recent books and periodical literature; topics of current interest. Enrollment limited.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 259
CR 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINOLOGY 1-3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Department consent
A Seminar providing study of selected topics not emphasized in other courses. May be
taken more than once to a maximum 6 semester hours.
CR 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN CRIMINOLOGY 1-3 s.h.
individual students pursue their particular interests in Criminology in consultation with a
member of the staff. May be taken more than once to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
CR 490 CRIME IN MODERN SOCIETY 3 s.h.
Analysis of nature and extent of crime at state, national, and international levels of govern-
ment; consideration of special problems in metropolitan areas, organized crime, the profes-
sional criminal and white-collar crime; crime control in a democratic society.
CR 492 CORRECTIONAL ADMINISTRATION 3 s.h.
Administration of juvenile and adult probation and parole programs, and correctional institu-
tions; emphasis on special problems encountered in field.
CR 497 INTERNSHIP 12 s.h.
Prerequisite: 18 credits in Criminology
Practicum designed to broaden educational experience of students through appropriate
observational and work assignments with governmental agencies and private firms. Offered
during summer and spring only. By appointment only.
CR 498 SUPERVISED PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE 6 s.h.
Prerequiste: 18 credits in Criminology
Practicum designed for full-time police officers who attended the FBI Academy and/or Penn-
sylvania State Police Academy. By Department approval only.
ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT
DONALD A. WALKER, CHAIRPERSON: CROSS, DAVIS, DYAL, GARVIN, HOLT,
HUFF^ KARATJAS, KRITES, MARTEL, NOWAK, STONEBRAKER, WARE.
The Economics Department offers courses to meet the needs of lUP students in four
general areas: a program that prepares students majoring in Economics for graduate
school or immediate employment; a program that prepares students to teach Eco-
nomics on the high school level; a program that offers courses In Economics to
students majoring in other departments; and a pre-law program for Economics
majors who wish to go to law school.
The program for Economics majors is designed for those who intend to pursue
careers as economists in education, government, industry, finance, or commerce.
The economist, in today's world occupies an increasingly important position and
great opportunity exists for qualified people.
Degrees offered are the Bachelor of Arts in Economics and the Bachelor of Science
in Education with a major in Social Sciences, concentrating on Economics.
CURRICULA
Economics 101, BASIC ECONOMICS, may be taken in partial fulfillment of the
Social Sciences segment of the University's General Education requirement. Eco-
nomics 101 cannot be programmed by Economics majors or minors, by students
260 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
enrolled in the Business School, or by students in the School of Education who are
contemplating teaching social science on the high school level. Instead, Economics
121, PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I, should be taken by these students, since it
serves as a foundation for many advanced Economics courses. Students can
receive credit toward graduation for either EC 101 or EC 121 but not both. The
Department will accept either EC 121 or EC 122 for General Education credit as a
substitute for EC 101.
Students majoring in other fields are welcome to chose Economics courses among
the upper-division electives. These courses are designed to aid the student in
developing sophisticated insights into economic issues and are valuable in many
ways, regardless of the student's ultimate vocation.
It is recommended that Economics majors take a minor in one of the other Social
Sciences, or in Business, or in Mathematics. A minor in Mathematics is strongly
recommended for those whose future may include graduate work in Economics.
Core Program
Requirements for Economics majors and minor are 6 semester hours in Economics,
as follows:
EC 121 Principles of Economics I 3 s.h.
EC 122 Phnciples of Economics II 3 s.h.
B.A. in Economics
In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in
Economics are as follows:
EC 355 Statistics for Economists 3 s.h.
EC 421 Macroeconomic Analysis 3 s.h.
EC 422 Microeconomic Analysis 3 s.h.
Economics Electives 12 s.h.
MA 121 Calculus I for the Natural and Social Sciences
or its equivalent 4 s.h.
or
EC 305 Mathematics for Economists I 3 s.h.
B.S. in Education (Economics Concentrate)
In addition to the Core Program requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Education with a major in Social Sciences, concentrating in Economics, are 9
more semester hours of Economics electives, excluding Economics 101.
Minor in Economics
To minor in Economics, the student must take 9 semester hours of Economics
electives in addition to the Core Program, excluding Economics 101 as a possible
elective.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 26 1
Concentrations in Economics
The Department of Economics offers several concentrations in particular aspects of
Economics. The concentrations are designed to equip students with the education
and skills that will enable them to obtain a position in government or private business
upon completion of the undergraduate degree. The Department provides verification
that students have completed a concentration, and they may also have the informa-
tion recorded on their transcripts. These concentrations are not restricted to Eco-
nomics majors. The concentrations available at present are:
Competition and Public Policy
Economics of Government Affairs
International Economics
Labor Economics
Managerial Economics
Monetary Economics
Quantitative Economics
Detailed information regarding these concentrations may be obtained from the
Department Chairperson.
Pre Law Program
The Department of Economics is a participant in the Pre Law Program offered by the
School of Social Sciences and Humanities. For further information concerning this
program see section on Pre- Professional Programs.
Grades and Quality Points
The quality point average necessary for graduation or the approval of a specific
program is 2.0. This requirement is applicable to economic majors, minors, concen-
trates of the School of Education, and the concentrations offered by the Department
of Economics.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
EC 101 BASIC ECONOMICS 3 s.h.
Study of how man makes a living, individually and collectively, with particular reference to our
own economic system. For those who do not plan to take more than 3 semester hours of
Economics.
EC 121 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 3 s.h.
Nature and methodology of economics; mixed capitalism and market economy; national
income; employment theory, including economics of fiscal policy; money banking, and Federal
Reserve System; economic growth
EC 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 3 s.h.
Economics of the firm; theory of consumer demand; determination of price and output in
different market structures; distribution of income; foreign trade and the balance of payments.
EC 241 CONTEMPORARY ECONOMIC ISSUES 3 s.h.
Examination of relevant and important problematic aspects of U.S. and of world economy in-
cluding a rigorous but non-technical analysis of problem, and a formulation and evaluation
of possible corrective policies.
262 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
EC 283 ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS 3 s.h.
Examination of economic costs and benefits of environmental control and modification. Tech-
niques of economic analysis used to understand economic aspects of environmental problems
and contribute toward their solution.
EC 305 MATHEMATICS FOR ECONOMISTS I 3 s.h.
Elements of algebra and calculus necessary to enable students to grasp mathematical founda-
tions of economic theory and statistical research, with examples taken from economic theory
and data.
EC 306 MATHEMATICS FOR ECONOMISTS II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 305 or its mathematical equivalent or permission of the instructor
Application of mathematical methods to microeconomics and macroeconomics, and an intro-
duction to linear programming.
EC 320 HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 121 or 122 or permission of the instructor
Examination of social, political, intellectual, and economic origins of work of the more promi-
nent past economists, and of content and impact of their work.
EC 325 MONETARY ECONOMICS I 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor
Organization, operation, and economic significance of U.S. monetary institutions; commercial
banks and Federal Reserve System; survey of monetary theory and policy; mechanism of
international payments.
EC 326 MONETARY ECONOMICS II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 325 or permission of the instructor
Detailed study of monetary theory; tasks of central banking; principal objectives of monetary
policy; intensive study of recent monetary experience; complementary and competing aims of
monetary and fiscal policy.
EC 330 LABOR ECONOMICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 122 or permission of the instructor
History, structure, and operations of trade unions and employer organizations; major Federal
labor legislation; collective bargaining theory; wage determination; current labor problems.
EC 331 ECONOMIC ORGANIZATION OF INDUSTRY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 122 or permission of the instructor
Social effectiveness of industries analyzed through measures of market structure, market
conduct, and market performance.
EC 332 GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 122 or permission of the instructor
Formal and informal methods used to maintain, supplement, and moderate competition as well
as regulation as a substitute for competition.
EC 333 REGULATION OF INDUSTRY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: EC 121 and 122 or permission of the instructor
Examines theory and practice of regulation, emphasizing effects of regulation on economic
performance and efficiency in U.S.
EC 334 ECONOMICS OF CORPORATE DECISIONS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: EC 121 and 122 or permission of the instructor
Applies economic theory to corporate decision making. Topics include corporate objectives,
profit maximization, economic measurement and forecasting.
EC 335 PUBLIC FINANCE 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: EC 121 and 122 or permission of the instructor
Taxation and expenditure theory at Federal level; Federal budget and debt considerations;
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 263
public sector impact upon economy, intergovernmental fiscal relations.
EC 336 STATE AND LOCAL FINANCE 3 s.h
Analysis of character and impact of state and local government revenue sources, expenditures,
and fiscal systems.
EC 339 ECONOfVIIC DEVELOPMENT I 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor
theory of growth; theory of economic development of underdeveloped countries.
EC 340 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor
Application of theory of growth and analysis of economic development of selected economies;
empirical and econometric studies of underdeveloped countries and their economic institu-
tions.
EC 341 HISTORY OF THE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h
OF THE UNITED STATES
Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor
Examination of main patterns of the United States' economic growth since end of eighteenth
century; emphasizes economic development as a laboratory for economic analysis.
EC 342 HISTORY OF THE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.
OF MODERN EUROPE
Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor
Study of dynamic forces which contributed to development of modern Europe; industrial
revolution in England; industrialization on the continent; impact of Europe on world economy
EC 345 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS I 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor
Theory of international trade; analysis of balance of payments; international economic equilib-
rium; mechanism of international economic and monetary adjustments.
EC 346 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 345 or permission of the instructor
Application of theory of international trade to empirical data and problems; historical survey and
examination of current problems of international trade; the institutional setting of international
trade.
EC 350 COMPARATIVE ECONOMICS SYSTEM 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor
Capitalism, socialism, and communism subjected to economic analysis; their principles,
practices, institutions and philosophies.
EC 351 SOVIET ECONOMY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 121 or 122 or permission of the instructor
Thorough study of operations of Soviet economy Course will compare and contrast workings of
Soviet economy with other Communist countries.
EC 355 STATISTICS FOR ECONOMISTS 3 s.h.
Introduction to economic statistics. Material covered regarding empirical frequency distribu-
tions, probability distributions of random variables, functions of random variables, and tests of
economics hypotheses.
EC 356 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMETRICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: MA 013 and EC 355 or permission of the instructor
Introduction to econometrics. Interest centers upon linear normal .'•egression models of two or
more random variables, special econometric problems, and solutions of simultaneous equa-
tions.
264 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
EC 360 ECONOMICS OF HEALTH SERVICES 3 s.h.
Analysis of the allocation of resources in the health sector using demand and supply tech-
niques. Pricing and output decision by physicians, hospitals, and other health agencies will
be considered along with other current policy issues.
EC 371 ECONOMICS OF LABOR LEGISLATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 330 or permission of the instructor
Economic background and effects of governmental regulation of labor relations, with empha-
sis on a detailed examination of National Labor Relations Act as amended.
EC 372 ECONOMICS OF WAGES AND EMPLOYMENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 330 or permission of the instructor
Analysis of wages and employment under various market structures. Also, analysis of im-
pact of labor market forces on wages, prices, and distributive shares.
EC 373 ECONOMICS OF HUMAN RESOURCES 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor
Inquiry into economic demographics, and related factors affecting growth, structure, and dis-
tribution of an economy's labor force into different occupations.
EC 374 ECONOMICS OF EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Analysis of the costs and benefits of education in relation to economic growth, and the pri-
vate and public process of determining investment in education.
EC 381 REGIONAL ECONOMICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Three semester hours in Economics or permission of the instructor
Process of regional economic growth, location theory, basic techniques of regional analysis,
public and private area development programs.
EC 382 URBAN ECONOMICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Three semesteer hours in Economics or permission of the instructor
Structure of urban economy goals, processes, problems, and policy in urban economic de-
velopment.
EC 421 MACROECONOMIC ANALYSIS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: EC 121 and 122 or permission of the instructor
Income and employment analysis; national income accounts and theory; classical, Keyne-
sian, and post-Keynesian models; investment, growth, and inflation theory; role of govern-
ment in our economy
EC 422 MICROECONOMIC ANALYSIS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: EC 121 and 122 or permission of the instructor
Consumer behavior, theory of the firm, market structures, distribution, general equilibrium
analysis, applications to current problems of economic policy
EC 450 INTERNSHIP IN ECONOMICS 2-12 s.h.
Prerequisite: A student must be an economics major who has completed at least 12 semes-
ter hours in economics, and who has at least a 2.5 grade point average in the major and in all
course work
The course provides on-the-job experience in economics positions with private and govern-
mental employers. The student is also required to complete related academic work in form of
papers and selected readings. Number of credits earned will depend upon the nature of the
job and amount of time involved in internship. A maximum of 6 of the credits earned in this
couse may be counted toward the 27 semester hours in economics requirement for econom-
ics majors.
EC 480 SEMINAR 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor
Seminar in selected economic issues or problems.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 265
EC 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor
EC 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-6 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of the Department and the instructor
EC 483 HONORS IN ECONOMICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor
Readings, conferences, and reports arranged for students who have demonstrated profi-
ciency in economics. Research work may be directed toward theoretical or applied economic
problems.
ENGLISH AND JOURNALISM DEPARTMENT
LAURABEL H. MILLER, CHAIRPERSON: BETTS, J. BRIGHT, L. BRIGHT, COL-
LINS-STOCKTON, COMO, COMPTON, COOK, CRAIG, CUREY, J. DAVIS, DAY,
DeGEORGE, FORCE, FREUND, FRITZ, GRAY, GRAYBURN, GRUBB, HALDE-
MAN, HAYWARD, HAZLEY, HEIMER, JESICK, R.G. JOHNSON, KRASZEWSKI,
KRUPNIK, C. MAHAN, D. McCLURE, McMANMON, NANIA, PATTERSON, RAY,
R. ROFFMAN, ROUMM, RUFFNER, RUSSELL, SEACRIST, SEINFELT, R.
SHAFER, H. SMITH, SWAUGER, SWIGART TANNALITO, R.L. THOMAS, TRUBY,
WADDELL, H. WARREN, WATTA, WILSON, WOODWORTH, YARUR
One goal of the English progrann is to contribute to the general language proficiences
of all its students. These proficiencies include the ability to express oneself
connprehensibly and clearly in written language, to speak distinctly, tastefully and
meaningfully in oral language, and to appreciate, understand and draw sustenance
from both long-recognized and recently produced literary and dramatic achieve-
ments in the English language. In its programs, the English Department attempts to
prepare its majors for careers in the teaching of English at the secondary school and
for careers of all types where skill in communication and conviction in favor of
humane values are considered an appropriate background for the performance of
assigned duties and responsibilites.
Degrees offered by the English and Journalism Department are the Bachelor of Arts
in English, in Pre-Law English, in Speech, or in Journalism and the Bachelor of
Science in Education with an English or Communication major. The first four degree
programs are under the School of Social Sciences and Humanities, and the fifth is
under the School of Education. In addition, an English minor is available in the
School of Social Sciences and Humanities.
CURRICULA
Special Requirements
In meeting the University's General Education requirements, English majors in both
the School of Education and the School of Social Sciences and Humanities are
REQUIRED to replace EN 201, English III, with EN 202, Introduction to Literary
Analysis. It is recommended that this course be taken during the sophomore year, as
early as possible in the major program. Also, ALL English majors, in both the School
of Education and the School of Social Sciences and Humanities, MUST complete
the intermediate sequence of a foreign language. This may be done in one of three
ways: by examination, by earning credit in the third and fourth semesters of a foreign
266 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
language, or by completing four semesters of a new language. If the last procedure is
used, the two beginning foreign language courses may be applied as free electives
to the total number of credits needed for graduation.
English majors in the School of Social Sciences and Humanities may not use
professional education courses as free electives toward the 124 semester hours for
graduation.
EN 365
EN 366
EN 369
EN 370
EN 371
EN 373
EN 331
EN 340
EN 341
Trends in Liguistics
European Literature
From the Renaissance
to the Twentieth
Century
- Modern European
Literature
EN 345 Criticism of Contemp-
orary Writing
- Contemporary American
and British Poetry
EN 350 - American Literature to
1865
- American Literature from
1865-1915
- American Literature from
1915-1945
- Modern American Fiction
- Black American Literature
- Old and Middle English
Literature
- Chaucer
EN 362 - English Drama to the
Restoration
EN 346
EN 351
EN 352
EN 358
EN 359
EN 360
EN 361
16th Century Prose and Poetry
Shakespeare
17th Century Prose and Poetry
- Milton
- The English Bible as Literature
- Restoration and 18th Century
Drama
EN 375 - 18th Century Prose and Poetry
EN 377 The Rise of the English Novel
EN 379 - The Romantic Movement
EN 380 - Victorian Literature
EN 381 - 19th Century English Novel
EN 383 - Modern British Fiction
EN 385 - The English Essayists
EN 390 - Literary Britain: Tour
EN 480 - Seminar: Studies in English and
American Literature
EN 481 Special Topics
EN 482 - Independent Study
B.S. in Education (Communication Major)
This major leads to a teaching certificate in communication in the secondary school.
The major takes a basic program covering literature, language, composition,
speech, theater, and media and selects one or more specialties from the follow-
ing: literature, linguistic science, non-print media, writing, speech, theater.
Independent Study, EN 482 and EN 399, Internship are available in all of the
specialties. However, such independent activity is usually reserved for students who
are at least halfway through their certification requirements. An exception may be
made by the department chairperson. The nature of the independent activity de-
pends upon the specialty under which it falls.
Independent activity may be defined as that done independently of a rigidly structur-
ed course but not necessarily independently of regular faculty direction and consul-
tation.
A student who wishes to engage in an independent activity under the communica-
tion program must obtain permission to do at the time of Pre-Scheduling (October for
the Spring Semester, March for the Fall Semester, and May for the Summer Ses-
sions).
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 267
The students must present proposals for the approval of both their advisers and the
department chairperson. The proposal will outline in detail the student's plan to
engage in independent activity. If the proposal is approved by both the adviser and
the department chairperson, the student then pre-schedules for EN 482 or 399.
Despite the 1 24 semester hour minimum for graduation with a baccalaureate degree
at Indiana University of Pennsylvania, the Communication program offers students
the opportunity to develop skills and knowledge beyond the normal restrictions of the
classroom and semester hours. Such opportunity comes in part with the flexibility of
the independent activity described above. Further opportunities lie in the co-
curricular areas (campus newpaper, plays, debate, etc.) for which students under
many circumstances could be given appropriate specialties credit. Training and
experience outside the University and even prior to admission to the University
should be considered in the student's development of specialties. In short, since
the Communication program is designed to prepare teachers of the wide area of
communication for the secondary schools of the Commonwealth, the Department
recognizes that preparation and training of such teachers should be restricted as lit-
tle as possible by enforcement of required courses and course credits.
In the end the teacher of communication should be certificated on the basis of course
preparation, independent activities, experiences, performances and whatever else
contributes to an evaluation of knowledge and training. A teacher certificated as a
communication teacher has fulfilled the Basic Program and has developed one or
more of the following Specialties: Literature, Linguistic Science, Writing, Speech,
Theater
The communication teacher then enters the teaching experience with not only a
basic knowledge in literature, language, composition, speech, theater, and the
media, but with a specialty that instills confidence to meet an advanced writing class
or to direct a play or to advise a newspaper
B.A. in English
The candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in English usually chooses this
program because they wish a broad undergraduate education in liberal studies. They
may intend to prepare for graduate study in English for eventual college teaching or
for other non-academic professions. This program does not lead to certification in
secondary English.
In addition to the General Education requirement for English majors (English 101,
1 02, and 202) , requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in English are 30 more
semester hours in English selected from the list herein. All courses listed give three
semester hours except English 390, which gives three to six semester hours. The
English major also may select a minor of at least 15 semester hours in any one of
several fields, such as history philosophy psychology, or foreign languages.
EN 206 The Nature of Drama EN 351 American Literature
EN 208 The Art of the Film From 1865 to 1915
EN 220 Advanced Composition EN 352 American Literature
or From 1915 to 1945
EN 221 Creative Writing EN 358 Modern American Fiction
or EN 359 - Black American Literature
EN 222 Journalistic Writing EN 360 Old and Middle English
EN 235 Languages of Media Literature
268 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
EN 245 - Literature for Adolescents EN 361
EN 246 - Contemporary Short Fiction EN 362
EN 247 - Poetry and Its Forms
EN 260 - English Literature to the EN 365
Restoration EN 366
EN 261 English Literature from EN 369
the Restoration to 1900 EN 370
EN 305 - Modern Drama EN 371
EN 310 - Oral Interpretation EN 373
EN 311 - Oral Communication
EN 321 - Feature Writing EN 375
EN 329 - History of the English EN 377
Language EN 379
EN 330 - Structure of English EN 380
EN 331 - Trends in Linguistics EN 381
EN 340 - European Literature From EN 383
the Renaissance to the EN 385
Twentieth Century EN 390
EN 341 - Modern European EN 480
Literature
EN 342 - Classical Literature in EN 481
Translation EN 482
EN 345 - Criticism of Contemporary
Writing
EN 346 - Contemporary American and
EN 350 - American Literature to 1865
B.A. in Pre Law - English
The requirements for this major are the same as for the English Arts and Sciences
major with the addition of a 21 s.h. pre-law interdisciplinary minor
For the requirements of the pre-law minor students should contact the departmental
pre-law adviser
Minor in English
To minor in English, 15 semester hours in English are required beyond the General
Education requirement of English 101, English 102, and English 201.
Minor in Speech
To minor in speech, 18 semester hours in Speech courses are required.
Chaucer
English Drama to the
Restoration
16th Century Prose and Poetry
Shakespeare
- 17th Century Prose and Poetry
- Milton
- The English Bible as Literature
- Restoration and 18th Century
Drama
- 18th Century Prose and Poetry
- The Rise of the English Novel
- The Romantic Movement
- Victorian Literature
- 19th Century English Novel
- Modern British Fiction
- The English Essayists
- Literary Britain: Tour
- Seminar: Studies in English
and American Literature
- Special Topics
- Independent Study
B.A. in Journalism
Students interested in a career in advertising, journalism, or public relations can
enroll in this innovative, flexible major The Journalism major combines journalism
elective courses, the student's choice of a variety of courses from other University
departments, plus internships that provide on-the-job experiences.
A student who completes the major is graduated with a B.A. In Journalism. Various
related minor fields of study are open, too.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 269
Because journalism itself covers all areas of life, the journalism major covers many
areas of study in preparation. Thus, a number of departments are cooperating to
make journalism study at lUP a very broad experience.
The following journalism courses are currently available:
EN 105 Journalism and Mass
EN 321 Feature Wnting
Media
EN 323 - Management in Mass
EN 328 News Reporting
Communications
EN 208 - The Art of the Film
EN 326 - Public Relations
EN 220 - Advanced Composition
EN 327 - Layout Design and
EN 221 - Creative Writing
Production
EN 120 - Journalistic Writing
EN 343 - History of Journalism
EN 223 - Photojournalism
EN 399 - Internship
EN 235 - Languages of Media
EN 481 - Special Topics
EN 311 - Oral Communication
EN 482 - Independent Study
The following courses are available
as free electives:
ART
CRIMINOLOGY
Drawing
General Administration of Justice
Graphic Design
Criminology
Community Relations
BUSINESS
Marketing
HISTORY
Principles of Selling
U.S. Urban History
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Advertising
ConsumerBehavior
Marketing Research
Personnel Management
Training
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Introduction to Computers
CONTINUING EDUCATION
Career Planning
POLITICAL SCIENCE
American Politics
Comparative Government
News Interpretation
Legislative Process
Public Opinion
Metropolitan Problems
Constitutional Law and Civil
Liberties
Public Administration
Contemporary Political Problems
State and Local Political Systems
Mass Media in American Politics
Contemporary U.S. History
Diplomatic History of the U.S.
History of Women
l-ll
COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA
Introduction to Radio Broadcasting
Photography
Television Production
Advanced Motion Picture Production
Advanced Photography
SOCIOLOGY
Contemporary Social Problems
Population Problems
Modern Social Institutions
Racial and Cultural Minorities
The Community
Industrial Sociology
Introduction to Social Research
Social Dynamics
Social and Cultural Change
SOCIAL SCIENCE
Studies in Urban and Regional Planning
270 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
PSYCHOLOGY
Developmental Psychology
Personality
Social Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Motivation
B.A. in Speech
Students interested in becoming speech majors should consult with the Chairperson
of the English Department.
B.S. In Education (English Major)
In addition to the General Education requirements for English majors (English 101,
1 02, and 202), requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education with
an English major are a minimum of 36 more semester hours in English, in order to
satisfy the requirements for certification. Since English majors do not take a minor,
many of them augment the minimal 36 semester hour program with courses that will
prepare them for graduate study in their profession of secondary English teaching.
Of these 36 semester hours, nine are in required courses, and the remainder may be
selected from those listed as follows, of which a maximum of 1 2 semester hours may
be in journalism, speech, or dramatics courses. Also required is Education 452. All
the English courses give three semester hours except English 390, which gives three
to six semester hours, and English 482, which gives varied credits.
Required:
EN 220 - Advanced Composition (EN 221 or EN 222 may be
substituted) EN 230 -History of the English Language EN 330
-The Structure of English EN 452 - The Teaching of English
and Communication (not counted in the 36 semester hours for
the major)
English Electives:
EN 102 - News Reporting
EN 105 - Journalism and the Mass
Media
EN 206 - The Nature of Drama
EN 208 - The Art of the Film
EN 223 - Photojournalism
EN 245 - Literature for Adolescents
EN 246
EN 247
EN 260
EN 261
EN 305
EN 310
EN 311
EN 321
EN 342
- Contemporary Short Fiction
- Poetry and Its Forms
English Literature to
the
Restoration
- English Literature from the
Restoration to 1 900
Modern Drama
- Oral Interpretation
- Oral Communication
- Feature Writing
- Classical Literature in
Translation
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
EN 050 ENGLISH FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS 3 s.h.
Provides foreign students an opportunity to improve their ability to speak and write English. The
emphasis is on individualized exercises and assignments.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities —271
EN 100 BASIC ENGLISH 3 s.h.
Designed to review, strengthen, and further develop the basic English skills necessary for clear
and effective communication. Reserved for assignment of selected students.
EN 101 ENGLISH I 4 s.h.
Should be taken the first semester at I UP Course uses readings in nature and history of
language, semantic and linguistic analysis, and problems in rhetoric. Seven theme-length
expository papers are written, in addition to shorter exercises and a written final examination.
Three hour lecture, 1 hour individual instructor- student conference.
EN 102 ENGLISH II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EN 101
Analytical reading of various types of nonfictional prose, aimed at enunciating both meaning
and techniques by which meaning is manifested. Writing in course consists of three substantial
documented papers.
EN 105 JOURNALISM AND THE MASS MEDIA 3 s.h.
A critical examination of roles-goals of newspapers, magazines, radio and television as they
affect American society socially, politically and economically For Journalism majors.
EN 120 JOURNALISTIC WRITING 3 s.h.
Emphasis on intelligent use of writing ability in a journalistic style, and understanding of the why
of journalism and mass media. May be substituted for EN 220.
EN 201 ENGLISH III 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: EN 101 and 102
Focuses on analysis of an imaginative literature. Writing consists of two substantial critical
papers on themes generated by the reading.
EN 202 INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY ANALYSIS 3 s.h.
Offers beginning English majors opportunities to study examples of various approaches to
works of literary art and requires them to practice such approaches through writing at least three
critical papers.
EN 206 THE NATURE OF DRAMA 3 s.h
Study of selected plays of various styles and periods, to gain greater understanding and
appreciation of art of drama.
EN 208 THE ART OF THE FILM 3 s.h.
Concentrates on the film as an artistic medium. Eight to twelve motion pictures are shown
dunng semester and are analyzed in class discussions.
EN 220 ADVANCED COMPOSITION 3 s.h.
Primarily seeks to improve writing style, particularly in the more utilitarian forms, such as
magazine article and personal essay
EN 221 CREATIVE WRITING 3 s.h.
Prerequisite is demonstrated ability and interest in creative
writing; may be substituted for EN 220. This is a seminar course in which the kinds of writing
done are chosen in line with the special interests and abilities of each student.
EN 223 PHOTOJOURNALISM 3 s.h.
Introduction to still photography for news media. Includes preparation of portfolio and learning
of specialized processing techniques for high-speed work. For Journalism majors.
EN 235 LANGUAGES OF MEDIA 3 s.h.
Introductory course in nature of language and communication, heavily grounded in practice of
communication in various media which resources of university make available to student.
V
272 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
EN 245 LITERATURE FOR ADOLESCENTS 3 s.h.
Surveys poetry, drama and fiction with which the adolescent is familiar through his school work
and his personal reading.
EN 246 CONTEMPORARY SHORT FICTION 3 s.h.
Attention given to form, structure, and art of the modern short story, British, American, and
Continental.
EN 247 POETRY AND ITS FORMS 3 s.h.
A study in appreciation of poetry, with special attention to technique of the poet and structure of
poetry.
EN 260 ENGLISH LITERATURE TO THE RESTORATION 3 s.h.
A survey of major English authors, major works, and major literary genres written from the
beginnings of English literature to the Restoration (1660).
EN 261 ENGLISH LITERATURE FROM THE RESTORATION TO 1900 3 s.h.
A survey of major English authors, major works, and major literary genres written from the
Restoration to 1900.
EN 305 MODERN DRAMA 3 s.h.
Reading of plays starts with Ibsen and other Scandinavian dramatists, followed by plays by
outstanding Continental, British, and American playwrights.
EN 310 ORAL INTERPRETATION 3 s.h.
Emphasizes understanding and appreciation of literature through developing skill in reading
aloud.
EN 31 1 ORAL COMMUNICATION 3 s.h.
Fundamental principles of public speaking, audience analysis, interest and attention, selection
and organization of speech material.
EN 313 HISTORY OF RHETORICAL THEORY 3 s.h.
Survey of rhetorical theory from Greek and Roman through modern times.
EN314 PURSUASION 3 s.h.
Advanced study of problems involved in influencing an audience.
EN 321 FEATURE WRITING 3 s.h.
Designed for student who might work in journalism or who might wish to write on a part-time or
free-lance basis.
EN 323 MANAGEMENT IN MASS COMMUNICATIONS 3 s.h.
Attention given to the process of advancement to management positions in journalism. For
Journalism majors.
EN 324 CREATIVE WRITING II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EN 221
A workshop for students who wish to write fiction or poetry under guidance of instructor.
EN 325 ADVANCED COMPOSITION II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EN 220
Workshop and tutorial atmosphere for students who intend to write or teach writing.
EN 326 PUBLIC RELATIONS: PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES 3 s.h.
Explores functions of Public Relations in detail.
EN 327 LAYOUT DESIGN AND PRODUCTION 3 s.h.
Provides basic techniques and theories of layout design and production, including typography
headlines, copyfitting, newspaper design and layout, photo cropping, etc.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities —273
EN 328 NEWS REPORTING 3 s.h.
Upperclass journalism students. Includes instruction in writing the news story, preparing copy,
interviewing, covering special events and similar reporting activities.
EN 329 THE HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3 s.h.
Studies historical development of the English language, as a basis for a better understanding of
modern American English.
EN 330 THE STRUCTURE OF ENGLISH 3 s.h.
Training in analysis of American-English Language, with structural and generative approaches
to system of grammar emphasized. Course is a prerequisite for ED 452, Teaching of English
and Speech in the Secondary School.
EN 331 TRENDS IN LINGUISTICS 3 s.h.
Explores recent developments in linguistic theory and research.
EN 332 THE DIALECTS OF AMERICAN ENGLISH 3 s.h.
Examines relationship of dialectal differences in sounds, structure and vocabulary to geograph-
ical and sociological factors.
EN 333 PSYCHO-LINGUISTICS 3 S.h.
An introduction to those aspects of the study of language that bear on relationship of thought
and behavior; the ways people move from their perception of reality to verbal and non-verbal
communication.
EN 340 EUROPEAN LITERATURE FROM THE RENAISSANCE 3 s.h.
TO THE TWENTIETH CENTURY
Selected European works from Renaissance to twentieth century representing all major genres
with exception of the epic.
EN 341 MODERN EUROPEAN LITERATURE -3 s.h.
Selected Continental fiction concerned with alienated man and quest for identity in the
intellectual climate of pluralism and changing values.
EN 342 CLASSICAL LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 3 S.h.
Masterpieces studied range from those of ancient Greece to Middle Ages. English literature
and American literature excluded.
EN 343 HISTORY OF JOURNALISM 3 S.h.
Traces the development of the American press from its Colonial roots. Emphasis on the role of
the press in social and political development.
EN 345 CRITICISM OF CONTEMPORARY WRITING 3 S.h.
Covers basic texts of literary criticism and relates development of critical concepts to work of
influential literary critics of twentieth centry. Not open to freshmen and sophomores.
EN 346 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN AND BRITISH POETRY 3 s.h.
Study of British and American poetry since World War II.
EN 350 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1865 3 s.h.
Provides a study of major American writers from colonial times to the Civil War.
EN 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE FROM 1865 TO 1915 3 S.h.
Emphasis on in-depth study of masterpieces of American literary Realism and Naturalism, in
both fiction and poetry.
EN 352 AMERICAN LITERATURE FROM 1915 TO 1945 3 s.h.
A study of major writers and major works in American literature between World War I and World
War II.
274 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
EN 358 MODERN AMERICAN FICTION 3 s.h.
Major American writers of fiction since 1945 are considered.
EN 359 BLACK AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
Analyzes significant Black American literature of a variety of types - autobiography essay
fiction, poetry
EN 360 OLD AND MIDDLE ENGLISH LITERATURE 3 s.h.
Study of Old English includes a reading of both prose and poetry whereas the reading in Middle
English is limited to major works of poetry, excluding Chaucer's.
EN 361 CHAUCER 3 s.h.
Studies Chaucer, his life, his language, the development of his literary style and his art, with and
through his major poetical works.
EN 362 ENGLISH DRAMA TO THE RESTORATION 3 s.h.
Traces development of English drama from 900 A.D. to closing of theaters in 1 642, but does not
include plays of Shakespeare.
EN 365 SIXTEENTH-CENTURY PROSE AND POETRY 3 s.h.
Covers English literature from late Middle Ages to High Renaissance.
EN 366 SHAKESPEARE 3 s.h.
Studies Shakespeare's development as a poetic dramatist against background of Elizabethan
stage; examines audience, textual problems, language imagery, and philosophy
EN 369 SEVENTEENTH-CENTURY PROSE AND POETRY 3 s.h.
Covers English Literature from death of Elizabeth to 1660; examines work of such poets as
Donne, Jonson, Herbert, and Marvel!, and such prose stylists as Bacon, Burton, and Browne.
EN 370 MILTON 3 s.h.
Consists of a close reading of English poems of John Milton, with particular attention to
Paradise Lost and Samson Agonistes.
EN 371 THE ENGLISH BIBLE AS LITERATURE 3 s.h.
Considers literary aspects of English Bible by relating earlier translations to the Authorized
Version of 161 1 and by tracing some of the major influences of King James Bible upon writers
and speakers of modern English.
EN 373 RESTORATION AND 18TH CENTURY DRAMA 3 S.h.
Emphasizing critical theory and social implication of English drama from 1660-1780, concen-
trates on great comedies of manners of Etherege, Congrave, Wycherly and Sheridan.
EN 375 EIGHTEENTH CENTURY PROSE AND POETRY 3 s.h.
Examines major eighteenth century English prose and poetry.
EN 377 RISE OF THE ENGLISH NOVEL 3 s.h.
Surveys development of English novel from its forerunners through fiction of Gothic
romanticists and Jane Austen.
EN 379 THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT 3 s.h.
Examines basic tenets of Romantic philosophy in major writings of period from 1780-1832
-poetry, the essay and fiction.
EN 380 VICTORIAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
Examines essays, novels, and poetry of second half of nineteenth century, with special
consideration of criticism they offer of political, economic, social, and religious practices and
creeds of Victorian England.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 275
EN 381 NINETEENTH CENTURY ENGLISH NOVEL 3 s.h.
Traces historical and technical developmant of novel from Scott to Hardy.
EN 383 MODERN BRITISH FICTION 3 s.h.
Covers important twentieth century novels - including works by Conrad, Lawrence and Joyce
-from about 1900 to recent times.
EN 385 THE ENGLISH ESSAYISTS 3 s.h.
Considers major essayists, both as members of and influences on society of their time.
EN 390 LITERARY TOUR: BRITAIN 3 s.h. or 6 s.h.
Offered each summer, either for three weeks during Pre-Session or for six weeks during Main
Session. Visits London, Stratford, and Cambridge or Oxford, as well as other places important
in English literature.
EN 399 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.
On-the-job training opportunities in journalism and related areas.
EN 480 SEMINAR: STUDIES IN ENGLISH AND AMERICAN 3 s.h.
LITERATURE
A seminar in English or American literature, the special topic to be chosen by the instructor
Open to junior and senior English majors.
EN 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 2-3 s.h.
These courses vary from semester to semester, covering such diverse topics as autobiography
science fiction, folklore, the political novel, black theater, journalism specialities, etc.
EN 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-6 s.h.
Opportunities for independent study that goes beyond the usual classroom activities. Approval
of department chairperson required.
ED 452 TEACHING OF ENGLISH AND COMMUNICATION IN 3 s.h.
THE SECONDARY SCHOOL
Prerequisite: EN 380
This course is a prerequisite to student teaching in English. Introduces student to current
professional practices in the teaching of English and communication in high school.
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES
JOSE M. CARRANZA, CHAIRPERSON: BRODE, CORD, DRESCHER, FISEL,
FAUST, A.M. GUARDIOLA, A.R GUARDIOLA, HENRY, ISAR, JONES, LISCIN-
SKY, LOZADA, MENDIZABAL, MILTZ, OP DE BEECK, PHILLIPS, READY,
ROFFMAN, SHIELDS, SOMMER, SORENTO, SPIEKER, VOELKER, WHITMER,
ZALAZAR.
Foreign Language study is offered by the Department of Foreign Languages. Majors
in French, German, and Spanish are available as well as classes in Latin, Greek and
Russian. Courses in Self- Instruction in Critical Languages which provide for study in
twenty African, Asiatic and European languages including Japanese, Chinese,
Arabic, Hebrew and Portuguese are also available.
Students who major in a language will acquire an active skill in all phases of that
language and enter more deeply into its history, culture and literature. They will also
gain some knowledge of its linguistic development throughout the centuries. Lan-
guage specialists are destined for careers in government work, librarianship, journal-
ism, foreign trade, airlines, tourism, business, and teaching. Students who choose
276 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
careers as secondary school teachers will find the close supervision and advanced
methodology offered by the department a distinct asset. Students also may elect to
do further graduate work in their language, thereby enhancing their high school
teaching careers or preparing themselves for a career in college teaching.
Degrees offered are the Bachelor of Arts in the selected language, the Bachelor of
Science in Education in the selected language, and the Master of Education and
Master of Arts in Spanish and German. In addition to major concentrations, an 18
semester hour sequence may be chosen for the area of concentration required for a
degree in Elementary Education, or a 21 semester hour sequence to satisfy the
requirements for a minor in the School of Social Sciences and Humanities. Foreign
language majors are required to take HI 101-102, History of Civilization I and II.
GENERAL EDUCATION LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS
Students in the Schools of Natural Sciences and Mathematics and Social Sciences
and Humanities, who must pass a second year language course (FL 251 and 252)
as a School's requirements for graduation, may choose any one of the six lan-
guages offered. The six semester hours for these courses are part of the General
Education requirement. Self-instruction in Critical Langgages does not fulfill the
General Education requirement, but may be counted as a general elective. The stu-
dent with no previous foreign language study will take FL 151-152 (three semester
hours each) as prerequisites; the credits will not be applicable to any School or De-
partmental requirements, but may be counted as general electives in the total re-
quired for graduation. Generally the student should program in accordance with
previous school or practical background according to the schedule:
1 year of high school, or equivalent, equals FL 151
2 years of high school, or equivalent, equals FL 152
3 years of high school, or equivalent, equals FL 251
4 years of high school, or equivalent, equals FL 252
Individual placement may be requested by the student, in which case the pertinent
factors regarding preparation will be weighed by the department, with the student's
individual requirements and the judgement of classroom instructors also being
considered.
CURRICULA
Core Program
Basic requirements for all majors and minors in any foreign language are credits from
Foreign Language I and II (FL 1 51 and FL 1 52) and Oral Practice I and II (FL 051 and
052). These credits may be obtained by course work at the University, or by ad-
vanced placement owing to previous high school or other work in the language or
special examination.
B.A. In the Specified Language
The requirement for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the specified language is 36
semester hours in the chosen language above the first year level, as follows:
Foreign Language
FL 251-252 Language III and IV 6 s.h.
FL 053-054 Oral Practice 4 s.h.
FL 351-352 Advanced Language I and II 6 s.h.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 277
FL 055-056 Advanced Oral Practice I and II 2 s.h.
FL 361-362 Development of Culture and Literature
I and II** 6 s.h.
FL Electives 12 s.h.
Minor in Foreign Language
A minor in a foreign language consists of 21 semester hours, as follows:
FL 251-252 6 s.h.
FL 053-054 4 s.h.
FL 351-352 6 s.h.
FL 055-056 2 s.h.
FL 361 3 s.h.
**Students majoring in Spanish may select the sequence 361-362 or 363-364. Upon
completion of either sequence, either course from the other sequence may be
selected.
B.S. in Education (Foreign Language Major)
The requirement for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education with a foreign
language major is a minimum of 33 semester hours in the major language above the
first year level and, in addition, three semester hours in the Teaching of Foreign
Language in the Secondary School (ED 453), for a total of 36 semester hours. Also,
a proficiency examination in the major language chosen and a semester of super-
vised student teaching is necessary before certification is granted.
Foreign Language
FL 251-252 Language III and IV 6 s.h.
FL 053-054 Oral Practice 4 s.h.
FL 351-352 Advanced Language I and II 6 s.h.
FL 055-056 Advanced Oral Practice I and II** 2 s.h.
FL 361-362 Development of Culture and Literature
I and II 6 s.h.
FL Electives 9 s.h.
**Students majoring in Spanish may select the sequence 361 -362 or 363-364. Upon
completion of either sequence, either course from the other sequence may be
selected.
Education
ED 453 Teaching of Foreign Language in the 3 s.h.
Secondary School
A foreign language education major may be certified in a second foreign language
after completing 24 semester hours in this language as follows;
FL 251-252 6 s.h.
FL 351-352 6 s.h.
FL 361-362 or
FL 363-364 . 6 s.h.
FL 053-054 4 s.h.
FL 055-056 2 s.h.
276 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
A student in Elementary Education may elect a concentration of 1 8 semester hours
of a foreign language, consisting of the following:
FL 251-252 6 s.h.
FL 053-054 4 s.h.
FL 351-352 6 s.h.
FL 055-056 2 s.h.
Study Abroad
lUP offers study programs in Valladolid, Spain; Duisburg, Germany; Nancy France;
and Jalapa, Mexico. Students interested in participating in either the Duisburg or
Nancy program must register for FL 1 00 and pay a $50.00 per semester administra-
tion fee. For further information, contact the Chairperson, Department of Foreign
Languages.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FR, GM, GK, LA, RU, SR 151-152 FRENCH, GERMAN, GREEK, LATIN, 3 s..h. each
RUSSIAN, SPANISH I and II
For beginning students; pronunciation, reading, oral and written communication are the objec-
tives. Majors take 051 and 052 concurrently with 151-152.
FR, GM, SP 151-2 INTENSIVE FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH I AND II 6 s.h. each
By attending class six hours each week, the student completes the elementary sequence (6
credits) in one semester. The intensive sections present the same basic language skills that are
taught in the regular FL 1 51 -1 52 classes with slightly greater emphasis on the mastery of the
spoken language.
FR, GM, RU, SR 051-052 ORAL PRACTICE I AND II 2 s.h. each
Two hours weekly oral practice in small groups, to improve pronunciation and response through
basic drill.
FR, GM, GK, LA, RU, SP 251-252 FRENCH, GERMAN, GREEK, LATIN, 3 s.h. each
RUSSIAN, SPANISH III AND IV
Continued training in basic skills, with possible addition of study of specific topics; consult the
department for topics of interest. Majors take 053-054 (or 051-052) concurrently
FR, GM, SP 251-2 INTENSIVE FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH III AND IV 3 s.h.
By attending class six hours each week, the student completes the intermediate sequence (6
credits) in one semester The intensive sections continue to develop basic language skills with a
slightly greater emphasis upon the mastery of the spoken language.
FR, GM, RU, SP 053-054 ORAL PRACTICE III AND IV 2 s.h. each
Improves oral skills to a higher level, through conversation and discussion.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 279
FR, GM, GK, LA, RU, SP 351-352 ADVANCED FRENCH, GERMAN, 3 s.h. each
GREEK, LATIN, RUSSIAN, SPANISH LANGUAGE I AND II
Reviews grammar in depth; analyzes the structure of the language; frequent themes required.
Majors take 053-054, or 055-056 concurrently.
FR, GM, RU, SP 055-056 ADVANCED ORAL PRACTICE I AND II 1 s.h. each
Informal advanced conversation; meets twice weekly
FR 361-362 DEVELOPMENT OF FRENCH CULTURE AND 3 s.h. each
LITERATURE I AND 11
GM 361-362 DEVELOPMENT OF GERMAN CULTURE AND 3 s.h. each
LITERATURE I AND II
SP 361-362 DEVELOPMENT OF SPANISH CULTURE AND 3 s.h. each
LITERATURE I AND II
SP 363-364 DEVELOPMENT OF SPANISH-AMERICAN 3 s.h. each
CULTURE AND LITERATURE I AND II
Study of the historical and cultural aspects of countries involved; review of their function in
the world over the centuries; analysis of the literary schools and evolution.
Elective Courses in French
FR 253 INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION 3 S.h.
Intermediate course in grammar, reading, composition and some oral work. Can substitute for
or be in addition to FR 252 for majors or sehous students.
FR 254 COMMERCIAL FRENCH 3 S.h.
Prerequistie: FR 251 or equivalent
Commercial letter writing, use of technical language, survey of special business practices and
methods of French-speaking commercial systems and problems of translation are studied. The
course is a regular substitute for FR 251 .
FR 363 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 3 S.h.
FR 365 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE 3 S.h.
FR 366 EIGHTEENTH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE 3 s.h.
FR 367 NINETEENTH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE 3 s.h.
FR 368 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE 3 s.h.
Designed to present general surveys of literature of respective periods, with due consideration
to social factors and events behind them.
FR 371 THE FRENCH NOVEL 3 s.h.
Elective survey of the origin and development of French Novel. A selected list of works
representative of major forms are read in their entirety
FR 372 STUDIES IN CONTEMPORARY FRENCH LITERATURE 3 s.h.
Content of this course will vary in accordance with needs and interests of those who elect it.
FR 461 STRUCTURES OF FRENCH AND ENGLISH 3 s.h.
Modern methods of linguistic analysis applied to a study of French syntax, transformational,
distributional and traditional models serve to explain mechanisms of the language with a
pedagogical intent.
280 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
FR 481 SPECIAL TOPIC 3 s.h.
Designed to meet special needs of a student group.
FR 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.
FR 499 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.
(See course description for GM 499)
Elective courses in German
GM 253 INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION 3 s.h.
Can be taken instead or in addition to 252. Designed for majors or serious students. Offered in
spring only.
GM 254 BUSINESS GERMAN 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: GM 251 or equivalent
A one semester course which can be taken instead of German 252 by students interested in
business or as part of the General Education requirement (equivalent to German IV). Business
practices and specialized business vocabulary, letter writing, and problems of translation are
emphasized.
GM 256 SCIENTIFIC GERMAN 3 s.h.
Designed to substitute for German 252, will be offered in the second semester. Primarily for
science majors, it may be taken as an elective by German majors.
GM 363-364 INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN LITERATURE I AND II 3 s.h. each
Selected readings in German poetry, drama, and fiction, to acquaint student with some
techniques for intelligent understanding and formal criticism of works of literature.
GM 367 NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
GM 368 TWENTIETH CENTURY GERMAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
GM 369 CONTEMPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
GM 370-371 THE AGE OF GOETHE I AND II 3-6 s.h.
GM 381 GERMAN DRAMA IN ENGLISH TRANSLATION 3 s.h.
Representative works of major dramatists in English translation. Primarily intended for students
of English literature, comparative literature, and not considered as credit toward a German
major
GM 391 SPECIAL PROJECTS IN GERMAN LITERATURE 1-3 s.h.
Devoted to a special aspect of German language or literature. May be arranged for individual or
group study Permission of Department required.
GM 410 HISTORY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE 3 s.h.
History and development of German Language, with special emphasis on relationships with
English. Analysis of annals in Gothic, Old High German, and Middle High German using
methods of historical and contemporary linguistics.
GM 480 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GERMAN LANGUAGE OR LITERATURE 1-3 s.h.
Devoted to a special aspect of German language or literature. May be arranged for individual or
group study Permission of Department required.
GM 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 S.h.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 28 1
GM 499 INTERNSHIP IN GERMANY 3-12 s.h.
Prerequisite: German 352 or equivalent
A supervised field experience in Germany with approved public agencies and institutions or
private firms; no longer than one semester and no less than one month. Positions will be
matched as closely as possible with the intern's personal interests and his degree of profi-
ciency in the German language. Academic work at the Gesamthochschule in Duisburg may
precede or follow the Internship. Open to students in other disciplines, such as Political Sci-
ence, International Relations, Business, etc., with their advisers approval.
FL 100 STUDY ABROAD
A student wishing to spend a semester or a year abroad may enroll at the University of Duisburg
in Germany or at the University of Nancy in France. This may be done in conjunction with an
internship abroad.
Elective Courses in Latin
LA 361 DEVELOPMENT OF ROMAN CULTURE AND LITERATURE 3 s.h.
LA 362 LATIN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 3 s.h.
Aims at the ability to speak Latin on a conversational level and to write grammatically correct
Latin prose.
LA 371-372 SURVEY OF LATIN LITERATURE I AND II 3 s.h. each
This course sequence will give a comprehensive view of Latin literature from Ennius to the
Middle Ages.
Elective Courses in Russian
RU 351-352 ADVANCED RUSSIAN LANGUAGE I AND II 3 s.h. each
Conducted entirely in Russian for students with two years of college Russian, advanced
grammar, composition, reading, and oral self-expression on a variety of topics.
RU 055-056 ADVANCED ORAL PRACTICE I AND II 1 s.h. each
For students with two years of college Russian, advanced oral expression on readings, current
events and more abstract themes.
RU 361-362 DEVELOPMENT OF RUSSIAN CULTURE AND LITERATURE 3 s.h. each
I AND II
Readings, discussions and lectures in Russian on the course of Russian civilization; open to
students with two years of college Russian or equivalent.
RU 367-368 NINETEENTH CENTURY RUSSIAN LITERATURE I AND II 3-6 s.h.
Reading selections from masterpieces of 19th century Russian fiction; reports, discussions,
compositions, and analysis of language; conducted entirely in Russian.
RU 369-370 TWENTIETH CENTURY RUSSIAN LITERATURE 3-6 s.h.
Analysis of contemporary Russian language as used by various Soviet writers in fiction and
periodical literature; conducted entirely in Russian. Students will do independent reading of
Soviet novels in English.
RU 371 RUSSIAN POETRY 3 s.h.
Reading of selected lyric poets of 19th and 20th centuries, with particular emphasis on
development of modern Russian; conducted entirely in Russian.
RU 372 RUSSIAN DRAMA 3 s.h.
Reading and listening to selected plays of 1 9th and 20th centuries, in an attempt to understand
and master the idiom of conversational Russian; conducted entirely in Russian.
282 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
RU 480-489 SPECIAL TOPICS IN RUSSIAN LANGUAGE OR 1-3 s.h.
LITERATURE
Devoted to a special aspect of Russian language or literature. May be arranged for individual or
group study. Permission of department required.
Elective Courses in Spanish
SP 253 INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION 3 s.h.
Given according to demand and staff availability
SP 254 COMMERCIAL SPANISH 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SP 351 or equivalent
Practice with letter writing, technical business terms, and methods of Spanish speaking
commercial systems and transactions, and translations. This course is not a substitute for SP
252.
SP 365 SPANISH LITERATURE BEFORE 1650 3 s.h.
SP 367 NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH LITERATURE 3 s.h.
SP 368 TWENTIETH CENTURY SPANISH LITERATURE 3 s.h.
Present general surveys of literature of respective periods, with due consideration to social
factors and events behind them.
SP 370 GOLDEN AGE DRAMA 3 s.h.
Traces the development of Spanish theater and examines its artistic and spiritual flowering in
Baroque period.
SP 371 THE SPANISH NOVEL 3 s.h.
After a brief survey of origins and trends of the Spanish novel, major stress is given to the
Nineteenth Century Novel and the Generation of 98.
SP 376 SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.
Following a consideration of the salient tendencies of Spanish-American Literature, this course
may take form of a comprehensive survey or it may concentrate its attention upon the novel of
social thesis.
SP 389 PENNSYLVANIA-VALLADOLID PROGRAM 21 s.h.
Contact Chairperson, Department of Foreign Languages.
SP 390 SPANISH IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Spanish 251-252 or equivalent
The prospective teacher of Spanish on the elementary level is introduced to materials suitable
for Grades 1 through 6. Preparation of games, songs, poems, and story telling included.
SP 480 MEXICO SUMMER PROGRAM 3-6 s.h.
Contact Chairpeson, Department of Foreign Languages.
SP 481 SPECIAL TOPIC 3 s.h.
Designed to meet special needs of a student group, mainly related to Spanish American
Literature.
SP 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.
SP 499 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.
Opportunities in Spain, Mexico and the U.S.A. (See course description for GM 499). For further
information concerning Internships in France, Spain, and Mexico, contact the Chairperson,
Department of Foreign Languages.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 283
Linguistics
FL 421 LANGUAGE AND SOCIETY 3 s.h.
The student considers salient facts of language and its role in society and culture. Language
families, linguistic change, and reciprocal influences of culture and language are presented.
Critical Language Program
FL 485 SELF-INSTRUCTION IN CRITICAL LANGUAGES
A self-instructional course for the study of rare languages not taught in the classroom. The
students are provided with texts, cassettes and the services of a native speaker A special fee of
$30.00 is charged in addition to tuition for audio services and examinations. Professional
teachers of language from other universities will test perlormance. Students interested must
contact the coordinator at least one semester before taking the course.
The following languages are available for study: Arabic, Chinese, Dutch, Modern
Greek, Modern Hebrew, Classical Hebrew, Hindi, Hungarian, Japanese, Korean,
Persian, Polish, Portuguese, Serbo-Croatian, Swahlli, Swedish, Tagalog, Thai,
Turkish, Vietnamese, Yoruba.
The following numbers will be used to program;
FL I (1st semester) FL 485
FL II (2nd semester) FL 486
FL III (3rd semester) FL 487
FL IV (4th semester) FL 488
The language will be indicated in parenthesis in abbreviated form: Example FL 486
(HI): FL II (2nd Semester of Hindi).
Education
ED 453 TEACHING OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of 351-352 and 055-056 in the students major language:
passage of a language proficiency examination or permission of the instructor
Methods and material for secondary school teaching, current theones and techniques, and
classroom demonstrations are given.
GEORGAPHY AND REGIONAL PLANNING DEPARTMENT
RUTH I. SHIREY, CHAIRPERSON: BALLAS, HEIDEN, KULKARNI, MILLER,
PAYNE, TEPPER, WEBER, WOOK, ZUCAR.
GEOGRAPHY has two traditions of study. The first is the study of relationships
between man and environment and the ecological tradition. The second is the study of
spatial organization, which involves the way man uses space on the earth's surface.
In both traditions the focus is on understanding regions of the world and the
interactions within and between them. Geographers make important contributions to
the understanding of all aspects of man's use of and impact on the earth's surface.
REGIONAL PLANNING involves preparing for the future. The demands and effects
of a large and growing population require that land use, resource use, settlement
patterns, transportation systems and economic activity be planned. Regional plan-
ning is concerned with the social, economic, locational, and environmental aspects
of these planning decisions.
284 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
GEOGRAPHY and REGIONAL PLANNING are in the same department because
planning is the art of which geography is the science.
Employment opportunities for geographers and regional planners are good. Stu-
dents will find a wide variety of positions in government, business, industry, planning
and education available. Environmental and locational knowledge gained in the
department's programs provide skills needed in the job market.
Three degree programs are offered by the department: (1) Bachelor of Arts in
Geography; (2) Bachelor of Science in Regional Planning; (3) Bachelor of Science in
Social Science Education with a concentration in Geography
CURRICULA
BACHELOR OF ARTS (B.A.) IN GEOGRAPHY OR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
(B.S.) IN REGIONAL PLANNING
Students in both degree programs must take 36 semester hours for the major
including the core program which consists of 15 semester hours as follows:
GE 230, GE 231, GE 341, GE 342 and GE 411.
Students taking the B.A. in Geography must elect 21 semester hours in other
geography courses including GE 102 — Geography of United States and Canada, in
addition to the 1 5 semester hours required in the core program. A student may take
these additional semester hours from any of the department's offerings or may
choose to take courses mainly from one of the following areas: human geography,
physical/environmental geography planning, regional geography or philosophy
methods and techniques. The geography major may elect to do an internship.
The B.S. in Regional Planning prepares students to take positions in planning
offices. In addition to the 15 semester hours required in the core program, 21 more
semester hours are required as follows: GE 313 or GE 314, GE 332, GE 360, GE
361, GE 462, GE 463 and one elective course. In addition, a 21 semester hour
interdisciplinary minor or a 15-21 semester hour minor in an approved discipline is
required. An Internship may be elected.
Students may apply up to six semester hours of internship credit toward the majors in
geography and regional planning.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SOCIAL SCIENCE EDUCATION (GEOGRAPHY
CONCENTRATE)
Students concentrating in geography in the social science education program must
take a minimum of 15 semester hours as follows (department recommends 24
semester hours in the concentration): GE 101 and GE 231 orGE332and GE 341 or
GE 342 and GE 1 02 plus two regional courses and one additional 3 semester hour
geography course.
MINOR IN GEOGRAPHY
A minor in geography is appropriate for majors in all other fields of the natural and
social sciences. Students of business also find this minor relevant. A minor consists
of minimum of 1 5 semester hours in geography A student may elect any combination
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 285
I
of courses for the minor The department suggests that students take the core
program if they anticipate doing graduate work in geography. Students migh also
consider concentrating in one of the areas of the field indicated by the section n the
course descriptions below. |
MINOR IN REGIONAL PLANNING
A minor consists of a minimum of 1 5 semester hours of course work as follows GE
360, GE 361 , GE 462, GE 463 and 332, or GE 440. \
Minors in geography and regional planning may elect an internship.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
General Education Courses
GE 101 WORLD GEOGRAPHY: MAN AND ENVIRONMENT 3 a.h.
Study of man's relationship with the earth accomplished through study of physical, cultural,
economic and demorgraphic factors.
GE 102 GEOGRAPHY OF UNITED STATES AND CANADA 3 s.h.
The cultural landscape of North America is studied. The relationship between man and
environment is examined and spatial patterns of environment, economy society and politics
are considered.
Human Geography
GE 230 CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
May be taken in place of GE 101. Introduction to cultural geography including population,
settlement, historical, urban and political geography human relationships with the natural
environment and the literature and methods of cultural geography
GE 231 ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Introduction to geographic concepts, methods and skills related to spatial patterns of produc-
tion, consumption, and exchange over the earth's surface.
GE 331 POPULATION GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Spatial variations in numbers, characteristics and dynamics of human population, models and
theoretical constructs relevant to demographic structures and processes are studied, as well as
major world and regional problems.
GE 332 URBAN GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Basic principles of urban geography including site, situation, function , urban land use, urban
structure and urban hierarchy are introduced. Relationships between urban geography and
urban planning are explored.
GE 333 TRADE AND TRANSPORTATION 3 s.h.
Deals with the spatial aspects of transportation systems and their use. Circulation, accessibili-
ty, time and distance concepts and trade patterns are discussed.
GE 334 POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Geographic factors and conditions are analyzed as they relate to the character and function of
states. Political institutions are evaluated in light of geographic conditions.
GE 335 GEOGRAPHY OF ENERGY 3 s.h.
Energy production and consumption in human societies through time are considered to
provide the background necessary for understanding contemporary problems. Emphasis is on
iocational and environmental aspects of energy in the United States.
286 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
GE 136 SOCIAL GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Spaal dimensions of the American society is the focus of this course. The distribution of
vari(us social groups and their impact on the landscape are considered.
GEJ37 HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Stuiies of past geographies, geographical change through time, and historical perspectives on
the.ultural landscape are included. Historical geography of the United States is emphasized.
Physical/Environmental Geography
GE241 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Intoduction to physical geography including study of weather, climate, soils, vegetation,
lardforms, energy cycles, and the hydrologic cycle. Maps and air photographs are used.
GE 341 CLIMATOLOGY I 3 s.h.
The elements of weather and climate and the climatic regions of the earth are studied in relation
to other aspects of the physical and biological environment.
GE 342 PHYSIOGRAPHY 3 S.h.
The study of londforms and water features is the focus of this course. Types, distribution and
processes of formation are considered in relationship to the human landscape.
GE 440 CONSERVATION: ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS 3 s.h.
Problems of exploitaiion and utilization of regional resources such as soils, minerals, forests
and wildlife are considered in relation to population growth and regional planning and develop-
ment.
Planning
GE 360 INTRODUCTION TO PLANNING 3 s.h.
Introduction to field of planning on city metropolitan, regional and county levels. Included are:
intergovernmental context and legislative basis for planning; the comprehensive plan; plan
implementation, and the planning agency
GE 361 PLANNING: BASIC STUDIES AND ANALYSIS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: GE 360
Research, analytical design and plan-making techniques in urban and regional planning.
Examines basic items necessary to prepare urban and regional comprehensive plans.
GE 462 PLANNING: DEVELOPMENT PRINCIPLES AND THEORY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: GE 360
Examines process of city planning during ancient, medieval, renaissance and modern periods.
A review of early planning in America, as well as present city planning is included.
GE 463 PLANNING: DESIGN 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: GE 360
Presents concepts of city subdivision and transportation design in relation to topography,
natural resources and other physical elements.
GE 464 LAND USE POLICY 3 s.h.
Basic concepts of land use policy at the national, regional, county and local levels are treated.
Analysis is made of various land use policies.
Regional Geography
GE 251 GEOGRAPHY OF PENNSYLVANIA 3 s.h.
Regions of Pennsylvania are examined in detail to identify man-environment relationships.
Soils, topography climate, vegetation, population and economic patterns are studied.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities —2S7
GE 252 GEOGRAPHY OF LATIN AMERICA 2 s.h.
Impact of rapid population growth and economic development on the environment and satial
organization of Latin America are considered. The resource base and cultural heritage of the
region are studied.
i
GE 253 GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE 3 S.h.
Investigates relationships underlying land use, dominant international problems, bourdary
disputes and regional complexes of European continent.
GE 254 GEOGRAPHY OF USSR 3 vh.
Regions of the Soviet Union, natural resources, cultural patterns, population, strategic arets
and related geopolitical problems are studied.
GE 255 GEOGRAPHY OF AFRICA 3 s.i.
Systematic survey of the physical, economic, political- historical, and cultural geography of thi;
continent is followed by regional studies of countries and peoples in Africa, south of th%
Sahara.
GE 256 GEOGRAPHY OF EAST ASIA 3 s.h.
Studies China, Japan, Korea, Outer Mongolia, Taiwan geographic background for development
and wise use and restoration of natural resources dealt with.
GE 257 GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA 3 s.h.
India, Pakistan, Bangia Desh, Sri Lanka, Burma, Thailand, Laos Cambodia, Vietnam,
Malaysia, and Indonesia are studied with special attention to regional similarities and differ-
ences, particularly as they pertain to human adjustment.
Philosophy, Methods, and Techniques
GE 41 1 GEOGRAPHY: THOUGHT AND PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.
Seminar limited to junior and senior majors with at least 1 2 semester hours in geography. Deals
with history of the discipline, great ideas, leading problems, and unresolved issues.
GE 312 RESEARCH IN GEOGRAPHY AND PLANNING 3 s.h.
Introduction to the basic elements of research in the context of orderly scientific investigation.
Emphasizes the application of research methodology to specific geographic and planning
problems.
GE 313 CARTOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Gives an understanding of the compilation and use of maps and develops an ability to construct
various types of maps.
GE 314 MAP AND PHOTOGRAPH INTERPRETATION 3 s.h.
Maps and air photographs, along with remote sensing materials, permits inventory and analy-
sis of geologic, land use, urban development and other landscape phenomena. The under-
standing of these materials and associated tools for their use is presented.
GE 415 REMOTE SENSING 3 s.h.
Deals with air photographs, satellite imagery, thermal sensing, radar imagery, and their applica-
tion to deriving information about the Earths physical and cultural landscapes.
Other
GE 371 AEROSPACE WORKSHOP 3 S.h.
Develops an appreciation and provides information related to aerospace activities and contri-
butions; offers background for teaching aerospace courses, discusses aviation/space careers,
and presents the basic principles of flying (usually including some flight instruction).
2S8 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ED ^55 TEACHING OF SOCIAL SCIENCE IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.
Stud' of modern methods and techniques for teaching social science and of current curricula in
social science.
GE ^81 SPECIAL TOPICS 3 s.h.
Topi:;al courses offered on an experimental basis. Check department schedule for these
offeings.
GE498 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.
Ppfessional learning experience with emphasis on application of academic background.
Cpen to majors and minors in geography and regional planning with 75 semester hours and 15
iemester hours in the department, respectively. See internship supervisor for additional
nformation.
6E 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3-6 s.h.
independent research and study under faculty direction. Interested students should approach
department chairperson for information.
HISTORY DEPARTMENT
JOHN F. KADLUBOWSKI, CHAIRPERSON: CASHDOLLAR, CORD, FERGU-
SON, FRICKE, GELBACH, GOODRICH, HATFIELD, KLEIN, LANDON, LEHMAN,
MARCUS, MASTRO, MILLER, MOORE, OLIVER, RIFE, SMITH, VOGEL, WILEY,
YACKUBOSKEY.
Programs in history are designed to give both those who major in history in the
School of Social Sciences and Humanities, and those who concentrate in history in
the School of Education an opportunity to study in some depth the past story of man
and his world. Degrees offered by the History Department are the Bachelor of Arts in
History and the Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in Social Studies,
concentrating in history. The first program is under the School of Social Sciences and
Humanities, and the second is under the School of Education.
The history student will find that the program is excellent preparation for government
service, for pre-law training, for broad business opportunities, for work in varied
fields of journalism, for archival positions, and for teaching. Not only the story of the
people of the United States, but also that of other peoples is covered in the belief that
historical understanding is essential for the future of mankind.
CURRICULA
Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in History are 30 semester hours in
history. Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education with a
major in Social Studies, concentrating on history, are a minimum or 15 semester
hours in history within the 42 semester hours required for social science certification.
The requirement for a minor in history is 1 5 semester hours. For all history programs,
courses in history in General Education are applicable. Although there are no
prerequisites to history courses, all programs should be planned with an adviser.
Every major and concentrate in history will be advised by History Department staff
members.
Admission to History 482 and 483, initiation in the local chapters of Phi Alpha Theta
and Pi Gamma Mu, participation in study tours and study-abroad programs and
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 289
other activities should be investigated by every history student. The department is
committed to the idea of a broad education.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HI 101 HISTORY OF CIVILIZATION I 3 s.h.
Survey course, presenting in various forms origin and development of Western man's major
political, social, economic, religious, and intellectual institutions to approximately 1600 A.D.
HI 102 HISTORY OF CIVILIZATION II 3 S.h.
Survey of man's development from 1600 .A.D. to present, in which economic, political, social,
and intellectual trends are discussed in a basic presentation, the student then selects a topic of
personal preference from a variety of preparations offered by individual professors.
HI 103 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES AND PENNSYLVANIA I 3 s.h.
Survey of American history from colonization to 1865, with attention to Pennsylvania, colonial
foundations, emergence of Federal Union, political and social reform, and controversy over
sectionalism and slavery.
HI 104 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES AND PENNSYLVANIA II 3 S.h.
Survey of history of the United States and Pennsylvania since 1865, with emphasis on major
economic, political, and social trends and development of American culture. Also considered is
role of America in world affairs.
HI 200 INTRODUCTION TO HISTORY 3 s.h.
For history majors and concentrates. Topics include philosophy of history, important schools of
history and historians, and methods of historical research. Student is encouraged to become a
better historian and to identify with historical profession.
HI 301 HISTORY OF GREECE 3 s.h.
Will analyze major polictical, social, and economic developments in ancient Greek civilization
from Bronze Age to death of Alexander
HI 302 HISTORY OF ROME 3 s.h.
Will trace Roman history from early Republic down to fall of Empire. Roman political theory will
be particularly emphasized.
HI 303 MEDIEVAL EUROPE I, 400-1000 3 s.h.
History of early Medieval Europe, from decline of Rome to beginnings of High Middle Ages;
emphasis on political, social, economic, religious, and intellectual developments.
HI 304 MEDIEVAL EUROPE II, 1000-1300 3 S.h.
History of late Medieval Europe, from High Middle Ages to Renaissance period; emphasis on
political, social, economic, religious, and intellectual developments.
HI 305 RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION 3 s.h.
History of Europe from c. 1250; rise of commercial city Kings, and pressures on Christian
Church to 1600. Some consideration of technology and voyages.
HI 306 EARLY MODERN EUROPE 3 s.h.
Greatness of France under Louis XIV; Sweden; Thirty Years Wan Emergence of modern
society; French Revolution.
HI 307 HISTORY OF EUROPE: 1815-1914 ' 3 s.h.
Study of Europe in 19th century with emphasis on the emergence of major thought patterns,
Romanticism, Nationalism, Socialism, and Positivism.
290 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
HI 308 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE 3 s.h.
Political, economic, and diplomatic trends in Europe since 1900, with major emphasis on
causes and results of war, and search for security.
HI 320 HISTORY OF ENGLAND TO 1688 3 s.h.
Survey of growth of English nation, with emphasis on political, social, and economic develop-
ments leading to 17th century conflict between Crown and Parliament.
HI 321 HISTORY OF ENGLAND, 1688 TO PRESENT 3 s.h.
Survey of growth of England as a democratic constitutional monarchy Attention directed to
industrial revolution, and to imperial expansion and England's role in 20th century world.
Attention given to social and cultural history.
HI 322 FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON 3 s.h.
Brief sketch of Old Regime, concentration on Revolution, and Empire, with emphasis on
politics, social structure, diplomacy and economics.
HI 323 MODERN FRANCE 3 s.h.
Investigation of political, cultural, economic, and social developments since 1815. Discussions
and readings.
HI 324 HISTORY OF GERMANY TO 1848 3 s.h.
Study of German nation from its prehistoric origins, emphasizing medieval and early modern
phases, to 1848.
HI 325 HISTORY OF GERMANY: 1849-1970 3 s.h.
Study of development of modern Germany from Revolution of 1 848, including imperial republi-
can and totalitarian phases, to post-War formation of East and West Germany.
HI 326 HISTORY OF RUSSIA 3 s.h.
General survey of Russian history, culture, and institutions. Special consideration given to
study of historical forces formative of Revolution of 1917.
HI 327 HISTORY OF SOVIET RUSSIA 3 s.h.
General survey of contemporary Soviet history, culture, and institutions. Special consideration
given to study of communist theory and its place in current Russian historiography
HI 340 COLONIAL AMERICA 3 s.h.
Survey of original thirteen states from their inception as colonies within British empire to 1 763,
the eve of independence. Attention given to their political development; economic position
within empire: relations with Indians; and evolution of social, educational and religious life.
HI 341 AMERICAN REVOLUTION 3 s.h.
An examination of Whig-Tory participants of American Revolution. Examines events from 1 763
to 1 783. Changing interpretations of the courses and effects of the revolution will be discussed.
HI 342 MIDDLE PERIOD OF U.S., 1783-1850 3 s.h.
Survey of United States history from 1783 to 1850, with special attention on constitutional,
political, economic, and social trends.
HI 343 CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION 3 s.h.
Study of failure of American democracy to cope with issues of mid-nineteenth century, followed
by political, economic, military and social developments during War and reconciliation of North
and South.
HI 344 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES, 1876-1900 3 s.h.
Stresses reaction of various segments of heterogeneous population to rapid industrialization,
urbanization and corporatization of American life and emergence of U.S. as a world power,
special attention to formation of new institutions.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 29 1
HI 345 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES 1900-1929 3 s.h.
Emphasis on political, social, economic, and diplomatic developments in American history
between 1900 and 1929.
HI 346 CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES HISTORY 3 s.h.
Study of political, economic, and cultural changes in American life since 1 929: examines roots
of social problems facing us today. Some recent foreign policy trends also studied.
HI 350 HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA: COLONIAL PERIOD, 3 s.h.
1450-1820
Study of life of people, Indian cultures, conquest by Spaniards and Portuguese, government
during Colonial Period, and Wars of Independence.
HI 351 HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA: NATIONAL PERIOD, 3 s.h.
1820-PRESENT
Study of history of nations which have emerged since independence: emphasis on economic,
political, cultural, and social developments of these nations, as well as relationships of these
nations to others in the Hemisphere.
HI 360 HISTORY OF PENNSYLVANIA 3 s.h.
Emphasizes the cultural, economic, political, and social development of our state in its various
periods from colonial to today Special attention given to diversity of Pennsylvanias people,
their institutions, and problems.
HI 361 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN RELATIONS, 1775-1900 3 s.h.
Traces Foreign Relations of United States from Independence to emergence as a world power
Topics concentrate on themes of commercial relations, political isolation, expansion, and
debate over imperialism.
HI 362 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN RELATIONS, 3 s.h.
1900-PRESENT
Treats primarily our 20th century involvement in world affairs and domestic debate over that
involvement. Special emphasis will be placed on role of interest groups and increasing power
of Executive Department over Foreign Affairs.
HI 363 SOCIAL AND INTELLECTUAL HISTORY OF THE 3 s.h.
UNITED STATES TO 1875
Selected topics in early American intellectual and cultural growth, with emphasis on
Puritanism, Enlightenment, cultural nationalism, and Romantic Movement.
HI 364 SOCIAL AND INTELLECTUAL HISTORY OF THE UNITED 3 s.h.
STATES SINCE 1875
Selected treatment of historical development of modern American movements in social and
political thought, religion, philosophy, fine arts, and literature.
HI 365 HISTORY OF BLACK AMERICA SINCE EMANCIPATION 3 s.h.
Description and analysis of role of blacks in history of United States since Civil War: emphasis
on key leaders, major organizations, leading movements and crucial ideologies of blacks in
modern America.
HI 366 AMERICAN LABOR MOVEMENT 3 s.h.
Investigation of growth of American labor movement from 1 9th century to present; emphasis on
role of Knights of Labor, American Federation of Labor, Industrial Workers of the world and
Congress of Industrial Organizations. Study of working class in its working and living settings.
HI 367 ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES 3 s.h.
Historical development of economic institutions in American life since Independence: empha-
sis on farming, labor, transportation, banking and manufacturing.
292 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
HI 368 U.S. URBAN HISTORY 3 s.h.
A survey of American cities from their beginnings to present emphasizing relationship of urban
history to social science theory, and stages and process of city development.
HI 380 HISTORY OF THE ISLAMIC CIVILIZATION 3 s.h.
An approach to learning about a non-Western culture: Muhammad, Arabs, Muslims as
creators of a great civilization from rise of Islam to 1800; emphasis on cultural institutions of
Islam and their interrelationships within Middle East.
HI 381 HISTORY OF THE MODERN MIDDLE EAST 3 s.h.
Survey of changes that have taken place in Middle East and in Islam since eighteenth century
and of contemporary problems in that region.
HI 382 HISTORY OF THE FAR EAST 3 s.h.
History of China and Japan from ancient times. Buddhism, medievalJapan; Chinese Commu-
nism, industrialization. Some consideration of peripheral Asia from 1500.
HI 390 HISTORY OF WOMEN - WORLD CULTURES 3 s.h.
Explores religious, legal, political, and mythic dimensions of women in society from ancient to
modern times, including Eastern, Western and American experiences.
HI 391 FILM AS HISTORY 3 s.h.
Paricularly concerned with probing relationship between cinema and society. History of film is
explored and student is given some background in film interpretation and cinematography, the
western, science fiction, police films, and great foreign and American detective films.
HI 481 SPECIAL STUDIES IN HISTORY 3-9 s.h.
Each semester six to ten courses are offered in interest areas that are not part of the regular
program. For example. Film as History, the American Jew, Fighting the Great Wars, History of
Baseball, the Car, and the Christian Perspective have been offered as special studies. Students
may schedule as many of these courses as desired, but two per semester is the usual limit.
HI 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3-6 s.h.
Prerequisites: 12 s.h. in history; a 3.0 history average; permission of a faculty member
Involves directed reading or research for qualified students. We encourage experimental
projects and personalized learning. Honors sections are provided for qualified students.
HI 483 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3 s.h.
An honor program within the independent study format. Minimum qualifications are a 3.0 Q.PA.
1 5 s.h. of history, and a 3.2 average in history classes. Satisfactory honors work is rewarded by
formal recognition at graduation.
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Degree programs in International Studies are offered in both the School of Social
Sciences and Humanities (Bachelor of Arts) and the School of Education (Bachelor
of Science in Education). Both degrees are interdisciplinary and, consequently, draw
upon the faculty and course offerings of many other departments. The course
selection is broad enough to prepare the student for any one of a great variety of
career opportunities. The Bachelor of Arts program is designed for the specialist who
is interested in a professional career; the Bachelor of Science is designed to certify
the graduate to teach world cultures or any of the social sciences in the public
schools.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 293
CURRICULA
B.A. Program
Beyond the General Education courses required of all students in the University, the
requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in International Studies are as
follows:
1 . The student must build an interdisciplinary sequence of 1 5 semester hours taking
an introductory or comparative international course from each of five social
science disciplines. This selection depends upon the goal of the major and should
be determined in consultation with adviser and/or the Director of the Center for
International Studies.
2. The student should complete a specialization sequence in the economic and
political systems of another culture which must include a study of language,
literature, history, and geography of that region. This specialization sequence
must include at least 15 semester hours. Currently, three specializations are
offered: Soviet Studies, The Far East, and Latin America. However, students
interested in Africa or the Middle or Near East may elect interdisciplinary courses
focusing on the developing nations. It is also possible to build a program centering
on the Atlantic Community of Nations.
Specialization must include work in at least three disciplines. The student is expec-
ted to have completed the intermediate language sequence of the appropriate
language in the General Education requirements, so that no credit towards special-
ization is given for language courses numbered below the 300 level.
B.A. in Pre-Law/History
The requirements for this major are the same as for the History major with the
addition of the pre-law interdisciplinary minor
For requirements in the pre-law minor students should contact the departmental
pre-law adviser or the department chairperson.
Minor in International Studies
A minor in International Studies consists of meeting the requirements listed under (1 )
above. The curriculum of the Center for International Studies is flexible enough that
the student can plan a program to match his interests.
B.S. in Education (International Studies Concentrate)
A concentration in International Studies will supplement the student's required
courses and leads to Certification in the social science fields for teaching positions in
the state of Pennsylvania.
LINGUISTICS MINOR INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAM
Interdisciplinary Linguistics Board: SHARON MONTGOMERY (Philosophy;
294 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Chn.), ANDERSON (English; At-large), BORMANN (Special Education-
Speech and Hearing), HUDSON (Humanities and Social Science) ISAR (For-
eign Languages), JACOBS (Psychology), OLIN-FAHLE (Sociology-Anthro-
pology), TANNACITO (English), TOMPKINS (Computer Science)
Linguistics Is a social science, concerned with an aspect of behavior that has tra-
ditionally set humans apart from the other animals-our use of an intricate system
of speech sounds to communicate with our peers and our use of written symbols to
transmit our accumulated knowledge to our descendants. Language has always
been regarded as peculiarly human, but even this belief is being questioned by
those conducting contemporary experiments on the language capabilities of mon-
keys. The problems of modern linguistics are of concern to many diverse fields, in-
cluding anthropology sociology psychology philosophy and speech and hearing.
Linguistics has always had a close relationship with literature and foreign language
learning. Developments in other areas have had their impact on linguistics. For-
mal models of language and its structures are a part of computer science. This In-
terdisciplinary Lingustics Minor is intended to offer to students the opportunity to
acquaint themselves with modern linguistics from a variety of perspectives.
The Interdisciplinary Linguistics Minor consists of 18 semester hours chosen
from the list of options below, selected from at least three participating depart-
ments, and including no more than 6 semester hours from the student's major de-
partment. Any one of the following courses is strongly recommended as an initial
program course: AN 233, EN 330, FL 421, or SH 302.
The program is academically supervised by an Interdisciplinary Linguistics Board
consisting of the Associate Dean of Social Sciences and Humanities, an at-large
complement, and one representative from each of the following departments:
Computer Science, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy Psychology Socio-
logy-Anthropology and the Speech and Hearing section of the Special Education
Department. Board members serve as Interdisciplinary Linguistics advisers.
Some of the courses listed below in the program have prerequisites; these must
be satisfied as prescribed by the department offering the course.
Program Courses
AN 233 Cultural Symbolism I: Language in Culture
CO 220 Applied Computer Programming Languages
CO 340 Data Structures and Non-Numeric Programming
CO 460 Theory of Computation
EN 230 History of the English Language
EN 330 The Structure of English
EN 331 Trends in Linguistics
EN 332 Dialects in American English
EN 333 Psycholinguistics (Also PC 333)
FL 421 Language and Society
FL 351-352 Advanced Language l-ll, where fl is FR, LA, SR GM, or RU (French,
Latin, Spanish, German, or Russian).
FR 461 Structures of French and English
PH 221 Logic I
PH 300 Philosophy of Language
PH 321 Logic II
PC 333 Psycholinguistics (also EN 333)
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 295
SH 302 Language Development
SH 430 Language Disorders
NOTE: Specific offerings of Special Topics or other courses in the 480 series offer-
ed by participating departments may be approved by the board for inclusion in the
minor Consult Board members for current information.
PHILOSOPHY DEPARTMENT
ROBERT M. HERMANN, CHAIRPERSON: BOONE, BOUFFARD, CHAN, FER-
RARA, LIN, MLECKO, MONTGOMERY, SCHAUB.
Philosophy (Major and Minor)
The program in philosophy is designed to provide the student with a capacity for
thinking clearly, a critical attitude and the ability to reason theoretically.
The major offers the background required for graduate work in philosophy. Those
whose primary interests are in other disciplines will find philosphy courses which
relate directly to their fields on a theoretical level. Both the minor and double major
are especially desirable for their reflective benefits and because of the essentially
interdisciplinary nature of philosophy.
Requirements for Major and Minor Philosophy
Major Minor
PH 101 General Logic
or
3 s.h PH 221 Symbolic Logic I 3 s.h.
PH 324 History of Philosophy I
or
PH 325 History of Philosophy II
or
6 s.h PH 410 Contemporary Philosophy 6 s.h.
18 s.h Departmental Electives 6 s.h.
27 s.h. total 15 s.h. total
No more than one 100-level course may be counted toward the major or minor Ma-
jors concentrating in Philosophy may take up to 9 semester hours in Religious
Studies, minors no more than 3 semester hours. These courses are indicated in
the catalog by an asterisk.
Religious Studies
A program of courses in religious studies including a minor is offered by the depart-
ment. These courses are indicated with an asterisk. The program in religious
studies is designed to provide a balanced, non-sectarian approach leading to a
better understanding of the phenomenon of religion in human experience.
Students considering theological schools, and related vocations such as religious
journalism, broadcasting or education are encouraged to pursue a Philosophy
major and/or a Religious Studies minor
296 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Requirements for minor in Religious Studies
No more than one 100-level course may be counted among the required fifteen
semester hours. One philosophy course (3 s.h.) may be included among the de-
partment electives.
REQUIRED
PH 310 Western Religious Thought in 3 s.h.
Development <
PH 340 Contemporary Western 3 s.h.
Religious Thought
PH 31 1 Oriental Religio-Philosophic Thought 3 s.h.
Departmental Electives 6 s.h.
15 s.h. total
Pre-Law Program
The Philosophy Department participates in the university Pre-Law Minor Program
whereby a student majors in one of several academic disciplines including philo-
sophy and also meets the pre-law minor requirements. Students interested in the
philosophy major/pre-law minor should consult with the departmental pre-law ad-
viser Philosophy courses included in the pre-law minor program are as follows:
PH 1 01 , General Logic, PH 222, Ethics and PH 327 American Philosophic Thought.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
*PH 100 INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION 3 s.h.
A beginning approach to the study of religion. Ouestions discussed will include: the nature
of religion, types of religion, origins of religion, conceptions of deity the religious nature and
destiny of man, religion and science, religion and society, and contemporary religious issues.
PH 101 GENERAL LOGIC: METHODS OF CRITICAL THINKING 3 s.h.
Designed to develop students' ability to critically analyze deductive and inductive argumen-
tation, rhetonc and persuasion, with examples drawn from media, textbooks, advertising,
scholarly works, personal contacts, etc. Emphasis upon the nature of definition, clarification
of meaning, detection of fallacies, scientific methodology and logic as a practical tool.
•PH 110 WORLD RELIGIONS 3 s.h.
History, comparative theology ntual and contemporary influences of world's major religions.
A nonsectarian study of religions such as Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism,
Shinto, Zoroastrianism, Judaism, Christianity, and Islam.
PH 120 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.
Designed to acquaint the beginning student with philosophical problems and methods in
such areas as metaphysic, epistemology logic, value theory and philosophy of religion.
*PH 210 WORLD SCRIPTURES 3 s.h.
Major sacred writings of Hindu, Buddhist, Zoroastrian, Moslem, Confucian, Taoist, and
Judeo-Christian traditions will be studied from point of view of their religious significance.
PH 221 SYMBOLIC LOGIC I 3 s.h.
An introduction to symbolic logic dealing with the symbolization of deductive arguments in
the sentential calculus, syllogistic calculus and quantificational calculus, including the logic
of relations. Natural deduction proofs, truth trees and other tests of validity are covered.
PH 222 ETHICS 3 s.h.
Investigation of efforts to rationally justify moral judgment. What is moral? Are moral notions
cultural, rational, divine, or innate in origin? Are they relative or absolute? Are they intuitive,
cognitively meaningless, or supportable by good reasons?
School of Social Sciences & Humanities —297
PH 223 PHILOSOPHY OF ART 3 s.h.
Meaning of aesthetics as a philosophical discipline; methodological questions; a classifica-
tion of problem areas; questions of imitation, history and art, the artist, the audience; consid-
eration of some of the major western and non- western writers' positions. Nature of artistic
creativity; art and anarchy; chance and art; definition of art in the present culture.
PH 300 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 3 s.h.
An investigation of issues in the philosophy of language and related issues in linguistics (in-
cluding anthropological linguistics, sociolinguistics and psycholinguistics). Topics include,
e.g. the influence of language on perception, rationalist/empiricist perspectives on language
acquisition, language and political control, reference, meaning, truth.
*PH 310 WESTERN RELIGIOUS THOUGHT IN DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.
Theological development of the Judaeo-Christian religious tradition, approached through in
depth study of selected writings from the early Church Fathers to the Protestant Reformers.
*PH 311 ORIENTAL RELIGIO-PHILOSOPHIC THOUGHT 3 s.h.
Advanced study in those religious philosophies which have shaped the oriental worldviews
and ways of life. Emphasis on Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism,
and Shinto.
*PH 312 BIBLICAL HISTORY AND PALESTINIAN ARCHAEOLOGY 3 s.h.
An investigation of religio-historical traditions of the Bible in light of archaeological research.
Will include study of archaeological method and interpretation, discoveries in Egypt, Meso-
potamia, and Syro-Palestine as background for understanding the traditions and religious
practices and beliefs of Israel, and special questions surrounding the Patriarchal narratives,
the Exodus and Conquest, Israel under David and Solomon, the Dead Sea Scrolls and N.T
times.
PH 321 SYMBOLIC LOGIC II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: PH 221 or permission of instructor
A continuation of Logic I designed to enable students to evaluate consistency of statements,
validity of arguments, soundness and completeness of formal systems. Focus on quantifica-
tional calculus and inductive logic.
"PH 323 POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.
Political thought of such major classical theorists as Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Augustine,
Aquinas, Hobbes, Rousseau, Locke, Marx, and Mill, examined against the background of
metaphysical roots from which their political views derive.
PH 324 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL 3 s.h.
Western philosophy of pre-Socratic, classical Greek, Roman and medieval periods. Special
attention given to Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, and Aquinas, as well as the philosophic schools.
PH 325 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: RENAISSANCE AND MODERN 3 s.h.
Continuation of PH 324, beginning with 15th century Renaissance thought and ending with
the 19th century precursors of contemporary philosophies.
"PH 327 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHIC THOUGHT 3 s.h.
Study of the more original and influential philosophical positions developed in America from
colonial period to present, and of the thinkers who gave them their most complete expres-
sions.
PH 329 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 3 s.h.
Philosophical problems in religious thought: nature of religious experience, mysticism, defin-
ing religion, conceptions of deity existence of God, meaning of religious language, faith, and
knowledge.
298 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
PH 330 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 3 s.h.
An investigation into nature of formal and empirical sciences: structure of scientific thought
and its dependence upon or independence of theory; the logical and metaphysical status of
scientific laws and theoretical concepts; reductionism in science: the concept of causality;
the logic of explanation; problems in confirmation theory; science and value. No special back-
ground required. Recommended for math and science majors.
*PH 340 CONTEMPORARY WESTERN RELIGIOUS THOUGHT 3 s.h.
Introduction to thought of such contemporary theologians as Bonhoeffet; Buber, Bultmann,
Kierkegaard, Teilhard, Tillich, Barth, Brunner and Niebuhr
PH 410 CONTEMPORARY WESTERN PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.
Survey in depth of 20th century western positions such as pragmatism, logical positivism,
logical and linguistic analysis, existentialism, and phenomenology.
PH 420 METAPHYSICS 3 s.h.
Divergent views of the nature of reality and the main questions which it raises: substance,
unity mind, existence, necessity possibility, time, eternity space, and the self.
PH 421 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE 3 s.h.
Investigation into problems involved in justifying knowledge claims and a consideration of
methods suggested for their resolution. Particular attention paid to problems of certainty, ob-
jectivity, perception and truth.
PH 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 3 s.h.
Topical courses which will vary from semester to semester See current schedule of classes.
PH 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-6 s.h.
Individual students wishing to pursue philosophical or religious studies interests not covered
in the department's regular offering may do so by seeking approval for independent study
Make inquiry of the chairperson. Upon approval students are guaranteed at least five hours
of faculty time per credit. All programs of study must be accepted by the department as a
whole. May be taken more than once to maximum of 6 s.h. (This option is available to both
philosophy majors and non-majors.)
PH 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY: HONORS PROJECT 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: 3.00 QPA, 15 s.h. in Philosophy and 3.20 average in departmental courses.
Majors in Philosophy are invited to take 3 s.h. of independent study designated Honors Proj-
ect. Upon satisfactory completion, graduation with departmental honors is possible.
* Program in Religious Studies.
"Offered at the discretion of the department.
POLITICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT
RICHARD F HEIGES, CHAIRPERSON: CARONE, CHASZAR, GREEN, KEENE,
KRITES, MORRIS, PALMER, PLATT, SMITH, THORPE, WILSON.
Political scientists focus upon political systems, including the effect of environment
on the system, inputs, the decision-making agencies which render binding public
policies, and system outputs. Approaches to the study of government and politics
include: the NORMATIVE approach, in which philosophical attention centers on
values by asking the question, What ought to be?; and the BEHAVIORAL approach,
in which an attempt is made to develop verifiable theories through scientific meth-
ods by asking the questions, how and why?
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 299
Students majoring in political science have employment opportunities in
federal, state, and local governments, and with private civic groups, interest
groups, and political groups. Students who go on to graduate work find
appointments at higher levels and in college teaching. Students graduating in
political science, as in any of the social sciences, are in demand by employers
in business and industry. Students completing the Political Science Internship
Program have experienced considerable success in finding employment
upon graduation.
The political science major is also especially suitable for the pre-law student.
Degrees offered by the Political Science Department are the Bachelor of Arts in
Political Science; in Government and Public Service; in Pre Law-Political
Science; and the Bachelor of Science in Education with a Social Science
Major, concentrating in Political Science. The department also offers a minor
in political science.
An interdisciplinary major sponsored by the Political Science Department is
International Studies. For information on this major, see section on Interna-
tional Studies.
CURRICULA
Core Program
Required of ALL Political Science majors and minors (except Government and
Public Service majors) are six semester hours in the following basic courses:
PS 111 - American Politics 3 s.h.
PS 101 - World Politics 3 s.h.
B.A. in Political Science
In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in Political
Science are 30 more semester hours in political science, distributed so that at least
one course is in three of the following four areas: American Studies, Political Theory
Public Administration, and International Studies. Students preparing for graduate
study should take PS 499 - Scope and Methods, at least one Political Theory course,
and courses in Computer Science and Statistics.
B.A. in Government and Public Service
This major requires 36 s.h. as follows: PS 251 , 370, 371 , EC 330, 336; PC 358; SO
345; PC 200 or SO 231 ; plus 1 2 semester hours of the following: PS 250, 350, 351 ,
352, 353, 354, 355, 358, 499, 458 (Internship). Also majors should select one of five
interdisciplinary minors prescribed by department. For descriptive information about
this interdisciplinary program, contact department chairperson.
B.A. in Pre Law-Political Science
The requirements for this major are the same as for the political science major with
the addition of a 21 s.h. pre-law interdisciplinary minor
300 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
For requirements in a pre-law minor students should contact the departmental
pre-iaw adviser
B.S. in Education (Political Science Concentration)
In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Education with a major in Social Science, Political Science concentration, are 9
more semester hours in political science. Recommended electives are PS 250, 251 ,
350, 353, or 354 and 499; desirable alternatives are PS 280, 283, 285, 352, 359, and
382-387.
Minor in Political Science
A minor in political science consists of 15 semester hours in political science,
composed of the 6 s.h. Core Program and 9 more semester hours elected from all
political science courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Required Courses
PS 111 AMERICAN POLITICS 3 s.h.
Introduction to American national government and politics, emphasizing Constitu-
tion, Party system. Congress, Presidency, Courts, and problems in national-state
relations, civil rights, foreign policy, and social and economic policies.
PS 101 VVORLD POLITICS 3 s.h.
Analysis of contemporary (Post 1945) state system and forces shaping world in
which we live. Student is given a framework within which he can analyze contempo-
rary international politics.
American Studies
PS 250 PUBLIC POLICY 3 s.h.
Emphasizes dynamics of government as they are evidenced in public opinion,
pressure groups, political parties and our governmental institutions; attention also
directed toward the political-economic nexus within American society.
PS 251 STATE AND LOCAL POLITICAL SYSTEMS 3 s.h.
Institutions and processes of state and local governments, with special attention to
Pennsylvania; emphasis on nature of federalism, state constitutions, and role of
state and local government in an urban society.
PS 298 NEWS INTERPRETATION 1 s.h.
Designed to provide students with techniques for intelligent reading of daily newspa-
per and weekly news magazines and to give some understanding of current affairs at
state, national and international levels.
PS 350 THE PRESIDENCY 3 s.h.
Examination of Office of President, with attention to constitutional foundations,
evolution, structure, powers and functions; some comparisons between presidential
and parliamentary systems and between offices of President and Governor
PS 351 LEGISLATIVE PROCESS 3 s.h.
Functional study of legislative bodies and process of legislation, covering organiza-
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 307
tion of legislative assemblies, operation of committee system, procedures, bill draft-
ing, aids, and controls over legislation.
PS 352 PUBLIC OPINION 3 s.h.
Study of nature of public opinion within political system; attention to formation of
public opinion, expression, propaganda, mass media, and interest groups.
PS 353 AMERICAN POLITICAL PARTIES 3 s.h.
The role of people, parties, and pressure groups in politics of American democracy;
attention to sectional and historical roots of national politics, voting behavior, pres-
sure group analysis, and campaign activities.
PS 354 METROPOLITAN PROBLEMS 3 s.h.
Analyzes multiplicity of problems facing our metropolitan areas. Contemporary
developments such as urban renewal, and shrinking tax base, federal aid to cities,
subsidized mass transit, municipal authorities, and political consolidation are exam-
ined.
PS 355 FEDERALISM 3 s.h.
Explores characteristics of federal systems of government, with emphasis on theo-
ries, origins, institutions, problems in intergovernmental relations in United States,
federal systems in other nations, and trends.
PS 356 MASS MEDIA IN AMERICAN POLITICS 3 s.h.
Variant theories of the symbolic relationship between American politics and the
press are examined in the light of the American colonial-national experience. The
special constitutional rights given to the media are explored, with particular attention
to radio-TV.
PS 358 JUDICIAL PROCESS 3 s.h.
Explores nature and limits of judicial power, courts as policy-making bodies, selec-
tion of judges, decision process, external forces impinging on the courts, and role of
Supreme Court in its relationship with Congress, the Presidency and federalism.
PS 359 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND CIVIL LIBERTIES 3 s.h.
Study of civil liberties and civil rights issues through leading Supreme Court deci-
sions; topics treated include First Amendment rights, procedural due process and
the Bill of Rights, and Equal Protection problems in civil rights.
Political Theory
PS 360 CLASSICAL POLITICAL THOUGHT 3 s.h.
Evolution of the Western political tradition of Constitutionalism from Plato and
Aristotle to Locke and Montesquieu: religious and rational foundations; medieval
theories of authority and representation; early modern theories of the state and
sovereignty; concepts of law; natural rights, liberty and equality, and justice treated in
detail.
PS 361 MODERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 3 s.h.
Development of Western political thought since the mid-1 6th century: classic liberal-
ism; conservative thought; modern irrational ideologies such as fascism and nation-
al socialism; socialist thought; contemporary collectivist liberalism.
PS 362 AMEP'CAN POLITICAL THOUGHT 3 s.h.
Develops an understanding of American political thinkers from the Puritans through
the current Afro-American writers. Political phenomena is examined relating to past
writings and inferences are made for future political behavior
302 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Public Administration
PS 370 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION I 3 s.h.
Theories of organization and structural organization, personnel processes, execu-
tive functions, financial administration, the politics of adnninistration, public relations,
and problems of democratic control of bureaucracy.
PS 371 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION II 3 s.h.
Intensive study of role of Federal agencies and their administrators in determining
and developing public policy. Public administration in practice is emphasized by
utilizing case studies.
International Studies
PS 280 COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT I - WESTERN POLITICAL 3 s.h.
SYSTEMS
Analyzes western political systems with emphasis upon major contemporary demo-
cratic governments of Europe. Analyzes and compares their political cultures, politi-
cal institutions and political processes.
PS 281 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 3 s.h.
Provides a conceptual framework for understanding sovereignty, nationalism, power,
security dispute settlement, and diplomatic, legal, economic, and military relations
of nation-states.
PS 283 AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 3 s.h.
Examines formulation and execution of American foreign policy, with attention to
governmental institutions, mass media, interest groups, and public opinion; empha-
sizes contemporary problems.
PS 285 COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT II: NON-WESTERN 3 s.h.
POLITICAL SYSTEMS
Analyzes major non-western political systems with emphasis upon authoritarian and
totalitarian systems. Analyzes and compares in a systematic manner their political
cultures, political institutions and political processes.
PS 320 INTERNATIONAL LAW 3 s.h.
Study of the development, nature, and function of international law, including recent
trends.
PS 321 INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS 3 s.h.
Inquiry into purposes, structures, and actions of contemporary international political
organizations, such as United Nations, regional and functional organizations.
PS 380 SOVIET POLITICS 3 s.h.
Essential features of Communist party and government of U.S.S.R., including geo-
graphical and historical background and ideological and theoretical foundations. PS
280, Comparative Government, should be taken prior to this course.
PS 382-387 POLITICAL SYSTEMS 3 s.h. each
Intensive, comparative study of the government and politics of a selected region.
Suggested prerequisites: PS 280 and/or 285. PS 382 - Africa PS 383 - Asia PS 384 -
Middle East PS 385 - Central and Eastern Europe PS 386 - Atlantic Community PS
387 - Latin America
PS 388 POLITICO-MILITARY STRATEGY 3 s.h.
Deals with national security problems including decision making and budgeting,
levels of strategy, the utility of force, and the impact of the military on American
society.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 303
PS 389 DEVELOPING NATIONS 3 S.h.
Suggested prerequisites: PS 280 and/or 285 Political characteristics of emerging
nations: impact of economic and social change upon political structure; evolving
patterns of political development: and techniques of nation-building.
Research Study and Methodology
PS 444 SCIENCE TECHNOLOGY AND POLITICS 3 s.h.
Focuses on the interactions of science/technology and politics as they impinge on
the public decision-making process. Technology generated socio-political problems
are investigated on local, state, national, and international level; the adequacy of
political processes and institutions for solving problems in the technological age is
questioned.
PS 480 POLITICAL SCIENCE SEMINAR 3 S.h.
Readings and written assignments on a specific topic determined by the instructor in charge.
PS 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 1-3 s.h.
Course focusing on a specific topic determined by the instructor in charge. See Department
Office for current listings.
PS 482 INDEPENDENT STUDIES 3 S.h.
Readings and written assignments on a specific topic determined by the instructor and student.
Permission required.
PS 485 HONORS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: 1 5 s.h. in Social Sciences, including 9 s.h. in Political Science, 2.0 QPA in Social
Sciences, and permission of department chairperson and instructor
Directed readings and one or more papers; topic to be selected by instructor and student.
PS 458 POLITICAL SCIENCE INTERNSHIP 2-12 s.h.
Prerequisites: 9 s.h. in Political Science with 2.0 QPA; PS 1 1 1 ; approval of Internship Director
and Chairperson
Practical experience in government and politics. Log and research project required. Course
grade determined by the instructor
PS 499 SCOPE AND METHODS 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: PS 111
Explores approaches, methods, and tools of Political Science, designed to prepare student
who plans to do graduate work in Political Science. Majors and Minors only
SOCIAL SCIENCE
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
SS 101 CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL SCIENCE 3 s.h.
An interdisciplinary study of a current social topic that uses a team teaching approach. Topics
may vary from semester to semester. The course is one option in the Social Science General
Education Program.
SS 398 SOCIAL SCIENCE FOREIGN STUDY 2-6 s.h.
Directed foreign study emphasizing historical, political, economic, social and geographical
aspects of the area. Background reading, lectures and briefings, diary or evaluative paper
Course credit may be applied as General Education or elective credit. (For details see Center
for International Studies.)
304 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Social Science Minor 21 s.h.
A Social Science minor consists of course work in three Social Science depart-
ments beyond General Education courses.
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY DEPARTMENT
HARVEY HOLTZ, CHAIRPERSON: ARROYO, BENTON, BROWN, GERALD,
GRANT, LANHAM, LOUDEN, NEWHILL, NOWAK, OLIN-FAHLE, RAIBOURN,
RAWLEIGH, SANDERSON, SNYDER, VEXLER.
The Sociology-Anthropology Department provides opportunity for studies in sociol-
ogy, anthropology, and social work. Sociology focuses primarily (though not ex-
clusively) on the analysis of modern industrial societies by studying their basic
patterns of social organization, the changes produced within these patterns, and the
impact of these patterns on the thought and action of individual human beings.
Anthropology is the study of human biological and cultural evolution, and is organ-
ized into four subfields: sociocultural anthropology, physical anthropology linguis-
tics, and archaeology Social work involves the practical application of social-sci-
entific knowledge toward the improvement of human relationships and the general
quality of social life.
The curricula offered by the department are relevant to a variety of careers and
lifetime undertakings. Many students plan to affiliate themselves with professional
service, governmental, or research organizations, while other students hope to
devote themselves professionally to the scholarly analysis of society by pursuing
academic careers in sociology or anthropology Our departmental programs are
designed to serve these various needs and interests of students.
Several degree programs are offered by the department. Students may pursue the
B. A. in Sociology or the B.A. in Anthropology with either an Academic or Social Work
area of concentration. Those choosing the Academic emphasis typically have a
serious intellectual interest in these fields and often continue their studies beyond
the undergraduate level. On the other hand, those electing the Social Work area of
emphasis generally intend to prepare themselves for careers in a variety of social
service organizations. In addition to these programs (which are offered under the
School of Social Sciences and Humanities), students may pursue a major in Social
Science with a concentration in sociology or anthropology leading to the degree of
B.S. in Education. This latter program is intended for the preparation of secondary
school teachers and is offered within the School of Education. The department also
offers minors in both sociology and anthropology.
CURRICULA IN SOCIOLOGY
Bachelor of Arts in Sociology: Academic Concentration
Students pursuing the B.A. in Sociology with an Academic Concentration are re-
quired to complete a total of 30 semester hours distributed as follows: SO 151 -
Principles of Sociology SO 435 - Social Stratification, SO 443 -Development of
Social Theory, SO 455 - Social Research Methods, and six elective courses in
sociology A maximum of six semester hours of Internship in Sociology (SO 471)
may be counted toward the 30 semester hours required for the major
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 305
Bachelor of Arts in Sociology: Social Work Concentration
Students pursuing the B.A. in Sociology with a Social Work Concentration are
required to connplete a total of 36 semester hours distributed as follows: SO 151
-Principles of Sociology, SW 301 - Social Work Methods, SW 302 - Intervention
Strategies in Social Work, SW 455 - Social Research Methods, SW 346 - Social
Welfare Policies or SW 459 - Development of Social Services, SW 471 - Field
Placement in Social Work (for a minimum of nine semester hours and 12 additional
semester hours in sociology
Minor in Sociology
A minor in sociology consists of a total of 1 5 semester hours distributed as follows:
SO 151 - Principles of Sociology; SO 231 - Contemporary Social Problems or SO
443 - Development of Social Theory or SO 455 - Social Research Methods; and
three other sociology electives.
CURRICULA IN ANTHROPOLOGY
Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology: Academic Concentration
Students pursuing the B.A. in Anthropology with an Academic Concentration are
required to complete a total of 27 semester hours distributed as follows:
AN 1 1 0 - Introduction to Anthropology AN 222 - Introduction to Physical Anthropolo-
gy AN 233 - Cultural Symbolism: Language in Culture and Society AN 244 - Basic
Archaeology one course from each of the three major groups (A, B, and C) of
antrhopology courses, and any two additional anthropology courses.
Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology: Social Work Concentration
Students pursuing the B.A. in Anthropology with a Social Work Concentration are
required to complete a total of 36 semester hours distributed as follows:
AN 110 - Introduction to Anthropology SW 301 - Social Work Methods, SW 302
-Intervention Strategies in Social Work, SW 455 - Social Research Methods, SW 346
- Social Welfare Policies or SW 459 - Development of Social Services, SW 471 - Field
Placement in Social Work (for a minimum of nine semester hours), and 1 2 additional
semester hours in anthropology
Minor in Anthropology
A minor in anthropology consists of a total of 1 5 semester hours. Students must take
AN 1 10 - Introduction to Anthropology and four other anthropology courses of their
choice.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Sociology Courses
** SO 151 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Scientific study of structure and functioning of human societies, with special attention to factors
responsible for organization and transformation of socio-cultural systems. Specific course
content varies irom one instructor to another
306 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
SO 231 CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS 3 s.h.
Exploration of some pressing problems currently endemic to Western society. Problems are
defined and solutions explored in light of historical, political, economic, social, and anthropo-
logical data.
SO 233 CULTURAL SYMBOLISM: LANGUAGE IN CULTURE 3 S.h.
AND SOCIETY
Focuses on social and cultural functions of language. Particular emphasis on analysis of
non-Western languages.
SO 237 NON-WESTERN CULTURES 3 s.h.
A minimal orientation to study of cultural diversity in human societies. Emphasis on determi-
nants of cultural variability and the problem of ethnocentrism. Recommended for Social
Science Education students who concentrate m Sociology or Anthropology
SO 251 SOCIOLOGY OF HUMAN SEXUALITY 3 S.h.
Depth analysis of a formerly taboo topic, human sexuality, whereby current information derived
from biological, psychological, and sociological research on human relationships is presented
to provide a foundation for self-understanding and societal values.
SO 314 ETHNOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS 3 s.h.
Survey of culture history and culture area characteristics of Indians of North America. Detailed
study of representative groups related to historical, functional, and ecological concepts.
SO 322 CULTURE AND PERSONALITY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, and SO 151 or AN 110
Examination of personality characteristics produced in a given cultural milieu or sub-group.
Cross-cultural comparisons and analyses made with respect to child-rearing, male-female role
differentiation, bodily movements, suppression, mental disturbance, and religious expression.
SO 332 RACIAL AND ETHNIC MINORITIES 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Study of racial, ethnic, and religious minorities and divergent heritages in our national life.
S0 333 JUVENILE DELINQUENCY 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Study of social and cultural factors involved in various youth life styles, including delinquency
Cross-cultural and historical approach used in a review of social norms, social control and
socialization institutions, and community-based programs for rehabilitation.
SO 334 POPULATION TRENDS AND PROBLEMS 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Major forces of population change examined. Problems of excessive population growth rates
outside of U.S. and declining growth rates in U.S. analyzed. Threats to ecological stability
discussed.
SO 336 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Sociological study of the family from various theoretical viewpoints. Emphasis on relation
between structure and function of the family and the existing and emerging social environment.
SO 339 THE COMMUNITY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Analysis of the social structure of communities on the local level in relation to the national
community structure. Examination of current problems and future trends.
SO 340 SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Examination of industrial organizations and their environments. Production systems analyzed
in terms of different forms of organization, e.g., bureaucratic, power-equilibrium, and worker-
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 307
participation. Special attention paid to who defines production, how such definitions are
legitimized, and how constraints are placed on such definitions by union and other political
organizations.
SO 341 SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Examines the place of education in society. Special attention to development of education in
America and its relation to political and economic phenomena. Some attention given to
education in other industrial and agrarian societies.
SO 342 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL ASPECTS OF HEALTH AND 3 s.h.
MEDICINE
Prerequisite: 6 s.h. in Sociology or Anthropology
Review of fields of medical sociology and anthropology Focus on such topics as health and
illness in cross-cultural context, aging, social and psychological aspects of pain, and social
organization of health facilities and services. Definitions of limits of life and death in context of
new technological and ethical issues such as euthanasia, genetic counseling, and organ
transplants also discussed.
SO 345 INTERPERSONAL DYNAMICS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Study of interaction between and among individuals and groups in various social settings.
Emphasis on small groups, socialization, social influence and compliance, person perception,
collective behavior, and mass communication.
SO 346 POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Examination of social context of power and politics, with special reference to such topics as:
who controls the state and state policy; the role of the state in - stabilizing capitalism and
protecting the power of the upper class; political activities of the middle and upper classes; and
labor, civil rights, and welfare rights social movements in America.
SO 352 SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Nature of religion as a universal social institution. Universal and variable features of human
religious activity examined, with special attention to causes and consequences of religious
belief and action. Specific topics discussed include: theories of the origin and persistence of
religion; evolution of variant forms of religion; relationship between religion and other social
institutions, especially economy, polity, and science; types of religious organization in complex
societies; revitalization and messianic movements; and the process of secularization.
SO 354 SEXUAL INEQUALITY IN HUMAN SOCIETIES 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Explores current perspectives on sexual inequality. Major topics examined include: sex role
socialization, sexual inequality in everyday life, the maintenance of sexual inequality, and the
sexes in relation to economy and family in various societies.
SO 357 SOCIOLOGY OF AGING 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Introduction to various problems faced in the process of growing older. Attitudes of society
toward elderly and social and cultural impact of an aging U.S. population examined.
SO 371 CULTURAL AREA STUDIES 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Analysis of prehistoric, historic, and contemporary aspects of ethnological studies in a culture
area. Social organization, linguistic ties, cultural ecology, folklore, mythology artistic expres-
sions of the peoples, and their world view are examined. The course may be repeated UNDER
DIFFERENT LETTER DESIGNATIONS according to selection of culture area by instructors
responsible for the course.
308 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
THE FOLLOWING CULTURE AREAS ARE AVAILABLE:
AN 371A CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: JAPAN
AN 371 B CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: CHINA
AN 371C CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: CARIBBEAN
AN 371 D CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: NORTHERN EUROPE
SO 401 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL CHANGE 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Exploration of current perspectives on social and cultural change. Special attention to types of
changes individuals might want, how these might be implemented, and lessons to be learned
from various change efforts.
SO 435 SOCIAL STRATIFICATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Examines who gets what and why? Detailed analysis of bases of power for and cohesion of
super-rich, middle class, and poor Also examines mobility and how policies affect inequality in
America.
SO 443 DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIAL THEORY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: 9 s.h. in sociology and Junior standing
Examination of historical development of social theory with special attention to the classical
theorists and theoretical ideas which have contributed most significantly to modern sociology
SO 447 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 443
Detailed examination of major theoretical issues, perspectives, and controversies occupying
center stage in contemporary sociological analysis. Major attention to nature and logic of social
theorizing, primary macro-level theoretical perspectives which compete for attention in con-
temporary sociology and the nature of new directions currently being taken within sociological
theory.
SO 455 SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: 9 s.h. in sociology and Junior standing
Examines diverse research designs used in the social sciences, i.e., survey, field study,
experiment, documentary, and existing statistical data. Focuses both on logic and practice of
social research. Students choose either a number of mini-projects or a major research project.
SO 459 DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIAL SERVICES 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor
Examination of ideological and institutional conditions which shape health, unemployment,
social security, and welfare services.
SO 471 INTERNSHIP IN SOCIOLOGY 3-12 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor
Supervised experience in public or private organizations that extends and complements
coursework at the University.
SO 480 SOCIOLOGY SEMINAR 1 -3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Seminar for advanced students devoted to an intensive analysis of specialized issues within
the discipline.
SO 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Focuses on special topics in sociology which are not included in regular course offerings.
SO 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor
An opportunity for students to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic through consulta-
tion with a faculty member. A semester project ordinarily expected.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 309
SO 483 READINGS IN SOCIOLOGY 1-3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151
Directed readings on special topics in sociology.
Anthropology Courses
Required Courses
AN 110 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 3 s.h.
General consideration of human biological and cultural adaptations, stressing analysis of
nature of cultural systems as a methods for perceiving and understanding variations among
people today
AN 222 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY 3 s.h.
Biological evolution and principles of human genetics; evolution of the primates and the fossil
record for human evolution stressed; relationship between race and culture discussed.
AN 233 CULTURAL SYMBOLISM: LANGUAGE IN CULTURE AND 3 s.h.
SOCIETY
Focuses on social and cultural functions of language. Particular emphasis to problems in
anthropology with respect to non- Western languages.
AN 244 BASIC ARCHAEOLOGY 3 S.h.
Investigates basic concepts and goals of archaeology Models of culture change, dating
techniques, artifact analysis, settlement systems, and regional exploration strategies present-
ed. Reconnaissance and excavation methods surveyed. Field and laboratory experience
provided.
Archaelogy
AN 313 WORLD PREHISTORY ' 3 s.h.
Prehistory of the world stressing Mesolithic through Urban transitions. Emphasis to technology,
chronology, ecology and cultural processes.
AN 315 NORTH AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGY 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: AN 1 10 or AN 244
Prehistory of North American Indians emphasizing technology and stylistics, history, and
cultural ecology.
AN 317 QUANTITATIVE AND INSTRUMENTAL ARCHAEOLOGY 3 s.h.
Theory and methods for quantitative analysis of archaeological data applied to data recovered
by University excavation programs. Instruments used for analysis of artifacts, flotation samples,
features, soil samples, and for report preparation will be used by each student.
AN 320 ARCHAEOLOGICAL FIELD SCHOOL 6 s.h.
Prerequisite: AN 1 10 or AN 244
Field excavation of selected archaeological sites in Indiana and adjacent counties. Opportunity
for varied experience in historic and prehistoric Indian sites. Offered Summer only.
Areal Ethnography
AN 312 WORLD ETHNOGRAPHY 3 s.h.
Detailed study of specific non-literate cultures. Emphasis given to questions of cultural integra-
tion.
AN 314 ETHNOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS 3 s.h.
Survey of culture history and culture area characteristics of Indians of North America. Detailed
study of representative groups related to historical, functional, and ecological concepts.
370 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
AN 371 CULTURAL AREA STUDIES 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: AN 110 or AN 211
Analysis of prehistoric, historic, and contemporary aspects of ethnological studies in a culture
area. Social organization, linguistic ties, cultural ecology, folklore, mythology artistic expres-
sions of the peoples, and their world view examined. Course may be repeated UNDER
DIFFERENT LETTER DESIGNATIONS according to selection of culture areas by instructors
responsible for the course.
THE FOLLOWING CULTURE AREAS ARE AVAILABLE:
AN 371A CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: JAPAN
AN 371 B CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: CHINA
AN 371C CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: CARIBBEAN
AN 371 D CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: NORTHERN EUROPE
Topical Anthropology
AN 21 1 CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY 3 s.h.
Explores nature of culture as a human survival technique. Provides a framework for apprecia-
tion and understanding of cultural differences and similarities in human societies, past and
present.
AN 316 ANTHROPOLOGY OF RELIGION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: AN 110 or AN 211
Explores nature, function, and universal characteristics of religion in human society by utilizing
cross-cultural approach. Theories concerning religious phenomena serve as topics for discus-
sion.
AN 318 MUSEUM METHODS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: AN 110 or 211 or 244
Lecture and laboratory course surveying role of museums as social and educational institu-
tions, types of museums, museum administration, and museum architecture. Procedures for
collection, curation, preservation, and storage of anthropological and natural history speci-
mens examined. Multi-media communication stressed in exhibit preparation and gallery de-
sign. Provides practical experience in exhibit preparation and installation. Required field trip to
Washington, D.C. museums.
AN 319 KINSHIP AND SOCIAL ORGANIZATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: AN 110 or AN 211
Survey of mechanisms of integration in social organization and their role in the development of
societies. Family kinship, and ideological systems stressed.
AN 321 METHODS OF CROSS-CULTURAL ANALYSIS 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: AN 1 1 0 or AN 21 1
Comparative methods and techniques reviewed and evaluated in relation to the problems they
were designed to solve. Statistics and computational equipment used in the analysis of data
derived from the Ethnographic Atlas or the Human Relations Area Files.
AN 322 CULTURE AND PERSONALITY 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: PC 101, and AN 110 or SO 151
Examination of personality characteristics produced in a given cultural milieu or sub-group.
Cross-cultural comparisons and analyses made with respect to child rearing, male-female role
differentiation, bodily movements, suppression, mental disturbance, and religious expression.
AN 401 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL CHANGE 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: AN 110 or SO 151
Exploration of current perspectives on social and cultural change. Special attention given to
types of changes individuals might want, how these might be implemented, and lessons to be
learned from various change efforts.
School of Social Sciences & Humanities — 311
Additional Anthropology Courses
AN 480 ANTHROPOLOGY SEMINAR 1 -3 s.h.
A seminar for advanced students devoted to an intensive analysis of specialized issues within
tfie discipline.
AN 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ANTHROPOLOGY 3 s.h.
Focuses on specialized topics in anthropology which are not included among regular course
offerings.
AN 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.
An opportunity for students to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic through consulta-
tion with a faculty member Some kind of semester project ordinarily expected.
AN 483 READINGS IN ANTHROPOLOGY 1-3 s.h.
Directed readings on special topics in anthropology Instructor guides selection of readings.
Social Work Courses
SW 238 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110
Introduction to the dynamics of helping relationships.
SW 301 SOCIAL WORK METHODS 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110
Examines the four content areas of social work practice:
casework, group work, community organization, and human services administration.
SW 302 INTERVENTION STRATEGIES IN SOCIAL WORK 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110
Discussion of social work strategies involving the individual, the family, and the group as units of
intervention. Attention given to professional relationships, interviewing skills, and the range of
practice modalities.
SW 346 SOCIAL WELFARE POLICIES 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110
Examination of the historical development of social welfare policies in Western society.
SW 401 SOCIAL CASEWORK 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110
Introduction to various stategies of social casework. Special emphasis given to assisting the
students in incorporating those values and communication skills necessary for effecting
change in the social situations of a variety of clients.
SW 403 SOCIAL GROUP WORK 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110
Examines principles and concepts of social group work as a method or strategy; role of the
social worker with the group and the individual within the group; consideration of group
processes and dynamics of how groups develop; use of program planning and administration.
SW 405 COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110
Examination of approaches used in community organization practice at the neighborhood and
other community levels. Areas of emphasis include intergroup relationships, community devel-
opment, social conflict and consensus, and community problem solving.
SW 407 HUMAN SERVICES MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110
Treats social agencies as social systems. Focuses on interpersonal and intergroup relation-
372 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ships, communication decision making and policy formulation, and administrative implications
of training, supervision, fund-raising, consultation, budgeting, and research.
SW 455 SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS 3 S.h.
Prerequisites: 9 s.h. in sociology and Junior standing
Examines diverse research designs used in the social sciences, i.e., survey field study,
experiment, documentary and existing statistical data. Focuses both on logic and practice of
social research. Students choose either a number of mini-projects or a major research project.
SW 459 DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIAL SERVICES 3 S.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor
Examination of ideological and institutional conditions which shape health, unemployment,
social security and welfare services.
SW 471 FIELD PLACEMENT IN SOCIAL WORK 3-12 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor
Supervised experience in community work with cooperating public and private agencies.
SW 480 SOCIAL WORK SEMINAR 1-3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110
Seminar for advanced students devoted to an intensive analysis of specialized issues within
the discipline.
SW 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110
Focuses on special topics in social work which are not included in regular course offerings.
SW 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor
An opportunity for students to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic through consulta-
tion with a faculty member Semester project ordinarily expected.
SW 483 READINGS IN SOCIAL WORK
Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110
Directed readings on special topics in social work.
1-3 s.h.
nSP'^^^u^
II 1 1 II
Directory —313
BOARD OF STATE COLLEGE AND
UNIVERSITY DIRECTORS
MRS. PATRICIA M. COGHLAN, CHAIRPERSON Beaver Falls
LAWRENCE FENNINGER, JR RIegelsville
MISS REBECCA F GROSS Lock Haven
JO HAYS State College
MRS. ROBERTA J. MARSH Stroudsburg
PETER A. McGRATH Malvern
PERCY D. MITCHELL Williamsport
IRVING O. MURPHY ESQ Erie
FREDERICK A. REDDIG Shippensburg
RALPH J. ROBERTS Bala Cynwyd
BERNARD F SCHERER Greensburg
BEVERLY SCHIFFRIN Gladwyne
HONORABLE HARRY E. SEYLER York
DR. JOHN B. VELTRI Pittsburgh
STEPHEN L. YALE Philadelphia
lUP BOARD OF TRUSTEES
SENATOR PATRICK J. STAPLETON, President Indiana
PATRICK F McCarthy Vice President Punxsutawney
FRANK GORELL, Secretary Indiana
A. J. DEREUME, Treasurer Punxsutawney
MIRIAM K. BRADLEY Monroeville
ROBERT J. SHUPALA Fairview
E. JAMES TRIMARCHI Indiana
ARMSTRONG COUNTY CAMPUS ADVISORY BOARD
JAMES WYANT President LAWRENCE A. ROSENSON
ROBERT H. DOERR, Secretary JOHN GAVRAN
JOHN B. McCUE MARGARET CLAYPOOL
HERBERT A. BENTON
PUNXSUTAWNEY CAMPUS ADVISORY BOARD
SID CARLTON, President GLENN HENERY
GEORGE ADAMSON, 1st Vice Pres. JOHN KELLY
THOMAS BARLETTA, 2nd Vice Pres. ANDREW LASKA
EUGENE CURRY Treasurer NICHOLAS LORENZO, JR.
ELAINE LIGHT Secretary PATRICK McCARTHY
GEORGE BROWN, JR. WALTER MORRIS
M. L. CARLTON RALPH ROBERTS
WILLIAM COOPER MRS. JOHN SCHWARTZ
THOMAS CURRY FRANK SHAW
AUGUST DEREUME GEORGE WEST
CHARLES ERHARD SIDNEY WILLAR
374 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
DIRECTORY
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
JOHN E. WORTHEN President
Robert L Gaylor Special Assistant to the President
BERNARD T. GILLIS Academic Vice President and Provost
Cyrus A. Altimus Dean, School of Business
J. Christopher Benz Dean, School of Fine Arts
John Chellman Dean, School of Health Services
Stephen E. Gray Associate Dean and Director of Cooperative
Medical Program
Herman L. Sledzik Director of Athletics
Ruth Podbielski Associate Director of Athletics
Charles R. Fuget Dean, School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Joseph M. Gallanar Dean, School of Social Sciences and Humanities
Jerry T Ice Dean, School of Continuing Education
Karen L. Chickos Director, General Credit and Extension
Judith L Cope Director, Adult Education Center
James M. Danko Director, Adult Corrections Education
Karen G. Deichert Director, Adult Advisement Center
Charles J. Gallimore Director, Programs for Business, Industry
and Labor
Nancy K. Doverspike Director, CETA Training Program
Robin A. Ferra Assistant Director, CETA Training Program
Helen R. Skinner Assistant Director, CETA Training Program
Paul L. Lang Director, Crime Study Center
Directory — 375
Ronald S. Martinazzi Director, Criminology Extension Program
Cleo McCracken Director, Womens Resource Center
Brian J. McCue Director, Community-University Studies
Martin Morand Director, Center for the Study of Labor Relations
Ronald S. Reed Coordinator, Emergency Medical Training Programs
Nancy D. Rubino Coordinator of Continuing Education for Nurses
Shirley J. Sharp Coordinator, Older Americans Program
M. Kathleen Jones Dean, School of Home Economics
Major Ralph Italia Chairperson, Military Science
Charles M. Kofoid Dean, School of Education
Charles D. Foust Associate Dean, School of Education
John Johnson Acting Director of Laboratory Experiences
Warner E. Tobin Director, University School
Robert Warren Associate Provost
Robert H. Doerr Director, Armstrong County Campus
Richard A. Distanislao Assistant to Director, Armstrong
Norman Storm Director, Punxsutawney Campus
Vacant Assistant to Director, Punxsutawney
William E. Lafranchi Director of Libraries
Ronald A. Steiner Associate Director of Libraries
C. Donald Seagren Registrar
Frederick A. Sehring Assistant Registrar
Diane L. Duntley Director, Academic Services and Testing Center
BERNARD J. GANLEY Vice President for Administration
Charles E. Receski Assistant to Vice President for Administration
Vacant Coordinator, Maintenance and Communications
William A. Donatelli Director, Public Safety
Richard Smith Purchasing Officer
Robert L Marx Director, Campus Planning
Charles T Buford Personnel Director
Ronald Bartlebaugh Assistant Personnel Director
Robert L. Gaylor Director, Employee Relations
Vacant Vice President for Student Affairs
Fred Dakak Dean of Admissions
Nancy Newkerk Associate Dean of Admissions
Lyman Connor Assistant Dean of Admissions
Robert McGowan Assistant Dean of Admissions
James W Laughlin Dean of Student Services
John E. Frank.Dir Counseling Services and Veterans Affairs
Alexis Faiek Counseling Center
John Reid Counseling Center
Crawford W. Johnson Director, EOP
Ronald Lunardini Assistant Director, EOP
Vacant Counselor, EOP
Alphonse N. Novels Counselor, EOP
Kay Stratton Assistant Director, Program for Scholars
Carolyn J. Wilkie Special Services
Roy A. Moss Acting Director, Career Services
Frederick A. Joseph Director, Financial Aid
Sally C. Abrams Assistant Director, Financial Aid
William R. Srsic Associate Director, Financial Aid
Terrell O. Martin Director, Special Programs and Organizations
Vacant Director, Student Activities
Arnold R. Schaid Director, University Foundation
376 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Ronald W. Thomas Coordinator of Legal Services and Director,
Residence Life
Sherrill A. Kuckuck Associate Director, Residence Life and
Orientation Director
Judith Dayoub Residence Director
Nancy Doyle Residence Director
James Falcone Residence Coordinator
Cassie Douress Residence Director
Steve Fahnestock Residence Director
John J. Johnston Residence Director
Carra Sergeant Residence Director
Christopher Knowlton Manager, Student Cooperative Assoc.
Salvadore Ruffulo Manager Operations
Charles Potthast Business Manager
Dennis V. Hulings Manager, Program Services
Mahlon Halleck Manager, Lodge-Farm
Gerald Baker Manager, Bookstore
ISADORE R. LENGLET Vice President for Development and Finance
John J. Nold Executive Director, Development Affairs
Maurice Fox Associate Director, Computer Center
Barbara Eisen Assistant Director Computer Center
Thomas P Cunningham Assistant Director, Computer Center
Mark Strawcutter Assistant Director, Computer Center
Ray Homa Assistant Director Computer Center
Richard T Wolfe Director, Grants, Awards and Conferences
Randall R. Powell Director, Institutional Research and Planning
Edward J. Norberg Executive Director, Financial Affairs
Owen J. Dougherty Director, Housing and Food Service
Susan M. Greene Associate Director, Housing and Food Service
Melanie Wardrop Assistant Director, Housing and Food Service
Vacant Assistant Director, Housing and Food Service
Melvin J. Cochran Director, Accounting
John BIystone Director, Budget
Vacant Director, Payroll
Judith A. Moorhead Executive Director, Public Affairs
Edward H. Barr Director, Alumni Affairs
Patricia Heilman Director, Publications and Advertising
Mary Ellen Lieb Director, Public Information
Vacant Director University Relations
Larry A. Judge Director, Sports Information
Gerald Thorpe Director, Center for Community Affairs
Connie M. Howard Coordinator, Radio and TV
Carol A. Miller Assistant Dir, Center for Community Affairs
Barbara J. Balsiger Director, University f^useum
DEPARTMENT CHAIRPERSONS
School of Business
DONALD J. ROBBINS Accounting
ROBERT S. STROCK Administrative Services and Business Education
ROBERT J. BOLDIN Finance and Management Information Systems
DONALD S. McPHERSON Labor Relations
Directory —317
WAYNE E. NELSON Management and Marketing
School of Education
BRUCE A. MEADOWCROFT Educational Psychology
RONALD A. JULIETTE Communications Media
DONALD C. McFEELY Elementary
ROBERT H. SAYLOR Foundations of Education
EUGENE F SCANLON Special Education and Clinical services
GEORGE L. SPINELLI Counselor Education
WARNER E. TOBIN University School
School of Fine Arts
DONALD G. EISEN Theater
RICHARD S. KNAB Music
JOANNE R LOVETTE Art
School of Health Services
ALLAN T ANDREW Allied Health Professions
D. SHELBY BRIGHTWELL Health and Physical Education
MARY C. KATZBECK Nursing
ROBERT J. LAUDA Safety Sciences
RUTH PODBIELSKI Associate Athletic Director
HERMAN L SLEDZIK Athletic Director
School of Home Economics
ALMA L. KAZMER Home Economics Education
RONALD SIMKINS Food and Nutrition
DONNA L. STREIFTHAU Consumer Services
School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
GARY L. BUCKWALTER Physics
GARY L. BUTERBAUGH Computer Science
EDWARD A. STANLEY Geoscience
DAVID E. GROVER Psychology
JAMES E. REBER Mathematics
RICHARD F WAECHTER Biology
School of Social Sciences and Humanities
JOSE M. CARRANZA Foreign Languages
RICHARD F HEIGES Political Science
ROBERT M. HERMANN Philosophy
HARVEY S. HOLTZ Sociology/Anthropology
JOHN E. KADLUBOWSKI History
LAURABELL MILLER English and Journalism
JOHN THOMAS Criminology
DONALD A. WALKER Economics
RUTH I. WALTERS Geography and Regional Planning
378 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
DIRECTORS OF SPECIAL CLINICS
JOHN E. FRANK Counseling Center
LAWRENCE T. TURTON Speech and Hearing Clinic
LINDA L WILLIAMS Reading Clinic
PECHAN HEALTH CENTER STAFF
CHARLES B. BEYMER, M.D Director
ROBERT B. DAVIES, M.D.
PAUL R. GALUTIA, M.D.
C. E. WILSON, M.D.
FLORENCE DONGILLA Supervisor of Nurses
EMERITI
LOIS V. ANDERSON Elementary
MAMIE L ANDERZHON Geography
LEE ROY H. BEAUMONT Business
MARGARET L. BECK English
LOIS C. BLAIR Professional Laboratory Experiences
EDWARD N. BROWN Chemistry
R. MORRISON BROWN English
MAUDE O. BRUNGARD Speech and Hearing
ROBERT W. BURGGRAF Music
RALPH W. CORDIER Dean of Academic Affairs
ROBERT J. CRONAUER Art
CHARLES A. DAVIS Music
THOMAS G. GAULT Geography and Regional Planning
RALPH M. GLOTT Elementary Education
JAMES R. GREEN Associate Dean of the Humanities
TREVOR HADLEY Vice President of Student Affairs
G. G. HILL Director of Business Education
RICHARD HITCHCOCK Physics
E. SAMUEL HOENSTINE Career Services
DONALD E. HOFFMASTER Biology
JOHN R HOYT Mathematics
RAYMONA E. HULL English
ARTHUR KANNWISHER Philosophy
MARION KIPP Mathematics
ORVAL KIPP Art
MAY E. KOHLHEPP Elementary Education
RAYMOND L LEE Political Science
STANLEY W. LORE Psychology
DOROTHY LUCKER English
JOY E. MAHACHEK Chairperson, Mathematics
Coordinator of Secondary Education Depts.
REGIS A. Mcknight Health and Physical Education
LAWRENCE F McVITTY Art
JANE S. MERVINE History
ANNA K. OTOOLE Elementary
ELIZABETH S. PARNELL Library
WILLIS E. PRATT Chancellor
DANIEL G. REISER Chairperson, Department of Physics
RALPH W. REYNOLDS Art
OPALT RHODES Chairperson, Home Economics
MAURICE L RIDER English
Directory —319
ALICE K. SCHUSTER History
MILDRED SHANK Educational Psychology
SAMUEL G. SMITH Health and Physical Education
DWIGHT E. SOLLBERGER Coordinator, Natural Sciences
MARTIN STAPLETON Biology
LAWRENCE C. STITT Music
JAMES K. STONER Chairperson, Business and Distributive Education
GEORGE A. W. STOUFFER Dean, School of Education
BEATRICE THOMAS Business
EUPHEMIA NESBITT WADDELL Library
PAUL M. WADDELL Physics
ALBERT J. WAHL History
FLORENCE WALLACE History
DAVID C. WINSLOW Geography and Regional Planning
SCUM (STATE COLLEGE/UNIVERSITY MANAGERS)
JOHN E. WORTHEN
Ed.D., Harvard University
CYRUS A. ALTIMUS, Manager VI
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
J. CHRISTOPHER BENZ, Manager VI
Ed.D., Columbia University
JOHN CHELLMAN, Manager VI
Ed.D., George Peabody College for Teachers
President
JAMES M. DANKO, Manager III
M.A. Wilkes College
CHARLES D. FOUST Manager V
Ph.D., Ohio State University
CHARLES R. FUGET Manager VI
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
JOSEPH M. GALLANAR, Manager VI
Ph.D., The John Hopkins University
BERNARD J. GANLEY, Manager VI
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
ROBERT L. GAYLOR, Manager III
M.A., St. Francis College
BERNARD T GILLIS, Manager VII
Ph.D., Wayne State University
STEPHEN GRAY
Ph.D., George Peabody College
Dean, School of Business
Dean, School of Fine Arts
Dean, School of
Health Services
Director, Adult Corrections Education
Associate Dean, School of Education
Dean, School of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics
Dean, School of Social Sciences
and Humanities
Vice President for Administration
Special Assistant to President and
Director, Employee Relations
Academic Vice President and Provost
JERRY T ICE, Manager VI
Ed.D., Fordham University
M. KATHLEEN JONES, Manager VI
Ph.D., Ohio State University
CHARLES M. KOFOID, Manager VI
D.Ed., University of Nebraska
JOHN J. NOLD, Manager V
M.B.A., Duquesne University
Associate Dean and Director of Cooperative
Medical Program, School of
Health Services
Dean, School of Continuing Education
Dean, School of Home Economics
Dean, School of Education
Director, Computer Center
320 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
RANDALL R. POWELL,Manager III
M.A., University of Alabama
CHARLES E. RECESKI, Manager HI
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Institutional
Research and Planning
Assistant to Vice President for
Administration
NORMAN STORM, Manager III Director Punxsutawney Branch Campus
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT O. WARREN, Manager VI Associate Provost
M. Lift., University of Pittsburgh
FACULTY - MANAGEMENT
FRED DAKAK, Professor - Mgr
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
ROBERT H. DOERR, Assoc. Professor - Mgr
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University Campus
WILLIAM E. LAFRANCHI, Professor - Mgr
M.S.L.S., University of Illinois
JAMES W. LAUGHLIN, Professor - Mgr
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
ISADORE R. LENGLET Professor - Mgr
M.U.A., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD T WOLFE, Associate Professor - Mgr
B.S., Indiana Univeristy of Pennsylvania
Dean of Admissions
Director, Armstrong County
Director of Libraries
Dean of Student Services
Vice President for Development
and Finance
Director of Grants and
Awards
SCUA (STATE COLLEGE/UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATORS)
SALLY C. ABRAMS, Adm. I
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
EDWARD H. BARR, Adm. II
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
KAREN L. CHICKOS, Adm. II
M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JUDITH L COPE, Adm. II
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JUDITH DAYOUB, Adm. I
M.Ed., Ohio State University
KAREN G. DEICHERT Adm. II
M.A., Morehead State University
CASSIE DOURESS, Adm. I
M.Ed., Trenton State College
NANCY DOVERSPIKE, Adm. II
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
NANCY DOYLE, Adm. I
M.Ed., SUNY Albany
BARBARA EISEN, Adm. IV
A.B., Case Western Reserve University
STEVE FAHNESTOCK, Adm. I
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JAMES FALCONE, Adm. Ill
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ROBIN A. FERRA, Adm. I
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Director
Financial Aid
Director, Alumni
Affairs
Director, General Credit and
Extension Program
Director Adult Education Center
Residence Director
Director, Adult Advisement
and Information Center
Residence Director
Director, CETA Training Program
Residence Director
Assistant Director, Computer Center
Residence Director
Residence Coordinator
Assistant Director,
CETA Training Program
Directory —321
CHARLES J. GALLIMORE, Adm. Ill
B.S., LaSalle College
PATRICIA I. HEILMAN, Adm. II
B.A., Seton Hall University
CONNIE M. HOWARD, Adm. I
JOHN J. JOHNSTON, Adm. I
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
PAUL L LANG. Adm. II
M.A. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
TERRELL O. MARTIN, Adm. Ill
D. Ed., Indiana University, Bloomington
RONALD S. MARTINAZZI, Adm. II
M.A. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT L. MARX, Adm. V
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Continuing Education
Program for Business, Industry and
Labor
Director, Publications
and Advertising
Coordinator, Radio and TV.
Residence Director
Director, Crime Study Center
Director of Special Programs
and Organizations
Director, Criminology Extension
Classes
Director, Campus Physical Planning
BRIAN J. McCUE Adm
M.S. University of Illinois
ROBERT J. McGOWAN, Adm. II
M.Ed., Wayne State University
CAROL A. MILLER, Adm. I
M.A., Indiana University of Pa.
NANCY J. NEWKERK, Adm. II
M.A., Syracuse University
RONALD R. REED, Adm. I
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
NANCY D. RUBINO, Adm. II
M.N., University Of Pittsburgh
CARRA SERGEANT Adm. I
M.Ed., University of Arkansas
HELEN R. SKINNER, Adm. I
B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Director, Community-University Studies
Assistant Dean of Admissions
Assistant Director
Center for Community Affairs
Associate Dean of Admissions
Coordinator, Emergency Medical
Training Programs
Coordinator of Continuing Education
for Nurses
Residence Director
Assistant Director, CETA
Training Program
FACULTY UNIT II (ADMINISTRATORS)
Assistant Dean
of Admissions
Assistant Director
Computer Center
Assistant to Director,
LYMAN CONNOR, Assistant Professor - Adm.
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
THOMAS P CUNNINGHAM, Associate Professor - Adm
M.S., Carnegie-Mellon University
RICHARD A. DISTANISLAO, Instructor - Adm.
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania Armstrong County Campus
OWEN J. DOUGHERTY Associate Professor - Adm. Housing Director
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
FREDERICK A. JOSEPH, Assistant Professor - Adm. Director of Financial
M.Ed., Kent State Aid
LARRY A. JUDGE, Instructor - Adm. Director of Sports Information
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
SHERRILL ANNE KUCKUCK, Assoc. Professor - Adm.
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
MARY ELLEN LIEB, Instructor - Adm.
B.A., Duquesne University
CLEO McCRACKEN, Assoc. Professor - Adm.
M.Ed., Syracuse University
Director, Residence
Programming
Director
Public Information
Director, Womens
Resource Center
322 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JUDITH A. MOORHEAD, Assistant Professor - Adm.
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ROY A. MOSS, Assoc. Professor - Adm.
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
C. DONALD SEAGREN, Professor - Adm.
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
FREDERICK A. SEHRING, Assistant Professor - Adm.
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
WILLIAM S. SRSIC, Assistant Professor - Adm.
M.Ed., Edinboro State College
RONALD W. THOMAS, Assoc. Professor - Adm.
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Executive Director
of Public Affairs
Associate Director of
Career Services
Registrar
Assistant
Registrar
Associate Director,
Financial Aid
Director, Residence Life
and Coordinator of
Legal Services
THE FACULTY - UNIT I
CARL F ADAMS, Assistant Professor
M.A., Columbia University
RONALD D. ALI, Instructor
M.FA., Carnegie-Mellon University
BARBARA A. AIERSTOCK, Professor
Ed.D., Temple University
ROBERT K. ALICO, Professor
Ph.D., St. Bonaventure University New York
FRED R ANDERSON, Assistant Professor
M.B.A., University of Michigan
RUTH ANDERSON, Associate Professor
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
ALLEN T ANDREW, Associate Professor
Ph.D., Utah State University Professions
JOSEPH S. ANGELO, Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
ANTHONY A. ANGELONI, Professor
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
IDA Z. ARMS, Professor
M.S., University of Illinois
VIRGINIA P ARROYO, Assistant Professor
M.A., Columbia University
NOREEN O. ASH, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., University of Illinois
NEIL J. ASTING, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., University of Rhode Island
TIBOR BACHMANN, Associate Professor
D.Mu., Combs College of Music
MARIE K. BAHN, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Western Maryland College
WILLIAM M. BAHN, Professor
Ed.D, West Virginia University
FRANK T BAKER, Professor
Ph.D., West Virginia University
DONALD J. BALLAS, Professor
Ph.D., University of Nebraska
Music
Art
Health and Physical Education
Biology
Management and Marketing
Home Economics Education
Chairperson, Allied Health
Mathematics
Educational Psychology
Mathematics
Sociology-Anthropology
Biology
Chemistry
Music
Special Education and
Clinical Services
Special Education and
Clinical Services
Biology
Geography and
Regional Planning
Directory — 323
FRANCIS BALLAS, Associate Professor Chemistry
Ph.D., West Virginia University
BARBARA J. BALSIGER, Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
DENNIS BARTHA, Associate Professor
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
NANCY R. BARTHELEMY Associate Professor
M.S., University of Wisconsin
CHARLES BATTAGLINI, Instructor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
THOMAS L. BECK, Associate Professor
M.Ed., Duquesne University
WILLIAM R. BECKER, Professor
Ph.D., University of Iowa
PATRICIA A. BELL, Associate Professor
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
MARGARET BELLAK, Assistant Professor
M.N., University of Pittsburgh
JAMES M. BENCH, Assistant Professor
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
HERBERT A. BENTON, Assistant Professor
M.A., Duquesne University
FRANCES P BENZ, Instructor
M.A., New York University
PAUL BEN-ZVI, Associate Professor
M.FA., University of Iowa
MARY J. BERG, Assistant Professor
M.N., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD E. BERRY Professor
Ph.D., Princeton
CHARLES H. BERTNESS, Professor
Ph.D., University of Illinois
WILLIAM W. BETTS, JR., Professor
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
JOSEPH A. BIANCO, Instructor
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
GARY J. BIRD, Assistant Professor
M.M., North Texas State University
PATRICIA L. BLACK, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Duquesne University
WILLIAM A. BLACKSMITH, III, Assistant Professor
Ed.D., West Virginia University
JOSEPH BOGAN, JR., Assistant Progessor
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
ROBERT J. BOLDIN, Associate Professor Chairperson, Finance and
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Management Information Systems
CHARLES N. BONGIOVANNI, Assistant Professor
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
DANIEL N. BOONE, Professor
Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School
CARL W. BORDAS, Professor
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
NELSON H. BORMANN, Associate Professor
M.A., Western Michigan University
Art
Elementary Education
Health and Physical Education
University School
Health and Physical Education
Music
Home Economics Education
Nursing
Special Education and
Clinical Services
Sociology- Anthropology
Health and Physical Education
Art
Nursing
Physics
Mathematics
English and Journalism
Administrative Services and
Business Education
Music
Nursing
Health and
Physical Education
Criminology
Military Science
Philosophy
Chemistry
Special Education and
Clinical Services
324 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
DAVID T. BORST Associate Professor Music
D.M.A., Eastman School of Music
NORMAN R. BOTTOM, Associate Professor Criminology
Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School
ALBERT E. BOUFFARD, Assistant Professor Philosophy
Ph.D., Duquesne University
MALCOLM E. BOWES, Assistant Professor Theater
Ph.D., Ohio University
DAVID BREYER, Assistant Professor Management and Marketing
M.B.A., Pennsylvania State University
JESSIE BRIGHT, Assistant Professor English and Journalism
M.A., University of Rochester
LORRIE J. BRIGHT Professor English and Journalism
M.A., University of Rochester
D. SHELBY BRIGHTWELL, Professor Chairperson, Health and
PE.D., Indiana University, Bloomington Physical Education
KENNETH W. BRODE, Professor Foreign Languages
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN BROUGHTON, III, Professor Mathematics
D.Ed., Oklahoma State University
ANDREW C. BROWE, Assistant Professor Biology
Ph.D., Medical College of Virginia
FREDERICK J. BROWN, Associate Professor Criminology
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
KENNETH E. BROWN, Assistant Professor Sociology-Anthropology
M.S.W., University of Missouri
RUTH ANNA W. BROWNING, Assistant Professor Home Economics Educa-
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania tion
GARY L. BUCKWALTER, Professor Chairperson, Physics
Ph.D., Catholic University of America
GERALD M. BURIOK, Professor Computer Science
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
RONALD I. BURNER, Assistant Professor Accounting
M.B.A., West Virginia University
SANDRA L. BURWELL, Assistant Professor Art
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JOHN F BUSOVICKI, Associate Professor Mathematics
M.S., Notre Dame
GARY L. BUTERBAUGH, Associate Professor Chairperson, Computer Science
M.A., Syracuse University
THOMAS CAMPISANO, Instructor Athletics
B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
PATRICK A. CARONE, Professor Political Science
Ph.D., Duke University
JOSE M. CARRANZA, Professor Chairperson, Foreign Languages
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
BRUCE D. CARTWRIGHT Associate Professor Psychology
A.M., West Virginia University
CHARLES E. CASAVANT Associate Professor Music
Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
CHARLES D. CASHDOLLAR, Professor History
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Directory — 325
VINCE CELTNIEKS. Assistant Professor
M.S.. University of Montana
MARY ANN CESSNA, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
CHRISTINA A. CHA, Associate Professor
M.S.M., Union Theological Seminary New York
RICHARD R. CHAMBERLAIN, Associate Professor
M.A., University of Denver
BENJAMIN C. CHAN, Professor
Ph.D., Temple University
WILLIAM D. CHAPMAN, Assistant Professor
M.S., West Virginia University
MICHAEL R. CHARNEGO, Associate Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
EDWARD CHASZAR, Professor
Ph.D., The George Washington University
R. PHILIP CHEKANSKI, Assistant Professor
M.S., Central Missouri State University
NICHOLAS CHRISTODOLEAUS, Professor
Ph.D., Louisiana State University
DON-CHEAN CHU, Professor
Ed.D., Columbia University
ROBERTA CHURCH, Assistant Professor
M.A., University of Miami (Fla.)
GARRY J. CISKOWSKI, Associate Professor
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma Health Science Center
JOSEPH C. CLARK, Associate Professor
Ph.D., Stanford University
LOIS A. CLARK, Assistant Professor
M.A., Slippery Rock State College
VAUGHN CLAY Associate Professor
D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
STANLEY COHEN, Professor
J.D., Salmon R Chase, College of Law
WILLIAM H. COLBY Assistant Professor
B.A., Marshall University
EDWARD G. COLEMAN, Associate Professor
M.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology
PATRICIA COLLINS-STOCKTON, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., University of Michigan
FRANK T COMO, Professor
Ph.D., Arizona State University
CAROLYN J. COMPTON, Instructor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
CAROL E. CONNELL, Assistant Professor
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
THOMAS E. CONWAY Associate Professor
Ed.D., West Virginia University
DAVID M. COOK, Professor
Ph.D., Ohio State University
CHARLES L. COOPER, Professor
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
EDITH CORD, Assistant Professor
Licence es Lettres, University of Toulouse, France
Health and Physical Education
Food and Nutrition
Music
Library
Philosophy
Special Education and
Clinical Services
Biology
Political Science
Safety Sciences
Chemistry
Foundations of Education
Accounting
Biology
Geoscience
Health and Physical Education
Art
Criminology
Military Science
Chemistry
English and Journalism
English and Journalism
English and Journalism
Library
Biology
English and Journalism
Accounting
Foreign Languages
326 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
STEVEN CORD, Professor History
Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University
JOSEPH J. COSTA, Professor Assistant Chairperson, Chemistry
D.Ed., West Virginia University
HARRY CRAIG, Professor English and Journalism
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
WILLA RUTH CRAMER, Assistant Professor Consumer Services
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
CYNTHIA N. CREEKMORE, Instructor Library
M.S.L.S., University of Tennessee
BLAINE C. CROOKS, Associate Professor Mathematics
Ed.M., Harvard
JOHN W. CROSS, Associate Professor Economics
M.A., University of Massachusetts
WALLACE R. CROUP Instructor Criminology
M.S., Florida State University
THOMAS E. CRUMM, Assistant Professor Chemistry
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
WILLIAM H. CULP Associate Professor Counselor Education
D.Ed., West Virginia University
HELEN D. CUNNINGHAM, Assistant Professor Nursing
M.S.N.E., University of Pittsburgh
BOB J. CUREY, Professor English and Journalism
Ph.D., Wayne State University
WILLIAM E. CUTLER, Associate Professor Educational Psychology
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
SUSAN S. DAHLHEIMER, Assistant Professor Food and Nutrition
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
S. JANE DAKAK, Associate Professor Health and Physical Education
M.Ed., University of North Carolina at Greensboro
ALICE L. DAVIS, Professor Elementary Education
Ed.D., Temple University
ARLO DEAN DAVIS, Associate Professor Mathematics
Ph.D., University of Colorado
BETTY DAVIS, Professor Assistant Chairperson, Elementary
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University Education
CARL D. DAVIS, Associate Professor Health and Physical Education
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN A. DAVIS, Associate Professor English and Journalism
M.A., University of Pennsylvania
WAYNE J. DAVIS, Professor Economics
Ph.D., Rutgers University
MALCOLM M. DAY, Professor English and Journalism
Ph.D., Western Reserve University
RUTH DE CESARE, Professor Music
Ph.D. New Yorl< University
EMILY K. DECICCO, Professor Elementary Education
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
LEONARD B. DEFABO, Professor Educational Psychology
M.Ed., Duquesne University
ANTHONY G. DEFURIO, Professor Art
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
JAMES M. DEGEORGE, Professor English and Journalism
Ph.D., Tulane University
Directory —327
CAROLYN I. DEISHER, Associate Professor
M.A., Pennsylvania State University
DANIEL DICICCO, Professor
D.M.A., University of Michigan
ALICE D. DICKIE, Assistant Professor
M.S., West Virginia University
WILLIAM E. DEITRICH, JR., Associate Professor
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
JOHN L. DIETZ, Associate Professor
D.M.A., University of Michigan
SALVATORE DINA, JR., Assistant Professor
B.A., Temple University
THOMAS J. DONGILLA, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
ALBERTA R. DORSEY, Associate Professor
D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
VICTOR S. DRESCHER, Assistant Professor
M.A., Middlebury College
JOHN J. DROPCHO, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
DONALD D. DUNCAN, Associate Professor
D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
DIANE L. DUNTLEY Associate Professor
Ed.D., State University of New York, Buffalo
JAMES A. DYAL, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., University of Illinois
JERRY K. EDDY Professor
Ph.D., West Virginia University
KENNETH F. EDGAR, Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
DONALD G. EISEN, Associate Professor
M.A., Western Reserve University
JOAN B. ELLIOTT, Associate Professor
M.A., West Virginia University
MARY LOUISE ELTZ, Associate Professor
M.Ed., East Stroudsburg State College
THOMAS FALCONE, Assistant Professor
M.B.A., Kent State University
ALEXIS FALEK, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
CHARLES W. FAUST Professor
M.A., Middlebury College
FRANK FAZIO, JR., Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
GENE A. FELIX, Assistant Professor
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
RONALD T FERGUSON, Professor
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
VINCENT J. FERRARA, Professor
Ph.D., Fordham University
GARY M. FERRENCE, Professor
Ed.D., Indiana University, Bloomington
JERRY FIDDLER, Professor
Ed.D., State University of New York, Buffalo
Mathematics
Music
Health and Physical Education
Biology
Music
Military Science
Art
Elementary Education
Foreign Languages
Art
Mathematics
Director, Academic Services
and Testing Center
Economics
Physics
Psychology
Chairperson, Theater
Elementary Education
Health and
Physical Education
Management and Marketing
Counseling Center
Foreign Languages
Chemistry
Special Education
and Clinical Services
History
Philosophy
Biology
Special Education
and Clinical
Services
328 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
FERNAND FISEL, Associate Professor
M.A., Andrews University
MARSHALL G. FLAMM, Professor
A.M., Temple University
MITCHELL FLEISCHER, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., Michigan State University
LIDA T FLEMING, Assistant Professor
Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University
PEGGY L. FLETCHER, Assistant Professor
M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh
WILLIAM R. FORBES, Associate Professor
Ph.D., Indiana University, Indiana
DEAN C. FORD, Assistant Professor
B.S., Montana State University
WILLIAM M. FORCE, Associate Professor
M.A., Colgate University
JOHN N. FOX, Professor
Ph.D., Wesleyan University
JOHN E. FRANK, Professor
Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
JOHN R. FREUND, Professor
Ph.D., Indiana University
ERNEST B. FRICKE, Associate Professor
Ph.D., New York University
DONALD P FRITZ, JR., Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
EDWIN J. FRY Associate Professor
M.M., DePaul University
NORMAN W. GAGGINI, Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ELEANOR M. GALLATI, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
WALTER W GALLATI, Professor
Ph.D., Ohio State University
CLARENCE A. GARVIN, Professor
Ph.D., University of Tennessee
MARION M. GEISEL, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
CLYDE C. GELBACH, Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
VIRGINIA GOULD GERALD, Associate Professor
M.A., University of Arizona
GAIL J. GERLACH, Associate Professor
M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University
FRANK GHESSIE, JR., Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
MOHAMED GHOBASHY Professor
C.PA., Ph.D., Hochschule fuer Wethandel, Vienna, Austria
RAYMOND D. GIBSON, Associate Professor
M.A., University of Illinois
CHARLES A. GODLASKY Professor
Ed.D., Penn State University
IRVING GODT Professor
Ph.D., New York University
Foreign Languages
Special Education
and Clinical Services
Psychology
University School
Finance and Management
Information Systems
Biology
Military Science
English and Journalism
Physics
Counseling Center
English and Journalism
History
English and Journalism
Music
Physics
Home Economics Education
Biology
Economics
Director, Psychological Clinic
History
Sociology-Anthropology
University School
Administrative Services
and Business Education
Accounting
Mathematics
Health and Physical
Education
Music
Directory —329
LOUIS L. GOLD, Professor
Ph.D., Ohio State University
THOMAS D. GOODRICH, Professor
Ph.D., Columbia University
DONNA B. GRAHAM, Assistant Professor
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
WALTER H. GRANATA, JR., Professor
Ph.D., University of Wyoming
BROOKE V. GRANT Associate Professor
M.A., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN GEORGE GRASSINGER, JR., Associate Professor
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
JAMES L. GRAY, Professor
Ph.D., Duke University
THOMAS C. GRAY, Associate Professor
D.Crim., University of California at Berkeley
WILLIAM F GRAYBURN, Professor
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
WILLIAM G. GRESSLEY Instructor
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ROYDEN P GROVE, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Ohio University
DAVID E. G ROVER, Professor
Ph.D., University of Kentucky
DANIEL S. GRUBB, Professor
Ph.D., University of Michigan
CAROLYN R. GRUNDY Assistant Professor
M.S.L.S., University of Illinois
ANTONIO M. GUARDIOLA, Associate Professor
Doctor en Pedagogia, University of Habana (Cuba)
AURORA P GUARDIOLA, Assistant Professor
Doctor en Pedogogia, University of Habana (Cuba)
CRAIG L. HALBROOK, Assistant Professor
B.S., Jacksonville University
HARRY W HALDEMAN, Associate Professor
M.A., Pennsylvania State University
FRANK W HALL, II,
Ph.D., University of Montana
ROBERT W. HAMILTON, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MARY M HART Assistant Professor
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD A. HARTLINE, Professor
Ph.D., University of California
MARLIN E. HARTMAN, Professor
D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
PATRICK M. HARTWELL, Associate Professor
Ph.D., U.C.L.A.
E. SAMUEL HATFIELD, Associate Professor
A.M., West Virginia University
EDWARD F HAUCK, Associate Professor
Ph.D., Ohio State University
MALCOLM R. HAYWARD, III, Associate Professor
Ph.D., Tulane University
Biology
History
Food and Nutrition
Geoscience
Sociology-Anthropology
Library
English and Journalism
Criminology
English and Journalism
Food and Nutrition
Health and Physical
Education
Chairperson, Psychology
English and Journalism
Library
Foreign Languages
Foreign Languages
Military Science
English and Journalism
Professor Geoscience
Art
Nursing
Chemistry
Assistant Chairperson
Mathematics
English and Journalism
History
Communications Media
English and Journalism
330 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
RICHARD HAZLEY Professor
A.M., Columbia University
NOLAND R. HEIDEN, Associate Professor
A.I.C.P, Ph.D., University of Michigan
RICHARD F HEIGES, Professor
Ph.D., Ohio State University
JACKSON W. HEIMER, Professor
Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
ISABEL T HELMRICH, Associate Professor
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
WILLARD W. HENNEMANN, Jr, Professor
Ph.D.. Cornell University
ANITA C. HENRY, Associate Professor
M.A., Emory University
ROBERT M. HERMANN, Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
KENNETH E. HERSHMAN, Associate Professor
Ph.D., Purdue University
PAUL R. HICKS, Assistant Professor
MA.L.S.. George Peabody College for Teachers
ROBERT H. HOELLEIN, Associate Professor
Ph.D., Ohio State University
PAUL E. HOFFNER, Assistant Professor
M.PA., Shippensburg State College
HARRY G. HOLT Associate Professor
M.S., Bucknell University
OLIVE M. HOLT Assistant Professor
M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania
HARVEY S. HOLTZ, Assistant Professor
M.A., City University of New York
JAMES D. HOOKS, Associate Professor
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD HORNFECK, Associate Professor
M.S., The George Washington University
HELEN B. HOVIS. Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
LEON J. HUE, Associate Professor
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
MARVIN HUFF Associate Professor
M.Ed., Westminster College
H. EUGENE HULBERT Professor
Ph.D., West Virginia University
RICHARD T HULING, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
ARTHUR C. HULSE, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., Arizona State University
JAN G. HUMPHREYS, Professor
Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
JAMES M. INNES, Associate Professor
M.FA., Kansas City Art Institute
DOMINIC J. INTILI, Associate Professor
Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
HERBERT EUGENE ISAR, Professor
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
English and Journalism
Geography and Regional
Planning
Chairperson
Political Science
English and Journalism
Educational Psychology
Mathematics
Foreign Languages
Chairperson, Philosophy
Physics
Library
Educational Psychology
Labor Relations
Economics
Nursing
Chairperson
Sociology-Anthropology
Library
Health and Physical
Education
Home Economics Education
Biology
Economics
Music
Biology
Biology
Biology
Art
Music
Foreign Languages
Directory —331
D. ROBERT JACOBS. Professor
Ph.D., Wayne State University
PEPITA J. JACOBS, Associate Professor
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
MARY J. JALONGO, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., University of Toledo
RANDY JESICK, Assistant Professor
M.S., West Virginia University
JUDITH L. JOHANSON, Assistant Professor
M.M.E., Indiana University, Bloomington. Indiana
CRAWFORD W. JOHNSON, Associate Professor
M.A., Atlanta University
GEORGE B. JOHNSON, Associate Professor
M.FA., Atlanta University
HUGH B. JOHNSON, JR., Professor
D.M.E., Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana
RALPH L. JOHNSON, Associate Professor
M.Ed., Slippery Rock State College
ROBERT G. JOHNSON, Professor
Ph.D., Bowling Green University
FOSTER T JONES, Associate Professor
M.A., Indiana University
RONALD A. JULIETTE, Associate Professor
Ed.D., Indiana University at Bloomington
JOHN F KADLUBOWSKI, Associate Professor
Ph.D., University of Maryland
NICHOLAS KARATJAS, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., SUNY at Stony Brook
MARY C. KATZBECK, Associate Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
DAVID KAUFMAN, Associate Professor
M.L.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology
WILLARD J. KAYLOR, Associate Professor
M.A., George Peabody College for Teachers
ALMA L. KAZMER, Associate Professor
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
DAVID SHANKLAND KEENE, Professor
Ph.D., Princeton University
MICHAEL H. KESNER, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
ROBERT L. KING, Professor
Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
ROBERT J. KIRBY JR., Assistant Professor
M.S.L.S., Catholic University of America
STEVEN C. KLEIN, Associate Professor
Ph.D., University of Kansas
MERLE G. KLINGINSMITH, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
RICHARD S. KNAB, Professor
D.M.E., Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana
RICHARD W KOLACZKOWSKI, Professor
Ph.D., Cornell University
Psychology
Psychology
Elementary Education
English and Journalism
Music
Director, EOP
Art
Music
Health and Physical
Education
English and Journalism
Foreign Languages
Chairperson
Communications Media
Chairperson, History
Economics
Chairperson, Nursing
Library
Health and Physical Education
Chairperson, Home Economics
Education
Political Science
Biology
Elementary Education
Library
History
Communications Media
Chairperson, Music
Chemistry
L. JUNE KORAB, Assistant Professor
M.S., Indiana University, Bloomington
Health and Physical Education
332 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
BARBARA KRASZEWSKI, Assistant Professor English and Journalism
M.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
HELEN M. KRESAK, Assistant Professor Nursing
M.PH., University of Pittsburgh
VANCE R. KRITES, Associate Professor Political Science
M.A., Central Michigan University
JOSEPH S. KRUPNIK, Associate Professor English and Journalism
M.A., Pennsylvania State University
JACK KUHNS, Associate Professor Elementary Education
Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
GOPAL S. KULKARNI, Professor Geography and Regional Planning
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
JODELL L. KUZNESKI, Instructor Nursing
M.N.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
DALE E. LANDON, Professor History
Ph.D., University of Illinois
BETTY B. LANHAM, Professor Sociology-Anthropology
Ph.D., Syracuse University
ROBERT J. LAUDA, Professor Chairperson, Safety Sciences
Ph.D., Iowa State University
WALTER R. LAUDE, Associate Professor Library
M.S.L.S., Indiana University (Bloomington)
JACK LAVENBURG, Associate Professor Communications Media
Ed.D., University of Oregon
TERRY C. LEE, Assistant Professor Safety Sciences
M.S., University of Pittsburgh
NEIL B. LEHMAN, Professor History
Ph.D., Ohio State University
EUGENE E. LEPLEY Professor Health and Physical Education
Ed.D., West Virginia University
JANIS M. LESNESKI, Instructor Communications Media
M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
WILLIAM J. LEVENTRY Associate Professor Educational Psychology
Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
FRANCIS W LIEGEY Professor Biology
Ph.D., St. Bonaventure University
TIAN-MIN LIN, Associate Professor Philosophy
Ph.D., Boston University
C.T LINDH, Associate Professor Accounting
M.S., Duquesne University; C.PA.
WILLIAM C. LINDSEY Instructor Counselor EOP
B.S., Howard University
DOROTHY I. LINGENFELTER, Associate Profssor University School
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
RENEE LISCINSKY Associate Professor Foreign Languages
Doctorat du ze cycle, U. of Besacon, France
VICTOR LISCINSKY Associate Professor Health and Physical Education
LPT, University of Pittsburgh
ROBERT I. LLOYD, Associate Professor Music
M.S., Julliard School of Music
A. LYNN LOCKROW, Assistant Professor Theater
M.FA., University of North Carolina at Greensboro
PATRICIA LOMMOCK, Associate Professor Health and Physical Education
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Directory — 333
WILLIAM F LONG, SR., Associate Professor
M.A., Bucknell University
ALWYN LOUDEN, Associate Professor
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
JOANNE P LOVETTE, Professor
D.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
ONEIDA I. LOZADA, Assistant Professor
Doctor En Pedagogia, University of Havana
A. LYNNE LUCAS, Assistant Professor
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
JOAN Y LUCHSINGER, Instructor
M.M., University of Illinois
RONALD LUNARDINI. Assistant Professor Assistant
M.Ed., Duquesne University
SANDRA JOYCE LYNN, Assistant Professor
M.S., Auburn University
DONALD M. MaclSAAC, Associate Professor
M.S., Syracuse University
CHARLES R. MADERER, Associate Professor
M.A.T., Brown University
RICHARD D. MAGEE, Professor
Ph.D., Temple University
CHARLES MAHAN, Assistant Professor
M.A., University of Kentucky
DONALD C. MAHAN, Associate Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MARGARET D. MAHLER, Associate Professor
Mathematics
Sociology-Anthropology
Chairperson, Art
Foreign Languages
Library
Music
Director, EOP
Consumer Services
Communications Media
Mathematics
Psychology
English and Journalism
Administrative Services and
Business Education
Educational Psychology
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Dir, Center for Community Education
W. DELIGHT MALITSKY Associate Professor
M.A., Manhattan School of Music
KATHERYNE MALLINO, Associate Professor
M.S.L.S., Drexel Institute of Technology
JAMES H. MAPLE, Associate Professor
M.A., Bowling Green State University
IRWIN MURRAY MARCUS, Professor
Ph.D., Lehigh Universiy
RONALD L. MARKS, Professor
Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
GRACE MARLIN, Instructor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
BARBARA W. MAROUETTE, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., West Virginia University
ARTHUR H. MARTEL, Professor
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
LILLIAN G. MARTIN, Associate Professor
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JOSEPH M. MASTRO, Associate Professor
M.E., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN K. MATOLYAK, Associate Professor
Ph.D., West Virginia University
GEORGE M. MATOUS, Associate Professor
Ph.D., University of Notre Dame
DANIEL V MATTOX, JR., Professor
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Music
Library
Computer Science
History
Chemistry
University School
Psychology
Economics
University School
History
Physics
Physics
Communications Media
334 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
CHARLES MAWHINNEY Associate Professor Finance and Management
M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh Information Systems
RICHARD D. McAFOOSE, Associate Professor Management and Marketing
Litt.M., University of Pittsburgh
DOYLE RICHARD McBRIDE, Associate Professor Mathematics
M.A.T., Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana
RONALD L. McBRIDE, Professor Mathematics
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
MICHAEL A. McCaffrey, Assistant Professor Finance and Management
M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania Information Systems
ROBERT E. McCLAY JR., Associate Professor Safety Sciences
M.S., North Carolina State University
ELSIE M. McClelland, Associate Professor Administrative Services and
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University Business Education
A. RICHARD McCLURE, Assistant Professor Accounting
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
DONALD S. McCLURE, Associate Professor English and Journalism
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University
RONALD McCOY Associate Professor Mathematics
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
DONALD C. McFEELY, Professor Chairperson, Elementary Education
Ph.D., University of Maryland
FRANCIS <3. McGOVERN, Professor Management and Marketing
Ph.D., Ohio State University
VICTOR D. McGUIRE, JR., Assistant Professor Criminology
M.PA., University of Georgia
DONALD R. McKELVEY Professor Chemistry
Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University
JOHN J. McMANMON, Professor English and Journalism
Ph.D., University of Chicago
MARK E. McNABB, Assistant Professor Criminology
M.A., Adams State University
PATRICK J. McNAMARA, Associate Professor Physics
M.S., University of Detroit
DONALD S. Mcpherson, Associate Professor Chairperson, Labor Relations
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
BRUCE A. MEADOWCROFT, Professor Chairperson, Educational Psychology
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD R MEASE, Associate Professor Special Education and
Ph.D., University of Iowa Clinical Services
EDWARD R. MELODINI, Assistant Professor Criminology
M.Ed., Duquesne University
CRUZ MENDIZABAL, Professor Foreign Languages
Doctor en Filosofia y Letras, Universidad Javeriana, Bogota
ROBERT E. MERRITT Professor Biology
Ph.D., University of Tennessee
JOHN E. MERRYMAN, Professor Foundations of Education
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
EDWARD MILEFF Professor Health and Physical Education
Ed.D., Boston University
JAMES G. MILL, JR., Associate Professor Health and Physical Education
M.Ed., Temple University
JAMES H. MILLER, Associate Professor Biology
M.A., Stanford University
Directory — 335
LARRY CARL MILLER, Professor
Ph.D., Northwestern University
LAURABEL H. MILLER, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
VINCENT P MILLER, JR., Professor
Ph.D., Michigan State University
ROBERT E. MILLWARD, Associate Professor
Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
GEORGE R. MILTZ, Professor
M.A., University of Cincinnati
MARGARET L. MINNICK, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JOEL D. MLECKO, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., Catholic University of America
KOFIE MONTGOMERY, Instructor
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
SHARON MONTGOMERY Professor
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ARCHIE F MOORE, Associate Professor
M.S., Springfield College
EDGAR W. MOORE, Associate Professor
M.A., University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee
ROBERT N. MOORE, Professor
M.S., Bucknell University
MARTIN J. MORAND, Professor
B.S., Cornell University
BERNARD A. MOREAU, Associate Professor
D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
ROSE MARY MORELAND, Assistant Professor
M.FA., University of Oklahoma at Norman
THOMAS V. MORLEY Assistant Professor
B.A., Texas A and M University
WALLACE F MORELL, Associate Professor
M.S., Clarkson College of Technology
ROBERT L. MORRIS, Professor
Ph.D., West Virginia University
RUTH S. MORRIS, Assistant Professor
M.A., Bucknell University
EDWARD MOTT Professor
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JOANNE MUELLER, Professor
Ph.D., University of Iowa
J. ROBERT MURRAY Professor
Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
MARIAN A. MURRAY Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
ANTHONY J. NANIA, Professor
Ph.D., Notre Dame University
ANTHONY J. NASTASE, Associate Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
WILLIAM A. NEAL, Associate Professorm
M.A., The George Washington University
LINDA SHEARER NELSON, Associate Professor
M.S., Cornell University
History
Chairperson, English and
Journalism
Geography and Regional Planning
Elementary Education
Foreign Languages
Food and Nutrition
Philosophy
Health and Physical Education
Philosophy
Health and Physical Education
History
Biology
Labor Relations
Administrative Services
and Business Education
Theater
Military Science
Mathematics
Political Science
Administrative Services
and Business Education
Elementary Education
Mathematics
Communications Media
Assistant Chairperson, Nursing
English and Journalism
Biology
Health and. Physical Education
Home Economics Education
336 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
WAYNE NELSON, Associate Professor Chairperson, Management
Ph.D., University of Arkansas and Marketing
FREDERICK H. NESBIT, Associate Professor Labor Relations
Ph.D., West Virginia University
GINI G. NEWELL, Instructor Special Education and Clinical Services
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ESKO E. NEWHILL, Professor Sociology-Anthropology
Ph.D., Syracuse University
THOMAS NOWAK, Assistant Professor Sociology-Anthropology
Ph.D., Cornell University
CARL P OAKES, Associate Professor Mathematics
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
ANJA H. OLIN-FAHLE, Associate Professor Sociology-Anthropology
M.A., Haverford College
JAMES M. OLIVER, Professor History
Ph.D., University of Missouh
GARY JAMES OLMSTEAD, Associate Professor Music
D.M.A., Cleveland Institute of Music/Case Western
Reserve University
LUDO op de BEECK, Professor Foreign Languages
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
NICHOLAS N. PACALO, Assistant Professor Safety Sciences
M.S., U.C.L.A.
DOROTHY ANN PALMER, Associate Professor Political Science
M.A., Miami University (Ohio)
LARRY R. PANAIA, Instructor Athletics
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
FREDERICK R. PARK, Associate Professor Geoscience
M.S., University of Pittsburgh
ROBERT A. PATSIGA, Professor Chemistry
Ph.D., State University College of Forestry
Syracuse University
MARGARET J. PATTERSON, Assistant Professor English and Journalism
B.A., Ohio University
GARY W.R. PATTON, Professor Psychology
Ph.D., Tufts University
JAMES EDWARD PAYNE, Professor Geography and Regional Planning
A.M., University of North Carolina
GERARD C. PENTA, Professor Foundations of Education
Ph.D., Michigan State University
LAURENCE JOHN PERKINS, Assistant Professor Music
M.M., Eastman School of Music
DANIEL PERLONGO, Associate Professor Music
M.M., University of Michigan
SUZANNE PERLONGO, Assistant Professor Music Library
M.L.S., University of Michigan
EVERETT J. PESCI, Professor Counselor Education
Ed.D., West Virginia University
JOSEPH ALEXANDER PETERS, Associate Professor Mathematics
M.S., University of Illinois
JUNE K. PHILLIPS, Professor Foreign Languages
Ph.D., Ohio State University
JERRY L. PICKERING, Professor Assistant Chairperson, Biology
Ph.D., Rutgers State University
Directory — 337
DENTON F PILLION, Associate Professor Management and Marketing
Ed.M., Worcester State College; Boston College; Clark University
EDWARD E. PLATT Professor
Ph.D., University of Connecticut
MARK A. PLIVELIC, Associate Professor
M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh, C.PA.
RUTH PODBIELSKI. Professor
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN A. POLESKY, Associate Professor
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
PAUL A. PRINCE, Professor
Ed.M., Harvard University
JOHN P QUIRK, Professor
D.Ed., University of Georgia
DOWNEY RAIBOURN, Associate Professor
M.A., Indiana University (Bloomington)
DAVID L. RAMSEY Instructor
B.A., Washington and Jefferson College
CHANCY R. RAWLEIGH, Professor
Ph.D., Syracuse University
RICHARD E. RAY Professor
Ph.D., Bowling Green University
KAREN E. READY Associate Professor
M.A., Middleburg College
CLARICE K. REBER, Assistant Professor
M.S., University of Michigan
JAMES C. REBER, Associate Professor
Ph.D., Duke University
JACK C. REED, Associate Professor
M.S., University of Arizona
JOHN WALLING REID, Professor
Ed.D., Columbia University
L. LEON REID, Professor
Ph.D., University of Texas
MILDRED M. REIGH, Professor
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JAMES B. RE ILLY Professor
Ed.D., West Virginia University
WILLIAM L. RETTIG, Associate Professor
Ph.D., Ohio State University
DAVID M. RIBAN, Professor
Ph.D., Purdue University
ALEXANDER R. RICH, Associate Professor
Ph.D., Kent State University
J. MERLE RIFE, Professor
Ph.D., Ohio State University
WANDA RIFE, Assistant Professor
M.S.L.S., Case Western Reserve University
ROBERT H. RITTLE, Professor
Ph.D., Kent State University
JOSEPH S. RIZZO, Associate Professor
Ph.D., University of Maryland
DONALD J. ROBBINS, Associate Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Political Science
Accounting
Associate Director of Athletics,
Health and Physical Education
Administrative Services
and Business Education
Geoscience
Educational Psychology
Sociology- Anthropology
Physics
Sociology-Anthropology
English and Journalism
Foreign Language
Special Education
and Clinical Services
Chairperson, Mathematics
Safety Sciences
Psychological Clinic
Special Education and Clinical Services
Mathematics
Elementary Education
Mathematics
Physics
Psychology
History
Library
Psychology
Elementary Education
Chairperson, Accounting
338 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
LIONEL E. ROBERTS, JR., Assistant Professor
J.D., Cumberland School of Law
RICHARD D. ROBERTS, Associate Professor
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
BERNARD ROFFMAN, Associate Professor
M.A., Fordham University
ROSALY ROFFMAN, Assistant Professor
M.A., University of Hawaii
DOUGLAS A. ROSS, Professor
Ph.D., Lehigh University
FRANK ROSS, Professor
D.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
DAVID E. ROTIGEL, Professor
Ed.D., University of Illinois
PHYLLIS ROUMM, Professor
Ph.D., Kent State University
RICHARD D. ROWELL, Associate Professor
Ed.D., University of Georgia
PHILLIP A. RUFFNER, Instructor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
LOIS B. RUPERT Associate Professor
M.S., Carnegie-Mellon University
HOWARD A. RUSSELL, Associate Professor
D.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
ROBERT RUSSELL, Assistant Professor
M.A.T, Indiana University
STEPHEN K. SANDERSON, Associate Professor
Ph.D., University of Nebraska
NORMAN W. SARGENT Professor
Ed.D., Indiana University
NICOLO A. SARTORI, Assistant Professor
M.M., University of Michigan
ROBERT H. SAYLOR, Professor Counselor Education and Chairperson,
Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University Foundations of Education
EUGENE F SCANLON, Professor Chairperson, Special Education
Administrative Services
and Business Education
Physics
Foreign Languages
English and Journalism
Psychology
Art
Foundations of Education
English and Journalism
Administrative Services
and Business Education
English and Journalism
Home Economics Education
Art
English and Journalism
Sociology-Anthropology
Communications Media
Music
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
R. THOMAS SCHAUB, Associate Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
JOAN SCHMITT Instructor
M.A., Michigan State University
MARTHA S. SCHEEREN, Assistant Professor
M.S.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
CARL W. SCHNEIDER, Professor
Ph.D., Michigan State University
GOULD F SCHROCK, Professor
Ph.D., University of Chicago
JOHN H. SCROXTON, Associate Professor
M.S., Alfred University
GEORGE K. SEACRIST Associate Professor
M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
ROBERT C. SEELHORST Professor Assistant
Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
FREDERICK W. SEINFELT Professor
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
and Clinical Services
Philosophy
Consumer Services
Library
Psychology
Biology
Chemistry
English and Journalism
Chairperson, Art
English and Journalism
Directory — 339
CONSTANCE SETTLEMYER, Associate Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
DALE M. SHAFER, Professor
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
RONALD G. SHAFER, Professor
Ph.D., Duquesne University
ESTHER SHANE, Assistant Professor
M.S., West Virginia University
JAMES O. SHANNON, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Duquesne University
SATYA SHARMA, Associate Professor
Ph.D., Ohio State University
MAHER Y SHAWER, Professor
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
JOHN SHEPHERD, Assistant Professor
M.S., University of Pittsburgh
JACK L. SHEPLER, Professor
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
DAVID L. SHIELDS, Associate Professor
M.A., Middlebury College
KENNETH LEE SHILDT Associate Professor
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
RUTH I. SHIREY Professor
Ph.D., University of Tennessee
DANIEL C. SHIVELY Associate Professor
M.S.L.S., Drexel Institute of Technology
CHARLES J. SHUBRA, JR., Assistant Professor
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
RONALD E. SIMKINS, Associate Professor
M.Ed., Westminster College
HERMAN L SLEDZIK, Professor
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JEAN J. SLENKER, Associate Professor
M.A., Professional Diploma, Teachers College, Columbia University
ROBERT EUGENE SLENKER, Associate Professor
M.A., Professional Diploma, Teachers College, Columbia University
Nursing
Mathematics
English and Journalism
Special Education
and Clinical Services
Criminology
Consumer Services
Mathematics
Finance and Management
Information Systems
Mathematics
Foreign Languages
Finance and Management
Information Systems
Chairperson, Geography
and Regional Planning
Library
Computer Science
Chairperson, Food
and Nutrition
Athletic Director-Health
and Physical Education
Art
Art
EDWARD L. SLONIGER, Professor
Ph.D., University of Illinois
MAXINE SMATLAK, Assistant Professor
M.N., University of Pittsburgh
BERT A. SMITH, Associate Professor
M.A., University of Missouri
EDWIN SMITH, Professor
Ed.D., Ball State University
HELENA M. SMITH, Professor
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
WILLIAM R. SMITH, Professor
Ed.M., Harvard University
W WAYNE SMITH, Professor
Ph.D., University of Maryland
RONALD F SMITS, Assistant Professor
D.Ed., University of Massachusetts
MARIE E. SNEAD, Associate Professor
A.M.L.S., University of Michigan
Health and Physical Education
Nursing
Political Science
Mathematics
English and Journalism
Mathematics
History
English and Journalism
Library
340 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Sociology-Anthropology
KAY SNYDER, Associate Professor
Ph.D., Cornell University
JAMES SOLAK, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
HAROLD M. SOMMER, Associate Professor
Ed.D., University of Georgia
ANTHONY J. SORENTO, Associate Professor
Doctor of Romance Philology University of Madrid
ROBERT D. SOULE, Associate Professor
M.S., Purdue University
ELWOOD R. SPEAKMAN, Associate Professor
M.A.T, Brown University
JOSEPH B. SPIEKER, Associate Professor
Ph.D., Catholic University
GEORGE L. SPINELLI, Professor Chairperson, Counselor Education
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
VIRGINIA S. SPRENKEL, Assistant Professor
M.N., University of Pittsburgh
KATHERINE L. STAHLMAN, Instructor
M.S., Case Western Reserve University
EDWARD A. STANLEY Professor
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
JAMES G. STAPLES, Associate Professor
D.M.A., Eastman School of Music
JOANNE B. STEINER, Assistant Professor
M.S., University of Wisconsin
RONALD A. STEINER, Associate Professor
M.S.L.S., Case Western Reserve University
CHARLES B. STEVENSON, Associate Professor
M.A., George Washington University
MERLE STILWELL, Professor
Ph.D., Cornell University
LLOYD K. STIRES, Professor
Ph.D., Duke University
ROBERT J. STONEBRAKER, Professor
Ph.D., Princeton University
KAY STRATTON, Assistant
M.A., McCormick Theological Seminary
RICHARD M. STRAWCUTTER, Professor
M.S., Columbia University
DONNA L. STREIFTHAU, Professor
Ph.D., Ohio State University
ROBERT S. STROCK, Associate Professor
M.Ed., Shippensburg State College
ALVIN J. STUART Professor
Ph.D., Ohio University
ELEANOR B. SUHRIE, Associate Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
KATHLEEN T SULLINGER, Instructor
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
FRANCIS L. SULLIVAN, Assistant Professor
M.S., Washington State University
MARIO SUSSMAN, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., University of Illinois
Finance and Management
Information Systems
Foreign Languages
Foreign Languages
Safety Sciences
Mathematics
Foreign Languages
Nursing
Food and Nutrition
Chairperson, Geoscience
Music
Food and Nutrition
Associate Director
of Libraries
Management and Marketing
Mathematics
Psychology
Economics
Professor EOP
Biology
Chairperson, Consumer Services
Chairperson, Administrative
Services-Business Education
Elementary Education
Nursing
Health and Physical Education
Criminology
Psychology
Directory — 34 1
CONNIE J. SUTTON, Assistant Professor Geoscience
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
LOUIS R. SUTTON, Professor Health and Physical Education
Ed.D., West Virginia University
CRAIG G. SWAUGER, Professor English and Journalism
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN J. SWEENEY, JR., Assistant Professor Computer Science
M.S., University of Pittsburgh
FORD HARRIS SWIGART JR., Professor English and Journalism
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
MARY E. SWINKER, Instructor Consumer Services
M.A., Kent State University
AUGUSTA SYTY Professor Chemistry
Ph.D., University of Tennessee
STANFORD L. TACKETT, Professor Chairperson, Chemistry
Ph.D., Ohio State University
DANIEL J. TANNACITO, Associate Professor English and Journalism
Ph.D., University of Oregon
LEONARD P TEPPER, Associate Professor Geography and
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Regional Planning
CAROL A. TETI, Associate Professor Music
D.M.A., University of Michigan
EUGENE F THIBADEAU, Professor Foundations of Education
Ph.D., New York University
JOANN E. THISTLETHWAITE, Instructor Nursing
M.S.N.E., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN C. THOMAS, Associate Professor Chairperson, Criminology
J.D., West Virginia University
RAYMOND L. THOMAS, Professor ' English and Journalism
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
RICHARD E. THORELL. Associate Professor Music
M.Ed., University of Rochester
GORDON F THORNTON, Associate Professor Psychology
Ph.D., Ohio University
GERALD L. THORPE, Professor Political Science
Ph.D., Wayne State University
DENNIS D. TIGER, Professor Accounting
D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
WARNER E. TOBIN, Professor Director of University School
D.Ed., Penn State
HOWARD E. TOMPKINS, Professor Computer Science
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
MARTHA A. TROXELL, Associate Professor Administrative Services and
L.L.M., Temple University Business Education
J.DAVID TRUBY Professor English and Journalism
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
LAWRENCE R. TUCKER, Associate Professor Health and
M.S., Ohio State University Physical Education
LAWRENCE J. TURTON, Associate Professor Special Education
Ph.D., Western Reserve University and Clinical Services
HENRY H. VALLOWE, Professor Biology
Ph.D., University of South Dakota
LEON D. VANDECREEK, Professor Psychology
Ph.D., University of South Dakota
342 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MURRAY M. VARNER, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
POTHEN VARUGHESE, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., Kent State University
RICHARD VEXLER, Assistant Professor
M.A., University of Pittsburgh
LESLIE VICKERS, JR., Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
FRANK A. VIGGIANO, JR., Assistant Professor
M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout
ROBERT J. VISLOSKY Professor
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JACOB U. VOELKER, Associate Professor
M.A., University of Notre Dame
DOROTHY C. VOGEL, Professor
Ph.D., New York University
EVA VOUKLIZAS, Associate Professor
M.M., Indiana University
JAMES A. WADDELL, Associate Professor
M.A.. University of North Carolina
RICHARD F WAECHTER, Professor
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
SUSAN C. WAGNER, Assistant Professor
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
DONALD A. WALKER, Professor
Ph.D., Harvard
NORMA E. WALKER, Professor
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
JOANN E. WALTHOUR, Assistant Professor
M.M.E., University of Pittsburgh
GEORGE B. WALZ, Professor
Ph.D., Lehigh University
STEPHEN B. WARE, Associate Professor
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University
HELEN LOUISE WARREN, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JANE WASHBURN, Associate Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
WILLIAM M. WASKOSKIE, Associate Professor
M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN G. WATTA, Assistant Professor
M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
CALVIN E. WEBER, Professor Assistant
Ed.D., University of Illinois
CHARLES E. WEBER, Professor Geog
Ed.D., Columbia University
WILLIAM F WEGENER, Associate Professor
Ed.S., University of Northern Colorado
RONALD M. WEIERS, Associate Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
CHRISTOPHER L. WEILAND, Associate Professor
M.FA., Rochester Institute of Technology
JAMES E. WELKER, Assistant Professor
M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh
Administrative Services and
Business Education
Chemistry
Sociology-Anthropology
Special Education and
Clinical Services
Consumer Services
Art
Foreign Languages
History
Music
English and Journalism
Chairperson, Biology
Library
Chairperson, Economics
Consumer Services
University School
Psychology
Economics
English and Journalism
Counselor Education
Biology
English and Journalism
Chairperson, Music
raphy and Regional Planning
Criminology
Management and Marketing
Art
Rnance and Management
Information Systems
Directory — 343
NED O. WERT, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JACK R. WESTWOOD, Associate Professor
M.S., Bucknell University
ROBERT L. WHITMER, Associate Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
DENNIS W. WHITSON, Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
JAMES HERBERT WILDEBOOR, Associate Professor
M.M.E., University of Kansas
GEORGE T WILEY, Professor
Ph.D., Western Reserve University
LINDA S. WILLIAMS, Associate Professor
D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
HALLEY O. WILLISON, JR., Associate Professor
M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
CHRISTINE F WILSON, Assistant Professor
M.A., University of Akron
EDWARD D. WILSON, Professor
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
JAMES C. WILSON, Professor
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
T KENNETH WILSON, Associate Professor
B.A., University of Buffalo
RAY L. WINSTEAD, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., North Carolina State University
EDWARD G. WOLF Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD E. WOLFE, Professor
Ph.D., University of Illinois
BETTY LOU WOOD, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JOHN T WOOD, Assistant Professor
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
SUSAN E. WOOD, Associate Professor
M.A., Kent State University
MELVIN R. WOODARD, Professor
Ed.D., Oklahoma State University
ALLEN M. WOODS, Associate Professor
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
DON W WOODWORTH, Associate Professor
M.A., Indiana University
DALE W WOOMER, Professor
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JOHN C. WORZBYT, Professor
Ed.D., University of Rochester
HELEN J. WRIGHT Associate Professor
M.Ed., Duquesne University
PAUL R. WUNZ, JR., Professor
Ph.D., University of Delaware
JOHN A. YACKUBOSKEY Assistant Professor
M.A., Emory University
MYRON M. YAGEL, Associate Professor
Ed.D., University of Virginia
Art
Mathematics
Foreign Languages
Physics
Music
History
Elementary Education
Mathematics
Consumer Services
Political Science
Counselor Education
English and Journalism
Biology
Library
Mathematics
Consumer Services
Chemistry
Geography and Regional Planning
Mathematics
Chairperson, Food and Nutrition
English and Journalism
Administrative Services
and Business Education
Counselor Education
Nursing
Chemistry
History
Special Education
and Clinical Services
344 —Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JOAN R. YANUZZI, Professor Educational Psychology
Ph.D., Cornell University
ROBERT YARUR Assistant Professor English and Journalism
M.A., West Virginia University
HAROLD J. YOUCIS, Professor Foundations of Education
Ed.D., Indiana University
DAVID L. YOUNG, Professor Communications Media
Ph.D., Ohio State University
MAURICE M. ZACUR, Professor Geography and Regional Planning
D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
DANIEL E. ZALAZAR, Associate Professor Foreign Languages
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
GENO ZAMBOTTI, Associate Professor Chemistry
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MARY L. ZANICH , Assistant Professor Psychology
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
CYRIL J. ZENISEK, Professor Biology
Ph.D., Ohio State University
CARLEEN ZONI, Associate Professor Nursing
M.N., University of Pittsburgh
Adjunct Professors-Medical Technology
The individuals named below provide programs affiliated solely with Indiana Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania. Administrators and teaching staffs of other hospital schools are
awarded Adjunct Professorships in years when Indiana students are in attendance.
EDWARD J. BENZ, M.D.
Director, School of Medical Technology St. Lukes Hospital,
Bethlehem, PA; M.D., University of Pittsburgh
SUSTANA BHATTACHARJI, M.D.
Director, School of Medical Technology Harrisburg Hospital,
Harrisburg, PA
MARGARET BLACK, B.S., M.T (ASCP)
Coordinator of Education, School of Medical Technology
Polyclinic Hospital, Harrisburg, PA; B.S., Lebanon Valley
College
VIRGINIA DELL CRAIG, B.S., B.A., M.T (ASCP)
Education Coordinator, Benedum School of Medical
Technology Western Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA;
B.S., B.A., Texas Womans University
JOANNE R. DeNOFA, B.S., M.T (ASCP), M.A.
Educational Coordinator, School of Medical Technology
St. Lukes Hospital, Bethlehem, PA; M.A., Lehigh University
JOHN W. EIMAN, M.D.
Director, School of Medical Technology Abington Memorial
Hospital, Abington, PA; M.D., University of Pennsylvania
JANICE FOGLEMAN, S.M., M.T (ASCP)
Educational Coordinator, School of Medical Technology
Harrisburg Hospital, Harrisburg, PA
JOANNE GROTE, B.S., M.T (ASCP)
Assistant Program Director, School of Medical Technology
Directory — 345
Latrobe Area Hospital, Latrobe, PA; B.S., St. Francis
College
NORMA HOENSHEL, B.S.. M.T. (ASCP), M.A.
Program Director, School of Medical Technology, Latrobe
Area Hospital, Latrobe, PA: B.S., California State
College; M.A., Central Michigan University
WALTER W. JETTER, M.D.
Director of Pathology Laboratories and School of Medical
Technology Latrobe Area Hospital, Latrobe, PA; M.D.,
University of Buffalo
CARLOS C. LAMAS, M.D.
Associate Director, Benedum School of Medical Technology;
Western Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; M.D.,
Madrid University Medical School
JULIAN W. POTOK, D.O.
Associate Director, School of Medical Technology
Polyclinic Hospital, Harrisburg, PA; D.O., Philadelphia
College of Osteopathic Medicine
BARBARA J. SCHEELJE, M.T (ASCP)
Educational Coordinator, School of Medical Technology
Abington Memorial Hospital, Abington, PA;, B.S., Colby- Sawyer College
EUGENE SNEFF M.D.
Director, School of Medical Technology Altoona
Hospital, Altoona, PA; M.D., Hahnemann Medical College
ALEXANDER STAURIDES, M.D.
University of Pennsylvania
Western Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; M.D.,
University of Thessaloniki, Thessaloniki, Greece
WILLIAM O. UMIKER, M.D.
Director, School of Medical Technology, St. Joseph
Hospital, Lancaster, PA; M.D., University of Buffalo
JACQUELINE YANDLE, M.T (ASCP)
Educational Coordinator, School of Medical Technology,
Altoona Hospital, Altoona, PA; B.S., Juniata College
GARY W AMBERSON, R.R.T
Director, Respiratory Therapy Department, Mercy
Hospital of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA; B.S., Indiana
University of Pennsylvania
CLAUS L ANDERSON, M.D.
Lecturer in Pulmonary Medicine, School of Respiratory
Therapy The Western Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh,
PA; M.D., Temple University
PAUL G. BEAM, R.R.T
Instructor, School of Respiratory Therapy, The Western
Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; B.S., Indiana
University of Pennsylvania
GRAYCE BELL
Director, Cardiopulmonary Laboratory The Western
Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA
THOMAS CARLISLE
Associate Director, Cardiopulmonary Laboratory The
Western Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA
EDWARD H. HALE, M.D.
Lecturer in Internal Medicine, School of Respiratory
346 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Therapy, The Western Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh,
PA; M.D., Meharry Medical College
DAVID C. HENRY, R.R.T
Instructor, School of Respiratory Therapy The
Western Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; B.S.,
Indiana University of Pennsylvania
THOMAS C. HON, R.R.T
Instructor, School of Respiratory Therapy The Western
Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; B.S., Indiana
University of Pennsylvania
WILLIAM J. MALLEY R.R.T
Assistant Director, School of Respiratory Therapy
The Western Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; B.S.,
Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT A. MARTIN, R.R.T
Director, School of Respiratory Therapy The Western
Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; B.S., Indiana
University of Pennsylvania
PATRICK F MUTCH
Assistant Executive Director, Western Pennsylvania
Hospital B.A., M.PH., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN H. SCOTT, M.D.
Chief of Pulmonary Medicine and Medical Director, School
of Respiratory Therapy The Western Pennsylvania Hospital,
Pittsburgh, PA; M.D., University of Pittsburgh
LAWRENCE T SLATTERY
Director, Respiratory Therapy Department, The Western
Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA, R.R.T.
JOHN M. NEALE, M.D.
Staff member of Indiana Hospital; private practice in
pediatrics. B.S., lUP; M.D., Georgetown University
Adjunct Professors-Psychology
JAMES A. BESHAI
Director of Psychology Services at Dixmont State Hospital,
Sewickley Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Kentucky
JAMES KLINEDINST
Director, Indiana County Guidance Center, Indiana,
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Minnesota
HERBERT I. LEVIT
Director of Undergraduate Training, Woodville State
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Temple University
ANTHONY J. PALMER
Director of Undergraduate Training, Woodville State
Hospital, Carnegie, Pennsylvania; Ed.D., West Virginia
University
NOEL A. PLUMMER
Director of Psychological Services, Woodville State
Hospital, Carnegie, Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of
Florida
ALAN W RUSNAK
Director of Graduate Training, Psychology Department,
Woodville State Hospital, Carnegie, Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
University of Florida
Index — 347
Index
Academic Good Standing 43
Acadennic Grievances 51
Academic Honors 46
Academic Policies 41-52
Academic Violations 44-46
Accounting Department 77-80
Activities Board 62
Activity Fees 26,28
Adjunct Professors 344-346
Administrative Officers 314-316
Administrative Services and Business
Education Department 80-91
Admission and Registration 17-23
Advanced Placement Program 73-74
Advance Registration Fee 26
Advisory Program 49
Allied Health Professions 160-162
Anthropology 305; 309-31 1
Application Fee 18
Application for Graduation 74
Application for Housing 55
Applied Music 149
Aquatics School 170-172
Armstrong County Campus
Advisory Board 313
Art and Art Education 135-140
Artist Series 62
Athletic Department 162
Athletics 63
Audit Fee 26
Audit Policy 47
Automobiles 56
B
Bad Check Charge 27
Basic Fees 25-29
Billings and Payments 29
Biology Dept 206-214
Board of State College and
University Directors 313
Bookstore 60
Branch Campuses 9-16
Buildings and Grounds 7
Business-Accounting Department 77-80
Business-Administrative Services 80-91
Business Education 80-91
Business and Distributive Education .... 80-91
Business-Finance and Management
Information Systems Department . . . 91-95
Business-Labor Relations 95-96
Business-Management and
Marketing Department 96-99
Business Associate Degree Program 10
C
Calendar 3
Cancelled Semester Policy 43-44
Career Services 58
Certification for Teachers 109
Certification in Education for
Safe Living 169-170
Certification Students 22
Chairpersons of Departments 316-318
Changes of Curriculum 48
Cheating 44
Chemistry Department 214-219
Child Development/Family Relations
Program 194-195
Class Attendance 46-47
Clubs and Organizations 64-67
Classification of Students 41-42
Clinics 57-58; 108-109
Co-Curricular Activities 60
College Board Examinations 18-19
Commonwealth Association of Students ... 61
Communications Media 111-114
Communications and Publications 62-63
Community-University Studies
Series 101-103
Commuters 57
Computer Center 7
Computer Science Department 219-224
Consumer Services 182-188
Continuing Education 13; 101-103
Counseling Center 57
Counselor Education 115
Course Number Abbreviations 51-52
Course Withdravi^al Policy 48
Criminology Department 254-259
Criminology Associate Degree Program ... 10
Criteria Governing Continuance at lUP .... 43
D
Damage Fees 29
Dean's List 46
Degree Candidacy 21-22
Degree Fee 28
Delinquent Accounts 29
Departments (course descriptions)
Accounting 79-80
Administrative Services and Business
Education 88-91
Allied Health Professions 160-162
Medical Technology 161-162
Respiratory Therapy 160-161
Art and Education 135-140
Athletic 162
Biology 206-214
Chemistry- 214-219
Communications Media 111-114
Computer Science 219-224
Consumer Services 182-188
Counselor Education 115
Criminology 254-259
Economics 259-265
348 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Educational Psychology 115-117
Elementary Education 117-119
English and Journalism 265-275
Communications Major 266-267
B.A in Speech 270
Finance and Management Information
Systems 91-95
Food and Nutrition 188-192
Foreign Languages 275-283
Foundations of Education 120-121
Geography and Regional
Planning 283-288
Geoscience 224-230
Health and Physical Education 163-172
History 288-292
Home Economics Education 192-198
International Studies 292-293
Labor Relations 95-96
Linguistics 293-295
Management & Marketing 96-99
Mathematics 232-239
Military Science 199-202
Music and Music Education 141-149
Natural Sciences 239
Nursmg 172-175
Philosophy 295-298
Physics 239-245
Political Sciences 298-303
Psychology 245-249
Safety Sciences 175-179
Social Science 303
Sociology-Anthropology 304-312
Special Education & Clinical
Services 121-133
Theater 149-153
Department Chairpersons 316-318
Department Clubs 64-67
Departmental Abbreviations 51-52
Dietetics Curriculum 189
Dining Room Policy 55-56
Directors of Special Clinics 318
Directory 314-346
Disciplinary Dismissal 46
Distributive Education 80-91
Driver Education 169
Duke Cooperative Program in Forestry and
Environmental Studies 206; 209
Duisburg Program 252
Faculty Management 320
Faculty — Unit I 322-344
Faculty — Unit II 321-322
Fees 25-29
Finance and Management Information
Systems 91-95
Finances 25-39
Financial Aid 31-39
Financial Delinquency Policy 27
Food and Nutrition 188-192
Food Service Management Option 189
Food Services 1 1 , 26, 55-56
Foreign Languages Department 275-283
Foreign Language
Requirement 70, 204, 252
Foreign Study Program 252-253, 278
Forestry and Environmental Studies
Cooperative Program 206; 209
Foundations of Education
Department 120-121
Fraternities and Sororities 66
Freshman Applicants 18-20
Freshman Orientation 53
Full-Time Student 41
General Education 69-73
Geography and Regional Planning ...283-288
Geology Minor 225
Geoscience Department 224-230
Government and Public Service 299
Grade Reports 42
Grades and Quality Points 42-43
Graduate Program in Labor Relations . . 95-96
Graduate School 155
Graduation Requirements 69-74
Grants 35-36
Guaranty Student Loan Program 33
Guidelines for Student Conduct 59
H
Early Admissions Program 20
Earth and Space Science 226
Educational Psychology 115-117
Education of Exceptional Children . . . 122-124
Education of Hearing Impaired 131-133
Economics Department 259-265
Elementary Education Department ...117-119
English Department 265-275
Emeriti 318-319
Employment 32-33
Exemption Examinations 73
Extra-Curricular Activities
(Branch Campuses) 11-12
Handbook 63
Health Fee 26; 28
Health and Physical Education
Department 1 63-1 72
Health and Physical Education
Regulations 50
Health Services 57
Health Services, School of 157-179
History Department 288-292
History of the University 5
Home Economics Education 192-198
Honorary Societies 65
Housing Fee 26, 28
Housing 54-55
How to Apply for Admission 17-20
Humanities 70
Index — 349
Indiana Penn 62
Infirmary 57
Interdisciplinary Linguistics Minor .... 293-295
International Studies 293-294
Internship Programs 206; 253-254
Insurance 56-58
Intramurals 63
lUP Board of Trustees 313
Jefferson Medical College-IUP Physician
Shortage Area Program 158-159; 206
Journalism 268-270
Junior Standing 49-50
K
Key for Course Numbers 51-52
L
Late Registration Fee 27
Library and Media Services 7-8
Linguistics Minor,
Interdisciplinary 293-295
Loans 33-35
Labor Relations 95-96
Location of the University 6
M
Management and Marketing
Department 96-99
Management Information Systems and
Finance 91-95
Mail 59
Major Violation Procedure 45-46
Marine Science Consortium-Special
Credit Program 204-205; 230-232
Mathematics Department 232-239
Media Services 7-8
Medical Technology 161-162
Medical Technology Fee 27
Mexico Program 253
Military Science Department 199-202
Military Fee 27
Mine Safety Management 175; 176-177
Minor Violation Procedure 44-45
Music and Music Education 141-149
N
Nancy Program 252-253
National Direct Student Loan 33
Natural Sciences 71; 239
Natural Sciences — Pre-Professional
Programs 205
Nursing Department 172-175
O
Oak. The 62
Occupational Home Economics Option . . . 194
Organizations and Activities 62-67
Orientation 53
Out-of-state Student Fee 25-26; 28
P
Payment of Fees 29
Part-Time Study 21-22; 25
Pass-Fail Policy 47-48
Pechan Health Center Staff 318
Philosophy Department 295-298
Physician Shortage Area Program 158-159
Physics Department 239-245
Placement Services 58
Political Science Department 298-303
Pre-Law English 268
Pre-Law History 288
Pre-Law Political Science 299-300
Pre-Professional Programs 205; 253
Pre-Scheduling and Registration 22
Private Instruction in Music 27; 149
Professional Education 108
Professional Practicum 108
Program for High School Juniors 22
Psychology Department 245-249
Publications 62-63
Public School Nursing 109-111
Punxsutavifney Campus Advisory Board . . . 313
Purposes of the University 5
0
Quality Points 42-43
R
Reading Clinic 57
Readmission Policy 22; 43
Refund Policy 29; 31
Refrigerator Rentals 56
Rehabilitation Education 128-131
Religious Life 63
Religious Organizations 65
Religious Studies 295-296
Required Courses 70-73
Requirements for Graduation 69-74
Reserve Officers Training Corps. . 50; 199-202
Residence Hall Association 61
Residence Halls 54-55
Residency Requirements 73
Respiratory Therapy 160-161
ROTC 50; 199-202
Rules and Regulations For Student
Behavior : 59
S
Safety Sciences Department 175-179
Scholarships 36-39
350 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Scholastic Aptitude Test 18
School of Business 75-99
School of Continuing Education 101-103
School of Education 105-133
School of Fine Arts 135-153
School of Health Services 157-179
School of Home Economics 181-198
School of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics 203-249
School of Social Sciences and
Humanities 251-312
Science/Math Electives 72-73
Second Baccalaureate Degree 74
Selective Service and Military Affairs
Counselor 58-59
Self-Instruction In Critical Languages 253
Semester Hour Load 47
Service Facilities 59-60
Senate 61
Smoke Signals 62
Social Sciences 71-72; 303
Sociology-Anthropology
Department 304-312
Sophomore Screening '. 49-50; 107
Sororities 65-66
Speech 270
Special Education and Clinical
Services 121-133
Education of Exceptional Children 122-124
Speech Pathology and Audiology .124-128
Rehabilitation Education 128-131
Education of Hearing Impaired 131-133
Special Fees 28-29
Special Interest Clubs 66-67
Speech Pathology and Audiology 124-128
Speech and Hearing Clinic 57
Sports and Recreation Clubs 67
SCUA (State College University
Administrators) 320-321
SCUM (State College University
Managers) 319-320
Student Activity Fee 26; 28
Student Assistance and Information
Center 57
Student Cooperative Association 61
Student Employment 32-33
Student Government Association 60-61
Student Life and Services 53-67
Student Personnel Services 57
Student Publications 62-63
Students' Rights 31-32
Student Study Abroad Fee 27
Student Teaching 108
Student Union 59
Summer Sessions 3; 23; 28
Summer Session Fees 28
Systems, Management Information and
Finance 91-96
T
Teacher Certification 109
Telephones 56
Theater Department 149-153
Three-Year Degree Program 74
Time of Payments 29
Transcript Fees 28-29
Transfer Students 20-21
U
University, The 5-8
University Clinics 57-58; 109
University Concert Committee 62
University Extension Program 101-103
University Farm 60
University Lodge 60
University Residence Halls 54-55
University School 108
University Senate 50-51 ; 61
University Sponsored Loan Program .... 33-35
Urban Education 120
V
Valladolid Program 252
Veterans 58-59
Vocational Rehabilitation Assistance 39
W
Withdrawal Policy 30; 48; 49
Work-Study Program 32-33
*t
0 69 1
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11